Vol. 60 No. 1 January 1984 THE Pan-Pacific Entomologist EVANS, E. D.—A new genus and a new species of Dobsonfly from the far Western United States (Megaloptera: Corydalidae) . 1 LATTIN, J. D. and G. M. STONEDAHL —Campyloneura virgula, a predacious Miridae not previously recorded from the United States (Hemiptera). 4 THOMAS, D. B., JR.—A new species of Dendrocoris Bergroth from Mexico (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae). 8 BOHART, R. M. — Gastrodynerus, a new genus of Eumenidae from western North America (Hymenoptera: Eumenidae). 12 COYNE, J. A., I. A. BOUSSY, and S. BRYANT—Is Drosophila pseudoobscura a garbage species?. 16 MUCHMORE, W. B.—Further data on Mucrochernes hirsutus (Banks) (Pseudoscorpionida, Chemetidae)... 20 BROWN, H. P. and M. P. THOBIAS—World synopsis of the riffle beetle genus Leptelmis Sharp, 1888, with a key to Asiatic species and description of a new species from India (Coleoptera, Dryopoidea, Elmidae). 23 BAUMANN, R. W. and A. L. SHELDON— Capnia hornigi, a new winter stonefly from the western Great Basin (Plecoptera: Capniidae). 30 POLHEMUS, D. A.—A new species of Dichaetocoris Knight from the western United States, with notes on other species (Hemiptera: Miridae). 33 BARNBY, M. A. and V. H. RESH —Distribution and seasonal abundance of brine flies (Diptera: Ephydridae) in a San Francisco Bay salt marsh. 37 STONEDAHL, G. M.—Two new conifer-inhabiting Phytocoris from western North America (Hemiptera: Miridae). 47 BEZARK, L. G.—Description of the first Central American species of Slenopogon Loew (Dip¬ tera: Asilidae). 53 POLHEMUS, J. T. and D. A. POLHEMUS—Notes on Neotropical Veliidae (Hemiptera) VI. Revision of the genus Euvelia Drake. 55 COPE, J. S.—A new species of Phymatodes from New Mexico (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae).... 63 SCIENTIFIC NOTES TILLES, D. A.—Feeding behavior of Lacon profusa (Candeze) (Coleoptera: Elateridae) in Carpenter Ant attended colonies of Cinara spp. (Homoptera: Aphididae). 65 TURNBOW, R. H., JR.—New records for two cerambycids from the Pacific Northwest. 67 SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1984 Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The Pan-Pacific Entomologist EDITORIAL BOARD J. A. Chemsak, Editor R. S. Lane, Associate Editor W. J. Pulawski, Treasurer J. T. Doyen R. M. Bohart J. A. Powell J. E. Hafemik, Jr. Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed¬ ings appearing in the October number. All communications regarding nonreceipt of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications should be addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Wojciech J. Pulawski, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961. Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be addressed to the Secretary, Vincent F. Lee, California Academy of Sciences, Gold¬ en Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961. Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters should be addressed to Editor, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, 201 Wellman Hall, University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720. See back cover for instructions. The annual dues, paid in advance, are $ 15.00 for regular members of the Society, $7.50 for student members, or $20.00 for subscription only. Members of the Society receive The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers are $5.00 each or $20.00 a volume. See back cover for prices of earlier back numbers. Make all checks payable to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society. Pacific Coast Entomological Society OFFICERS FOR 1984 H. I. Scudder, President W. J. Pulawski, Treasurer J. Gordon Edwards, President-Elect V. F. Lee, Secretary Statement of Ownership Title of Publication: The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Location of Office of Publication, Business Office of Publisher and Owner: Pacific Coast Entomological Society, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118-9961. Editor: J. A. Chemsak, 201 Wellman Hall, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720. Managing Editor and Known Bondholders or other Security Holders: None. This issue mailed January 27, 1984 The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603) PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(1), 1984, pp. 1-3 Published 27 January 1984 A New Genus and a New Species of Dobsonfly from the Far Western United States (Megaloptera: Corydalidae ) 1 Elwin D. Evans Michigan Department of Natural Resources, Stevens T. Mason Building, P.O. Box 30028, Lansing, Michigan 48909. During my study of the Megaloptera of the Pacific Coastal Region of the United States, a new species of dobsonfly was discovered and a previously described species was found to form a monotypic genus (Evans, 1972). I later noted that this situation existed in this group of aquatic animals (Evans, 1978). Orohermes, New Genus Forewings with median vein 2-branched; posterior branch of radial sector forked in both wings; hind wings with median vein 3-branched; wing expanse less than 110 mm. Larvae with ventral abdominal gill-tufts absent; last pair of abdominal spiracles lateral and sessile, located above and slightly anterior to base of lateral filaments. Etymology. — From the Greek or os, mountain + Hermes, Greek God. Type of genus.—Dysmicohermes crepusculus Chandler, 1954:107-110. Chandler (1954) provisionally placed O. crepusculus in Dysmicohermes Munroe and noted that it was not closely related to the other two species in this genus which are larger in size and have the median vein of the hind wings four-branched. These two genera differ from the other Chauliodinae which have the posterior branch of the radial sector in both wings simple. Later, Chandler (1956) recognized this larvae which is unique among the Chauliodinae with the last pair of abdominal spiracles being lateral, instead of dorsal and raised or extended as in all other known species of this subfamily. The larvae of O. crepusculus are usually found in permanent, cold water streams and rivers in the Sierra Nevada Mountains or the northern coast range of California and in the Cascade Mountains of Oregon. Protochauliodes cascadius , New Species Male.— Wings and body similar to P. spenceri Munroe, alar expanse 67 mm; genitalia with short, stubby claspers, less than twice as long as broad, convex dorsally and ventrally, indented apically; aedeagus flattened in lateral view (Fig. 1); aedeagus in dorsal view narrowly notched apically, markedly expanded laterally to about mid-point and sharply constricted basally (Fig. 2). Female. — Similar to male, alar expanse 71 mm; claspers triangular shaped in lateral view, slightly convex dorsally and ventrally (Fig. 3), trichobothrium slightly raised, light in color and occupying most of clasper lateral surface. Claspers of P. spenceri more elongate with basal width shorter than sides. The claspers of the short, stubby male genitalia of P. cascadius resemble those 1 Collected with P. spenceri. 2 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST CLASPER AEDEAGUS LATERALIS Figures 1-3. 1. Protochauliodes cascadius, lateral view of male genitalia. 2. P. cascadius, dorsal view of aedeagus. 3. P. cascadius, lateral view of female genitalia. of P. montivagus Chandler, another mountain species to the south in the Sierra Nevada Mountains. Claspers of the males of other species of Protochauliodes Weele in western North America have elongate genital claspers. The aedeagus of P. cascadius with its apical notch and constricted base is distinct from that of P. montivagus which is not constricted basally and is broadly indented apically. Holotype. — Male, ca. 8 mi W Mill City, along Little Santiam R., Marion Co., Oregon, 26 July 1963 (S. Jewett). California Academy of Sciences. Allotype. — Same as holotype. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 1 3 Twenty paratypes .—All from Oregon as follows: Marion Co. 8, Silver Falls State Park, 22 May 1957 (S. Jewett); Lane Co. 8, 40 mi E Eugene, 30 July 1965 (K. Goeden); 8, 4 mi S Mackenzie Bridge, Horse Ck. (J. Bedea); Clackamus Co. 6 8, vie. Firwood Rd., 4 mi W Oregon City, 5 August 1974 1 (S. Jewett); 2, 10 August 1974 (S. Jewett); 2, 30 July 1972 (S. Jewett); 2, 10 August 1972 1 (S. Jewett); 6, 5 August 1972 1 (S. Jewett); 3 8, 2, 4 August 1974 (S. Jewett); 8,9, 17 July 1972 (S. Jewett); 8, 14 July 1972 1 (S. Jewett). Paratypes will be distributed to the California Academy of Sciences, San Fran¬ cisco, California; Oregon State University Entomological Collection, Corvallis, Oregon; United States National Museum, Washington, D.C.; Stanley G. Jewett Collection, Rt. 1, Box 399, West Linn, Oregon and my personal collection. This species is sympatric with P. spenceri, in the foothills of the Cascade Moun¬ tains of Oregon. The larval habitat of P. cascadius is unknown although adults have been collected along permanent streams. Acknowledgment Financial support from a United States Department of Agriculture Research Service grant, number 12-14.-9160(33). Literature Cited Chandler, H. P. 1954. Four new species of dobsonflies from California. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 30(2): 105-111. -. 1956. Megaloptera. Pp. 229-233 in R. L. Usinger (ed.). Aquatic insects of California. Univ. Cal. Press, Berkeley, 508 pp. Evans, E. D. 1972. A study of the Megaloptera of the Pacific Coastal Region of the United States. Ph.D. thesis, Oregon State Univ., Corvallis, 210 pp. -. 1978. Megaloptera and aquatic Neuroptera. Pp. 133-145 in R. W. Merritt and K. W. Cummins (eds.), Aquatic insects of North America. Kendall/Hunt Pub. Co., Dubuque, Iowa, 441 pp. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(1), 1984, pp. 4-7 Published 27 January 1984 Campyloneura virgula, a Predacious Miridae Not Previously Recorded from the United States (Hemiptera ) 1 John D. Lattin and Gary M. Stonedahl Systematic Entomology Laboratory, Department of Entomology, Oregon State University, Corvallis, Oregon 97331. Abstract. —Campyloneura virgula (Herrick-Schaeffer), a European species, is recorded from the United States, based on specimens from western Washington and Oregon and northwestern California. C. virgula is predacious on small ar¬ thropods and is found on a variety of trees and shrubs including alder, filbert and rhododendron. Campyloneura virgula (Herrick-Schaeffer) is a predacious species of Miridae whose natural range includes Europe, North Africa, Asia Minor and Turkestan (Wagner and Weber, 1964). It has been reported from a variety of trees and shrubs including Alnus, Corylus, Crataegus, Fagus, Fraxinus, Quercus and Tilia (Wagner and Weber, 1964; Southwood and Leston, 1959). The latter authors report that C. virgula overwinters as an egg on the British Isles, whereas the adult overwinters on the continent of Europe. Males are very rare and it is assumed that partheno¬ genesis is the usual mode of reproduction. The food of this species includes spider mites, Psocoptera, greenflies and occasionally honeydew (Southwood and Leston, 1959). Downes (1957) reported C. virgula from Vancouver Island and the lower main¬ land of British Columbia, Canada. His earliest collections were made in 1949. Specimens were collected on alder, poplar, nettles and other plants. He mentioned the potential value of this species as a predator, especially of mites. Scudder (1960) again referred to this species while discussing various introduced Hemiptera. The present paper was prompted by the submission of a specimen for identi¬ fication by Duane Hatch, County Agent for Lane County, Oregon. The bug had bitten a person on the ankle, raising a hard welt. Rykman (1979) reviewed the literature on Hemiptera and Homoptera bites. He cited a number of references for Miridae but C. virgula was not included. All of the specimens we have examined from the United States were females, further supporting the likelihood of parthenogenetic reproduction being the nor¬ mal mode. Specimens examined include: CALIFORNIA: Humboldt County: Shiveley, 4 August 1964, pear and apple (T. K. Haig, F. Spallini) (USNM). OREGON: Benton County: Corvallis, 11 August 1962; Corvallis, 21 July 1968 (Evans); Corvallis, 30 July 1968, at light (Lattin); Corvallis, 24 June 1979, Quercus garryana Dougl., Corylus cornuta Marsh., Ulmus sp., apple (Stonedahl) many specimens (all OSU); Lobster Valley, 15 mi SW Alsea, 24 July 1979, Alnus rubra 1 Oreg. Exp. Sta. Paper No. 5837. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 1 5 Bong., Corylus cornuta (Lattin) (OSU); 4 mi W Philomath, Hwy 20, 26 July 1979, Quercusgarryana (Stonedahl) (OSU); Rock Creek, nr. Philomath, 23 August 1961, Ribes sp. (Lattin) (OSU); Curry County: Alfred A. Loeb State Park, 10 August 1979, Lithocarpus densiflora (H. & A.) Rehd., Umbellularia californica (H. & A.) Nutt. (Stonedahl) (OSU); Little Redwood campground, T39S-R12W-S29- NW‘/ 4 , 11 August 1979, Lithocarpus densiflora, Umbellularia californica (Stone¬ dahl) (OSU); Linn County: 2 mi NE Green Peter Dam, 15 July 1979, Castanopsis chrysophylla (Dougl.) A. DC. (Stonedahl) (OSU); Polk County: 6 mi E Indepen¬ dence, 10 July 1957, apple, (Lattin) (OSU). WASHINGTON: King County: Se¬ attle, Shipcanal, 4 August 1977 (Leffler) (Leffler Collection); Seattle, U. Wash. Campus, 14 July 1977, leaves of Corylus sp. (Leffler) (Leffler Collection); Lewis County: Chehalis, Urquhart Rd., 22 July 1979, Corylus cornuta (Stonedahl) (OSU); Clark Co.: Vancouver, 20 July 1975 (Oman) (OSU); Whatcom County: Belling¬ ham, 19 July 1979, Alnus rubra, Rhododendron sp. (Stonedahl) (OSU); 4 mi NE Welcome, N. Fork Rd., 22 July 1979, Corylus cornuta, Alnus rubra, Acer macro- phyllum Pursh, Acer circinatum Pursh, Rubus spectabilis Pursh, Rubus parviflorus Nutt. (Stonedahl) (OSU). Campyloneura belongs to the tribe Dicyphini of the Bryocorinae (Schuh, 1976). The genus may be recognized as a member of the subtribe Dicyphina by the following characters: (1) setiform parempodia, (2) anterior pronotal margin in the form of a well developed, rounded collar, (3) pseudopulvilli present, (4) parallel¬ sided tarsi and (5) two cells in the membrane of the forewing. This genus runs to couplet 160 ( Cyrtopeltis ) in Slater and Baranowski (1978). The eyes are contiguous with the anterior margin of the pronotum in Campylo¬ neura, while the eyes are removed from the anterior margin by a distance equal to or greater than the thickness of the second antennal segment in Cyrtopeltis Reuter, Dicyphus Fieber and Macrolophus Fieber. Other distinctive features of C. virgula include a bright yellow cuneus with a red apex and a large brown spot on either side of the ninth abdominal segment. The accompanying figure shows the habitus of the species. The nymphs are yellow with the wing pads and sides of the pronotum red, while the antennae are banded with red. In June 1980, nymphs, and later adults of C. virgula were abundant on a deciduous species of rhododendron heavily infested with the aphid Illinoia ( Ma - sonaphis) lambersi (MacGillivary) (determined by D. Hille Ris Lambers, June 1980). As indicated in the information on specimens examined, this mirid occurs on a variety of trees and shrubs. Where observed, it appears to be a common associate of a variety of species of Aphidae. On filbert this species is part of a rather substantial complex of predatory Miridae (5 spp.) and Anthocoridae (3 spp.). Campyloneura virgula is a useful addition to our western mirid fauna. Its pre¬ dacious habits, its occurrence on a variety of economically important plants, and its reproduction via parthenogenesis all are beneficial attributes. Since so many of our introduced species of Hemiptera occur on both coasts, it seems likely that C. virgula will be collected on the east coast as well. Other introduced species of predacious Miridae known to occur in the Pacific Northwest include: Blephari- dopterus angulatus (Fallen), Campylomma verbasci (Meyer), Heterotoma meriop- terum (Scopoli), and Phytocoris tiliae (Linn.). A species of Hyaliodes occurs in western Oregon and may represent an introduction from eastern North America. 6 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figure 1. Adult female Campyloneura virgula (Herrick-Schaeffer). VOLUME 60, NUMBER 1 7 Based upon collection records most of the introductions into the Pacific North¬ west appear to be relatively recent. As the landscape becomes more disturbed, the likelihood of successful colonization by selected species from other regions seems to increase. Thus, we may look forward to additional adventitious species being found here. Acknowledgments Our thanks to Bonnie B. Hall for the fine illustration of the adult, to the General Research Fund, Oregon State University, for the funds for the illustration, to Dr. Richard C. Froeschner of the Smithsonian Institution for assistance in examining specimens under his care, to Dr. S. LefRer, Seattle, Washington, for the opportunity of examining specimens in his collection, and to Dr. D. Hille Ris Lambers, Bennekom, The Netherlands, for the identification of Aphidae. Literature Cited Downes, W. 1957. Notes on some Hemiptera which have been introduced into British Columbia. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia, 54:11-13. Henry, Thomas J., and A. G. Wheeler, Jr. 1979. Palearctic Miridae in North America: Records of newly discovered and little-known species (Hemiptera:Heteroptera). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 81(2):257-268. Ryckman, Raymond E. 1979. Host reactions to bug bites (Hemiptera, Homoptera): A literature review and annotated bibliography. Parts I and II. California Vector Views, 26:1-49. Schuh, R. T. 1976. Pretarsal structure in the Miridae (Hemiptera) with a cladistic analysis of rela¬ tionships within the family. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Novitates, No. 2601:1-39. Scudder, G. G. E. 1960. Dictyonota fuliginosa Costa (Hemiptera:Tingidae) in the Nearctic. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia, 57:22. Slater, J. A., and R. M. Baranowski. 1978. How to know the true bugs. W. C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa, 256 pp. Southwood, T. R. E., and D. Leston. 1959. Land and water bugs of the British Isles. Frederick Warne and Co., Ltd., London, 436 pp. Wagner, E., and H. H. Weber. 1964. Faune de France. No. 67. Heteropteres Miridae. Paris, 589 pp. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(1), 1984, pp. 8-11 Published 27 January 1984 A New Species of Dendrocoris Bergroth from Mexico (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae) Donald B. Thomas, Jr. Department of Entomology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721. The genus Dendrocoris Bergroth was most recently revised by Nelson (1955). That revision provided keys, descriptions, and figures of the male genitalia for the eight known species. A review of the literature and a discussion of the biology of the species was also included. In a subsequent article (Nelson, 1957), a ninth species was added. Rolston (1978) discussed the position of Dendrocoris in relation to some other pentatomine genera and provided a key for its separation. Dendrocoris is related to Odmalea Bergroth, Brepholoxa Van Duzee, and Thoreyella Spinola. From these, Dendrocoris is distinguished by the combination of an elongated ostiolar canal and obtuse femoral apices. A new species is described here based on two specimens from Jalisco, Mexico. It is readily distinguished from all other species of Dendrocoris by the presence of spots on the legs. The description below follows Nelson’s format except that the terminology for the genitalic structures follows McDonald (1966). All mea¬ surements are from the holotype male. Dendrocoris maculosus. New Species (Figs. 1-5) Appearing dull gray in dorsal view, with alternate connexivum. Distinctive features: legs maculate; spiracles ringed with black. Related to D. variegatus Nel¬ son. Color. — Pale ochraceous dorsally; yellowish tan ventrally. Posterolateral angles of abdominal sternites with broad, black blotch. Spiracles ringed with black. Legs pale yellow except tarsi and apical sixth of tibiae orange; femora and tibiae densely black maculate. Antennae orange. Eyes reddish-brown; ocelli clear, transparent; an irregular, short, black, supra-antenniferal vitta present beginning at anterior margin of each eye. Each connexival segment with broad, posterior, marginal, black stripe and an anterior, submarginal stripe; stripes connected along mesial border by narrow, irregular band of black punctures. Hemelytral membrane in- fuscated, translucent, veins reticulate. Punctations dense dorsally; black, except those on discs of coria and pronotum which are dark brown. Ventral punctures concolorous with surface except for row of 6-7 black punctures near lateral margin of each propleura and short coalescent series near lateral margin of each metapleura. Structure.— Length 7.4, width 4.5 mm; widest point of abdomen and humeral width subequal. Head flat dorsally; vertex and posterior half of tylus weakly tumid. Sides of jugae edentate, parallel for short distance before apex; apices overlapping tylus and contiguous anteriorly. Length of head 1.2, width 1.2 mm. Antennifers prominent and distinctly visible from above. Antennal segments III, IV, and V VOLUME 60, NUMBER 1 9 with short, dense pilosity; I and II glabrous; segmental ratios 10:11:24:22:24. Rostrum in repose just attaining metacoxae; bucculae longer than first rostral segment, lobed posteriorly. Pronotum broad, flat, somewhat explanate laterally; humeri prominent but not as produced as in D. humeralis (Uhler); anterolateral margins irregularly subrec- tilinear in dorsal view. Thoracic width 4.5, mesial length 1.6 mm. Hemelytral coria reach to middle of connexival segment VI. Abdominal tubercle vestigial in male. Male genitalia .—Pygophore similar in structure to D. variegatus. Posterolateral Figures 2-5. D. maculosus genitalia. 2. Left paramere, ental aspect. 3. Aedeagus, ventral view. 4. Pygophore, caudal view. 5. Female terminalia, ventral view. “hypopygial” plates fused with sides of pygophore; ventral margin deeply, rect¬ angularly emarginate mesially; nadir of emargination with pair of rounded cusps either side of median; pygophoral rim either side of mesial emargination with black, spinose, laterally directed tooth. Posteroventral face with pair of black, triangular teeth either side of middle near end of carinae contiguous with margins VOLUME 60, NUMBER 1 11 of mesial emargination; a shallow concavity subtending emargination; weak carina connecting triangular teeth, below this another shallow concavity subtended by a darkened tumescence (Fig. 4). Parameres terete basally; abruptly flattened and flared apically; very apex ta¬ pering to digitiform process (Fig. 2). A finely shagreened, irregular tumescence located anterolaterad of each paramere; tumescence stalked and its basal ligaments attached to base of paramere. Aedeagus simple in structure; theca with prominent, subapical, mesial tubercle dorsally; penisfilum elongate, strongly sinuately curved; slightly flared apically (Fig. 3). Proctiger broad, inornate. Female genitalia. — First gonocoxites small, widely separated. Triangulum broadly, sinuately emarginate. Fused second gonocoxites shallowly transversely strigose. Eighth paratergite with large marginal blotch either side of each ninth paratergite (Fig. 5). Holotype.—S ; labeled: mtns. N. Ajijic, Jalisco, Mexico. 5200-7600' 9 July 1964. W. L. Nutting and sons. Deposited U.S. National Museum. Allotype. — Labeled as holotype. Deposited U.S. National Museum. Comments.— As in some other species of Dendrocoris, D. maculosus exhibits a characteristic pattern of sexual dimorphism. The mesial abdominal tubercle is well developed in the female, vestigial in the male. The second antennal segment is proportionately longer in the female. The female is slightly larger. D. maculosus has a pair of teeth on the posterior face of the pygophore, a character shared with D. variegatus and D. reticulatus Barber. It also has the hypopygial plates (the posterior visible portion of the pygophore) fused with the sides of the pygophore as in D. variegatus to which the new species is obviously related. D. maculosus differs from this latter species in having the head edentate, the connexivum alternated, the spiracles ringed with black and the legs maculated. Key to the Mexican Species of Dendrocoris 1. Femora and tibiae maculate (Jalisco) . maculosus, n. sp. Femora and tibiae immaculate . 2 2. Dorsum ochraceous with anterior pronotum contrastingly dark brown (So¬ nora, Coahuila, Baja) . contaminatus Uhler Anterior pronotum concolorous with dorsum . 3 3. Spiracles ringed with black (Chiapas, Morelos, Zacatecas, Guerrero) .... . suffultus (Distant) Spiracles pale (Oaxaca, Mexico, Guerrero, Chiapas, Sinaloa, Michoacan, San Luis Potosi) . variegatus Nelson Literature Cited McDonald, F. J. D. 1966. The genitalia of North American Pentatomoidea (Hemiptera:Heteroptera). Quaest. Entomol., 2:7-150. Nelson, G. H. 1955. A revision of the genus Dendrocoris and it’s generic relationships. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 57(2):49-67. -. 1957. A new species of Dendrocoris and a new combination of Atizies (Hemiptera, Penta- tomidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 59(4): 197-199. Rolston, L. H. 1978. A revision of the genus Odmalea Bergroth (Hemiptera:Pentatomidae). N.Y. Entomol. Soc., 86(l):20-36. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(1), 1984, pp. 12-15 Published 27 January 1984 Gastrodynerus, a New Genus of Eumenidae from Western North America (Hymenoptera: Eumenidae) Richard M. Bohart Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis, California 95616. The inclusion of “ Stenodynerus” vanduzeei in that genus has never been sat¬ isfactory because the faint dimples on the polished front face of the pronotum are unlike the pair of pits so characteristic of Stenodynerus. Likewise, an assign¬ ment to Cephalodynerus is ruled out by the asulcate sternum II and unmarked ocular emargination of vanduzeei. With the Ending of two additional species from Mexico it now seems appropriate to establish a new genus. Abbreviations used throughout the paper are T-I, T-II etc. for terga and S-I, S-II etc. for sterna. Types of the new species are in the University of California at Davis Entomology Museum (UCD). Gastrodynerus Bohart, New Genus (Gr.: gaster + Odynerus) Generotype.— Stenodynerus vanduzeei Bohart, 1948. Diagnosis. — Medium sized, 5-8 mm long, palpi 6-4, mandibles evenly 5-den- tate in female, 5-dentate in male with subbasal one a little prominent, F-I 1.5- 2.0 times as long as broad, male antennal hook small and slender, clypeus apically incised, vertex with strong tubercles or at least faint traces, female vertex pits indistinct between postocellar tubercles or in a weak median postocellar depres¬ sion. Pronotum with a hardly visible pair of dimples on polished front face, transverse carina weak and effaced toward middle, length of pronotal dorsum at middle less than antennal socket diameter, no pretegular sulcus and following carina, humeral angles moderate; notauli and parapsidal furrows weakly impressed in posterior half, parategula slender and incurved, scutellum conspicuously flat¬ tened, metanotum flattened and not raised above level of scutellum, tegula slender and with outer edge evenly curved to posterior point, omaulus undeveloped, stemaulus absent, submarginal cell II narrowly truncate anteriorly, submarginal III longer posteriorly than anteriorly, prestigmal radial stem short (Fig. 8), male midleg relatively unmodified; propodeum without superior teeth or ridges, no lateral tooth or carina, a sharp uptilted membranous projection laterally below, valves connected but deeply incised (Fig. 1), median sulcus deep and sharp. T-I moderately rounded at summit, about as long as broad, with a slightly raised and smooth apical border; T-II sharply rounded (bent) in profile at basal fourth to fifth (Fig. 1), apical margin convex and slightly to strongly reflexed, T-II basally with a series of pits or ridges; S-II without a median sulcus, basal third nearly flat and rather sharply bent out in profile (Fig. 1); S-III with massive punctures in middle third (Fig. 9); genitalia relatively simple (Figs. 4, 5). Discussion. — The combination of polished front pronotal surface, pitted base of T-II, and asulcate as well as bent S-II distinguish Gastrodynerus from such related genera as Stenodynerus and Cephalodynerus. The former has distinct VOLUME 60, NUMBER 1 13 pronotal pits, and the latter has S-II with a median sulcus toward the base, and teeth or carinae on the propodeum above. Further, Gastrodynerus differs in having three lower propodeal projections (inferior membranous tooth and two valves) instead of two (valves only). The genus is also rather unusual in having the ocular emarginations dark. Three species are known, vanduzeei and two new ones de¬ scribed below. Key to Species of Gastrodynerus 1. T-II hardly reflexed at apex (Fig. 1) hind margin of pronotum yellow at least posteriorly (Fig. 6), T-I coarsely punctate and with a shallow groove across summit (Fig. 1) vertex with only traces of polished tubercles (Fig. 6) . searsi Bohart T-II reflexed at apex about 2-3 times median ocellus diameter, margin of pronotum dark (Fig. 7), T-I rather evenly and moderately punctate across summit, vertex various . 2 2. Vertex with large round polished postocellar tubercles (Fig. 7), interocellar tubercles present, upper mesopleural spot well developed, usually a free spot on T-II . vanduzeei (Bohart) Vertex with insignificant or small and oblique tubercles, interocellar tu¬ bercles absent, upper mesopleural spot absent or rarely present and small, no free spot on T-II . stangei Bohart Gastrodynerus searsi Bohart, New Species (Figs. 1-6) Male holotype.— Length 6.5 mm, forewing 5.5 mm. Black with pale yellow as follows: clypeus, inside of scape, interantennal dot, postocular dot, narrow and irregular humeral margin, hind margin of pronotum narrowly in posterior two thirds (Fig. 6), metanotal band, propodeum toward abdominal insertion, apical dot on midfemur, T-I laterally and posteriorly, T-II posterior band, T-III-VII banded, S-I mostly, S-II-V narrowly across apex; reddish yellow are: flagellomeres inside but not including hook, legs partly; wings smoky, stigma brown. Pubescence inconspicuous. Punctures of frons, vertex, and notum moderately coarse and close, clypeus nearly impunctate, punctures of T-I coarse and close, those of T-II fine to medium and mostly 2-3 puncture diameters apart, those of S-I coarse and close, of S-II medium and well spaced. Face as in Figure 2, antennal apex Figure 3. traces of postocular and postocellar polished welts, T-I a little longer than broad, and with a slight depression across summit, T-II as long as broad and faintly reflexed apically (Fig. 1), genitalia relatively simple (Figs. 4, 5). Female.— Length 7 mm, forewing 6 mm. Clypeus with lateral and subapical dots, sometimes a tiny mesopleural dot, midfemur dark. Holotype male. — Santo Nino, Chihuahua, Mexico, September 1, 1968 (T. A. Sears, R. C. Gardner, C. S. Glaser, UCD). Paratypes, 19 males, 3 females, same data as holotype, 4 females, 4-6 mi nw. Choix, Sinaloa, Mexico, August 6- September 5, 1968 (T. A. Sears, R. C. Gardner, C. S. Glaser, UCD). Discussion. — The weakly developed vertex tubercles, yellow hind pronotal mar¬ gin, absence of a free spot on T-II, somewhat flattened as well as coarsely punctate T-I, and practically no apical reflex on T-II distinguish the species. It is named for Terry Sears who collected a great many Mexican eumenids in 1968. 14 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figure 7. Gastrodynerus vanduzeei, male head and prothorax, dorsal. Figures 8, 9. Gastrodynerus stangei. 8. Forewing apex. 9. Male sternum III. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 1 15 Gastrodynerus stangei Bohart, New Species (Figs. 8, 9) Male holotype. —Length 7 mm, forewing 6 mm. Markings as given above for searsi except: clypeus with median dark spot, pronotum narrowly banded in front only, tegula with two dots, yellow streaks on tibiae, forewing stigma orange (not brown), S-I half dark, S-III banded, other segments with faint apical bands. Punc¬ tures of frons, vertex and notum medium and close, clypeus nearly impunctate, punctures of T-I medium and somewhat spaced across summit, those of T-II medium and 1-2 puncture diameters apart except coarse and close before apical reflex. Face and antennal apex much as in Figures 2, 3, postocellar polished tubercles weak and punctate, no interocellar tubercles, T-I longer than broad, more strongly convex than Figure 1, T-II as long as broad and with an apical reflex of 2 MOD, genitalia about as in Figures 4, 5. Female. — Length 8.5 mm, forewing 7.5 mm. About as in male, no markings on abdominal segments after II. Holotype male.— Three mi n. Petlalcingo, Puebla, Mexico, August 3, 1963 (F. D. Parker, L. A. Stange, UCD). Paratypes, 6 males, same data as holotype, 1 male, Zimapan, Hidalgo, Mexico, June 11, 1951 (H. E. Evans, Cornell), 1 female, Chapala, Jalisco, Mexico, July 6, 1952 (A. E. Michelbacher, UCB on loan to CAS). Discussion.— As indicated in the key, stangei is most similar to vanduzeei. The absence of a free spot on T-II distinguishes stangei from vanduzeei in southwestern U.S. but not from all Mexican specimens. However, the weak postocellar tubercles and absence of interocellar ones in stangei are adequate for separation. Another, more subtle, distinction is the less strongly rounded T-I in side view. In this respect stangei is halfway between vanduzeei and searsi. The species is named for my friend, the well known Neuropterist and Hymenopterist, Lionel Stange. Gastrodynerus vanduzeei (Bohart) (Fig. 7) Stenodynerus vanduzeei Bohart, 1948, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. (4)24:327. Holotype male, Baboquivari Mts., Arizona (CAS). Male.— About as described above for searsi except: length 8.0 mm, forewing 6.5 mm, a broad pale yellow band across pronotum anteriorly, tegula yellow with a central reddish dot, parategula and a mesopleural spot yellow, legs more exten¬ sively yellow, forewing stigma orange, an attached lateral spot on T-I and usually a free spot on T-II, S-I dark, abdomen dark beyond second segment, punctures of T-I medium coarse and about a puncture diameter apart across evenly rounded summit, postocellar polished tubercles large and round (Fig. 7), postocular ones smaller, T-I and T-II about as long as broad, T-II with an apical reflex of 2-3 times median ocellus diameters, male genitalia about as in Figures 4, 5. Female. — Length 9.0 mm, forewing 7.5 mm. About as in male. Distribution.— Mostly mountainous areas in S Arizona, S New Mexico, W Tex¬ as, Baja California, Sonora, Nuevo Leon, Sinaloa, and Zacatecas. Discussion. — The main structural features were illustrated by Bohart in Figures 9-12 of the original description. This is the only known Gastrodynerus in the U.S., where its slender form, pronounced postocellar polished knobs, interocellar swellings, asulcate and bent S-II, dark ocular emarginations, and polished pronotal front margin make it easy to recognize. Most Mexican specimens lack the free lateral spot on T-II but are quite similar otherwise. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(1), 1984, pp. 16-19 Published 27 January 1984 Is Drosophila pseudoobscura a Garbage Species? Jerry A. Coyne, Ian A. Boussy, and Stephen Bryant (JAC, IAB) Department of Genetics, The University of California at Davis, Davis, California 95616; (SHB) Department of Biological Sciences, Western Il¬ linois University, Macomb, Illinois 61455. Present address: (JAC) Department of Zoology, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742. An enormous amount is known about the genetics of natural populations of Drosophila pseudoobscura and its sibling species D. persimilis. Spatial and tem¬ poral patterns of the frequencies of allozymes, lethal genes, and third-chromosome inversions have been studied in detail by Dobzhansky, his students, and colleagues (Dobzhansky and Epling, 1944; Dobzhansky, 1970; Lewontin, 1974; Anderson et al., 1975). In many instances, however, the interpretation of these patterns has been hampered by our ignorance of the ecology of these flies. Very little is known about where these species live, feed, and breed in nature. We report here findings which suggest that they are at least partial human commensals and can be fre¬ quently found breeding in agricultural refuse. There are only a few reports of immature stages of D. pseudoobscura and D. persimilis in nature. Carson and his colleagues (1951, 1956) discovered a large number of larvae and pupae in slime fluxes of the California black oak ( Quercus kelloggii ) and one larva in a flux on white fir {Abies concolor) in the Sierra Nevada. Additional larvae were found in black oak fluxes in the San Jacinto mountains of California (Carson, 1978). Dobzhanksy and Epling (1944) describe two addi¬ tional slime flux breeding sites: one on the introduced deodar cedar {Cedrus deodara) in Beverly Hills, California, and the other on an injured California grapevine ( Vitis californica) in Sonoma, California. However, Carson (1978) re¬ ported that adult D. pseudoobscura and D. persimilis could be found in areas with no apparent slime fluxes. This suggests that the fluxes may not be the major breeding site—or even an important one. Implicit in many studies, and in much written about these species, is the as¬ sumption that they breed only in natural substrates and are not associated with human activity. However, there has been sporadic evidence that they may be partial human commensals. Noting that D. pseudoobscura could be collected around human habitation, Dobzhansky (1965) and Carson (1965) suggested that the species had the potential to become a domestic colonizer. In addition, H. Ikeda and H. Carson found young D. pseudoobscura adults in an isolated garbage can in Malibu, California, although the flies were not observed hatching directly from the garbage (Carson, 1971). Finally, Spencer (1944) reared 10 D. pseudoob¬ scura from 27,805 Drosophila pupae collected in a citrus dump near Azusa, California. Despite these observations, the conventional wisdom appears to be that these species are largely confined to natural habitats. The possibility of human association and transport is nevertheless worth con¬ sidering since it may help explain certain genetical phenomena, especially the synchronous rise and fall of inversion frequencies in many populations (Anderson Table 1. Drosophila flies reared from agricultural refuse. Location Date collected Substrate Obscura group flies reared Obscura group flies identified Other species reared 1 Riverside, CA Biocontrol citrus grove May 1970 oranges 325 _2 me, si, im, re grapefruit 503 _2 me, si, im, re March 31, 1971 grapefruit 4781 _2 me, si, im April 4, 1981 oranges 51 _2 me, si, im, re, bu April 5, 1982 oranges 305 _2 me, si, im Mill Valley, CA Residence Sept. 14, 1979 compost 7 1 pe, 6 az me, si Winters, CA Fruit orchard Nov. 1, 1979 pomegranates 1 1 pe me, si June 15, 1980 peaches 122 39 ps me, si, im, re cherries 83 26 ps me, si, im, re March-May 1982 oranges 139 52 ps me, si, im grapefruit 602 22 ps, 1 pe me, si, im, re tangerines 5 5 ps si lemons 246 75 ps me, si, im, re July 29, 1982 figs 63 33 ps me, si Camino, CA Fruit orchard Nov. 4, 1979 pears 47 47 ps me, si, im prunes 62 43 ps me, si, im apples 33 29 ps me, si Fruit warehouse Jan.-Feb. 1980 apples 16 16 ps — Pompano State Beach, CA Garbage can March 8, 1980 orange peel 275 76 ps, 6 pe — Furnace Creek Ranch, Death Valley, CA Date grove March 30, 1980 dates 2 2 ps me, si Jan. 17, 1981 dates 6 6 ps me, si April 2, 1982 dates 18 18 ps me, re 1 Key to species of Drosophila : az, azteca; bu, busckii\ im, immigrant me, melanogaster, pe, persimilis ; ps, pseudoobscura ; re, species of the repleta group (probably D. hydei ); si, simulans. 2 Probably both D. pseudoobscura and D. persimilis (both species present in the grove). VOLUME 60, NUMBER 1 18 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST et al., 1975), the homogeneity of allozyme frequencies among populations (Le- wontin, 1974), the reappearance of flies in desert oases following supposed summer extinction (Jones et al., 1981), and the recent appearance of Drosophila pseu- doobscura in New Zealand (Parsons and Stanley, 1982). Turner and Jeffrey (1980, p. 777) find human transport an objectionable explanation since “it can be used to explain almost any changes in chromosome arrangement patterns observed,” but we do not think facts should be ignored because they suggest untestable hypotheses. Table 1 shows our breeding records of D. pseudoobscura and D. persimilis from fruit and garbage. Rotting fruit or compost was collected from the ground in areas where these species come to banana traps. The citrus fruit from the 1970 and 1971 collections in Riverside, California was artificially injured and placed on the ground in a citrus orchard harboring fly populations. All material was brought back to the laboratory and placed in jars or rearing cages containing damp sand. Eclosing flies were counted, and samples of obscura group Drosophila flies were identified by electrophoresis or karyotyping of larvae from females mated to laboratory stocks (Anderson et al., 1977). These records substantially increase the known breeding substrates of these species, and show that they can indeed be reared from a variety of human¬ generated substrates from different localities. The association of these species with agriculture appears to be a widespread and not merely a casual phenomenon. In addition, D. pseudoobscura and D. persimilis are often reared out with the other well-known “garbage” species D. melanogaster, D. simulans, D. immigrans, D. busckii, and D. hydei. These species are among those drosophilids most easily reared in the laboratory, probably because of their polyphagy in nature. The rearing of D. azteca from compost appears to be the first breeding record of this species. It is worth noting that a large number of flies can sometimes be bred from a small amount of material: the piece of orange peel from Pompano State Beach which produced 275 D. pseudoobscura and D. persimilis measured only 7 x 10 cm. Drosophila pseudoobscura and D. persimilis thus appear to be facultative gar¬ bage species, partially associated with human activity. This association may play some role in the genetic patterns described above, since agricultural cultivation is widespread in the western United States. The remarkable appearance of D. pseudoobscura in New Zealand could, for example, be the result of the importation of citrus from the United States. We should emphasize that we do not believe that all individuals of D. pseu¬ doobscura and D. persimilis derive from human refuse. They can often be collected in areas far removed from human settlement, though not in the profusion found in orchards. There may be some natural breeding sites besides slime fluxes, which remain unknown despite the intensive work of Carson and his colleagues and our own futile efforts to rear D. pseudoobscura and D. persimilis from “natural” substrates (leaf litter, fungi, berries, animal feces, etc.). Further work must dem¬ onstrate what proportion of flies in the field originate from “domestic” versus “natural” breeding sites. Acknowledgments We thank Timothy Prout, Phil Ward, and Hampton Carson for comments on the manuscript. We are also grateful to Dr. Carson for permission to cite his VOLUME 60, NUMBER 1 19 unpublished manuscript, to John Moore for the 1981 rearing record from Death Valley, and to Lorraine Barr for doing the electrophoresis. This work was sup¬ ported by an NIH postdoctoral fellowship to JAC and NIH grant GM 22221 to the UC Davis Department of Genetics. Literature Cited Anderson, W. W., F. J. Ayala, and R. E. Michod. 1977. Chromosomal and allozymic diagnosis of three species of Drosophila. J. Heredity, 68:71-74. -, Th. Dobzhansky, O. Pavlovsky, J. Powell, and D. Yardley. 1975. Genetics of natural pop¬ ulations. XLII. Three decades of genetic change in Drosophila pseudoobscura. Evolution, 29: 24-36. Carson, H. L. 1951. Breeding sites of Drosophila pseudoobscura and Drosophila persimilis in the transition zone of the Sierra Nevada. Evolution, 5:91-96. -. 1965. Chromosomal morphism in geographically widespread species of Drosophila. Pp. 503-531 in H. G. Baker and G. L. Stebbins (eds.), The genetics of colonizing species. Academic Press, New York. -. 1971. The ecology of Drosophila breeding sites. Univ. Hawaii Arboretum Lecture #2, pp. 1-27. -. 1978. Some thoughts on population structure in the obscura group of Drosophila. Unpub¬ lished ms. —--E. P. Knapp, and H. J. Phaff. 1956. Studies on the ecology of Drosophila in the Yosemite region of California. II. The yeast flora of some species of Drosophila. Ecology, 57:538-544. Dobzhansky, Th. 1965. “Wild” and “domestic” species of Drosophila. Pp. 533-562 in H. G. Baker and G. L. Stebbins (eds.), The genetics of colonizing species. Academic Press, , New York. -. 1970. Genetics of the evolutionary process. Columbia University Press, New York. -, and C. Epling. 1944. Contributions to the genetics, taxonomy, and ecology of Drosophila pseudoobscura and its relatives. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Pub. 554, Washington, D.C. Jones, J. S., S. H. Bryant, R. C. Lewontin, J. A. Moore, and T. Prout. 1981. Gene flow and the geographical distribution of a molecular polymorphism in Drosophila pseudoobscura. Amer. Nat., 98:157-178. Lewontin, R. C. 1974. The genetic basis of evolutionary change. Columbia University Press, New York. Parsons, P. A., and S. M. Stanley. 1982. Special ecological studies—Domesticated and widespread species. In M. Ashburner, H. Carson, and J. N. Thompson (eds.), The genetics and biology of Drosophila. Volume 3a. Academic Press, New York. Spencer, W. P. 1944. Iso-alleles of the bobbed locus in Drosophila hydei populations. Genetics, 29: 520-536. Turner, M. E., and D. E. Jeffry. 1980. Drosophila pseudoobscura of the Great Basin. II. Third chromosome arrangements of selected northern Utah populations. Amer. Nat., 115:771-779. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(1), 1984, pp. 20-22 Published 27 January 1984 Further Data on Mucrochernes hirsutus (Banks) (Pseudoscorpionida, Chernetidae) William B. Muchmore Department of Biology, University of Rochester, Rochester, New York 14627. Mucrochernes hirsutus was redescribed and placed in the new genus Mucrocher¬ nes on the basis of a single individual, the holotype female of Atemnus hirsutus Banks, which was “found 10 ft. from ocean. No trees near.” at Laguna Beach, Orange County, California (Muchmore, 1973). More recently I have received from Kenneth W. Cooper, University of California, Riverside, additional material which sheds more light on the nature of this very interesting species. Mucrochernes hirsutus (Banks) (Figs. 1-5) Material.— Three males and 3 females “from between splits in intertidal rocks,” at San Pedro, Los Angeles County, California, 14 October 1975, K. W. and R. Cooper. Two males and 2 females have been mounted on slides and studied in detail. Supplemental description.— The males are generally similar to the females ex¬ cept for genital features and slightly deeper palpal chelal hands in some males (Figs. 1-3). There is considerable variation in size and proportions in both sexes and usually the larger specimens are the more robust. As in the holotype, all setae long, thin, and completely simple or with a single lateral spinule. Carapace with about 200 setae. Abdominal tergal chaetotaxy of largest male 25:29:32:43:48:53:57:53:57:57:T43T:2. Sternal chaetotaxy of same 57:(2)[4-3]/42(3):(3)28(3):47:61:59:56:50:47:T39T:2; anterior genital operculum with 10 long setae flanked by 47 shorter ones; posterior operculum with two groups of very small setae, [4-3], at middle of anterior margin and 42 setae scattered over face and along posterior margin. Internal genitalia of male rather compact, but with no outstanding features. Spermathecae of female as shown in Figure 4, somewhat longer and more convoluted than was noticed in the holotype. Though not mentioned earlier, the anterior tracheal trunks are greatly expanded anteriorly (Fig. 5). Cheliceral galea variously branched in different specimens, but seems equally developed in males and females. Palps of the newly collected females essentially like those of holotype (Muchmore, 1973: Figs. 4, 5); it appears, there¬ fore, that distortion of the holotype was not serious. For the 4 mounted specimens (males and females), palpal femur 2.95-3.1, tibia 2.6-2.9, and chela 3.1-3.2 times as long as broad; hand 1.1-1.35 times as long as deep; movable finger 1.15-1.25 times as long as hand. Chelal fingers with 50-60 marginal teeth and 4-8 internal and external accessory teeth. Leg IV with entire femur 4.0-4.3 and tibia 4.7-5.5 times as long as deep. Measurements (mm). — Body length 2.75-3.65. Carapace length 0.89-1.10. Che- licera length 0.32-0.41. Palpal femur 0.77-1.04 by 0.25-0.34; tibia 0.755-1.00 by 0.28-0.36; chela (without pedicel) 1.42-1.89 by 0.45-?; hand (without pedicel) VOLUME 60, NUMBER 1 21 Figures 1-5. Mucrochernes hirsutus (Banks). 1. Right palp of largest male, dorsal view. 2. Left chela of largest male, lateral view. 3. Left chela of smallest male, lateral view. 4. Spermathecae of female. 5. Spiracle and anterior tracheal trunk. 0.66-0.86 by 0.49-0.78; pedicel about 0.12 long; movable finger 0.77-1.0 long. Leg IV: entire femur 0.67-0.92 by 0.17-0.215; tibia 0.53-0.74 by 0.11-0.135. Remarks. — This species is apparently well adapted for life on the seashore, where it may be periodically covered by water: 1) The general hairiness probably serves to keep the surface of the animal dry by trapping air between the bases of the setae. A similar, but not so great, increase in numbers of setae is seen in Pachyolpium atlanticum Mahnert and Schuster (1981), a species which inhabits the tidal zone in Bermuda. 2) The expanded anterior tracheal trunks appear admirably suited to hold air during the time the pseudoscorpion is covered by water. No other instance is known of this phenomenon. 3) The galea is very well developed in both male and female, suggesting that both sexes of the adults spin 22 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST silken cocoons, possibly to protect them from the tides. A similar situation was noted with respect to the littoral Epactiochernes tumidus (Banks) in southeastern United States (Muchmore, 1974). 4) The genera Corosoma Karsch and Dasy- chernes Chamberlin are also characterized by having very large numbers of ves- titural setae (cf. Mahnert, 1982). These two genera are, however, apparently mod¬ ified for quite a different function from Mucrochernes, namely for protection (?) in the hives of meliponine bees. Also, in these forms, while the vestitural setae are long and thin, many are finely denticulate toward the tips (Mahnert, and personal observation). Acknowledgments I am much indebted to Kenneth Cooper for sending me the specimens and to C. H. Alteri for drawing the figures. Literature Cited Banks, N. 1914. A new pseudoscorpion from California. J. Entomol. Zool., Pomona Coll., 6:203. Mahnert, V. 1982. The pseudoscorpion genus Corosoma Karsch, 1879, with remarks on Dasychernes Chamberlin, 1929 (Pseudoscorpiones: Chemetidae). J. Arachnol., 10:11-14. -, and R. Schuster. 1981. Pachyolpium atlanticum n. sp., ein Pseudoskorpion aus der Gezei- tenzone der Bermudas—Morphologie und Okologie (Pseudoscorpiones: Olpiidae). Rev. Suisse Zool., 88:265-273. Muchmore, W. B. 1973. A new genus of pseudoscorpions based upon Atemnus hirsutus (Pseudo- scorpionida, Chemetidae). Pan-Pacific Entomol., 49:43-48. -. 1974. Pseudoscorpions from Florida. 3. Epactiochernes, a new genus based upon Chelanops tumidus Banks (Chemetidae). Florida Entomol., 57:397-407. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(1), 1984, pp. 23-29 Published 27 January 1984 World Synopsis of the Riffle Beetle Genus Leptelmis Sharp, 1888, with a Key to Asiatic Species and Description of a New Species from India (Coleoptera, Dryopoidea, Elmidae) Harley P. Brown and M. P. Thobias (HPB) Department of Zoology (and Stovall Museum of Science and History), University of Oklahoma, Norman, Oklahoma 73019; (MPT) St. Thomas’ College (University of Calicut), Trichur, Kerala 680 001, India. Abstract.— The genus Leptelmis is close to Stenelmis, but more similar to Ste- thelmis. Citations for each known species of Leptelmis (15 Asiatic, 8 African) include reported distribution, all known illustrations, and location of holotype. A key to Asiatic species is based primarily upon the literature. Leptelmis philom- ina, n. sp. from the Western Ghats of southern India is described and figured (habitus, aedeagus). Sharp (1888) created the genus Leptelmis upon the basis of one mutilated specimen from Tokyo, Japan. He wrote: “This insect, though allied to Stenelmis, cannot be placed in that genus; it differs in several respects, more especially in the great separation of the hind legs and the very dependent front of the proster¬ num. The form is different from that of Stenelmis, and the sculpture is not similar to that of any other Elmid known; the eyes, too, are much smaller than in Ste¬ nelmis, and the terminal joint of the maxillary palpus more slender.” Sharp did not mention that a major feature linking Leptelmis to Stenelmis was the lack of a fringe of hairy tomentum on the inner margin of the anterior tibia, a character that separates Stenelmis from virtually all other elmine riffle beetles. More sur¬ prising is the fact that he did not mention the most conspicuous feature separating Leptelmis from Stenelmis : the anterior portion of the pronotum is set off from the rest of the pronotum by a broad transverse impression, giving an appearance reminiscent of a turtleneck sweater—in fact, the anterior portion of the pronotum often appears at first glance to be part of the head (Fig. 1). Furthermore, the pronotum lacks the median longitudinal impression so characteristic of Stenelmis, the legs are quite long, and the tarsal claws are large and with basal teeth. All of these latter characters not mentioned by Sharp are shared by Stethelmis (Hinton, 1945), which occurs in Chile and Argentina. The general aspect of Leptelmis is also reminiscent of Ancyronyx in North America (see Brown, 1976 for illustration), of Hintonelmis in South America (Spangler, 1966; Hinton, 1971), and of Ony- chelmis in Central and South America (Hinton, 1941). Bollow (1941) added to the characterization of the genus that the tarsi are 4- segmented, but he had apparently seen specimens only of L.flavicollis. His Figure 2 shows this feature; however, it is not characteristic of the genus. Most, if not all, other species have the usual 5 tarsal segments. In contrast with Sharp, Bollow 24 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST characterized the eyes as larger than those of Stenelmis. Actually, the eyes vary considerably in size, depending upon the species. Nothing is known about the immature stages of Leptelmis, and very little about the habitat, habits, or behavior of the adults. The little that has been published is entirely from Deleve (1966). Most specimens are presumably from streams, but even this is seldom stated in the literature. The holotype of L. fragilis was found on vegetation in a flowing stream. From the morphology of Leptelmis, this is the habitat we would expect, especially in view of the nature of the legs and tarsi. Other elmids with similar structure, such as Ancyronyx and Hintonelmis, are typically found clinging tenaciously to waterlogged wood or other submerged vegetation, and it is a good guess that Leptelmis exhibits similar behavior. Two of the paratypes of L. major were taken from forest humus. We can only wonder how they happened to be there and how far they were from water, e.g., it would be of interest to know whether the site had been inundated a few weeks earlier. Deleve (1945, 1966) reported that both macropterous and brachypterous indi¬ viduals occur within the same species (e.g., L. fragilis and L. orchymonti). Only macropterous forms, of course, have been taken at lights, but the fact that some come to lights informs us that Leptelmis can utilize flight as a means of dispersal— a common ability among elmids just after emergence from pupation. Of the 117 known genera of elmids, only Leptelmis and Stenelmis occur in both Africa and the Orient (Brown, 1981). Leptelmis is also unusual in being the largest elmid genus for which the larva is unknown. Perhaps our pointing out the large gaps in our knowledge of this group will stimulate investigators to fill the gaps. While collecting in streams of the Western Ghats (Sahyadri Mountains) of South India, one of us (M. P. Thobias) obtained two specimens of Leptelmis that ap¬ parently represent a new species, which we here describe. Leptelmis philomina , New Species (Figs. 1, 2) Holotype male. —Length 2.15 mm, width 0.75 mm. Subparallel, convex. Cuticle tuberculate, feebly shining; brown, with pronotum and head darker than elytra; anterior margin of pronotum, antennae, palps and legs testaceous (somewhat darker in paratype). Head retractable within pronotal collar; visible portion with¬ out distinct impressions; on vertex and in a band tapering on each side toward but not reaching antennal base covered by ashen white plastron studded with small granules separated by about their own diameters; frons, clypeus and labrum black, rather finely punctate; circumocular area black. Eyes rather small, their greatest dimension being less than interocular distance. Antennae barely reaching elytral humeri, slender, with segments 3-11 progressively longer. Frontoclypeal suture indistinct. Maxillary palp with apical segment elongate and somewhat larger than apical antennal segment. Pronotum slightly longer than broad, 0.625: 0.575 mm; widest at basal 2 / 5 ; width at base 0.550 mm; width at transverse impression 0.465 mm; width at apex 0.50 mm. Sides conspicuously bisinuate; anterior angles broadly rounded as seen from above, posterior angles subacute; apical margin arcuate and projecting over the head; lateral borders feebly margined, most no¬ ticeably so in posterior third; lateral margins not perceptibly crenate. Surface rather coarsely granulate or tuberculate, the flattened granules on disk separated VOLUME 60, NUMBER 1 25 Figures 1, 2. Leptelmis philomina n. sp. 1. Dorsal aspect of adult. 2. Aedeagus, ventral aspect. by about their own diameters. Without sublateral carinae. Transverse impression at anterior third broad and deep, giving the appearance of a bottleneck. With prominences as follows: a feeble, flattened, median longitudinal ridge in the basal quarter suggests a rather long, narrow human nose with the scutellum representing a small chin; continuing the comparison with a human face, each “cheek” is low and composed of a doubled or divided very feeble prominence, and the “eyes,” though small, bulge rather prominently; each “eye” is located half way between the midline and lateral margin on the posterior edge of the major transverse impression and anterolateral to the anterior end of the “nose”; between the “nose” and each “eye” there is also a minor elevation. Scutellum small (0.075 mm across), about as long as wide, with sides rounded. Elytra more than twice as long as pronotum (1.5 mm); humeri not prominent, but distinctly broader than pronotum; sides subparallel in anterior half, then tapering arcuately in posterior half to rounded apex. Strial punctures on disk rather large, subcircular, and separated from one another by slightly less than their own diameters; punctures smaller and shallower on apical declivity. Strial intervals rather flat, none genuinely carinate, but third somewhat elevated at base and intervals 6-8 fused basally and slightly elevated basally; intervals 2 and 3 merge on apical declivity. Lateral borders very feebly margined and finely serrate. Epipleura narrowed gradually toward apex. Venter and legs (except tarsi) covered with flattened granules separated by less than to about twice their own diameters and suggestive of a medieval coat of mail; each granule bearing an inconspicuous, short, decumbent seta. Although we have not observed living specimens under water, apparently the plastron covers the entire ventral surface, entire pronotum, vertex of head, and all of the legs except the tarsi. Prosternum rather long anterior to procoxae, deflected in such a way as to permit retraction of head until only frons, clypeus, and labrum are exposed, together with eyes and antennae; granules on deflected portion smaller and sparser; prosternal process without carinae, about equal in width to diameter 26 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST of globular procoxa, slightly longer than wide, broadly rounded at apex, feebly margined, coarsely granulate. Mesosternum short, coarsely granulate, with a shal¬ low anteromedian excavation to accommodate prosternal process. Metasternum with a bare area between mesocoxae and anterior to median impressed line. Abdomen without carinae or other conspicuous features; cuticular granules very coarse on segment 1, progressively less coarse posteriorly; segment 1 longest, 2- 4 progressively shorter, but 5 almost as long as 1; posterior margins of segments 1-4 straight to broadly emarginate, but 5 sinuate laterally and rather narrowly rounded at apex. Sternita without conspicuous teeth or other projections for attachment to elytra. Legs long and slender, especially the tibiae and tarsi; tibiae almost straight and cylindrical, without tomental brushes, spines, or other con¬ spicuous features but with small inner apical projections and inconspicuous rows of small setae along inner margins distally. Tarsi 5-segmented, that of foreleg shortest and that of hind leg longest, each with the segments progressively longer from base to apex, the apical segment of each being longer than the other 4 combined; segments 1-4 each with a short apical tuft of pale setae on ventral surface; claws large, each with a basal tooth and curved ca. 90 degrees. Genitalia (Fig. 2) rather standard in general aspect, 0.50 mm in length; basal piece 0.26 mm; penis or median lobe 0.30 mm; parameres 0.23 mm. As viewed dorsally or ventrally, the parameres are slender distally with bluntly rounded apices and the relatively broad penis projects beyond them, tapering to a blunt point. Female. — Unknown. Type. — Male to be deposited in the British Museum (Natural History), London; South India: Western Ghats, leg. M. P. Thobias. Genitalia mounted in Hoyer’s medium on slide #Lpp-Agm-l, at BMNH. Paratype.—OnQ male with same data as type, in Stovall Museum of Science and History, University of Oklahoma, Norman, Okla., U.S.A. Etymology. — This species is named in honor of the beloved mother of the junior author. Comments.— As shown in the list below, only one species of Leptelmis, L. fracticollis Champion, has previously been reported from India, that being from the Haldwani Division of Kumaon, far to the north (in the foothills of the Him¬ alaya Mountains north or northeast of Delhi. Much closer geographically is the island of Sri Lanka (Ceylon), from which two species of Leptelmis have been described: L. nietneri Champion and L. cederholmi Deleve. L. philomina n. sp. differs from L. fracticollis in pronotal sculpture, in being less broad across the humeri, and in having the cuticle granulate or tuberculate ventrally rather than punctate. From L. nietneri, the new species differs in being considerably larger (2.15:1.5 mm), in lacking elytral maculae, and in having a much deeper transverse prothoracic impression. L. philomina differs from L. cederholmi in having the venter granulate rather than punctate and in aedeagal structure: in L. cederholmi the basal piece is proportionately shorter, the parameres broader, the penis longer and parallel-sided with a subapical denticulate collarette. Differences from and among other Asiatic species are indicated in the key below, which is based largely upon characters extracted from the literature. It includes 13 of the 15 known Asiatic species, L. parallela and L. formosana being omitted because we cannot distinguish them from L. gracilis by the descriptions. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 1 27 Key to Asiatic Species of Leptelmis (Except L. parallela from Japan and L. formosana from Taiwan) 1. Elytra maculate . 2 Elytra essentially uniform in color or with the humeri lighter. 5 2. Each elytron with 5 yellow spots (Viet Nam) . L. signata Elytron with fewer than 5 spots or markings. 3 3. Very small (1.5 mm); each elytron with an oblique testaceous streak (Sri Lanka). L. nietneri Larger than 1.5 mm; elytral markings not oblique . 4 4. Small (1.8 mm); elytral vitta in apical half on intervals 2 and 3 (Philippine Islands) . L. tawitawiensis Larger (2.3 mm); elytral vitta in apical half on intervals 3 and 4, and expanded apically (Viet Nam) . L. basalis 5. Elytra expanded posteriorly, much wider than pronotum; 2.5-2.8 mm (Japan) . L. gracilis Elytra not expanded posteriorly . 6 6. Tarsi 4-segmented, head as broad as pronotum; 2.4 mm (South China) . L. flavicollis Tarsi 5-segmented . 7 7. Large (3 mm); pronotum with anterior transverse impression indistinct medially; cuticle very shiny (Sumatra). L. stricticollis Smaller; pronotum with transverse impression complete and distinct . . 8 8. Venter granulate; 2.15 mm (South India) . L. philomina, n. sp. Venter punctate rather than granulate. 9 9. Antennae reddish. 10 Antennae yellow or yellowish at least at base . 11 10. Penis parallel-sided, with subapical collarette of denticles; parameres ta¬ pering from near base (Sri Lanka). L. cederholmi Penis constricted near middle, without denticles; parameres subparallel in apical half (Sumatra, Java) . L. sulcata 11. Smaller (2 mm) (North India) . L. fracticollis Larger (2.2 mm or more) . 12 12. Elytra with strial interval 3 raised from base to apex; aedeagus with parameres (in ventral aspect) tapering from base almost to apex (Viet Nam) . L. obscura Elytra with strial interval 3 feebly raised at base only; parameres sub¬ parallel in apical half (Viet Nam) . L. vietnamensis World Checklist of the Species of Leptelmis Zaitzev (1910) cited the type species and emended the generic name to Leph- thelmis. Since this emendation was unjustified by the rules of zoological nomen¬ clature, it has been quietly dropped, except by Bollow (1941). Sato (1960) pub¬ lished a world checklist which at that time included a total of only 8 species, compared with the present 23. To be as helpful as possible to others, we indicate in the list below, after the name and citation, reference to published illustrations, location of holotype, and 28 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST reported distribution. Location of holotype is placed in parentheses, with abbre¬ viations as follows: BMNH = British Museum (Natural History), London; FCM = Frey Collection, Munich; LMS = Lund Museum, Sweden; MNHB = National Hungarian Museum, Budapest; MPF = Museum of Paris, France; MPSA = Mu¬ seum of Pretoria, South Africa; MRAC = Musee Royal de l’Afrique Centrale; MRHNB = Musee Royal d’Histoire Naturelle de Belgique, Brussels; NSMT = National Science Museum, Tokyo; ZMUC = Zoological Museum, University of Copenhagen, Denmark. Leptelmis Sharp Sharp, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) II, 1888, p. 243. Lephthelmis Zaitzev, Coleop. Cat., Pars 17, Dryopidae, etc., 1910, p. 21. Type Species: L. gracilis Sharp, 1888. amoena Deleve, 1966, p. 8, f. 15. (MRAC) AFRICA: COTE D’IVOIRE, GHANA. basalis Deleve, 1968, p. 155, no figs. (MNHB) VIET NAM. cederholmi Deleve, 1973a, p. 11, f. 23. (LMS) SRI LANKA (CEYLON). collarti (as Stenelmis ) (Deleve), 1937, p. 152, f. 3. Transferred to Leptelmis by Deleve, 1938, p. 364. Genitalia in Deleve, 1966, f. 2-4. (MPF) AFRICA: CONGO (ZAIRE), GABON, CONGO (BRAZZAVILLE). costulata Deleve, 1942, p. 1, f. 1 (habitus); genitalia in Deleve, 1966, f. 1. (MRHNB) AFRICA: CONGO (ZAIRE), CONGO (BRAZZAVILLE). flavicollis Bollow, 1941, p. 86, T. 7, f. 2 (habitus). (FCM) SOUTH CHINA. formosana Nomura, 1962, p. 48, no figs. (NSMT?) TAIWAN. fracticollis Champion, 1923, p. 167, f. 3 (habitus). (BMNH) NORTH INDIA. fragihs Deleve, 1966, p. 7, f. 13, 14. (MPSA) SOUTH AFRICA: VAAL. gracilis Sharp, 1888, p. 244; habitus, hind tarsus, maxillary palp, prosternal pro¬ cess, and male genitalia in Sato 1960, f. 1, 2. (BMNH) JAPAN: HONSHU, SHIKOKU, KYUSHU. major Deleve, 1966, p. 4, f. 8-10. (MRAC) AFRICA: CONGO: ELIZABETH- VILLE, KIVU; TANGANYIKA. nietneri Champion, 1923, p. 168, no figs. (BMNH) CEYLON (SRI LANKA). obscura Deleve, 1968, p. 153, f. 6. (MNHB) VIET NAM. orchymonti Deleve, 1942, p. 3; genitalia in Deleve, 1966, f. 5-7. (MRHNB) AFRICA: CONGO: ELIZABETHVILLE; RUANDA; SOUTHERN RHO¬ DESIA. parallela Nomura, 1962, p. 46, no figs. (NSMT?) JAPAN: HONSHU, SHIKOKU, KYUSHU. philomina Brown and Thobias, n. sp. (BMNH) SOUTH INDIA. seydeli Deleve, 1966, p. 6, f. 11, 12. (MRAC) AFRICA: CONGO: ELIZABETH¬ VILLE. signata Deleve, 1968, p. 152, f. 5. (MNHB) VIET NAM. sobrina Deleve, 1974, p. 272, f. 1. (MNHB) AFRICA: GHANA. stricticollis (as Stenelmis ) (Grouvelle), 1896, p. 45, no figs. Transferred to Lep¬ telmis by Hinton, 1941, p. 88. (syntypes in BMNH, MPF) SUMATRA, PA- LEMBANG. sulcata (as Stenelmis ) (Grouvelle), 1892, p. 188; genitalia in Deleve, 1970, f. 1, 2. Transferred to Leptelmis by Deleve, 1970, p. 236. (MPF) SUMATRA, JAVA. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 1 29 tawitawiensis Deleve, 1973, p. 28, f. 20. (ZMUC) PHILIPPINES: TAWI TAWI. vietnamensis Deleve, 1968, p. 154, f. 7. (MNHB) VIET NAM. Literature Cited Bollow, H. 1941. Monographic der palaearktischen Dryopidae mit Beriicksichtigung der eventuell transgredierenden Arten. (Col.) (Fortsetzung). Mitteil. Miinchner Ent. Ges., 31(1): 1-89. Brown, H. P. 1976. Aquatic dryopoid Beetles (Coleoptera) of the United States. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 82 pp. (Paperback reprint of 1972 book.) -. 1981. A distributional survey of the world genera of aquatic dryopoid beetles (Coleoptera: Dryopidae, Elmidae, and Psephenidae sens. lat.). Pan-Pacific Ent., 57(1): 133—148. Champion, G. C. 1923. Some Indian Coleoptera (11). Ent. Mo. Mag., 59:165-179. Deleve, J. 1937. Dryopidae du Congo beige. Bull. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 77:149-164. -. 1938. Dryopidae du Congo beige. II. Dryopinae. III. Elmmae. Rev. Zool. Bot. Afr., 31(3- 4):351-375. -. 1942. Contribution a l’etude des Dryopidae. I. Deux Leptelmis nouveaux du Congo beige. II. Remarque sur le genre Microdinodes et description d’une espece nouvelle. Bull. Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Belg., 18(59): 1-8. -. 1945. Contribution a l’etude des Dryopidae. III. Le genre Pseudo macro nychus Grouvelle et le dimorphisme alaire de ses especes. Bull. Mus. Hist. Belg., Brussels, 21(9): 1-12. -. 1966. Contribution a l’etude des Dryopoidea. XVIII. Notes complementaires sur les especes africaines du genre Leptelmis Sharp et descriptions d’especes nouvelles (Coleoptera Elminthi- dae). Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 42(8): 1-10. -. 1966a. Dryopidae et Elminthidae de 1’Angola. Separata de No. 76 das publicafoes culturais da Companhia de Diamantes de Angola, Lisboa, pp. 39-62. -. 1968. Dryopidae et Elminthidae (Coleoptera) du Vietnam. Ann. Hist.-Nat. Mus. Nat. Hung., Pars Zool., 60:149-181. -. 1970. Contribution a l’etude des Dryopoidea. XXL Elminthidae (Coleoptera) peu ou mal connus de l’lndonesie et du Vietnam. Bull. Ann. Soc. Roy. Ent. Belg., 106:235-273. -. 1973. Limnichidae, Dryopidae et Elminthidae des lies Philippines et de l’Archipel Bismarck (Insecta, Coleoptera, Dryopoidea). Steenstrupia (Zool. Mus. Univ. Copenhagen), 3(3): 17-30. -. 1973a. Coleoptera: Dryopidae et Elminthidae. Ent. Scand. Suppl. 4:5-23. (=Report No. 25 from the Lund Univ. Ceylon Expedition in 1962.) -. 1974. Elminthidae (Coleoptera) du Ghana. Acta Zool. Acad. Sci. Hung., 20(3-4):271-289. Grouvelle, A. 1892. Trois especes nouvelles d’helmides des lies de la Sonde. Not. Leyden Mus., 14: 187-190. -. 1896. Note VI. Descriptions de dryopides (Parnides) et helmides nouveaux. Not. Leyden Mus., 18:33-52. Hinton, H. E. 1941. New genera and species of Elmidae. Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. London, 91 (3):65— 104. -. 1945. Stethelmis chilensis, new genus and species of Elmidae from Chile (Coleoptera). Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (B), 14(5-6):73-76. -. 1971. A revision of the genus Hintonelmis Spangler (Coleoptera: Elmidae). Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. London, 123(2): 189-208. Nomura, S. 1962. Some new and remarkable species of the Coleoptera from Japan and its adjacent regions. Toho-Gakuho, (12):35—51, pis. 1, 2. Sato, M. 1960. On the genus Leptelmis Sharp from Japan with checklist of the world (Coleoptera: Elmidae). Akitu, 9:43-46. Sharp, D. 1888. XXXI. Descriptions of some new Coleoptera from Japan. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6)11:242-245. Spangler, P. J. 1966. The Catherwood Foundation Peruvian-Amazon Expedition. XIII. Aquatic Coleoptera (Dytiscidae; Noteridae; Gyrinidae; Hydrophilidae; Dascillidae; Helodidae; Pse¬ phenidae; Elmidae). Mon. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 14:377-443. Zaitzev, P. A. 1910. Dryopidae, Cyathoceridae, Georyssidae, Heteroceridae. Coleopterorum Cata¬ logs, Pars 17, Vol. 14:1-68. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(1), 1984, pp. 30-32 Published 27 January 1984 Captiia hornigi , a New Winter Stonefly from the Western Great Basin (Plecoptera: Capniidae) Richard W. Baumann and Andrew L. Sheldon (RWB) Department of Zoology, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah 84602; (ALS) Department of Zoology, University of Montana, Missoula, Montana 59812. During a recent study on the distribution of stonefly species in the Great Basin ranges of Nevada (Sheldon, 1979) a previously undescribed Capnia species was discovered. The faunal affinities of this species are not with the Rocky Mountain fauna (Baumann et al., 1977) but are with the Sierra Nevada fauna (Jewett, 1960). Capnia hornigi Baumann and Sheldon, New Species Male.— Wings macropterous. Length of forewing 4-5 mm; length of body 4-6 mm. Body and appendages dark brown; wings hyaline except for fumose area in costal space beyond cord. Abdominal segments one to six without special mod¬ ifications. Seventh tergum with median posterior portion modified as large pos¬ terior directed process, apex of process darkly sclerotized and narrowly rounded. Eighth tergum reduced to narrow sclerotized band, posterior portion of tergum membranous. Ninth tergum produced dorsally into low bifurcate ridge upon which epiproct rests. Tenth tergum with large reflexed epiproct which extends forward to posterior margin of ninth tergum; base of epiproct stout laterally, slightly narrowed at bend, becoming gradually broader anteriorly with rounded apex, small membranous area visible at apex, bordered by narrow triangular pointed process on each side dorsally; dorsal aspect of epiproct with narrow base, becoming abruptly broader toward apex, base sclerotized but with membranous area ap¬ pearing slightly anterior to base which becomes increasingly larger until it covers the complete apex, much like in the genus Paracapnia (Figs. 1, 2). Female.— Wings macropterous. Length of forewing 6-7 mm; length of body 6-8 mm. General appearance similar to male. Dorsal broad membranous stripe extends from abdominal terga one to eight, with sclerotized triangular patch at base of eighth tergum. Subgenital plate well developed and very darkly sclerotized encompassing entire eighth sternum, plate flat at base and broadly rounded at apex, not extending over ninth sternum, joined broadly to seventh sternum with no apparent separation except coloration. Oblong, sclerotized patches present on lateral posterior margins of eighth segment, bordering subgenital plate (Fig. 3). Material. — Holotype male, #76499, allotype and two male and seven female paratypes, Middle Creek, White Mountains, Esmeralda Co., Nevada 10-11-1977, A. L. Sheldon. Types deposited at the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. Additional paratypes: Nevada, Esmeralda Co., Middle Creek, White Mountains, 4-III-1979, C. E. Hornig, 14 males, 17 females. Etymology. — This species is named for Evan Hornig who collected some of the paratypes of this new species. Evan is an avid student of aquatic insects and has collected many interesting specimens in Nevada and surrounding states. Diagnosis. — Capnia hornigi is the sister species of Capnia barberi Claassen from VOLUME 60, NUMBER 1 31 Figures 1-3. Capnia hornigi. 1. Male genitalia, dorsal. 2. Male genitalia, lateral. 3. Female genitalia, ventral. the Sierra Nevada. The projection on the male seventh tergum is much more massive in C. hornigi. The epiproct is more rounded in lateral view and apically in dorsal view in C. hornigi. Capnia barberi has an epiproct which is much more angular and pointed at the apex. The processes on the dorsal lateral areas of the epiproct near the apex are larger and much more distinctive in C. barberi. The female subgenital plate is broadly rounded apically in C. hornigi where in C. barberi it is flat with sharply angled corners. Ecology.— Adults of Capnia hornigi were collected at three locations (2160- 2470 m) on Middle Creek. No adults were collected at the highest station sampled (2590 m) but capniid nymphs were present. Capnia utahensis was the only capniid emerging on nearby Chiatovitch Creek (2100 m) and no capniids were collected on the open bajada (1950 m) below the confluence of Middle and Chiatovitch creeks. Collections made at other times may, however, extend the altitudinal range of C. hornigi. 32 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Middle Creek originates at 3650 m on the east side of the White Mountains on the slopes of the Jumpoff and Mt. Montgomery (4097 m). At the collecting sites, the substrate is dominated by shifting granitic sands while stable gravels and cobbles are rare. Channel structure is regulated to a considerable extent by roots and limbs of cottonwood and water birch ( Betula occidentalis). Leaf packs and debris dams are common. Associated species (collected in Middle Creek) were Zapada cinctipes, Yoraperla brevis, Frisonia picticeps, Sweltsa townesi and Triznaka diversa. Most of these species are common in the Sierra Nevada and C. hornigi may occur there also. Acknowledgments This study was supported in part by Grant 7717 from the Penrose Fund of the American Philosophical Society. The drawings were made by Connie A. Bevan Bhagat. Literature Cited Baumann, R. W., A. R. Gaufin, and R. F. Surdick. 1977. The stoneflies (Plecoptera) of the Rocky Mountains. Mem. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 31:1-208. Jewett, S. G., Jr. 1960. The stoneflies (Plecoptera) of California. Bull. Calif. Insect Surv., 6:125-177. Sheldon, A. L. 1979. Stonefly (Plecoptera) records from the basin ranges of Nevada and Utah. Great Basin Natur., 39:289-292. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(1), 1984, pp. 33-36 Published 27 January 1984 A New Species of Dichaetocoris Knight from the Western United States, with Notes on Other Species (Hemiptera: Miridae) Dan A. Polhemus Department of Biology, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112. Collections made in western Colorado and southeastern Utah over the past several years have turned up many specimens of the poorly known genus Di¬ chaetocoris. Among these was a new species, D. anasazi, described herein. The material reported here is held in the J. T. Polhemus collection (JTP) unless oth¬ erwise noted. Measurements are given in units, with 40 units = 1 mm, unless otherwise noted. Dichaetocoris anasazi, New Species Description. — Male: Small, ovate; length 2.87 mm; maximum width 0.91 mm. Coloration yellowish orange, occasionally tinged with green on venter and along anterior angles of pronotum. Head yellowish orange, eyes black; frons set with erect black setae intermixed with fine recumbent silky pubescence; gula with a patch of pale erect setae; vertex with erect black setae; width of vertex over twice the dorsal width of an eye. Antennae amber brown, clothed with short stiff setae; segment I with three stout setae; antennal proportions I-IV: 8; 27; 25; 9. Pronotum yellowish orange, smooth, shining, width/length = 36/16; margins set with dark pubescence; calli indistinct; posterior angles rounded. Scutellum amber, smooth, wider than long, width/length = 23/17; mesoscutum broadly ex¬ posed. Hemelytra yellowish orange, semi-transluscent, surface faintly rugulose; set with black recumbent setae interspersed with fine, pale, recumbent silky pubescence; margins nearly parallel; cuneus with anterior margin weakly sinuate; wing mem¬ brane dusky grey, veins gold. Venter light gold, often shaded with green along femora and posterior margin of genital segment; rostrum gold, tip infuscated, length 1.30 mm, reaching well beyond tips of hind coxae. Legs golden brown, covered with short erect setae; tibiae armed with stout brown spines; tips of tarsi infuscated. Abdomen sparsely covered with fine pallid hairs; genital segment with bifurcate tergal process (see Fig. 3); left clasper slender, curving, acuminate; right clasper broadly bifurcate, multispinose, distinctive (see Fig. 4). Female: Similar to male in structure and pubescence, coloration often lighter; length 3.09 mm; maximum width 1.00 mm. Material examined.— Holotype, male, and allotype: UTAH, San Juan Co., White Canyon at Soldier’s Crossing, approx. 5 miles N of Fry Canyon Store, 1219 m (4000'), V-29-78, D. A. & J. T. Polhemus (JTP). Paratypes: 7 6, 5 9, same data as types, all taken on Pinus edulis (Pinyon Pine) (JTP); 15 6, 9 9, UTAH, San Juan Co., Grand Flat nr. Collins Canyon, VI-1-82, D. A. & J. T. Polhemus (JTP); 34 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figure 1. Dichaetocoris anasazi, n. sp. Male, dorsal view. Figure 2. Dichaetocoris anasazi, n. sp. Male, lateral view. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 1 35 Figures 3, 4. Dichaetocoris anasazi, n. sp. 3. Male genital segment, posterior view, showing po¬ sitions of male claspers and bifurcate tergal process. 4. Male right clasper. 1 S, COLO., Montrose Co., 10 miles W of Montrose, VII-8-81, D. A. & J. T. Polhemus, on Pinus edulis (JTP). Etymology .—The name anasazi is a Navajo word meaning “ancient ones” and refers to the prehistoric cliff dwellers who once inhabited the canyons of the Southwest. Discussion Dichaetocoris anasazi, n. sp. runs to couplet 11 in Knight’s (1968) key, where it may be immediately distinguished by the bifurcate tergal process on the male genital segment and by the distinctive male right clasper. The right clasper is 36 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST characterized by a deep bifurcation dividing two multispinose processes, and may be easily viewed without dissection (see Figs. 3, 4). The left clasper is similar to those of several other species, notably D. pinicola Knight, and is thus not diag¬ nostic. No other known species of Dichaetocoris possesses a bifurcate tergal pro¬ cess. The following records are noted for other species in this genus: Dichaetocoris utahensis Knight: UTAH, San Juan Co., head of Lake Canyon along the Nokai Dome road, 4200' (1280 m), V-29-78, 1 3, D. A. & J. T. Polhemus; Garfield Co., Hog Spring in North Wash, near Hite, 5300' (1615 m), V-30-78, 1 <3, D. A. & J. T. Polhemus (JTP). Dichaetocoris nevadensis Knight: UTAH, San Juan Co., White Canyon at Sol¬ dier’s Crossing, approx. 5 miles north of Fry Canyon Store, 4000' (1219 m), V-29-78, 5(3, 1 9, D. A. & J. T. Polhemus; Grand Co., 5 miles south of Moab along U.S. 163, 4000' (1219 m), V-27-80, 2 <3, D. A. & J. T. Polhemus (JTP). These records represent the first instances in which either of these species have been recorded outside the Great Basin. It is likely that these species, and others of the same genus, occur widely in the pinyon-juniper woodlands across southern Utah, but have been generally overlooked due to the remote nature of the country and the fact that these insects mature in late May and early June, well before most collectors visit the region. Acknowledgments The author is indebted to J. T. Polhemus of Englewood, Colorado for helpful comments and advice in the preparation of this paper. Literature Cited Knight, H. H. 1968. Taxonomic review: Miridae of the Nevada Test Site and the Western United States. Brigham Young Sci. Bull., IX(3): 1-282. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(1), 1984, pp. 37^46 Published 27 January 1984 Distribution and Seasonal Abundance of Brine Flies (Diptera: Ephydridae) in a San Francisco Bay Salt Marsh Mark A. Barnby and Vincent H. Resh Division of Entomology and Parasitology, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720. Abstract. — Spatial and temporal distribution patterns of adult brine flies (Dip¬ tera: Ephydridae) were examined in Petaluma Marsh, San Francisco Bay, Cali¬ fornia. Biweekly D-vac samples (November 1977-1978) were collected along three strata located 1 m, 3 m, and 10 m from three sites, a 2- and a 5-yr-old mosquito control recirculation ditch and a natural channel. Adults were also collected weekly (March-December 1980) from ethylene glycol pan-traps designed to simulate pond and pothole habitats. Of the 28 species collected, 22 occurred in D-vac samples. Distribution patterns of five were analyzed statistically: three species [Scatella ( Scatella) stagnalis Fallen, Scatophila sp., and Atissa litoralis (Cole)] exhibited similar patterns at ditches and natural channels and two species exhib¬ ited dissimilar patterns [ Scatella ( Neoscatella ) setosa Coquillett and Psilopa ( Cer- opsilopa) coquilletti (Cresson)]. Of 23 species collected in pan-traps, Ephydra millbrae Jones accounted for 95.5% of the total catch. As part of a study to evaluate the impact of mosquito control recirculation ditches on San Francisco Bay marshlands, the arthropod fauna of selected salt marshes has been examined in terms of community structure and biomass and the response of selected populations to ditches (Resh and Balling, 1979). The insect family Ephydridae has been of particular interest since it is one of the most abundant and species-rich arthropod families collected in these marshlands. The Ephydridae occur in a variety of aquatic and semi-aquatic environments, but are most remarkable for their ability to exist in “unique” habitats (e.g., oil pools [Crawford, 1912], inland saline lakes [Aldrich, 1912], and hot springs [Wirth and Mathis, 1979]). The purpose of this study has been to examine the seasonality and distribution of ephydrid adults associated with man-made and natural wa¬ tercourses in a hypersaline Pacific coast salt marsh. Materials and Methods Study site.— This study was conducted at Petaluma Marsh, Sonoma Co., Cal¬ ifornia, a 1145-ha salt marsh located in the Petaluma River basin. The marsh flora is dominated by pickleweed, Salicornia virginica Linnaeus. A variety of natural aquatic habitats occurs throughout the marsh, e.g., ponds (10 m-100 m in diameter), potholes (~ 3 m), sloughs (~ 10m), and natural channels («3 m). In addition, man-made recirculation ditches have been constructed to connect a variety of ponds and potholes with natural channels to allow for tidal 38 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST flushing, which results in effective mosquito control. Natural channels and recir¬ culation ditches examined in this study were similar in width (40 cm), although natural channels in general are deeper than ditches (100 cm cf. 60 cm). Experimental design .—The influence of mosquito control recirculation ditches and natural watercourses on the distribution of adult brine flies was examined from two approaches: 1) Are distributions influenced by distance from a watercourse? 2) Does watercourse type (recirculation ditches or natural channels) influence distribution patterns? Three watercourses were chosen as study sites, a 2-yr-old ditch, a 5-yr-old ditch, and a natural channel. At each site, three parallel strata at distances of 1 m (stratum 1), 3 m (stratum 2), and 10 m (stratum 3) from the watercourse were designated (Fig. 1). Stratum 3 served as a control for intra- and inter-site comparisons since a variety of physical factors exhibited gradients that occur only within 3 m of either watercourse type. For example, standpipes placed perpendicular to both ditches and natural channels indicated that tidal depression and recharge of the water table are limited to a 3-m distance. Also, groundwater salinity and soil surface salinity increased with distance from the channel, both becoming asymp¬ totic before 10-m distance (Balling and Resh, 1982). Collecting methods. — Adult brine flies were sampled at approximately biweekly intervals during late morning hours from November 1977 through November 1978 using a gasoline-powered suction device, the D-vac (Dietrick et al., 1959), which collected insects into a 0.25-mm nylon mesh bag. All 9 strata (3 sites, each with 3 strata) were sampled over a distance of 30 m by placing the suction cone onto the substrate for 5 sec at approximately 1-m intervals. Samples were then placed in Berlese-Tullgren funnels for 24 hr with the brine flies being collected directly into 70% ethanol. Seasonal occurrence of brine fly adults was also determined from ethylene glycol pan-traps that were designed to simulate small ponds or potholes in the marsh. This artificial habitat consisted of 16 aluminum roasting pans (0.3 m x 0.6 m) arranged in a rectangular 4x4 grid (Fig. 2). Samples were taken at weekly in¬ tervals from March 1980 (after the last heavy rain of the wet season) to December 1980 (prior to the first heavy rain of the subsequent wet season). Since periodic examination of all 16 pans indicated no inter-pan difference in species or their abundances, only flies from the four interior pans were identified and enumerated. Data analysis. — Due to fluctuations in brine fly abundance throughout the study, it was necessary to remove the seasonal variation in the D-vac samples to equally weight all sampling dates. This was done by converting the number of each species in a sample to a percentage of that species total collected at all sites and distances on the same date. An arc-sine square-root transformation was used to normalize the percentages for parametric statistical analysis. Comparisons be¬ tween distances and between sites for each species were made with one-way ANOVA and Student-Neuman-Keuls multiple range tests (SNK). Results The fauna. — During this study 28 species of brine fly adults were collected in Petaluma Marsh with 22 species recorded from D-vac and 23 species from pan- VOLUME 60, NUMBER 1 39 Figure 1. Location of study sites (2-yr-old ditch, 5-yr-old ditch, and natural channel) and sampling strata (1 m, 3 m, 10 m) in the Petaluma Marsh. trap samples (Fig. 3). Of these, 11 species were not included in Simpson’s (1976) list of marine species [Limnellia sejuncta (Loew), Napaea socia Cresson, Pelina truncatula Loew, Hydrina nigrescens Cresson, Ilythea caniceps Cresson, Ilythea spilota (Curtis), Nostima picta (Fallen), Psilopa ( Psilopa) olga Cresson, Psilopa ( Psilopa ) compta (Meigen), P. coquilletti, Lytogaster gravida (Loew)]. Although several of these new records occur in low numbers and possibly reflect their transient status in the marsh, the repeated occurrence and abundance of some species ( H. nigrescens, N. picta, P. truncatula, P. compta, and P. coquilletti ) in 1977 and 1980 suggests the presence of established populations. 40 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figure 2. Ethylene glycol pan-traps used to collect adults associated with potholes in Petaluma Marsh. Total numbers of adult brine flies collected with both sampling methods was 43,271. D-vac samples contained 11,343 individuals with five species comprising >98% of the total: S. stagnalis (11.5%), S. setosa (25.7%), Scatophila sp. (5.2%), P. coquilletti (17.9%), and A. litoralis (38.1%). Pan-traps produced 31,928 indi¬ viduals with 95.5% (30,505) represented by one species, E. millbrae. Of the remaining 22 species sampled by pan-traps, 6 species comprised 4%: S. stagnalis (0.5%), Scatella ( Scatella ) paludum (Meigen) (0.7%), Lamproscatella muria Math¬ is (1.2%), P. coquilletti (0.5%), A. litoralis (0.7%), and Polytrichophora sp. (0.4%). Seasonal occurrence and abundance.—Scatella stagnalis adults were common from March to mid-June in D-vac samples, and to a lesser extent in pan-trap samples (Fig. 3). Other workers have collected this species from a variety of Holarctic locations throughout the warm periods of the year and in a variety of freshwater and maritime habitats, usually along mud and sand shores (Dahl, 1959; Williams, 1938; Deonier, 1965, 1972; Eastin and Foote, 1971; Scheiring and Foote, 1973; Simpson, 1976; Miyagi, 1977; Zack, 1979). Foote (1979:65) con¬ sidered S. stagnalis to be a “fugitive, nonequilibrium species” common in unstable habitats that are frequently flooded. Both larvae and adults are polyphagous, feeding on algae, diatoms, and decaying material (Simpson, 1976; Scheiring and Foote, 1973; Foote, 1977, 1979), although certain food items may be preferred since development time appears to be sensitive to diet (Zack and Foote, 1978). Scatella paludum adults were abundant from mid-March to early-June in pan¬ trap samples. D-vac samples contained fewer adults, but they were found during approximately the same season (Fig. 3). Dahl (1959) collected adults from beds VOLUME 60, NUMBER 1 41 D-VAC PAN TRAP 1978 F I 1980 A A 1 L. Scatella stagnalis Scatella paludum Scatella setosa Lamproscatella lattini Lamproscatella muria Limnellia sejuncta Sea tophi la sp. Ephydra mi librae Ephydra cinerea Paracoenia sp. Napaea socia Pelina truncatula Brachydeutera sturtevanti Hydrina nigrescens llythea caniceps llythea spilota Nostima picta Notiphila decoris Notiphila aenigma Hydrellia griseola Psilopa olga Psilopa compta Psilopa coquilletti Atissa litoral is Polytrichophora sp. Lytogaster gravida Mosillus tibialis Clanoneurum americana 232 128 4 3 Figure 3. Abundance (as log 10 ) of brine fly adults from 1977-1978 D-vac samples and 1980 pan¬ trap samples. of decaying seaweed and from freshwater and maritime sand beaches in Scan¬ dinavia from May to October. Zack (1979) near Mt. Rainier, Washington, re¬ corded adults from sandy beaches along the Tahoma River from June through August. Similar to their close relative S. stagnalis, they most likely feed on a variety of algal species (Foote, 1979). Scatella setosa adults were found throughout the year in D-vac samples with their peak abundance occurring from spring through mid-summer (Fig. 3). Adults were sampled in lower numbers in the pan-traps, primarily during the early spring. Cameron (pers. comm.) found this species in the fall and winter months in a nearby San Francisco Bay salt marsh. The habits of both larvae and adults are reported as similar to S. stagnalis (Wirth and Stone, 1956). Lamproscatella muria adults were abundant in pan-trap samples beginning in late-March and extending into autumn; however, only one specimen was recorded from the D-vac samples (Fig. 3). This species is known to occur primarily in saline habitats along both eastern and western North American coasts, although it has been found occasionally in freshwater environments (Sturtevant and Whee¬ ler, 1954) and in alkaline ponds (Mathis, 1979). Also, Scheiring and Foote (1973) have reported adults from saline waters in Ohio during late summer. Scatophila sp., possibly a complex containing more than a single species (W. Mathis, pers. comm.), was found from early spring to autumn in D-vac samples 42 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (Fig. 3) although only one specimen was found in pan-trap samples. Scatophila adults have generally been found to occur from July to September in a variety of freshwater and maritime habitats including mud and sand shores, glacial river beds, manure heaps, salt and freshwater meadows, seeps, spoil banks, and in greenhouses (Bolwig, 1940; Dahl, 1959; Deonier, 1965, 1974; Scheiring and Foote, 1973; Harris and Deonier, 1979; Zack, 1979). Their diet consists of blue-green algae, diatoms, and gram-positive bacteria (Bolwig, 1940; Deonier, 1974). Ephydra millbrae, collected only rarely in the D-vac samples, was by far the most abundant species collected in the pan-traps (Fig. 3). All life stages commonly occur throughout the year, with abundant numbers observed each year since 1977 in Petaluma Marsh. Adults of E. millbrae are known to frequent calm, saline pools where they feed, mate, and oviposit into the larval habitat. Jones (1906) first described this species from salt marshes along South San Francisco Bay, although his illustration of the egg resembles that of the hemipteran waterboatman Trichocorixa reticulata (Guerin-Meneville), a common coexisting species. De¬ pending on the availability of suitable habitat, Ephydra adults have been collected year round (e.g., Ping, 1921; Dahl, 1959; Kelts, 1979) and Foote (1979) considered species in this genus to be oligophagous in algal food selection. Psilopa coquilletti adults occurred from early spring to autumn in both D-vac and pan-trap samples (Fig. 3). The habits and seasonality of P. coquilletti have not been previously described, although closely related species are known to be scavengers (Simpson, 1976) and some freshwater Psilopa are leafminers (Hennig, 1943). Atissa litoralis adults were found throughout most of the year (Fig. 3). A. litoralis has been found along the eastern U.S. seashore (Sturtevant and Wheeler, 1954) and in the midwestern U.S. where they occur in both freshwater and saline habitats (Deonier, 1965; Scheiring and Foote, 1973; Steinly, 1978). Cresson (1942:110) considered it a “scarce western species”, but in Petaluma Marsh it was the second most abundant ephydrid collected. Its larval biology is unknown. Polytrichophora sp. adults occurred from spring through the summer in the pan-trap samples. In D-vac samples, adults occurred sporadically and in low numbers during the spring and summer (Fig. 3). Adults of Polytrichophora sp. have been collected along mud and sand shores in Washington (Zack, 1979), Ohio (Scheiring and Foote, 1973), and Iowa (Deonier, 1965). Diatoms and other algae are utilized as food items by species in this genus (Deonier, 1972). Seasonal abundance of the other 19 ephydrid species in Petaluma Marsh are presented in Figure 3. Distribution of species in relation to watercourses. — Five of 23 species collected in D-vac samples were sufficiently abundant to statistically analyze their distri¬ bution patterns in relation to recirculation ditches (2- and 5-yr-old ditches) and natural channels (Table 1). Psilopa coquilletti adults showed no consistent trends within sites. A significantly higher number of adults occurred away (i.e., at the 10-m distance) from the 2-yr- old ditch (P = 0.01), yet the natural channel displayed a different trend (P = 0.03), with significantly fewer adults at the 10-m cf. the 3-m distance (P = 0.03). Com¬ paring sites, the 1-m and 3-m distances at the natural channel had significantly higher numbers of adults than either ditch (P = 0.01), whereas for the 10-m distance densities at the 2-yr-old ditch were significantly higher than at either the VOLUME 60, NUMBER 1 43 Table 1. Distribution of adult brine flies in relation to man-made (2- and 5-yr-old ditches) and natural (channel, NC) watercourses; cell values are mean percents of adults/sample and * and | refer to horizontal rows and vertical columns, respectively. Within any row (e.g., NC), two cells marked with * are significantly different from one another, as determined from SNK multiple range tests. If only one cell is marked with *, that cell is significantly different from the other two cells. Vertical columns are marked in an identical manner, except for the use of f. P. coquilletti S. setosa 1 m 3 m 10 m P 1 m 3 m 10 m p 2-yr 13.3 14.6 23.3|* 0.01 2-yr 11.7 5.0 16.9 0.10 5-yr 10.7 11.9 12.2 0.88 5-yr 8.3 5.9 11.7 0.62 NC 20.7f 26.5|* 14.4* 0.03 NC 36.8f* 1.8 14.9 0.01 P 0.01 0.01 0.01 P 0.01 0.44 0.76 Scatophila sp. 5. stagnalis 1 m 3 m 10 m P 1 m 3 m 10 m p 2-yr * -i- r- o 5.5 11.8* 0.04 2-yr 17.2 8.6 16.6 0.57 5-yr 25.9| 12.4 21.1 0.39 5-yr 21.0 9.6 13.2 0.18 NC 19.6 10.0 6.4 0.20 NC 31.8* 7.2* 13.4 0.04 P 0.04 0.45 0.10 P 0.36 0.93 0.86 A. Utoralis 1 m 3 m 10 m P 2-yr 17.5 10.6 14.6 0.33 5-yr 13.3 6.0* 22.5* 0.02 NC 14.1 11.8 21.8 0.11 P 0.69 0.24 0.36 5-yr-old ditch or the natural channel (P = 0.01). Thus, even though the densities at the natural channel appear to be significantly different from those at the 1 -m and 3-m distances of either ditch, the significant differences between sites at the 10-m distance (i.e., the control—see Experimental design) indicate that factors other than those associated with presence of watercourses may be affecting the distribution of this species. Scatophila sp. distribution similarly displayed no consistent trends within sites. The 2-yr-old ditch had significantly fewer adults at the 1-m distance cf. the 10-m distance (P = 0.04), but different patterns were evident at the other two sites. Comparing sites, the only significant difference occurred between the 2-yr-old ditch and the 5-yr-old ditch at the 1-m distance (P = 0.04). The 5-yr-old ditch and the natural channel had similar abundances at both the 1 -m and 3-m distances. Scatella setosa adults were more abundant at the 1-m distance than at the 3- and 10-m distances from the natural channel (P = 0.01), a pattern not repeated at either ditch site. Likewise, a significant difference existed between the 1-m distance strata at the natural channel and either ditch site (P = 0.01). Therefore, S. setosa distribution patterns at ditches did not appear to be similar to those at natural channels. Scatella stagnalis adults at the natural channel were significantly more abundant at 1-m distance cf. the 3-m distance (P = 0.04). While similar distribution patterns occurred at both ditched sites, neither was statistically significant. Also, compar¬ isons between sites revealed no significant differences. From this we conclude that 44 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST ditches and the natural channel were not dissimilar with respect to the distribution of this species. Atissa litoralis adults occurred in significantly greater numbers at the 10-m distance cf. the 3-m distance at the 5-yr-old ditch (P = 0.02). Although the same pattern was present, no statistically significant trends were detected at either the 2-yr-old ditch or the natural channel. No significant differences were found be¬ tween sites at any distance. Thus, the ditches and the natural channel did not appear to affect distribution patterns of A. litoralis dissimilarly. Discussion Of the five species which accounted for >98% of the total specimens collected with the D-vac in 1977-1978, all were found to occur in the same season in the 1980 pan-trap samples. Scatophila sp., L. muria, and E. millbrae were sampled predominantly by one method ( Scatophila sp. from the D-vac, the other two from the pan-traps). Two possible reasons may account for this: 1) a difference in actual population abundance between years, i.e., Scatophila sp. populations may have declined drastically sometime between 1977-1978 and 1980 and L. muria and E. millbrae densities increased; or 2) the two methods (D-vac/Berlese-Tullgren funnels cf. pan-traps) sampled selectively. For E. millbrae and L. muria, this second explanation is far more likely since the larvae are aquatic and the adults occur almost exclusively on pond rather than ditch or natural channel surfaces. Also, both species have been observed on potholes and ponds in rather large numbers since 1977. In the case of Scatophila sp., insufficient information is available to determine why only one individual was sampled in 1980 pan-traps. The distribution of salt marsh arthropods has been observed to vary with distances from natural channels, marsh ponds, and other water bodies (e.g., Hull et al., 1934; Williams, 1938; Rockel, 1969; Evans et al., 1971; Garcia and Schlin- ger, 1972; Freeman and Hansens, 1972; Foster and Treherne, 1975, 1976a, 1976b; Magnarelli and Anderson, 1978) and results of this study clearly indicate that population distribution patterns of some species can be related to distance from man-made ditches and/or natural channels. Whether the addition of recirculation ditches produces the same results as increasing the number of natural channels also depends on the species involved. At man-made and natural watercourses different distribution patterns were found for two species, S. setosa and P. co- quilletti. For P. coquilletti, factors other than those associated with presence of a watercourse are apparently affecting its distribution, since abundances at the con¬ trol distance (10-m) of the sites were significantly different. Of the remaining three species, no significant differences were noted between the natural and man-made watercourses at any distance. Differences in natural and man-made watercourses may have varied and com¬ plex effects on the adult brine fly populations. For example, greater woody (i.e., perennial) biomass of Salicornia in Petaluma Marsh occurs at 1 -m distance from the natural channels than at the same distance from ditches (Balling and Resh, 1983). This increase in woody material may afford adult brine flies better pro¬ tection against inundating tides, predators, and extreme temperature fluctua¬ tions. These factors may be more important to some species than others and thus produce the different distribution patterns observed for the Petaluma Marsh brine flies. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 1 45 Acknowledgments We thank S. S. Balling and J. N. Collins for field and laboratory assistance and the Marin/Sonoma Mosquito Abatement District for their continued support and cooperation. W. N. Mathis confirmed brine fly identifications. Support for this project was provided by University of California Mosquito Research Funds. Literature Cited Aldrich, J. M. 1912. The biology of some western species of the dipterous genus Ephydra. J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc., 20:77-99. Balling, S. S., and V. H. Resh. 1982. Arthropod community responses to mosquito control recir¬ culation ditches in San Francisco Bay salt marshes. Environ. Entomol., 11:801-808. -, and-. 1983. The influence of mosquito control recirculation ditches on plant biomass, production, and composition in two San Francisco Bay salt marshes. Estuarine Coastal Shelf Sci., 16:151-160. Bolwig, N. 1940. The description of Scatophila unicornis Czerny, 1900 (Ephydridae, Diptera). Proc. Roy. Entomol. Soc. London (B), 9:129-137. Crawford, D. L. 1912. The petroleum fly in California Psilopapetrolei Coq. Pomona Coll. J. Entomol., 4:687-697. Cresson, E. T., Jr. 1942. Synopses of North American Ephydridae. I. The subfamily Psilopinae, with descriptions of new species. Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 68:101-128. Dahl, R. G. 1959. Studies on Scandinavian Ephydridae. Opusc. Entomol., Suppl. 15:224 pp. Deonier, D. L. 1965. Ecological observations on Iowa shore flies. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., 71:496- 510. -. 1972. Observations on mating, oviposition, and food habits of certain shore flies. Ohio J. Sci., 72:22-29. -. 1974. Biology and descriptions of immature stages of the shore fly Scatophila iowana. Iowa State J. Res., 49:17-22. Dietrick, E. J., E. I. Schlinger, and R. van den Bosch. 1959. A new method for sampling arthropods using a suction collecting machine and modified Berlese funnel. J. Econ. Entomol., 52:1085- 1091. Eastin, W. C., and B. A. Foote. 1971. Biology and immature stages of Dichaeta caudata. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 64:271-279. Evans, P. D., C. N. E. Ruscoe, and J. E. Treherne. 1971. Observations on the biology and submergence behavior of some littoral beetles. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K., 51:375-386. Foote, B. A. 1977. Utilization of blue-green algae by larvae of shore flies. Environ. Entomol., 6: 812-814. -. 1979. Utilization of algae by larvae of shore flies. Pp. 61-72 in D. L. Deonier (ed.), First symposium on the systematics and ecology of Ephydridae (Diptera). North American Ben- thological Society, Erie, Pennsylvania, 147 pp. Foster, W. A., and J. E. Treherne. 1975. The distribution of an intertidal aphid, Pemphigus trehernei Foster, on marine saltmarshes. Oecologia, 21:151-155. -, and-. 1976a. The effects of tidal submergence on an intertidal aphid, Pemphigus trehernei Foster. J. Anim. Ecol., 45:291-301. -, and-. 1976b. Insects of marine salt-marshes: Problems and adaptations. Pp. 5-42 in L. Cheng (ed.). Marine insects. North-Holland Publishing Co., Amsterdam, 581 pp. Freeman, J. V., and E. J. Flansens. 1972. Collecting larvae of the salt marsh greenhead Tabanus nigrovittatus and related species in New Jersey: Comparison of methods. Environ. Entomol., 2:653-658. Garcia, R., and E. I. Schlinger. 1972. Studies of spider predation on Aedes dorsalis (Meigen) in a salt marsh. Proc. Calif. Mosq. Contr. Ass., 40: 117-118. Harris, S. C., and D. L. Deonier. 1979. Ecological observations of immature Ephydridae in North Dakota springbrooks. Pp. 111-122 in D. L. Deonier (ed.), First symposium on systematics and ecology of Ephydridae (Diptera). North American Benthological Society, Erie, Pennsylvania, 147 pp. Hennig, W. 1943. Ubersicht fiber bisher bekannten Metamorphosestadien des Ephydriden, mit 46 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Neobeschreibungen nach dem Material der Deutschen Limnologischen Sundaexpedition (Dip- tera: Ephydridae). Arb. Morphol. Taxonom. Entomol., 10:105-138. Hull, J. B., W. E. Dove, and F. M. Prince. 1934. Seasonal incidence and concentrations of sand fly larvae, Culicoides dovei Hall, in salt marshes (Ceratopogonidae: Diptera). J. Parasitol., 20:162- 172. Jones, B. J. 1906. Catalogue of Ephydridae, with bibliography and descriptions of new species. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol., 1:153-198. Kelts, L. J. 1979. Ecology of a tidal marsh corixid, Trichocorixa verticalis. Hydrobiologia, 64: 37-57. Magnarelli, L. A., and J. F. Anderson. 1978. Distribution and development of immature salt marsh Tabanidae (Diptera). J. Med. Entomol., 14:573-578. Mathis, W. N. 1979. Studies of Ephydrinae (Diptera: Ephydridae), II: Phylogeny, classification, and zoogeography of Nearctic Lamproscatella Hendel. Smith. Contrib. Zool., 295:1-41. Miyagi, I. 1977. Fauna Japonica. Ephydridae (Insecta: Diptera). Keigaku Publishing Co., Tokyo, 113 pp., 49 plates. Ping, C. 1921. The biology of Ephydra subopaca Loew. Mem. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta., 49:557- 616. Resh, V. H., and S. S. Balling. 1979. Ecological impact of mosquito control recirculation ditches on San Francisco Bay marshlands: Preliminary considerations and experimental design. Proc. Calif. Mosq. Contr. Ass., 47:72-78. Rockel, E. G. 1969. Influence of marsh physiography on the distribution of intertidal organisms. Proc. NJ. Mosq. Exterm. Ass., 56:102-116. Scheiring, J. F., and B. A. Foote. 1973. Habitat distribution of the shore flies of Northeastern Ohio. Ohio J. Sci., 73:152-155. Simpson, K. W. 1976. Shore flies and brine flies. Pp. 465-495 in L. Cheng (ed.), Marine insects. North-Holland Publishing Co., Amsterdam, 581 pp. Steinly, B. A. 1978. New records of Atissa in Ohio. Entomol. News, 89:107-108. Sturtevant, A. H., and M. R. Wheeler. 1954. Synopsis of Nearctic Ephydridae (Diptera). Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 79:151-257. Williams, F. X. 1938. Biological studies in Hawaiian water-loving insects. Part III. Diptera. A: Ephydridae and Anthomyiidae. Proc. Hawaii. Entomol. Soc., 10:85-119. Wirth, W. W., and W. N. Mathis. 1979. A review of Ephydridae living in thermal springs. Pp. 21- 46 in D. L. Deonier (ed.), First symposium on systematics and ecology of Ephydridae (Diptera). North American Benthological Society, Erie, Pennsylvania, 147 pp. -, and A. Stone. 1956. Aquatic Diptera. Pp. 372-482 in R. L. Usinger (ed.), Aquatic insects of California. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley, 508 pp. Zack, R. S. 1979. Habitat distribution of Ephydridae (Diptera) of Mount Rainier National Park (Washington State). Pp. 81-98 in D. L. Deonier (ed.), First symposium on systematics and ecology of Ephydridae (Diptera). North American Benthological Society, Erie, Pennsylvania, 147 pp. -, and B. A. Foote. 1978. Utilization of algal monocultures by larvae of Scatella stagnalis. Environ. Entomol., 7:509-511. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(1), 1984, pp. 47-52 Published 27 January 1984 Two New Conifer-Inhabiting Phytocoris from Western North America (Hemiptera: Miridae) Gary M. Stonedahl Systematic Entomology Laboratory, Department of Entomology, Oregon State University, Corvallis, Oregon 97331. Abstract. — The new plant bug species Phytocoris nobilis and P. occidentalis are described from western North America. Phytocoris nobilis was collected on Abies spp. and P. occidentalis was taken on several species of Pinus and also collected at light. The adult male of P. nobilis and male genitalia of both species are illustrated. Relatively little is known about the plant bug fauna of the northwestern United States. A recent survey of the Phytocoris species that occur in this region has revealed the presence of several undescribed species. Phytocoris nobilis and P. occidentalis are described to provide names for a forthcoming study of the Miridae of Oregon. Phytocoris nobilis was taken at several localities in the Coast and Cascade Ranges of Oregon on Abies spp. Phytocoris occidentalis occurs throughout much of coastal western North America on pines and also has been taken at light. The following abbreviations are used for specimen depositories cited in the locality data: American Museum of Natural History (AMNH); California Acad¬ emy of Sciences (CAS); California State Department of Food and Agriculture (F&A); Los Angeles County Museum (LACM); Oregon State University (OSU); San Diego Natural History Museum (SDNH); University of British Columbia (UBC); University of California, Berkeley (UCB); University of California, Riv¬ erside (UCR); National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution (USNM). Phytocoris nobilis, New Species (Figs. 1, 2-4) Male (Fig. 1).—Length 7.68-8.85 mm, width 2.50-2.74. Head: width across eyes 1.20-1.27, vertex 0.36-0.39; dark reddish brown to nearly black; frons, gula, and ventral margin of lorum marked with white or pale yellow; base of jugum with conspicuous pale spot; vertex and frons with scattered, erect, black bristles. Rostrum: length 3.36-3.69, extending to 6th or 7th abdominal segment. Antennae: dark brown or black; with closely appressed, recumbent, light setae; I, length 1.50- 1.71, with scattered, pale, often indistinct spots, and stout erect black bristles; II, length 3.46-3.93, narrowly pale at base; III, length 1.86-2.18; IV, length 1.14- 1.27. Pronotum: mesal length 1.12-1.18, posterior width 1.98-2.05, white or pale yellow, lateral margins broadly fuscous. Scutellum: moderately convex, white or pale yellow, pale midline bordered by broad fuscous band. Hemelytra: opaque white, densely marked with small to large fuscous patches, particularly along 48 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figure 1. Phytocoris nobilis, n. sp., adult male. claval, cubital and radial veins; apices of clavus and cuneus, posterolateral angle of corium, and posterior margin of paracuneus fuscous; membrane conspurcate, veins dark, becoming pale posteriorly. Venter: dark brown or black, shining, with scattered pale setae. Legs: coxae white or pale yellow; femora fuscous, apical half VOLUME 60, NUMBER 1 49 Figures 2-4. Phytocoris nobilis. 2. Left paramere. 3. Right paramere. 4. Sclerotized process of vesica. 5-7. Phytocoris occidentalis. 5. Left paramere. 6. Right paramere. 7. Sclerotized process of vesica. 50 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST marked with scattered pale spots, metafemora with preapical, transverse, pale band; tibiae fuscous, triannulate with white; tarsi fuscous; tarsal claws yellowish brown. Vestiture: pronotal disk, scutellum, and hemelytra with semierect, black setae intermixed with recumbent, silvery setae. Genitalia: Figures 2-4. Genital segment with large, broad tubercle at base of left paramere, and similar but smaller tubercle at base of right paramere. The male description is based on the exami¬ nation of nine specimens. Female. — Similar to male in color and vestiture; hemelytra with fewer fuscous patches, often nearly entirely white. Length 6.78-7.26 mm, width 2.32-2.60. Head: width across eyes 1.12-1.20, vertex 0.44-0.47. Rostrum: length 3.63-3.82, extending to base of ovipositor. Antennae: I, 1.46-1.63; II, 3.19-3.57; III, 1.67- 2.05; IV, 0.95-1.18. Pronotum: mesal length 1.01-1.12, posterior width 1.79- 1.98. The female description is based on the examination of 12 specimens. Type data. — HOLOTYPE male, Oregon, Lane Co., H. J. Andrews Experimental Forest, T15S, R6E, Sec. 29, NW l A, 1450 meters, July 31, 1979 (G. M. Cooper; USNM). PARATYPES: OREGON. Benton Co.: 2 males, Marys Peak, T12S, R7W, Sec. 21, SW l A, 1097 meters, Aug. 6, 1975 (J. D. Lattin; OSU); 1 male and 3 females, Marys Peak, T12S, R7W, Sec. 20, SW l A, 1070 meters, July 25-Aug. 17, 1979 (G. M. Cooper; OSU); 1 male and 2 females, Marys Peak, T12S, R7W, Sec. 21, SW 1 A , 1097 meters, Aug. 3, 1979 (G. M. Cooper; OSU). Lane Co.: 1 female, same data as holotype (G. M. Stonedahl; USNM); 2 males and 5 females, H. J. Andrews Experimental Forest, T15S, R6E, Sec. 29, SW X A and SE l A, 1480 meters, July 20 & 31, 1979 (G. M. Cooper, G. M. Stonedahl; AMNH, OSU); 1 male and 1 female, same data as above but July 13, 1980 (G. M. Cooper; CAS); 1 male, H. J. Andrews Experimental Forest, T15S, R6E, Sec. 7, SW X A, 1329 meters, July 31, 1979 (G. M. Stonedahl; OSU). Specimens were collected on noble fir, Abies procera Rehd. and silver fir, Abies amabilis (Dougl.) Forbes. Remarks.— This species belongs to the junceus species group formed by Knight (1974) and discussed by Kelton (1979) and Henry (1979). Phytocoris nobilis keys to P. rainieri Knight in Knight (1974:126) based on the predominantly white pronotal disk and hemelytra, and the relatively short first antennal segment. The two species can be separated on the basis of color and vestiture of the dorsum, legs, and antennae. The dorsum of P. nobilis has a lighter, grayish white cast compared to the reddish brown cast of P. rainieri. The hind femora of P. nobilis are fuscous with scattered pale spots that are largely restricted to the apical half of the femur. In P. rainieri, the hind femora are pale yellow with a reticulate, reddish brown pattern that extends to the base of the femur. The tibiae of P. nobilis are clearly triannulate with white, but banding is indistinct or lacking in P. rainieri. The femora and first antennal segments of P. rainieri are more densely set with erect, black, bristle-like setae than are those of P. nobilis. Male genitalia were not compared since the male of P. rainieri is unknown. Phytocoris occidentalis, New Species (Figs. 5-7) Male. — Length 4.43-5.83 mm, width 1.53-1.71. Head: width across eyes 0.90- 0.94, vertex 0.29-0.32; pale yellow to testaceous; buccula, lorum, jugum, and clypeus marked with red or reddish brown; frons with 6-8 fuscous striae each VOLUME 60, NUMBER 1 51 side of midline. Rostrum: length 1.89-2.30, extending to 5th or 6th abdominal segment. Antennae: dark reddish brown to fuscous; I, length 0.68-0.79, with recumbent, black setae and 10-12 erect, pale bristles; II, length 1.78-2.03, nar¬ rowly pale at base; III, length 1.03-1.30, narrowly pale at base; IV, length 0.68- 0.90. Pronotum: mesal length 0.71-0.81, posterior width 1.28-1.42; testaceous or grayish yellow, collar and calli marked with red; posterior submargin with 4- 6 slightly elevated tubercles outlined posteriorly by a wavy, fuscous band. Scu- tellum: testaceous or grayish yellow; frequently marked or tinged with red, es¬ pecially along midline. Hemelytra: testaceous or grayish yellow with distinct red¬ dish cast, areas bordering claval suture darker brown; cuneus deeper red; membrane translucent, confusedly sprinkled with fuscous spots which often coalesce to form larger fuscous patches, veins pale, usually tinged with red and sometimes infus- cated basally. Venter: testaceous or grayish yellow, extensively mottled with red or reddish brown; base of 9th abdominal segment broadly fuscous. Legs: coxae pale yellow with scattered, reddish patches; femora pale yellow, reticulated with red or reddish brown so that pale areas appear as spots, metafemora more exten¬ sively infuscated apically; tibiae reddish brown to fuscous with scattered, pale spots, pale markings on front tibiae often appearing as three distinct bands; tarsi testaceous to fuscous; tarsal claws testaceous. Vestiture: pronotal disk, scutellum, and hemelytra with semierect, black setae intermixed with brown or black, scale¬ like setae and white, scale-like setae. Genitalia: Figures 5-7. Genital segment with a finger-shaped tubercle at bases of left and right parameres. The male description is based on the examination of 46 specimens. Female.—Very similar to male in color, vestiture, and size. Length 4.37-5.29 mm, width 1.51-1.71. Head: width across eyes 0.80-0.95, vertex 0.33-0.41. Ros¬ trum: length 1.98-2.47, extending to 5th or 6th abdominal segment. Antennae: I, 0.68-0.80; II, 1.76-2.11; III, 1.12-1.30; IV, 0.76-0.94. Pronotum: mesal length 0.70-0.86, posterior width 1.19-1.49. The female description is based on the examination of 29 specimens. Type data. — HOLOTYPE male, Oregon, Josephine Co., 4 mi NE Cave Junction on US 199, Aug. 8, 1979, ex Pinus ponderosa Dougl. (G. M. Stonedahl; USNM). PARATYPES: OREGON. 3 males and 1 female, same data as holotype (OSU); 9 males and 3 females, same data as holotype but Aug. 24, 1979 (AMNH, CAS, OSU). Additional specimens. — CANADA. BRITISH COLUMBIA. Goldstream, Aug. 4, 1927 and Aug. 16, 1929 (W. Downes; UBC). UNITED STATES. CALIFOR¬ NIA. Alameda Co.: Berkeley, Aug. 28 and Oct. 1, 1965, at light (R. L. Langston; UCB). Butte Co.: Oroville, July 13, 1926 (H. H. Keifer; CAS). Contra Costa Co.: Moraga, July 24 and Sept. 23, 1976 (D. G. Denning; AMNH); San Pablo Dam Res., June 29, 1978, ex Pinus radiata D. Don (C. P. Ohmart; OSU); Walnut Crk., Aug. 20, 1969, at blacklight (J. A. Powell; UCB). Mariposa Co.: Feliciana Mtn., July 26, 1946, ex Pinus attenuata Lemmon (R. L. Usinger; UCB). Plumas Co.: Johnsville, Sept. 2, 1967, light trap (H. Pini; F&A). Sacramento Co.: Sacramento, June 15-26, 1968 (R. A. Belmont; F&A). San Bernardino Co.: San Bernadino Mts., Mill Crk., 1829 meters, Sept. 2, 1950, at light (Timberlake; UCR); San Bernardino Mts., South Fork Camp, 1890 meters, Sept. 10, 1944, ex Pinus pon¬ derosa (Timberlake; UCR); San Bernardino Mts., Camp O-Ongo nr. Running Springs, 1920 meters, Aug. 31, 1971 (C. L. Hogue; LACM); 4 mi S Twentynine 52 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Palms, March 30, 1970, ex Yucca schidigera Roezl (UCB). San Diego Co.: Laguna, Aug. 21, 1927 (SDNH). Shasta Co.: Lakehead, 350 meters, June 26, 1981, ex Pinus sabiniana Dougl. (J. D. Lattin; OSU). Siskiyou Co.: McCloud, 1073 meters, Aug. 9 & 20, 1980, ex Pinus attenuata (G. M. Stonedahl; OSU). Yolo Co.: 5 mi N Rumsey, May 2, 1973 (J. C. Miller; OSU). OREGON. Grant Co.: Malheur Nat. For., Dixie Campground, Aug. 24, 1981, ex Pinus ponderosa (G. M. Stone¬ dahl; OSU). Hood River Co.: Mt. Hood, Cloud Cap, 1829 meters. Sept. 5, 1979, ex Pinus contorta Dougl. (G. M. Stonedahl; OSU); T1S, R10E, Sec. 31, Sept. 13, 1979, ex Pinus contorta (G. M. Stonedahl; OSU); T3S, R9E, Sec. 18, 1311 meters, Sept. 13, 1979, ex Pinus contorta (J. D. Lattin; OSU). Josephine Co.: O’Brien, Aug. 2, 1968 (P. Oman; OSU); 2 mi W O’Brien, Aug. 10, 1979, ex Pinus ponderosa (G. M. Stonedahl; OSU). Linn Co.: 1 mi W jet. State Hwy. 22 on US 20, Sept. 19, 1979, ex Pinus contorta (G. M. Stonedahl; OSU); 0.5 mi N jet. US 20 on State Hwy. 22, 1158 meters, Sept. 1, 1977, ex Pinus contorta (J. D. Lattin; OSU). Remarks.—Phytocoris occidentalis will key to P. miniatus Knight in Knight (1968:219) but is easily separated from miniatus by the submarginal, fuscous band on the pronotal disk and the black, scale-like setae on the dorsum. Phytocoris occidentalis is much larger than P. miniatus which has an average size of only 3.4 mm. The geographic ranges of these two species also are different. Phytocoris miniatus is known only from Arizona and Utah. Phytocoris occidentalis is superficially similar to another pine-inhabiting Phy¬ tocoris species, P. stellatus Van Duzee. Phytocoris stellatus is easily separated from occidentalis by the absence of black, scale-like setae on the dorsum and the structure of the male genitalia, particularly the absence of the genital tubercles. Acknowledgments I wish to thank John D. Lattin (OSU), Paul W. Oman (OSU), and Thomas J. Henry (USDA, SEL, % USNM) for reviewing the manuscript; and special thanks to Richard C. Froeschner (USNM) for loaning type specimens of P. abiesi Knight and P. rainieri Knight for comparison. I also thank Bonnie B. Hall for the fine illustration of P. nobilis and Julie A. Stonedahl for help in preparing the manu¬ script. The Theodore Roosevelt Memorial Fund (AMNH) and the Oregon State University Foundation provided funds to study additional type material at the USNM. Literature Cited Henry, T. J. 1979. Descriptions and notes on five new species of Miridae from North America (Hemiptera). Melsheimer Entomol. Ser., 27:1-10. Kelton, L. A. 1979. Two new species of Phytocoris from western Canada (Heteroptera:Miridae). Can. Entomol., 111:689-692. Knight, H. H. 1968. Taxonomic review: Miridae of the Nevada Test Site and the western United States. Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull., Biol. Ser., 9(3): 1-282. -. 1974. A key to the species of Phytocoris Fallen belonging to the Phytocoris junceus Kngt. group of species (Hemiptera, Miridae). Iowa State. J. Res., 49:123-135. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(1), 1984, pp. 53-54 Published 27 January 1984 Description of the First Central American Species of Stenopogon Loew (Diptera: Asilidae) Larry G. Bezark California Department of Food and Agriculture, Biological Control Services Program, Division of Environmental Monitoring and Pest Management, Sacra¬ mento, California. Abstract.—A new species of Stenopogon Loew from La Pacifica in Costa Rica is described. This represents the first Central American record for this genus. Stenopogon setosus , New Species Male .—Length 12 mm. Head black; face silvery tomentose, frons and occiput golden tomentose. Mystax composed of strong white bristles extending halfway to antennae; white hairs subequal in length to antennal segment 1, extending % the distance from upper edge of mystax to antennal bases; occipital bristles brown; bristles of frons and ocellar tubercle dark-brown. Antennae (Fig. 1) dark-brown, bristles whitish; segments 11-6-20-11. Mesonotum black, humeri dark-reddish, tomentum light-brownish, central stripes and intermediate areas darker. Hairs numerous, brownish, anteriorly as long as antennal segment 1, becoming longer and whitish posteriorly. Bristles whitish; 3 humeral; 3-4 strong post-humeral; 4 strong, 1 weak presutural; 5 supraalar; 3 postalar; 3 strong dark-brown, 1 strong white anterior and 4 white posterior dorsocentral. Pleurae and coxae black, golden-brown tomentose, hairs and bristles white. Entire scutellum light-golden tomentose; 4 long white marginal bristles. Abdomen dark-brownish, silvery tomentose dorsally, becoming brownish to¬ mentose laterally. Hairs white, longer laterally on 1-3; 4 white lateral bristles on 1. Sternites dark-brownish, brown tomentose; hairs erect white on 1-7. Genitalia dark-brownish; hairs white (Figs. 2-4). Legs black; tibiae and tarsi dark-brownish. Hairs and bristles white; a few dark- brown bristles on the tibiae and tarsi. Halteres pale-brown. Wings very lightly infuscated; posterior cell 1 open; pos¬ terior cell 4 closed and petiolate; anal cell closed at wing margin. Female. — Unknown. Holotype. — Male, La Pacifica, 4 km NW of Canas, Gte Province (Guanacaste), Costa Rica. Dec. -22/27-73, P. Opler. Deposited on indefinite loan in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. Paratypes. — 3 males, same data, except: Jan. -23-74. Specimens deposited in the collections of the Essig Museum of Entomology, Berkeley and the author. Stenopogon setosus belongs to the Albibasis Group as defined by Wilcox (1971). It differs from the other known species of this group by the presence of long hairs above the mystax which extend nearly to the antennal bases, and by the closed 54 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figures 1-4. Stenopogon setosus, n. sp. 1. Antenna. 2-4. Male genitalia, lateral, dorsal, and ventral views. and petiolate 4 th posterior cell. The presence of long anterior dorsocentral bristles will separate it from the remainder of the Albibasis Group species except for S. lomae Wilcox, in which the anterior mesonotal hairs are yellowish and are only as long as the second antennal segment. There is some variation in the color of the anterior dorsocentrals and in the number of marginal scutellar bristles, ex¬ hibited by the paratypes. Two additional specimens (one male, one female) of Stenopogon from Alajuela, Costa Rica, are similar except the thorax and abdomen are reddish in ground color. It is possible that they represent a second new species, but as they are in poor condition, species determination will have to be deferred until more material is accumulated. The illustrations were prepared by Susan Kaiser. Thanks to L. Knutson (USNM) for sending specimens in his care, and to C. S. Papp for technical assistance. Special thanks go to John Chemsak who never lets me leave U.C. Berkeley without unidentified asilids. Literature Cited Wilcox, J. 1971. The genera Stenopogon Loew and Scleropogon Loew in America North of Mexico (DipteraiAsilidae). Occasional Papers of the California Academy of Sciences, No. 89, 134 pp., 263 figs. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(1), 1984, pp. 55-62 Published 27 January 1984 Notes on Neotropical Veliidae (Hemiptera) VI. Revision of the Genus Euvelia Drake John T. Polhemus 1 and Dan A. Polhemus 2 3115 S. York St., Englewood, Colorado 80110. The genus Euvelia was founded by Drake (1957) with E. advena Drake as the only included species. Whereas Drake had but a single female before him, we fortunately have series of E. advena , and of three new species described below. A redescription of E. advena is provided along with a key to the known species. We are indebted to the following individuals and institutions for the opportunity to study specimens; abbreviations for the various collections are given in paren¬ theses and used in the text: Dr. R. T. Schuh, American Museum of Natural History, New York (AMNH); Dr. P. H. Arnaud, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco (CAS); Dr. T. J. Henry, United States National Museum (Natural His¬ tory), Washington (USNM); Dr. R. C. Froeschner, Curator, Drake Collection, Smithsonian Institution, Washington (CJD); Dr. H. H. Weber, personal collection (HHW) and Max Planck Institut of Fimnologie, Plon (Plon); J. T. Polhemus collection (JTP). Unless otherwise noted, measurements are given in units, 60 units = 1 mm. Euvelia Drake Euvelia Drake, 1957. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 70:116. Type-species Euvelia advena Drake, monotypy and original designation. This genus is characterized by four large blade-like pretarsal structures on each middle tarsus, short fusiform antennal segments, and the middle and posterior acetabula approximate and far removed from the front pair; other characteristics are typical of the Microveliinae. The most closely related genus, Husseyella Her¬ ring (1955), has four much smaller blade-like pretarsal structures on each middle tarsus and relatively much longer, more slender antennae, but shares the unusual placement of the middle acetabula. The only other American member of the Microveliinae with blade-like pretarsal structures is Xiphovelia lacunana (Drake & Plaumann) with three blades on each middle tarsus and the acetabula about equidistant from each other (see Polhemus, 1977). The differences between Euvelia and Husseyella are not greater than say the austrina group of Microvelia and other Microvelia species. We believe, however, that a revision of the generic structure of the Microveliinae should result from a cladistic analysis of all taxa of the subfamily, so this matter will be treated in a later publication. 1 Contribution from University of Colorado Museum, Boulder, Colorado 80309. 2 Contribution from Department of Biology, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112. 56 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figure 1. Euvelia species, anterior trochanter. A. E. advena Drake. B. E. lata, n. sp. Key to Species of Euvelia 1. Body very broad; connexival segments 1 and 4 with silvery hair patches; connexiva without pruinose areas (Fig. 3) . E. discala, n. sp. Body moderately broad to broad; connexival segments without silvery hair patches; connexival segments 2 and 4-7 (at least) with pruinose areas (Fig. 4) . 2 2. Male fore trochanter produced distally into a long distinct spur (Fig. la); width of females across humeri about 1.5 times width of head across eyes; females without glabrous area on pleura . E. advena Drake Male fore trochanter not or only slightly produced; females with a glabrous area on pleura or width of humeri almost twice as wide as head across eyes . 3 3. Females broad, with short to moderately long stout setae and no glabrous area on pleura; males with a short anteriorly directed spur or tuft of stiff hairs distally on fore trochanter (Fig. lb) . E. lata, n. sp. Females narrower, with no stout setae on pleura, but with a depressed glabrous area on pleura (Fig. 2); males without spur or tuft on fore trochanter . E. concava, n. sp. Euvelia advena Drake Euvelia advena Drake, 1957. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 70:116. Description.— Apterous male: Elongate, broadest across mesonotal angles; ab¬ domen tapering evenly to apex; tergite seven trapezoidal. Length 1.37 mm, max¬ imum width 0.80 mm. Ground color black, with scattered pruinose areas. Head black, narrow area along base of vertex and adjoining eyes reddish brown; frons with scattered stout VOLUME 60, NUMBER 1 57 h 1mm Figure 2. Euvelia concava, n. sp., female, lateral view showing depressed glabrous area on pleura. Figure 3. Euvelia discala, n. sp., female, dorsal view (legs omitted). 58 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figure 4. Euvelia concava, n. sp., female, dorsal view (legs omitted). setae. Antennae chestnut brown, terminal segment black; proportions of segments I-IV: 13; 11; 14; 14. Pronotum black; anterior lobe with rectangular area medially near anterior margin not reaching inner eye margins pink, surrounded by larger rectangular black area covering medial part of anterior lobe and extending laterally beyond inner eye margins, flanked by lateral pruinose areas; posterior lobe brownish to black medially, black laterally. Posterolateral angles of metanotum pruinose. Pleu¬ ral region sparsely set with stout setae, without glabrous areas. Abdomen black; connexiva moderately reflexed; tergites two, five, six, and seven, and connexival segments two, four, five, and six with broad pruinose areas; pruinose areas appearing lavender on more distal segments. Ventral surface dark grey; rostrum chestnut brown, glabrous; margins of coxal cavity and venter embrowned; narrow glabrous areas present medially on ab¬ dominal sternites one through six; usual small tuft of setae arising at end of scent channel above and between hind and middle coxae. Legs pale yellow, infuscated distally along femora and tibiae; male fore trochanter with distinct spur (Fig. la); fore tibia sparsely set with stout setae; middle femora with sparse tuft of four setae at base. Legs with following proportions: VOLUME 60, NUMBER 1 59 Femur Tibia Tarsal I Tarsal II Anterior 22 22 9 — Middle 44 46 11 22 Posterior 28 31 4 15 Genital segments small, inconspicuous; parameres tiny, symmetrical, not di¬ agnostic. Apterous female: Similar to male but slightly larger, body shape more ovate; tergite 8 broader than in male, nearly rectangular. Length 1.55 mm, maximum width 0.89 mm. Material examined. — BOLIVIA: 1 2 (Holotype), Cuarto Ojo, Piray River, IV- 25-1957 (CJD). BRAZIL: 1 <3, 2 2, Rio Madeira, Porto Velho, IX-1937, A. M. Ollala (JTP); 2 6, 7 2, Goias, Santa Isabel, Ilha de Bananal, Rio Araguaia, B. Malkin (JTP); 10 <5, 4 2, Source region, Rio Xingu, VIII-28 and 29-1965, E. J. Fittkau (JTP, HHW, Plon); 1 6, 1 2, Rio Negro, 30 km below Barcelos, A333, II- 7-1962, E. J. Fittkau (HE1W, Plon); 17 6, 13 2, Rio Cuieiras, Igarape Cachoeira, A428, XI-25-1962, E. J. Fittkau (JTP, HHW, Plon). PERU: 2 2, Estiron, Rio Ampiacu, Loreto, rapid forest stream, XI-28 to XII-7-1961, B. Malkin (USNM). Euvelia lata, New Species Description .—Apterous male: Ovate, broadest across mesonotal angles, abdo¬ men curving broadly and evenly to apex. Length 1.34 mm, maximum width 0.95 mm. Ground color black, with scattered pruinose areas; body thickly covered with fine golden pubescence. Head black, narrow area along base of vertex and adjoining inner margins of eyes reddish brown; frons with distinct medial cleft, set with scattered stout setae, especially prominent at base of labrum. Antennae chestnut brown, terminal segment black; proportions of segments I-IV: 11; 11; 16; 16. Pronotum black; anterior lobe set with scattered stout setae, with ovate area medially near anterior margin but not reaching inner eye margins pink, surrounded by larger rectangular black area covering medial portion of anterior lobe and extending laterally to inner eye margins, flanked by lateral pruinose areas; posterior lobe black, with faint medial furrow. Posterolateral angles of metanotum pruinose. Pleural region sparsely set with stout setae, lacking glabrous areas. Abdomen black; connexiva weakly reflexed; tergite one with two small trian¬ gular pruinose areas flanking medial black area; tergites two, three, five, six, and seven, and connexival segments two, four, five, and six with broad pruinose areas; connexival margins set with stout setae. Ventral surface dark grey; rostrum chestnut brown, glabrous; coxal cavity black, margins embrowned; small glabrous areas present medially on abdominal sternites four through six; usual small tuft of setae present at end of scent channel. Legs chestnut brown, femora infuscated distally; fore trochanter with small, anteriorly directed tuft of setae (Fig. 1 b); middle femora with tuft of four stout setae basally. Legs with following proportions: Femur Tibia Tarsal I Tarsal II Anterior 24 22 11 — Middle 42 46 11 22 Posterior 28 31 4 15 60 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Apterous female: Similar to male but slightly larger, body shape slightly broader. Length 1.64 mm, maximum width 1.05 mm. Material examined. —Holotype, male, BRAZIL: Rio Cuieiras, Igarape de Arara, A410, XI-22-1962, E. J. Fittkau (Plon). Paratypes as follows: BRAZIL: 1 6, 1 9 , same data as holotype (JTP, Plon); 1 9 , Rio Cururu, Lago da Ziganea, A103, 1-24-1961, E. J. Fittkau (HHW); 1 9 , above Manaus, Cachoeira da Igarape Gigante, A198, VII-3-1961, E. J. Fittkau (Plon); 1 6, above Manaus, St. Antonio, Igarape da Bajaon, A276, XII-11-1961, E. J. Fittkau (HHW); 3 < 5 , 3 9 , Lago Catua, IX- 12-1961, E. J. Fittkau (JTP). Discussion. — The key characters will separate this species from all other known Euvelia. The body is relatively broad, but not nearly as broad as in E. discala, n. sp. The name lata refers to the broad body. Euvelia concava , New Species Description .—Apterous male: Elongate, broadest across mesonotal angles; ab¬ domen tapering evenly to apex, connexival margins weakly sinuate. Length 1.25 mm, maximum width 0.75 mm. Ground color black, with scattered pruinose areas. Head black, narrow area along base of vertex adjoining eyes light brown; frons with scattered stout setae along inner margins of eyes, lower portion pruinose. Antennae chestnut brown, segment III infuscated, terminal segment black; proportions of segments I-IV: 11; 9; 11; 13. Pronotum black; anterior lobe with roughly triangular area medially near an¬ terior margin not reaching inner eye margins pink, surrounded by larger rectan¬ gular black area covering medial part of anterior lobe and extending laterally to inner eye margins, flanked by small lateral pruinose areas; posterior lobe black, with distinct medial depression. Posterolateral angles of metanotum pruinose. Pleural region sparsely set with stout setae, without glabrous areas. Abdomen black; connexiva moderately reflexed; tergite one with two small triangular pruinose areas flanking medial black area, bases adjoining posterior lobe of pronotum; tergites two, three, five, six, and seven, and connexival segments two, four, five, and six with broad pruinose areas; pruinose areas appearing blue on more proximal segments fading to lavender distally. Ventral surface dark grey; rostrum chestnut brown, glabrous; margins of coxal cavity and venter embrowned; glabrous areas present medially on abdominal sternites three through five; usual small tuft of setae arising at end of scent channel between hind and middle coxae. Legs pale yellow, lightly infuscated distally along femora and tibiae; fore and middle tibiae sparsely set with stout setae. Legs with following proportions: Femur Tibia Tarsal I Tarsal II Anterior 20 16 9 — Middle 39 35 18 7 Posterior 29 22 4 11 Apterous female: Similar to male but slightly larger; pruinose areas of slightly different shape (Fig. 4). Length 1.49 mm, maximum width 0.80 mm. Anterior lobe of pronotum with stout setae; medial pink pruinose area more rectangular than in male; pleural region with large glabrous area (Fig. 2). Abdomen with VOLUME 60, NUMBER 1 61 connexiva strongly reflexed; pruinose areas more extensive than in male; triangular pruinose patches on abdominal tergite 1 extending to posterior margin of tergite. Material examined. — Holotype, male BRAZIL: Capitao Vasconselos, on Rio Tuatuari, Upper Xingu Basin, Matto Grosso, VII-31-1957, B. Malkin (CAS). Paratypes, BRAZIL: 21 S, 71 2, 3 nymphs, same data as holotype (CAS, JTP, USNM). Discussion.—Euvelia concava, n. sp. most closely resembles E. advena Drake, but may be easily separated by the lack of a spur on the male anterior trochanter, and the depressed glabrous area on the pleura of the female. The latter character separates the females from all other known Euvelia species, and is apparently the result of a modification to facilitate phoresy. The name concava refers to the glabrous concavity on the female. Euvelia discala, New Species Description.— Apterous male: Ovate, broadest across mesonotal angles, shape as in Figure 3. Length 1.46 mm, maximum width 1.05 mm. Ground color black, with scattered silvery hair patches, body thickly clothed in fine golden pubescence. Head reddish brown; frons black, with distinct medial furrow, set with stout setae. Antennae chestnut brown, terminal segment lightly infuscated, segments two and three each with three stout spines; proportions of segments I-IV: 11; 11; 18; 16. Pronotum black; anterior lobe with rectangular area medially near anterior margin reaching inner eye margins reddish brown, sparsely set with stout setae; posterior lobe black, with two round silvery hair patches flanking faint medial furrow, set sparsely with stout setae. Pleural region moderately set with stout setae, lacking glabrous areas. Abdomen black; connexiva moderately reflexed, set with stout hairs; tergites two, six, and seven, and connexival segments one and four with small round patches of silvery hairs. Ventral surface dusky brown; rostrum chestnut brown, glabrous; margins of coxal cavity and venter embrowned. Legs chestnut brown; fore and middle tibiae sparsely set with stout setae; distal comb on fore tibia prominent, black. Legs with following proportions: Femur Tibia Tarsal I Tarsal II Anterior 28 26 11 — Middle 50 48 13 20 Posterior 31 35 4 15 Apterous female: Similar to male, but slightly larger and broader, shape and markings as in Figure 3. Length 1.70 mm, maximum width 1.19 mm. Reddish brown area on anterior lobe of pronotum divided medially by black line; margins of pronotum somewhat more heavily set with stout setae than in male. Material examined. — Holotype, male BRAZIL: Rio Cuieirias, Igarape da Arara, A410, XI-22-1962, E. J. Fittkau (Plon). Paratypes as follows: BRAZIL: 4 6, 3 9, same data as holotype (JTP, HHW, Plon); 1 9, Rio Negro, Furo de Paracuuba, Si/Sa 7, IX-17-1959, Sioli & Sattler (Plon); 1 6, above Manaus, Reserva Duke, Igarape Barro Branco, A584, XI-6-1965, E. J. Fittkau (Plon). PERU: 1 6, 1 9, 62 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Estiron, Rio Ampiacu, Loreto, rapid forest stream, XI-28 to XII-7-61, B. Malkin (USNM). Discussion. — The broad body, long hairs on the dorsum, and silvery spots on the connexiva will separate E. discala from other known species of the genus. The name discala refers to the shape of the insect. Literature Cited Drake, C. J. 1957. New neotropical water-striders (Hemiptera). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 70:111-118. Herring, J. L. 1955. A new American genus of Veliidae (Hemiptera). Florida Entomol., 38:21-25. Polhemus, J. T. 1977. Type-designations and other notes concerning Veliidae (Insecta: Hemiptera). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 79:637-648. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(1), 1984, pp. 63-64 Published 27 January 1984 A New Species of Phymatodes from New Mexico (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) James S. Cope 6689 Mt. Holly Dr., San Jose, California 95120. Abstract.— Phymatodes shareeae, is described as new from the Nacimiento Mountains, Rio Arriba County, New Mexico. Larval and pupal habits in Acer glabrum are also reported. Members of the relatively large genus, Phymatodes, are found throughout the Holarctic Region. The species are mostly small, slender, with maculate elytra, and are found mainly upon broad-leaved trees. In North America however, a considerable number of the described species are immaculate and many utilize coniferous hosts. A new species, closely related to Phymatodes vulneratus (Le- Conte), was collected from northern New Mexico. Phymatodes shareeae, New Species Male. — Form subcylindrical; color piceous with coxae, bases of femora, tibiae, and antennae rufous or rufotestaceous; elytra with a single pair of oblique white fasciae just behind middle, expanded at the margin. Head with upper frons and vertex coarsely, closely punctate; antennae nearly as long as body, scape sparsely punctate, sparsely ciliate, third segment about as long as fourth. Pronotum a little wider than long, sides broadly rounded, base moderately constricted; disk coarsely, closely punctate, clothed with short, coarse, erect, dark pubescence, interspaces shining. Elytra about twice as long as basal width, sides subparallel, apical half often explanate, apices broadly rounded externally, narrowly rounded internally, surface distinctly punctate at base, more finely and subrugosely punctate behind fasciae; pubescence short, dark, suberect, shining, sparsely clothed with short, erect hairs; posterior tarsi with first segment distinctly longer than following two together. Abdomen with sternites polished, shining, very sparsely punctate and subglabrous; fifth sternite shorter than fourth, apex broadly, feebly emarginate. Length 6-9 mm. Female. — Antennae surpassing elytral fasciae; femora less strongly clavate; fifth sternite about as long as fourth, apex narrowly rounded. Length 6-10 mm. Holotype male, allotype (California Academy of Sciences) from 9 miles SW Coyote, Nacimiento Mountains, Rio Arriba County, New Mexico, beaten from Acer glabrum Torrey, 21 June 1977 (J. S. Cope). Paratypes as follows: 37 males, 28 females, same locality data, reared from Acer glabrum, emerged April 2-19, 1978 (J. S. Cope). Paratypes are deposited in the following collections: University of California at Berkeley, San Jose State University, J. S. Cope, E. Giesbert, F. T. Hovore, J. Huether, R. Penrose, R. Surdick, R. H. Turnbow, Jr., W. H. Tyson, J. E. Wappes. 64 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST This species resembles Phymatodes vulneratus but the two may be separated by the uniform, dark, short, erect elytral pubescence, expanded elytral fasciae, and rufous antennal coloration of Phymatodes shareeae. In contrast Phymatodes vulneratus may be characterized by longer, erect, golden elytral pubescence, par¬ allel sided elytral fasciae, and typically dark antennae. Antennal coloration of specimens from southern California often tends to be a light reddish-brown. Phymatodes vulneratus is a Pacific Coast species ranging from Southern California to British Columbia while Phymatodes shareeae is located 500 miles to the east in northern New Mexico. Biology. — Both of these closely related species utilize various species of Acer as hosts. The entire type series was beaten from or reared from Acer glabrum. Larval work is typical of other species in the genus, as summarized by Chemsak and Powell (1964). Larvae work just under the bark of larger branches, lightly scoring the sapwood. The meandering galleries are loosely packed with a light, fine, granular frass mixed with darker bits of bark. Prior to pupation the larva cuts an oblique tunnel into the wood, then turns parallel to the wood grain where a pupal chamber is constructed. The exit hole is plugged with packed granular frass. Adult emergence at the type locality apparently occurs in June. The following key segment may be inserted into the “Key to North American Species of Phymatodes ” found in Linsley’s (1964) monograph of the Cerambyci- dae. 3(2). Elytra with 2 pairs of white fasciae or with a single pair just before apex .(Linsley’s 4) 5 Elytra with a single pair of white fasciae just behind middle, pronotum with disk distinctly, closely punctate; elytra distinctly punctate from base to apex . 4 4(3). Elytra with single pair of oblique white fasciae, each parallel sided or at most curving slightly forward just before margin; basal % of elytra usually rufous or rufotestaceous, rarely black or piceous; antennae usually dark, with long flying hairs on segments 2-7. Pacific Coast species. vulneratus Elytra with single pair of oblique white fasciae, expanded at margin; elytra piceous; antennae rufotestaceous with short suberect hairs on segments 2-7. New Mexico . shareeae Acknowledgments I wish to express my appreciation to John Chemsak for reviewing this manu¬ script and to my wife Sharee for assistance, patience, and encouragement under circumstances often well above the call of duty. Literature Cited Chemsak, J. A., and J. A. Powell. 1964. Observations of the larval habits of some Callidiini with special reference to Callidiellum cupressi (Van Dyke). J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 37:119-122. Linsley, E. G. 1964. The Cerambycidae of North America, Pt. V, Taxonomy and classification of the subfamily Cerambycinae, Tribes Callichromini through Ancylocerini. Univ. Calif. Pubis. Entomol., Vol. 22, 197 pp. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(1), 1984, pp. 65-66 Published 27 January 1984 Scientific Note Feeding Behavior of Lacon profusa (Candeze) (Coleoptera: Elateridae) in Carpenter Ant Attended Colonies of Cinara spp. (Homoptera: Aphididae) 12 Very little is known about the food habits of elaterid adults. Most reports suggest that they feed on plant juices and young, tender leaves. Balduf (1935, The bionom¬ ics of entomophagous Coleoptera, John Swift Inc. Co., St. Louis), reported Cor- ymbites virens Schr. feeding upon Vanessa sp. caterpillars (Lepidoptera: Nym- phalidae). Bradley and Hinks (1968, Can. Ent., 100:40-50) noted adults of Lacon brevicornis (LeConte) at rest in colonies of Cinara gracilis Wilson attended by Dolichoderus taschenbergi (Mayr) and by Formica obscuripes Forel. Lacon pro- fusus (Candeze) is treated as a subspecies of L. brevicornis by some workers (Arnett, 1952, Supplementary review of the Adelocerina, Wasmann J. Biol., 10:103-126). Day (1971, The southern potato wireworm, U.S.D.A. Tech. Bull. 1443) observed large numbers of adult Conoderus falli Lane (Elateridae) associated with honeydew on plants but did not mention whether they were feeding on it. Thomas (1940, Biology and control of wireworms, Bull. Pa. Agric. Exp. Stn., no. 392) reported that baits containing sugar solution or molasses were attractive to some elaterid adults. The literature appears devoid of reference to elaterids or any other Co¬ leoptera attending Homoptera except for Wheeler’s (1928, The social insects: Their origin and evolution, Degan, Paul, Trench, Trubner and Co. Ltd., London, 378 pp.) report of silvanid beetles of the neotropical genera Coccidotrophus and Eunausibius attending pseudococcids. Adult L. profusa were occasionally found associated with Cinara occidentalis Davidson on white fir {Abies concolor Gord. and Glen.) and Cinara moketa Hottes on sugar pine ( Pinus labertiana Doug.). When disturbed by attending carpenter ants, Camponotus modoc Wheeler, the beetle retracted its appendages into pronotal grooves and remained motionless. During 1977, a total of four females were observed, three at C. moketa and one at C. occidentalis colonies. The first beetle was observed for 12 hours at the same C. moketa colony on July 14, 1977, and it remained on the same tree until it was collected on July 19. On July 15, this aphid colony, previously consisting of 12 apterae and one alate, had disappeared and the beetle had moved to another branch. As this beetle was not marked, it was not certain whether or not it was the same individual on both occasions. The second beetle was observed on July 26 and marked with a spot of red paint on the right elytron. It remained on the same tree until August 3 and at the same C. moketa colony for 4 days. On July 14, 1977, another adult L. profusus was observed at one end of an ant- attended C. moketa colony. The beetle remained motionless while using its an- 1 Supported, in part, by a contract (CX 8000-6-0016) to the Department of Entomological Sciences, University of California, Berkeley, from the United States Department of Interior, National Park Service. 2 From a thesis submitted to the University of California, Berkeley, in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in Entomology, June 1979. 3 Present address: Division of Forest Entomology, Department of Plant and Forest Protection, Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences, P.O. Box 7044, S-750-07 Uppsala, Sweden. 66 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST tennae and mouthparts to stroke an aphid directly beneath its head. This stroking continued while carpenter ants crawled over the beetle’s dorsum. After about 15 minutes of such behavior, the attending ants were carefully removed. The beetle continued its stroking behavior for another 10 minutes with no apparent effect on the aphid. At this point, the beetle slowly picked up the aphid between its mandibles and began consuming it. After 15 minutes, the aphid’s head was still protruding from the beetle’s mandibles. A newly-arrived ant stroked the pro¬ truding head of the aphid and then walked away. After consuming the aphid, the beetle began stroking another aphid which raised its abdomen and exuded a drop of honeydew. Minutes later, the beetle was observed collecting a honeydew droplet from another aphid. It continued stroking the same aphid for another 5 minutes at which time it received more honeydew. This behavior contrasts with that of ants which would move on to a new aphid immediately after collecting honeydew. On July 17, an adult L. profusus was observed eating a C. moketa while under attack simultaneously by several ants. One Camp, modoc worker grasped the partially consumed aphid and bracing itself against the beetle’s head, tore off about half of the aphid’s body. Although many ants exhibited alarm behavior (i.e., rapid running about and greatly increased turning rate), the beetle remained absolutely motionless with mouthparts and antennae retracted. On July 19, 1977, the same beetle (marked earlier) was found at another C. moketa colony where it consumed one aphid over a period of 9 minutes. Sub¬ sequently, it walked back to the trunk where it elicited no response from a minor worker of Camp, modoc and was then attacked by a major worker. The attack lasted about 5 minutes during which time the beetle remained motionless. By collecting honeydew and consuming aphids, L. profusa obtains both car¬ bohydrates and protein. This rich food resource is both immobile and fairly dependable. Thus the beetle may feed for prolonged periods with very little energy expended in search of food, thereby increasing its fecundity and longevity. Al¬ though attending ants reduce the beetle’s foraging efficiency with their frequent attacks, the ant’s presence is probably beneficial to the beetle by reducing com¬ petition for aphids from other predators and by reducing aphid dispersal (Tilles and Wood, 1981, Can. Ent., in press). Although Camp, modoc competes directly with L. profusus for both honeydew and aphids, the ants are much more efficient honeydew collectors and are often successful in pulling aphids from the beetle’s grasp. Protective behavior may be stimulated by aphid produced compounds to which the ants respond. Camp, modoc becomes very excited when a crushed C. moketa is suspended above it. The armoured exoskeleton of the L. profusus appears to be highly resistant to ant attacks. The beetle is apparently undisturbed by attacking ants as it may continue stroking aphids while under attack, or alternatively, can maintain a protective posture for varying periods and thus resume feeding within seconds after cessation of an ant attack. L. profusus appears to be an inefficient predator because: 1) it spends long periods of time soliciting honeydew from a single aphid, often up to 15 minutes, and 2) it often takes as long as 20 minutes to consume a single aphid. D. A. Tilles, 3 Department of Entomological Sciences, University of California, Berkeley. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(1), 1984, p. 67 Published 27 January 1984 Scientific Note New Records for Two Cerambycids from the Pacific Northwest Specimens of Phymatodes oregonensis Chemsak are uncommon in collections and the larval host has apparently not been recorded. The author reared two female P. oregonensis from small branches of an Alnus sp. (A. rubra Bong, or A. rhombifolia Nutt.) collected in Dabney St. Pk., Multnomah County, Oregon, in December 1978. The infested wood was collected from the crown of a fallen tree. The larvae mined beneath the bark and pupated in chambers constructed in the sapwood. Both specimens emerged in February 1979. A male of Obrium californicum Van Dyke was collected by the author on the University of Idaho campus, Latah County, in July 1981 (NEW STATE REC¬ ORD). The specimen was taken from the foliage of ocean spray ( Holodiscus discolor (Pursh) Maxim.) growing in a stand of western white and lodgepole pine. Linsley (Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol., 21:139) recorded O. californicum as occur¬ ring from central Oregon and northern California south through the Sierra Nevada to the Tehachapi and Santa Cruz Mountains. It has also been collected in the San Gabriel Mts. of southern California (F. T. Hovore, pers. comm.). This species is known to use western yellow and Jeffrey pines for larval development (ibid.). Robert H. Turnbow, Jr., Department of Entomology, Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas 77843. THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Information for Contributors Members are invited to submit manuscripts on the systematic and biological phases of entomology, including short notes or articles on insect taxonomy, morphology, ecology, behavior, life history, and distribution. Non-members may submit manuscripts for publi¬ cation, but they should read the information below regarding editing and administrative charges. Manuscripts of less than a printed page will be published as space is available, in Scientific Notes. All manuscripts will be reviewed before acceptance. Manuscripts for publication, proofs, and all editorial matters should be addressed to the editor. General. — The metric system is to be used exclusively in manuscripts, except when citing label data on type material, or in direct quotations when cited as such. Equivalents in other systems may be placed in parentheses following the metric, i.e. “1370 m (4500 ft) elevation”. Typing. — Two copies of each manuscript must be submitted (original and one xerox copy or two xerox copies are suitable). All manuscripts must be typewritten, double-spaced throughout, with ample margins, and be on bond paper or an equivalent weight. Carbon copies or copies on paper larger than 8 Vi X 11 inches are not acceptable. Underscore only where italics are intended in the body of the text. Number all pages consecutively and put authors name on each sheet. References to footnotes in text should be numbered consecutively. Footnotes must be typed on a separate sheet. Manuscripts with extensive corrections or revisions will be returned to the author for retyping. First Page. — The page preceding the text of the manuscript must include (1) the complete title, (2) the order and family in parentheses, (3) the author's name or names, (4) the institution with city and state or the author’s home city and state if not affiliated (5) the complete name and address to which proof is to be sent. Names and descriptions of organisms. — The first mention of a plant or animal should include the full scientific name with the author of a zoological name not abbreviated. Do not abbreviate generic names. Descriptions of taxa should be in telegraphic style. The International Code of Zoological Nomenclature must be followed. Tables. — Tables are expensive and should be kept to a minimum. Each table should be prepared as a line drawing or typed on a separate page with heading at top and footnotes below. Number tables with Arabic numerals. Number footnotes consecutively for each table. Use only horizontal rules. Extensive use of tabular material requiring typesetting may result in increased charges to the author. Illustrations. — No extra charge is made for line drawings or halftones. Submit only photographs on glossy paper and original drawings. Authors must plan their illustrations for reduction to the dimension of the printed page (1 1 7 X 181 mm; 4 5 /» X 7 1 /# inches). If possible, allowance should be made for the legend to be placed beneath the illustration. Photographs should not be less than the width of the printed page. Photographs should be mounted on stiff card stock, and bear the illustration number on the face. Loose photographs or drawings which need mounting and/or numbering are not acceptable. Photographs to be placed together should be trimmed and abut when mounted. Drawings should be in India Ink, or equivalent, and at least twice as large as the printed illustration. Excessively large illustrations are awkward to handle and may be damaged in transit. It is recommended that a metric scale be placed on the drawing or the magnification of the printed illustration be slated in the legend where applicable. Arrange figures to use space efficiently. Lettering should reduce to no less than 1 mm. On the back of each illustration should be stated (1) the title of the paper, (2) the author’s complete name and address, and (3) whether he wishes the illustration returned to him. Illustrations not specifically requested will be destroyed. Improperly prepared illustrations will be returned to the author for correction prior to acceptance of the manuscript. Figure legends. — Legends should be typewritten double-spaced on separate pages headed EXPLANATION OF FIGURES and placed following LITERATURE CITED. Do not attach legends to illustrations. References. — All citations in text, e.g., Essig (1926) or (Essig 1958), must be listed alphabetically under LITERATURE CITED in the following format; Essig, E. O. 1926. A butterfly migration. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212. Essig, E. O. 1958. Insects and mites of western North America. Rev. ed. The Macmillan Co., New York, 1050 pp. Abbreviations for titles of journals should follow a recent volume of Serial Sources for the Biosis Data Base, BioSciences Information Service. For Scientific Notes the citations to articles will appear within the text, i.e. . . . “Essig (1926, Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212) noted ...”. Proofs, reprints, and abstracts. — Proofs and forms for the abstract and reprint order will be sent to authors. Changes in proof will be charged to the author. Editing and administrative charges. — Papers by members of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society are charged at the rate of $30.00 per page. Members without institutional or grant funds may apply for a society grant to cover a maximum of one-half of these charges. Non-members will be charged at the rate of $60.00 per page. Editing and administrative charges are in addition to the charge for reprints and do not include the possible charges for author’s changes after the manuscript has been sent to the printer. PUBLICATIONS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Vol. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and Vol. 2 (9 numbers, 131 pages). 1901- 1930. Price $5.00 per volume. THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST. Vol. 1 (1924) to Vol. 51 (1975), price $10.00 per volume of 4 numbers, or $2.50 per single issue. Vol. 52 (1976) to Vol. 57 (1981), price $15.00 per volume, or $3.75 per single issue, except for Vol. 57, no. 1, $10.00. Vol. 58 (1982) and subsequent issues, $20.00 per volume or $5.00 per single issue. MEMOIRS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G. F. Ferris. 320 pages. Published October 1951. Price $10.00 (plus $1.00 postage and handling).* Volume 2. The Spider Mite Family Tetranychidae by A. Earl Pritchard and Edward W. Baker. 472 pages. Published July 1955. Price $10.00 (plus $1.25 postage and handling).* Volume 3. Revisionary Studies in the Nearctie Deeticinae by David C. Rentz and James D. Birchim. 173 pages. Published July 1968. Price $4.00 (plus $0.75 postage and handling).* Volume 4. Autobiography of an Entomologist by Robert L. Usinger. 343 pages. Published August 1972. Special price $5.00 (plus $1.25 postage and handling).* Volume 5. Revision of the Millipede Family Andrognathidae in the Nearctie Region by Michael R. Gardner. 61 pages. Published January 21, 1975. Price $3.00 (plus $0.75 postage and handling).* *(Add 6 % sales tax on all California orders (residents of Alameda, Contra Costa, San Francisco, Santa Clara and Santa Cruz counties add 6 '/ 2 %). Members of the Society will receive a 20% discount on the price of the memoirs.) Send orders to: Pacific Coast Entomological Society % California Academy of Sciences Golden Gate Park San Francisco, California 94118-9961 U.S.A. Vol. 60 April 1984 No. 2 THE Pan-Pacific Entomologist CHANDLER, D. S.—A new species and records of Tanarthrus (Coleoptera: Anthicidae). 69 CHEMSAK, J. A. and E. G. LINSLEY—A new California species of Phymatodes Mulsant (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). 73 KORMILEV, N. A.—A new species of the genus Chinessa Usinger and Matsuda, 1959, from Papua New Guinea (Hemiptera: Aradidae).... 76 MacKAY, E. E. and W. P. MacKAY—B iology of the thatching ant Formica haemorrhoidalis Emery (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). 79 STEINER, J. W.—Descriptions of the Nearctic larvae of Pseudosmittia gracilis, Mesocricotopus thienemanni and Heleniella nr. ornaticollis (Diptera: Chironomidae). 88 STEIN, J. D. and J. E. HARAGUCHI—Meridic diet for rearing of the host specific tropical wood-borer Plagithmysus bilineatus (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). 94 QUICKE, D. L. J.—The genus Acanthodoryctes Turner (Hymenoptera: Braconidae): Rede¬ scription and new generic synonymy. 97 SMITH, D. R. and G. A. P. GIBSON— Filacus, a new genus for four species of sawflies previously placed in Macrophya or Zaschizonyx (Hymenoptera: Tenthredinidae). 101 CHEMSAK, J. A.—Description of a new purpuricenine genus, Linsleyella (Coleoptera: Cer¬ ambycidae) . 114 RUST, R. W. — Synonymy in California Channel Island Epeolini bees (Hymenoptera: Antho- phoridae). 119 SMETANA, A. —Review of the Japanese species of the genus Gabrius Stephens (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). 122 McCLUSKEY, E. S. and D. K. McCLUSKY—Hour of mating flight in three species of ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) . 151 NEFF, J. L. —Observations on the biology of Eremapis parvula Ogloblin an anthophorid bee with a metasomal scopa (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae). 155 LUNDGREN, R. W .—Ambracyptus, a new name for Paracyptus Seevers (Coleoptera: Staphy¬ linidae) . 163 EDITORIAL NOTICE. 164 SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1984 Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The Pan-Pacific Entomologist EDITORIAL BOARD J. A. Chemsak, Editor R. S. Lane, Associate Editor W. J. Pulawski, Treasurer J. T. Doyen R. M. Bohart J. A. Powell J. E. Hafemik, Jr. Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed¬ ings appearing in the October number. All communications regarding nonreceipt of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications should be addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Wojciech J. Pulawski, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961. Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be addressed to the Secretary, Vincent F. Lee, California Academy of Sciences, Gold¬ en Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961. Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters should be addressed to Editor, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, 201 Wellman Hall, University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720. See back cover for instructions. The annual dues, paid in advance, are $ 15.00 for regular members of the Society, $7.50 for student members, or $20.00 for subscription only. Members of the Society receive The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers are $5.00 each or $20.00 a volume. See back cover for prices of earlier back numbers. Make all checks payable to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society. Pacific Coast Entomological Society OFFICERS FOR 1984 H. I. Scudder, President W. J. Pulawski, Treasurer J. Gordon Edwards, President-Elect V. F. Lee, Secretary Statement of Ownership Title of Publication: The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Location of Office of Publication, Business Office of Publisher and Owner: Pacific Coast Entomological Society, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118-9961. Editor: J. A. Chemsak, 201 Wellman Hall, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720. Managing Editor and Known Bondholders or other Security Holders: None. This issue mailed 17 April 1984 The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603) PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(2), 1984, pp. 69-72 Published 17 April 1984 A New Species and Records of Tanarthrus (Coleoptera: Anthicidae ) 1 Donald S. Chandler Department of Entomology, University of New Hampshire, Durham, New Hampshire 03824. Interest in the potential rare and endangered insects of public lands has led to the granting of several federal contracts to determine the endemic insect species which are associated with sand dunes. One such contract was given to the Cali¬ fornia Department of Food and Agriculture Insect Taxonomy Laboratory and has dealt almost exclusively with the major dune formations of the Mojave Desert in California. During the course of this study a number of rarely collected Tan¬ arthrus species were found, as well as a new species from the southern San Joaquin Valley. Since many of these species possessed only a few distribution records in my revision (Chandler 1975), new records are entered following the description of the new species. A portion of the contract report by Andrews et al. (1979) presented data on Tanarthrus coruscus Chandler which was obtained from their year-long pitfall trap sets in the Eureka Dunes of Inyo County. They found that this species occurred only along the margin of an adjacent playa. This preference for the margins of alkali lakes and saline soils has been detailed by Chandler (1974, 1979). The majority of the specimens of coruscus were collected in May, with small numbers being trapped from June until September. Individuals of Tanarthrus tartarus Chandler and Vacusus confinis (LeConte) were discovered feeding on a dead Phodaga alticeps LeConte (Meloidae), but it is uncertain whether they were at¬ tracted to the cantharidin in the beetle, or merely to the presence of a food source. All measurements are in millimeters in the description of the new species. The specimens from which the new records are taken are in the collections of the California Department of Food and Agriculture and the author. I would like to thank Dr. John F. Burger, University of New Hampshire, for reading the manu¬ script. Tanarthrus ( Tanarthropsis) andrewsi, New Species (Figs. 1, 2) General description.— Length 3.08-3.95. Coloration varying from head, prono- tum, and first third of elytra orange and remainder of elytra dark brown, to body all dark brown with orange antennae and legs. Head basally with distinct median impression, punctures on frons shallow and moderately dense, microreticulation distinct between punctures, puncture diameter equal to that of eye facet; eleventh antennomere distinctly constricted, portion before constriction equal in length to tenth antennomere, portion after constriction about twice that of basal portion. Pronotum with antero-lateral angles rounded; punctures dense on disc, similar in 1 Scientific Contribution Number 1144 from the New Hampshire Experiment Station. 70 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 1 depth and size to those on frons, areas near lateral margins feebly granulate, microreticulation between punctures distinct. Elytra feebly ridged and lacking any obvious microreticulation; pubescence directed posteriorly, all setae appressed. Male genitalia with tegmen as long as phallobase; internal sac smooth, lacking internal spines; primary gonopore lacking sclerotized spots or ribs. Female similar to the male in external appearance. Male holotype. —Soda Lake, San Luis Obispo County, California. Length 3.46. Head 0.78 long, 0.79 wide behind eyes; tenth antennomere 0.08 long, eleventh antennomere with portion before constriction 0.07 long, after constriction 0.15 long. Pronotum 0.71 long, greatest width at point 0.46 from base, collar 0.04 thick, 0.35 wide. Elytra 1.97 long, 0.87 wide across humeri; body dark brown with orange antennae and legs. Specimens examined. — HOLOTYPE male: California: San Luis Obispo Co.: Soda Lake, VI-8-1979, F. G. Andrews and A. J. Gilbert, on salt encrustations at lake edge. PARATYPES: 8 males, 35 females, eutopotypical. The holotype is to be deposited in the California Academy of Sciences. Paratypes will be placed in the collections of the author, the California Department of Food and Agriculture, and the Floyd G. Werner Collection, Tucson, Arizona. The species is named for Fred G. Andrews, who has collected many fine species of Anthicidae. Distribution. — Only known from an alkali lake at the southern end of the San Joaquin Valley. Relationships. — Most similar to vafer Chandler by the proportions of the last two antennomeres, and by both the male internal sac and primary gonopore lacking spines or sclerotized spots. In andrewsi the base of the head is simply depressed medially rather than cleft, and the punctures of the head and pronotum VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 71 are shallow, not really umbilicate as in vafer. Vafer may be a somewhat larger species as the single specimen known (the holotype) is 4.23 mm long. New Records of Tanarthrus Tanarthrus {Tanarthrus ) salinus LeConte California: Inyo Co.: SE end Saline Valley, III-30-1976, D. Giuliani, edge of dry lake. Kern Co.: Koehn Lake, VI-14-1964, F. G. Andrews. San Bernardino Co.: Saratoga Springs, VI-13-1964, F. G. Andrews. Tanarthrus ( Tanarthropsis) alutaceus (LeConte) California: Imperial Co.: 3 mi NW Glamis, IX-15/16-1972, M. Wasbauer & A. Hardy, blacklight. Inyo Co.: Saline Valley, Artesian Well, 1100 ft, IV-26-1977, D. Giuliani. Tanarthrus ( Tanarthropsis ) brevipennis Casey New Mexico: Chaves Co.: Bottomless Lakes State Park, VII-25-1975, K. Ste¬ phan. Tanarthrus {Tanarthropsis) coruscus Chandler California: Inyo Co.: S end Owens Lake, sand dunes, VII-15-1978, A. R. Hardy & F. G. Andrews, at blacklight; Saline Valley dunes, III-30-1976, D. Giuliani, cereal bowl pit trap; Eureka Valley Dunes, VIII-30-1976, D. Giuliani, blacklight. Riverside Co.: Palen Dunes, IX-20-1977, A. R. Hardy & F. G. Andrews, at blacklight. San Bernardino Co.: 3 mi W Rice, VI-1972, D. Giuliani, sand dunes; Salt Lake, 5 mi N Renoville, IV-17-1974, F. G. Andrews & M. S. Wasbauer; Saratoga Springs, Death Valley, V-6-1965, F. G. Andrews. Nevada: Lincoln Co.: Game Range Dunes, VII-14-1975, F. G. Andrews & A. R. Hardy, at blacklight. MEXICO: Baja California: Diablo Canyon Dry Lake, VII-16-1979, D. Giuliani, blacklight. Tanarthrus {Tanarthropsis) inhabilis Chandler California: Inyo Co.: Eureka Valley Dunes, VII-13-1975, F. G. Andrews & A. R. Hardy. San Bernardino Co.: Salt Creek, 5 mi N Renoville, IV-17-1974, F. G. Andrews & M. S. Wasbauer. Tanarthrus ( Tanarthropsis ) inyo Wickham California: Inyo Co.: Deep Springs Valley, Buckhorn Springs, IV-1 1-1975, D. Giuliani; Big Alkali Lake, VI-14-1979, F. G. Andrews, lake edge. Mono Co.: Mono Lake, Paoha Island, VII-5-1980, D. Giuliani. Nevada: Churchill Co.: Sand Mountain, VII-19-1977, D. Giuliani, UV light. Esmerelda Co.: Clayton Valley dunes, IV-17-1974, F. G. Andrews & A. R. Hardy. Pershing Co.: Woolsey, VI- 27-1973, T. R. Haig. Tanarthrus {Tanarthropsis ) iselini Chandler New Mexico: Roosevelt Co.: Salt Lake near Arch, IX-20-1977, W. A. Iselin. Tanarthrus {Tanarthropsis) tartarus Chandler California: Riverside Co.: Palen dunes, IX-20-1977, A. R. Hardy & F. G. Andrews, at blacklight; 7 mi SE Freda, IV-24/VII-26-1978, F. G. Andrews & A. 72 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST R. Hardy, small sand area. San Bernardino Co.: Cadiz Dunes, IX-18-1977, A. R. Hardy & F. G. Andrews, at blacklight. Literature Cited Andrews, F. G., A. R. Hardy, and D. Giuliani. 1979. The coleopterous fauna of selected California sand dunes. A report in fulfillment of Bureau of Land Management Contract CA-960-1285- 1225-DEOO. California Department of Food and Agriculture, Sacramento, i + 142 pp. Chandler, D. S. 1975. A revision of Tanarthrus LeConte with a presentation of its Mid-Cenozoic speciation (Coleoptera: Anthicidae). Transactions of the American Entomological Society, 101: 319-354. -. 1979. A new species of Tanarthrus from California (Coleoptera: Anthicidae). Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 55:147-148. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(2), 1984, pp. 73-75 Published 17 April 1984 A New California Species of Phymatodes Mulsant (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) John A. Chemsak and E. G. Linsley University of California, Berkeley, California 94720. Specimens of Phymatodes are most commonly encountered by rearing. The following new species was reared from branches of Juniperus californicus by J. Cope and W. Tyson from the Mt. Hamilton area of California. The larval habits are similar to those of P. nitidus and P. decussatus as reported by Chemsak and Powell (1964) and Chemsak (1965). P. tysoni, n.sp. will key out to P. nitidus in Linsley’s (1964) key to Phymatodes but may be separated by the characters in the diagnosis below. This study was carried out during a National Science Foundation sponsored study on North American Cerambycidae (Grant DEB-8015523). We wish to thank J. Cope and W. Tyson for making their specimens available for study and Carolyn Tibbetts for preparing the illustration. Phymatodes tysoni, New Species Male. — Form small, a little depressed; integument shining, pale reddish brown, legs darker, elytra black behind anterior white fasciae except along suture to a little behind apices of posterior white fasciae, metasternum often infuscated, ab¬ domen black. Head finely, sparsely punctate, thinly clothed with long erect hairs; antennae extending to about apical l h of elytra, segments from sixth subopaque, clothed with very short pubescence, basal segments rather sparsely ciliate, second segment less than Vi as long as third, third about as long as fourth. Pronotum as broad as long, sides broadly rounded; disk finely, sparsely punctate, punctures smaller than those at base of elytra, sides coarsely, confluently punctate; erect hairs long, black; prosternum coarsely punctate at sides; meso- and metasternum shallowly punctate, hind coxae clothed with pale, appressed pubescence. Elytra less than 2 l h times as long as broad, sides vaguely expanded behind middle; punctures sparse, moderately coarse, becoming finer toward apex; long, dark, erect hairs rather sparse; fasciae ivory-white, subglabrous, anterior pair arcuate, usually oblique on disk, posterior pair oblique, slanting posteriorly from near suture at middle; apices rounded. Legs slender, femora strongly clavate, sparsely punctate, long, erect hairs numerous. Abdomen shining, sparsely punctate and pubescent; last sternite slightly emarginate at apex. Length, 5-7 mm. Female. — Form similar. Antennae extending to a little beyond middle of elytra. Pronotum with sides rather finely punctate; prosternum finely punctate at sides. Legs with femora more slender. Abdomen with last sternite rounded at apex. Length, 5-8 mm. Holotype male, allotype (California Academy of Sciences) and 26 paratypes (11 males, 15 females) from Arroyo Mocho Canyon, Alameda Co., California, reared from Juniperus californicus, 25, 30 March, 1972 (W. H. Tyson). Additional para¬ types: 20 males, 20 females, Arroyo Bayo, Mt. Hamilton, Santa Clara Co., Cal- 74 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figure 1. Phymatodes tysoni Chemsak and Linsley. < 3 . ifornia, reared from Juniperus californicus, 20 March, 1979, 14, 21 March, 1981 (J. Cope); 2 males, 7 mi NW Bitterwater, San Benito Co., California, 10 April, 1967, ex Juniperus (J. A. Chemsak); 8 males, 8 females, Isabelle Valley, Santa Clara Co., California, 3 April, 1981 (J. Cope). The type series is fairly uniform in coloration. Occasionally the pronotum is partially infuscated and the legs are black. P. tysoni may be separated from P. nitidus LeConte by the arcuate, oblique VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 75 anterior fasciae of the elytra. These are transverse in P. nitidus. Additionally the posterior fasciae begin at the middle of the elytra and extend back obliquely in P. tysoni. In P. nitidus this pair has its apices at the apical x h of the elytra and are less oblique. The punctation of the pronotum in P. tysoni is finer than that at the base of the elytra. The punctures in P. nitidus are subequal. We are pleased to dedicate this species to W. H. Tyson for his continuing cooperation on this project. Literature Cited Chemsak, John A. 1965. Habits of Phymatodes decussatus decussatus (LeConte). Pan-Pac. Entomol., 41:71. -, and J. A. Powell. 1964. Observations on the larval habits of some Callidiini with special reference to Callidiellum cupressi (Van Dyke). Jour. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 37:119-122. Linsley, E. G. 1964. The Cerambycidae of North America. Part V. Taxonomy and classification of the subfamily Cerambycinae, Tribes Callichromini through Ancylocerini. Univ. California Pubs. Entomol. 22, 197 pp., 60 figs. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(2), 1984, pp. 76-78 Published 17 April 1984 A New Species of the Genus Chinessa Usinger and Matsuda, 1959, from Papua New Guinea (Hemiptera: Aradidae) Nicholas A. Kormilev 87-17 Myrtle Avenue, Glendale, New York 11385. For the privilege of studying a small lot of Aradidae from Papua New Guinea and the Bismark Archipelago, I am sincerely grateful to Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. The material included a new species of Chinessa Usinger and Matsuda, the description of which follows. The genus Chinessa is unusual in that it has a large number of endemic species that are recorded from New Guinea. Of the 22 known species, all but two are from this area, with one each otherwise known from New Britain and Ceram. The genus Chinessa more than any other genus of Mezirinae shows specific di¬ versity—particularly in the size and the shape of genae, in the shape of the an¬ terolateral angles of the pronotum, and in the shape of the lobes of the sixth and seventh abdominal segments. All measurements in this paper were taken with an ocular micrometer, 25 units equal 1 mm. For convenience, the length of the abdomen was taken from the apex of the scutellum to the tip of segment IX and to the tips of the lobes of segment VII. Chinessa arnaudi Kormilev, New Species (Figs. 1, 2) Female.— Elongate, ovate, partially granulate; fore lobe of pronotum laterad of inner tubercles smooth and shiny. Head (inclusive of genae) much longer than its width across eyes (48:33); anterior process strongly forked; genae pointed and divergent, much longer than clypeus and reaching 3 A of antennal segment II. Antenniferous tubercles acute and divaricate; postocular consisting of two granules placed one over another and directed backward. Eyes strongly protruding. Vertex raised and granulate. Antennae 1.73 times as long as width of head across eyes; relative lengths 15:13:16:13. Labium not reaching hind border of labial groove, which is closed posteriorly. Pronotum less than half as long on median line as its maximum width (32:72). Collar truncate anteriorly; anteriolateral angles produced forward and inwardly, leaving a deep incisure between them and collar. Lateral border rounded on fore lobe, then sinuate and subparallel on hind lobe; hind border sinuate medially. Fore disc with a short median sulcus flanked by 2 (1 +1) high tubercles; laterad of them smooth and shiny; 2(1 + 1) smaller tubercles placed sublaterally. Hind disc roughly granulate. Scutellum shorter than its basal width (35:40); lateral borders straight and carinate; basal border convex and carinate; median carina thin and high, granulate; disc laterad of it sharply, transversely rugose. Hemelytra reaching fore border of tergum VII; corium reaching basal l h of connexivum III; its apical angle acute, apical border straight and only at inner angle sinuate. Metathoracic scent gland openings small, moderately gaping. Legs unarmed. Abdomen ovate, shorter on median line than its maximum width across VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 77 Figures 1, 2. Chinessa arnaudi, n. sp., 2. 1. Head and pronotum. 2. Tip of abdomen from above. 78 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST segment V (85:95), but longer to the tips of lobes of segment VII (100:95). Con- nexivum wide, with uneven and punctured upper surface. Tergum VII raised backward and granulate, its hind border truncate; tergum VIII short and wide, but less than width of head across eyes (27:33). Lateral borders slightly convex from II to V; posteroexterior angles III to V progressively protruding; VI forming acute lobes, directed obliquely backward; VII forming long, acute lobes directed backward and produced far beyond segment IX. Paratergites small, conical, as long as the slightly tricuspidate segment IX. Spiracles II to VI ventral, placed far from border; VII placed near the border and slightly visible from above; VIII dorsolateral. Color black; hind lobe of pronotum and connexivum sepia brown; labium and tarsi brown. Total length. — 8.08 mm to tip of segment IX; 8.68 mm to tips of lobes of segment VII; width of pronotum 2.88 mm; width of abdomen 3.80 mm. Holotype. — 2 , Papua New Guinea, Morobe District, Forestry Road north of Wau, 9.X. 1969 (James E. Tobler). Deposited in the collection of the Department of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, type no. 14029. It is a pleasure to dedicate this curious species to Dr. Paul H. Arnaud, Jr. He has kindly made available to me the Aradidae under his care for many years. In my key to Chinessa (1971:117) C. arnaudi, n. sp. runs to C. forfex Kormilev, 1971, but may be separated from it by: smaller size; genae relatively shorter, reaching only to 3 4 of antennal segment II (longer than segment II in forfex)-, posteroexterior angles of connexivum VI produced into acute lobes (not produced in forfex ); antennae relatively shorter, only 1.73 times as long as width of head across eyes (1.8 in forfex). Literature Cited Kormilev, N. A. 1971. Mezirinae of the Oriental Region and South Pacific (Hemiptera-Heteroptera: Aradidae). Pacific Ins. Mon., 29:1-165, 233 figs., 3 maps. Usinger, R. L., and R. Matsuda. 1959. Classification of the Aradidae (Hemiptera-Heteroptera). British Museum (Nat. Hist.), London, vii + 410 pp., 102 figs., pis. 1-4. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(2), 1984, pp. 79-87 Published 17 April 1984 Biology of the Thatching Ant Formica haemorrhoidalis Emery (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) Emma E. MacKay and William P. MacKay Departamento de Entomologia, Colegio de Graduados, Escuela Superior de Agricultura, Ciudad Juarez, Chih., Mexico. The rufa group of the genus Formica has several species with high population densities and extensive foraging areas, which makes them very important in ecosystems. The six species present in Europe have been extensively studied. The biologies of the more than 20 species that occur in North America are almost unknown. Preliminary investigations have been done by McCook (1884), Cole (1932), Weber (1935), Ayre (1957), and Talbot (1959, 1963, 1972). Here we present the biology of Formica haemorrhoidalis Emery, a species of the rufa group which occurs in southern California, USA. Formica haemorrhoi¬ dalis is a typical member of the rufa species group. It is distributed throughout the higher great plains and mountains of western North America (Brown, 1965) including North and South Dakota, Colorado, Utah, Washington, eastern Nevada to the western slopes of the Sierra Nevada Mountains (Creighton, 1950) south to the mountains of southern California (MacKay and MacKay, unpublished). Methods and Materials The study area was located in the San Bernardino Mountains of southern California, USA, on the north side of Bluff Lake at 2100 meters. The vegetation consists of yellow pine ( Pinus jejferyi Grev. and Balf.) and fir {Abies concolor (Gord. and Glend.) Lindl.). The ants are absent on highly exposed sites and on south facing slopes, but generally occur in clearings within the coniferous forest. Nest populations were estimated by complete excavation of five nests located outside of the study area. We were also able to determine the population distri¬ bution within each nest as well as the nest structure and collect the inquilines. The process of complete excavation of each nest required approximately 100 hours. Each excavation was begun before sunrise to reduce the numbers of foragers not counted. All of the individuals seen were captured and counted, as well as the brood and inquilines. The populations of nests within our study area were visually estimated, based on comparisons of activity, size, etc. with the five nests we excavated. Nest density was determined by delimiting a six hectare area and labeling all of the nests with numbered aluminum tags. The area was examined weekly to determine the movement of nests and/or formation of new nests, which were also marked. The movement of winged females and males was observed by individually marking them before the mating flights, with combinations of three different colored dots on the thorax (using Testor’s model paint). Foraging activity was determined by surrounding two nests with sheet metal buried to a depth of about 10 cm, with about 20 cm above ground. Few ants 80 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST attempted to cross the enclosure so it was not coated with tanglefoot or similar materials. Two plastic tubes (6 cm length, 2 cm diameter) were placed in the sheet metal at ground level for the entrance and exit of the ants. The longer end of each tube was about one centimeter above the ground to prevent the foragers from using the wrong tube to enter or exit the nest. Every hour (day and night) and for one day each week throughout the foraging season of 1978, we collected samples of foragers by placing a glass jar under the entrance tube for one to five minutes, depending on the level of activity. The ants were counted and returned to the nest and the numbers of foragers per hour calculated. All hours are expressed in Pacific Standard Time. Nest temperatures were measured using thermisters implanted in three different levels of the nests. Air temperatures at the soil surface were also recorded. Results and Discussion External nest structure. —The nesting sites consisted of domes made of “thatch” or pine needles, pieces of bark and other such materials, usually constructed adjacent to stumps or logs. This type of nest is characteristic of ants of the rufa species group (Ayre, 1957). Examination of 108 nests demonstrated that 59.1% consisted of thatch on logs, 37.3% of thatch on stumps, and 3.6% were constructed on the surface of the ground (MacKay and MacKay, 1982). As most of the nests were associated with logs and stumps of Pinus jejfreyi, the distribution of the ants may be limited by the distribution of the pines. The ant is more common in disturbed areas due to the greater availability of nesting sites. Observations of the 108 nests show that the thatching was more commonly placed on the east side (Fig. 1). Nest construction occurred primarily in the morning on the side which was first exposed to the sun. Scherba (1958) suggested that either the ants sense temperature and build on the warmest side, or the warmer temperatures facilitate nest building over longer periods of time and at a faster rate. Internal nest structure.— The ant population was distributed in the thatching and in chambers in logs and stumps of P. jejfreyi, made by termites, wood boring beetles or ants ( Camponotus spp.). Formica haemorrhoidalis was able to displace the original inhabitants (MacKay and MacKay, 1982). The brood were usually placed inside the chambers and protected with thatching. The larger chambers were packed with thatching. The dryer areas under the bark and upper tunnels contained primarily adult ants and pupae. The eggs, larvae, and queen(s) were found in the lower chambers. No ants were found in the hard interior of the log or stump. Areas under the bark along the roots of stumps often contained large numbers of ants. The ants were rarely found in the soil and then only in the top 5 cm. The internal nest structure is typical of the rufa group (Weber, 1935; Talbot, 1971; Kloftetal., 1973). Nest distribution and density.— The nests of F. haemorrhoidalis were located in clearings in the forest (Fig. 2). The only exception was nest #1678 in the lower right hand corner of Figure 2. This nest’s population was very small and located in an extremely rotten stump. It may have been a remnant of an area that pre¬ viously had a higher nest density which had become overgrown with trees. The colony died in the summer of 1979. The clumped nests in the clearings exchanged workers (MacKay and MacKay, in prep.). VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 81 COMPASS DIRECTION Figure 1. Distribution of thatching on the nest sites of Formica haemorrhoidalis. Many authors conclude that the nests of species of the rufa group are spaced “fairly uniformly” or “regular” ( subnitens: Ayre, 1957, 1959; opaciventris: Scher- ba, 1964). Scherba (1964) concluded that the regular spacing of nests is due to the spacing of suitable or preferred nesting sites or a tendency to locate budded Figure 2. The 6 ha study area. Horizontal lines indicate dense woods; vertical lines, semidense woods. Stippled areas indicate rocky areas with few trees. Clear areas represent clearings. Squares represent nests with populations above 20,000 adult ants; circles, above 10,000 adult ants; triangles, less than 10,000 adult ants. Encircled nests: nests which produced sexuals in 1978. The numbers refer to the individual nests. 82 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Table 1. A comparison of the nest populations of five Formica haemorrhoidalis nests. # Date Type of nesting site Adult ants Brood 1 July 1977 Stump 27,006 10,570 2 July 1977 Log 16,419 347 3 August 1977 Log 29,681 447 4 September 1977 Log 2024 0 5 April-May 1978 Thatched dome 61,000 * * Brood not counted. nests at a distance from the parental nest, an expression of territoriality. Yasuno (1964) found that colonies of F. japonica were overdispersed where they occurred in uniform low-density stands and aggregated where they occurred in species-rich areas. The nest density within the six hectare study area was 5.7 nests/ha. In other areas in the San Bernardino Mountains the nest density ranged from 1 to 15 nests/ha. Populations and nest phenologies.—The mean adult worker population was 33,529 ± 9595 SE (Table 1). The data for nest #4 were disregarded in the cal¬ culation of the mean as it was apparently an incipient nest. Each nest had several queens. Large numbers of eggs and small larvae were found in a nest excavation begun on 20 April 1978. Apparently, the queen began laying sometime before then. The last snowfall occurred on 17 April and much of the area was still covered with snow at the time excavation was begun. By the first part of July the brood pop¬ ulation reached its peak (Table 1). In late summer and fall there were few or no brood in the nest. Reproduction and nuptial flights.— The nuptial flights of Formica spp. are sel¬ dom seen (Donisthorpe, 1927). In F. haemorrhoidalis, the first winged females were seen and captured at 0900 on June 4, 1978. Others were captured on June 6 between 0800 and 0900 and July 9, 1978 at 1400. During these days the females briefly exited the nest and then reentered it. The nuptial flights began on July 17 and ended on July 23 during both summers. The first sexuals appeared at 0700. Certain conditions of temperature and sunlight act as stimuli to initiate mating flights (Ayre, 1957). On rainy days or after 1000 when the air temperature at the soil surface was above 24°C the sexuals remained inside the nests. The same individuals made several trips in and out of the nest before the flight, appearing each morning until they finally flew. Workers usually ignored them, but occasionally a worker would attempt to follow a female, capture and wrestle with her, but she always escaped and continued moving away from the nest. The males were more cautious than the females. When they exited from the nest, they either immediately flew or rapidly returned to the nest. Both sexes climbed plants or other objects before flying. They usually flew upward in a spiral path until they were above the pine trees and then flew north. The females completed more spirals to reach the top of the trees, possibly because they were larger and heavier than the males. The workers encouraged the sexuals to climb vegetation and fly by biting their legs and gaster. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 83 Only a few sexuals left the nests each day. We could not find a swarming area. One pair was observed to copulate in the air: A male on a nest flew directly to a female which was flying nearby and captured her at an altitude of three meters. Both fell to the ground and continued copulation. After mating, the females landed on objects such as trees and vegetation near established nests (occasionally they landed on the investigators). After a few sec¬ onds they flew to the nest surface and entered the nest with no interaction from the workers of the nest. During the nuptial flight, nest queens also emerged and took up positions on high objects, presumably waiting for males to reinseminate them, as was reported by Marikovsky (1961). We did not observe mating in such females. Apparently only a small portion of the nests in the six hectare study area produced sexuals. In 1978, sexuals were observed leaving only nests #1644, 1786, 1795, and 1829 (Fig. 2, encircled nests), 12% of the nests in the study area. All of the other nests in the study area were checked each day. Surprisingly it was the smaller and not the larger nests that produced sexuals (Fig. 2). Two of the nests (#1795 and #1829) were less than a year old. Nest #1644 produced sexuals during both 1977 and 1978. Sexuals emerged from each of the nests in the study area at the same time. Each nest apparently produced only a few reproductives. In 1978, we captured and marked 11 females and 12 males from nest #1644; 46 females and 4 males from nest #1786; 15 females and 11 males from nest #1795, and 71 females and one male from nest #1829. Certainly we did not capture all of the reproductives, especially the males, but our evidence indicates that few are produced in this species. Most ant species produce large numbers of reproductives (MacKay, 1981). As the mated queens of F. haemorrhoidalis are allowed to enter established nests, the mortality rate would be much lower than that which occurs in other species where the females must individually found new nests. In 1978, at least 143 females were produced in the 6 ha study area and 11 were seen to enter established nests. There were undoubtedly more females that entered nests which we did not observe, because we could not observe more than two nests at any one time. Nest formation .—Ant species which practice secondary pleometrosis (mated females enter established nests) usually practice a form of nest formation referred to as “budding.” It is simply an emigration of part of a nest to a new nesting site. When workers locate a suitable site, they begin to carry other individuals to the new site. Within a few days there is considerable movement of carried individuals from the “mother” nest to the “daughter” nest. The winged females of F. hae¬ morrhoidalis are carried in the same manner as the workers, but are heavier and more difficult for the workers to carry. The males refuse to be carried and have to be dragged to the new nesting site. We observed the formation of two permanent nests by budding. The first one began on September 10, 1977, and was completed by October 10, 1977, at a distance of 27 meters from the mother nest. The second one occurred around July 17, 1978, at a distance of 23 meters from the mother nest. The process creates some confusion or conflict as individuals are carried in both directions. During two periods of observation (15 minutes each) on 10 September 1977, 62 and 19 workers, respectively, were carried to the “daughter” nest, while 14 and 12 were carried back to the “mother” nest. During a 15 minute 84 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST period on 21 September 1977, 26 were carried to the “daughter” nest and 3 were carried back to the “mother” nest. There is considerable interest in secondary pleometrosis and budding of nests in ants as there may be a conflict among the workers as to which shall stay with the parental queen and which shall go with the new queen (Macevicz, 1979). It would be interesting to use electrophoresis to determine the relationships of the individuals involved. Of the 11 mated females observed entering established nests, apparently only one was reentering the nest she left. The other 10 females were not marked and therefore presumably came from nests which were outside of the 6 ha study area. They were entering established nests other than those they left and thus were not “sisters” of the workers in the nest. Movement of colonies. — Ants move the entire colony and even the nest material when conditions become unfavorable (Donisthorpe, 1927). We witnessed the movement of one nest to at least three different locations in the 1978 season. Apparently, the first location was too small; the second one was a recently cut stump which did not have chambers produced by other insects. The third location was in a shaded area. The fourth location was not found; the nest may have died. The time between the movements varied between one and two weeks. The process of moving was similar to budding. The worker ants carried all the brood and many of the coworkers. When the nest queens were moving, the ants became alert and assumed an attacking position. The process of moving lasted up to three to four days; during the process the ants did not forage. No other nests were seen to change locations in the study area in the two years of observations. Interactions between nests.— There was considerable movement of workers be¬ tween nests, especially in the spring (MacKay and MacKay, in prep.). This species showed no aggressiveness between individuals, even when we mixed workers that were collected from areas several kilometers apart. Three winged females from three different nests were placed together in a large glass jar. There was no aggres¬ sion between them and one was observed cleaning the antennae and thorax of the other two individuals. They commonly engaged in trophallaxis. Foraging. — Foraging began early in the spring when there was still snow on the ground and continued until the first heavy snowfall in the winter (May to October). The ants foraged 24 hours a day throughout most of the foraging season, with a small peak in activity about mid-morning and a much larger peak in late afternoon (Fig. 3). The number of foragers was low between 0200 and 0500 and between 1000 and 1600. Foraging did not stop during rain. When there was a full moon the ants increased their nocturnal activity, possibly due to better visibility. The radius of the foraging area extended up to 23 meters from the nest. The prey and food consisted primarily of insects and honey dew from aphids (Vielma et al., in prep.). Daily foraging activity was apparently influenced by temperature (Fig. 3). Dur¬ ing the hottest times of the day, most foragers were inside the nest. Ants outside the nest took refuge beneath pine cones and other objects or waited in the shade of pine trees until the afternoon when the temperature dropped. Inquilines. — Several species of guests occurred near or inside the nests of F. haemorrhoidalis. Many were accidentals, but others could have relationships with the ants or other animals in the mound involving commensalism, mutualism or predation. Formica haemorrhoidalis is insectivorous and destroys large numbers of insects (Vielma et al., in prep.), but apparently does not harm the numerous VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 85 17,700 Figure 3. Daily foraging activity of a nest of Formica haemorrhoidalis and changes in temperature of the nest on 15 July 1978. species of inquilines. The most common guests include various species of beetles listed by MacKay (1980). In addition we collected many Goniusa alperti Kistner (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae) in the nests, which also occur in the nests of F. ob- scuripes in Washington (Kistner, pers. comm.). Myrmecophila manni Schimmer (Orthoptera: Gryllidae) is very common within the nests. Other ant species found nesting in the domes include Leptothorax hirticornis Emery, L. andrei Emery and L. muscorum (Nylander), the latter being very common. A colony of Manica bradleyi (Wheeler) was found within one nest. Numerous unidentified spiders were also collected in the nests. Aggressive behavior.— The workers exhibit aggressive behavior when the nest is directly attacked or disturbed, when they are collecting prey, and when they are moving the queens to a new nesting site. The adult workers lift the anterior part of their body and direct their antennae forward when approached at a distance of 30 cm. Following this, they double the gaster under the thorax and squirt a liquid containing formic acid up to 30 cm. Individuals can squirt consecutively at least twice. Repeated attack causes irritation of the skin ultimately leading to the formation of painful blisters and peeling of the skin. Summary Studies of the biology of Formica haemorrhoidalis Emery were conducted in the San Bernardino Mountains of southern California, USA. The nesting sites 86 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST were stumps or logs covered with pine needles and other plant materials. Colonies contained a mean of 33,529 adult ants. Oviposition began in early April, peak populations of brood occurred in July. Nest density ranged from 1 to 15 nests/ ha. Nuptial flights occurred in July; relatively few reproductives were produced. The mated females entered established nests, but usually not the same nest they were raised in. New nests were formed by emigration of part of an established nest. Foraging occurred from May to October. The ants foraged 24 hours a day with a small peak in activity in midmorning and a larger peak in later afternoon. Numerous inquilines were found in the nests, especially beetles, crickets, and other species of ants. Acknowledgments The United States Forest Service generously granted permission to conduct the investigation on property under their jurisdiction. A. Fran§oeur verified the iden¬ tification of Formica haemorrhoidalis. D. Kistner, F. Andrews, and K. Cooper identified the beetles. An anonymous reviewer made many valuable suggestions in the manuscript. The research was partially supported by Sigma Xi, the Scientific Research Society of North America. Literature Cited Ayre, G. L. 1957. Ecological notes on Formica subnitens Creighton (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Ins. Sociaux, 4(3): 173-176. -. 1959. Food habits of Formica subnitens Creighton (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) at Westbank British Columbia. Ins. Sociaux, 6(2): 105-114. Brown, W. M. 1965. Studies on North American ants. I. The Formica integra subgroup. Entomol. News, 76:181-186. Cole, A. C. 1932. The thatching ant Formica obscuripes Forel. Psyche, 39(l-2):30-33. Creighton, W. S. 1950. The ants of North America. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 104:1-585 + 57 plates. Donisthorpe, H. 1927. British ants. 2nd ed. Toutledge and Sons, London, xiii 4 - 244 pp. Kloft, W. J., R. C. Wilkinson, W. H. Whitcomb, and E. S. Kloft. 1973. Formica integra (Hyme¬ noptera: Formicidae); I. Habitat, nest construction, polygyny, and biometry. Fla. Entomol. 56(2):67-76. Macevicz, S. 1979. Some consequences of Fisher’s sex ratio principle for social hymenoptera that reproduce by colony fission. Amer. Nat., 113:363-371. MacKay, W. P. 1980. Ptomophagus californicus (Leconte) (Coleoptera: Leiodidae), an inquiline in the nests of the ant Formica haemorrhoidalis Emery. Coleopt. Bull., 34(l):79-83. -. 1981. A comparison of the nest phenologies of three species of Pogonomyrmex harvester ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Psyche, 88(l-2):25-74. -, and E. MacKay. 1982. Coexistence and competitive displacement involving two native ant species (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Southwest. Nat., 27(2): 135-142. Marikovsky, P. I. 1961. Material on sexual biology of the ant Formica rufa L. Ins. Sociaux, 8(1): 23-30. McCook, H. C. 1884. The rufous thatching ant of Dakota and Colorado. Proc. Acad. Natur. Sci. Philad., Part I, PP- 57-65. Scherba, G. 1958. Reproduction, nest orientation and population structure of an aggregation of mound nests of Formica ulkei Emery (Formicidae). Ins. Sociaux, 5(2):201—213. -. 1964. Species replacement as a factor affecting distribution of Formica opaciventris Emery. J. N.Y. Ent. Soc., 72:231-237. Talbot, M. 1959. Flight activities of two species of ants of the genus Formica. Am. Midi. Nat., 61(1): 124-132. -. 1963. Nest structure and flights of the ant Formica obscuriventris. Anim. Behav., 12:154- 158. -. 1971. Flights of the ant Formica dakotensis Emery. Psyche, 78(3): 169—179. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 87 -. 1972. Flights and swarms of the ant Formica obscuripes Forel. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc., 45(2): 254-258. Weber, N. 1935. The biology of the thatching ant, Formica rufa obscuripes Forel, in North Dakota. Ecol. Monographs, 5(2): 166-206. Yasuno, M. 1964. The study of the ant population in the grassland at Mt. Flakkoda II. The distribution pattern of ant nests at the Kayano grassland. Science Reports of the Tohoku University Sendai, Japan. Ser. 4(Biol), 30(l):43-55. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(2), 1984, pp. 88-93 Published 17 April 1984 Descriptions of the Nearctic Larvae of Pseudosmittia gracilis, Mesocricotopus thienemanni and Heleniella nr. ornaticollis (Diptera: Chironomidae: Orthocladiinae) John W. Steiner U.S. Geological Survey, National Water Quality Laboratory, 6481-H Peachtree Industrial Boulevard, Doraville, Georgia 30340. The works of European chironomid taxonomists have been used extensively by their North American counterparts (Roback, 1957; Simpson and Bode, 1980; and many others). The review compilations by Pankratova (1970) and Strenzke (1950) have proved to be especially useful for the identification of the larvae of the subfamily Orthocladiinae. Because many species of this subfamily are holarctic in their distribution (Beck, 1980), specific identifications of nearctic larvae can often be made based on European descriptions. This is especially true when the measurements and morphological characters of North American larvae are con¬ gruent with those of European specimens, as in Pseudosmittia gracilis Goetghe- buer. Specific identifications can also be made when the larvae are extremely distinctive and the genus is monotypic as in Mesocricotopus thienemanni Brundin. The specimens for this study were collected in conjunction with U.S. Geological Survey water resource projects. The descriptions that follow are the first that are complete for the larval stages and also the first that are based on nearctic speci¬ mens. The diagnoses should be useful in water quality investigations. Unless otherwise noted, the measurements in the descriptions are means expressed in microns. The terminology follows Saether’s (1980a) glossary. Pseudosmittia gracilis Goetghebuer Diagnosis. — The larvae of the genus Pseudosmittia Strenzke can be distin¬ guished from those of all other nearctic Orthocladiinae by the following combi¬ nation of characters: procerci absent; seta interna of mandible absent; antennae reduced with segment I short and square; SI and SII bifid with equal rami; semi¬ terrestrial habitat. The larva of P. gracilis differs from the other known species of the genus in these characters: anal tubules hemispherical; mandible with 4 subequal inner teeth; antennal blade as long as segment I; premandible with 2 inner lobes and 2 sharp teeth (Fig. 1). Examined larvae (n = 4) were collected from Bitter Creek near Fort LaClede, Wyoming on November 4, 1976. 4th instar larva. — Head capsule brown with darker mouth parts and occipital margin. Body gray-white. Total length of larva about 3.3 mm. Head. — Length about 330, width about 265; eyespots large, single. Mentum with 11 teeth in shallow arc; median tooth with center peaked; width: 103. Ven- tromental plates thin, short and curving to the base of mentum. Mandible with 4 short lateral teeth and a peg-like seta subdentalis; length: 113. Premandible bent at a right angle with 2 blunt inner lobes and 2 long sharp teeth; apical tooth light colored; length: 63. Antenna reduced, 3-segmented with blade about as long as VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 89 Figure 1. Pseudosmittia gracilis fourth-instar larva. Head, ventral aspect. Inset: antenna. first segment; length of segments: 10:3:1; 1st segment about as wide as long with a large ring organ. Epipharynx with SI and SII bifid with equal rami; pecten epipharyngis consists of 3 small teeth. Body. — Procerci absent. Posterior parapods reduced, each with 6-8 small yellow claws. Anal tubules hemispherical. Body segments without setae. The larva of this species has been described and partially illustrated by Thie- nemann (1944), Strenzke (1950) and Pankratova (1970). It has not previously been reported from North America. Because they are usually terrestrial, the larvae of Pseudosmittia gracilis are seldom found in streams except after torrential rains or cave-ins. Although at least nine species of this genus are described in European literature, P. setavena (Saether, 1969) is the only described (adult stages) nearctic species. A larva designated as “Pseudosmittia group” was keyed and pictured by Oliver et al. (1978). 90 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Mesocricotopus thienemanni Brundin Diagnosis. — This is a monotypic genus that can be differentiated from other nearctic Orthocladiinae by these characters: Antennae 5-segmented with segment III very short and square; antennal blade exceeds antennal apex; ring organ at about 0.4 of segment I; premandible simple with a clear inner lobe; mandible with 3 small inner teeth and a smooth subdental margin; mentum with 12 dark teeth with median teeth very large and laterally indented (Fig. 2). Examined larva was collected from Sikolik Lake, Alaska on July 7, 1977. 4th instar larva. — Head capsule light brown with dark brown mouthparts. Body light tan. Total length of larva 5.9 mm. Head. — Length about 335, width about 260. Mentum dark brown with 12 teeth; median teeth very large with lateral indentations; sides of mentum nearly parallel; width: 110. Ventromental plates very thin and curving to basal lateral corners of the mentum. Mandible with 3 small subequal inner teeth and a short clear seta subdentalis; length: 93. Premandible simple and slightly bent; length: 64. Antenna with blade exceeding apex; length of segments: 30:12:2:13:4. Antennal tubercles prominent. Epipharynx with SI bifid and SII simple; pecten epipharyngis consists of 3 narrow sharp teeth. Body. — Posterior parapods each with 14 variable light yellow claws. Procerci sclerotized each with 7-8 anal setae. Anal tubules pointed and digitate. Abdominal segments with scattered simple setae. Chernovskii (1949) keyed this larva as “Orthocladiinae gen.? karelica ” and stated that it was found in “lakes and rivers of Karelia, [USSR] rare.” Pankratova (1970) placed this species in the genus Limnophyes Eaton. Saether (1980b) stated that the larva corresponds to adults described by Brundin (1956) as Mesocrico¬ topus. Later in a personal communication, Dr. Saether stated that the species is M. thienemanni and that the larvae are “. . . found in the littoral to the profundal zones of oligo- and mesotrophic lakes.” The species is apparently holarctic, but confined to boreal regions. Heleniella nr. ornaticollis Edwards Diagnosis. — The larvae of Heleniella Gowin are distinctive in the following set of characters: antenna 6-segmented with blade exceeding apex and segment II interrupted; premandible bifid with an inner lobe; SI plumose; mentum with 12 teeth with last lateral teeth larger than penultimates; mandible with one sharp and two blunt inner teeth (Fig. 3). The species described below has not been associated with adults and no other larva of this genus has been described from North America. Therefore a specific diagnosis is not possible. Examined larvae (n = 7) were collected from an unnamed creek near Huntingdon, Utah on June 7, 1977. 4th instar larvae. — Head capsule yellow with cinnamon brown mouth parts. Body gray-white. Total length of larva about 5.2 mm. Head. — Length about 340, width about 250. Mentum with 12 unicolorous teeth; median teeth tallest with a distinctive U-shaped notch between them; 4th lateral teeth recessed between 3rd and 5th laterals; width: 90. Ventromental plates with anterior margins overlying the bases of the 2nd and 3rd mental teeth. Mandible with apical tooth and first inner tooth sharply pointed; subdental seta small; length: 80. Premandible bifid with a blunt inner lobe; length: 67. Antenna 6-segmented VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 91 Figure 2. Mesocricotopus thienemanni fourth-instar larva. Head, ventral aspect. with blade exceeding apex; segment II interrupted at about 0.2; segment VI thread¬ like and difficult to see; length of segments: 48:23:6:5:3:2. Epipharynx with SI plumose with 6-8 short points; SII simple; pecten epipharyngis consisting of 3- 5 blunt lobes. Body. — Procerci short, yellow and sclerotized, each with 8-10 anal setae. Pos¬ terior parapods each with 16 clear simple claws. Anterior parapods each with 60- 90 mostly pectinate yellow claws. Epilithic diatoms such as Synedra and Cymbella were found in the guts which 92 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figure 3. Heleniella nr. ornaticollis fourth-instar larva. Head, ventral aspect. explains the worn condition of the mouthparts of most larvae. Saether (1969) described Heleniella curtistyla and H. hirta from adults and pupae collected in Canada. The larvae described here may correspond to either of these species or VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 93 to an unknown species. The specimens appear to be very similar to H. ornaticollis as keyed and illustrated by Cranston (1979). Heleniella larvae are found primarily in boreal or montane streams. All specimens are deposited in the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Laboratory permanent collection in Doraville, Georgia. Acknowledgments My good friends, Broughton Caldwell and Craig Moore, reviewed the manu¬ script and offered many comments and suggestions. Their patient help is greatly appreciated. I thank Dr. O. A. Saether who identified to species my drawing of Mesocricotopus thienemanni. Literature Cited Beck, W. M. 1980. Interesting new chironomid records for the southern United States (Diptera: Chironomidae). J. Georgia Entomol. Soc., 15( 1):64—73. Brundin, L. 1956. Zur Systematik der Orthocladiinae (Dipt. Chironomidae). Rep. Inst. Freshwat. Res. Drottningholm, 37:5-185. Chemovskii, A. A. 1949. Identification of larvae of the midge family Tendipedidae. Inst. Akad. Nauk. SSSR. 31. English translation of Russian by E. Lees, Freshwater Biological Association, K. E. Marshall (ed.). National Lending Library of Science and Technology, Boston Spa, York¬ shire, England (1961), pp. 1-293. Cranston, P. S. 1979. The biosystematics of British aquatic larval Orthocladiinae. Ph.D. thesis, Queen Mary College, University of London. Oliver, D. R., D. McClymont, and M. E. Roussel. 1978. A key to some larvae of Chironomidae (Diptera) from the Mackenzie and Porcupine River watersheds. Can. Fish. Mar. Serv. Tech. Rep., 791:1-73. Pankratova, V. YA. 1970. Larvae and pupae of midges of the subfamily Orthocladiinae of the fauna of the U.S.S.R. (Diptera, Chironomidae = Tendipedidae). Inst. Akad. Nauk. SSSR, 102:1-343. (In Russian) Roback, S. S. 1957. The immature tendipedids of the Philadelphia area. Monogr. Acad. Natur. Sci. Philadelphia, 9:1-152 + 28 pis. Saether, O. A. 1969. Some Nearctic Podonominae, Diamesinae, and Orthocladiinae (Diptera: Chi¬ ronomidae). Bull. Fish. Res. Bd. Can., 170:1-154. -. 1980. Glossary of chironomid morphology terminology (Diptera: Chironomidae). Entomol. Scand. Suppl., 14:1-51. -. 1980b. The females and immatures of Paracricotopus Thienemann and Hamisch, 1932, with the description of a new species (Diptera: Chironomidae). Aquatic Insects, 2(3): 129-145. Simpson, K. W., and R. W. Bode. 1980. Common larvae of Chironomidae (Diptera) from New York State streams and rivers with particular reference to the fauna of artificial substrates. New York State Mus. Bull., 439, 105:1-105. Strenzke, K. 1950. Systematik, Morphologie und Okologie der terrestrischen Chironomiden. Arch. Hydrobiol. Suppl., 18:207-414. Thienemann, A. 1944. Bestimmungstabellen fur die bis jetzt bekannten Larven und Puppen der Orthocladiinen (Diptera Chironomidae). Arch. Hydrobiol., 39:551-664. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(2), 1984, pp. 94-96 Published 17 April 1984 Meridic Diet for Rearing of the Host Specific Tropical Wood-borer Plagithmysus bilineatus (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) John D. Stein and Janis E. Haraguchi Pacific Southwest Forest and Range Experiment Station, Forest Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Berkeley, California, and Honolulu, Hawaii. Abstract.— A synthetic diet was successfully developed to rear Plagithmysus bilineatus, a host specific tropical wood-borer. Host material incorporated into the diet stimulated 1 st instar larval feeding immediately after eclosion. The basic diet was also used to rear Plagithmysus funebris, Plagithmysus varians, Phora- cantha semipunctata, Curtomerus flavus, Placosternus crinicornis, and Sybra al¬ ter nans. The tropical wood-borer Plagithmysus bilineatus Sharp is an endemic pest associated with the decline of ohia-lehua ( Metrosideros polymorpha Gaudichaud) on the island of Hawaii (Papp et al., 1979). Concern for potential impact on the ohia ecosystem prompted biological studies that necessitated rearing Plagithmysus on artificial diet. Several modifications of Adkisson’s et al. (1960) diet for the pink bollworm, Pectinophora gossypiella (Saunders), have been used to rear wood-borers. Harley and Willson’s (1968) modification was developed for rearing the lantana borer, Plagiohammus spinipennis Thomson, and Gardiner (1970) incorporated pulver¬ ized plant material into his version to successfully rear temperate species of cerambycid borers. We used both diets in Hawaii to rear adult beetles from larvae collected in the field up to 40 days prior to pupation. However, our efforts to rear the 1st instar larva on these diets were unsuccessful. This paper reports yet another modification of the diet developed by Adkisson et al. (1960) for the pink bollworm. The modified diet, which is easier to prepare, differs from Adkisson’s diet in several ingredients. It has proven useful in labo¬ ratory cultures of Plagithmysus bilineatus and several other endemic and intro¬ duced cerambycids. Preparation To prepare 1500 ml of the diet (Table 1), first add agar to 900 ml of distilled water in a 1000-ml beaker and bring to a boil. After the agar dissolves, pour the solution into a large Waring Commercial Blender (CB-6) and slowly add peptone, Vanderzant Adkisson Wheat Germ Diet (ICN Pharmaceuticals, Inc.) and 15 g of ohia-lehua sawdust. 1 Blend for 2 minutes at low speed. Then pour the mixture 1 Trade names and commercial enterprises or products are mentioned solely for information. No endorsement by the U.S. Department of Agriculture is implied. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 95 Table 1. Composition of the Meridic diet used to rear Plagithmysus bilineatus with quantity of ingredients per 1500 ml of media. Ingredients Quantity Water 1260 ml Agar 70 g Vanderzant Adkisson Wheat Germ Diet 187.5 g Sawdust 15 g Peptone 3g Inhibitor: Ethyl alcohol (95%) 16.6 ml Sorbic acid 2g Methyl p-hydroxybenzoate 1.4 g Potassium hydroxide (KOH) 3 g Vanderzant Modification Vitamin Mixture 75 g from the blender into three 1000-ml beakers, cover with foil, and autoclave for 15 minutes at 15 psi. While the wheat germ and sawdust mixture is in the au¬ toclave, mix the alcohol, sorbic acid, methyl p-hydroxybenzoate, potassium hy¬ droxide, and Yanderzant Modification Vitamin Mixture (ICN Pharmaceuticals, Inc.) into 360 ml of distilled water until they dissolve. Remove the agar mixture from the autoclave and cool to 50°C, then add the antimicrobial-vitamin solution to the agar and mix in the blender for 2 minutes at low speed. Pour liquified diet into 9 x 50 mm petri dishes with snap-tight lids or 16 x 100 mm disposable petri dishes until three-fourths full. The petri dishes can be stored in the refrigerator until needed. The Plagithmysus diet, compared with that of Adkisson, deletes the antimicro¬ bial butyl p-hydroxybenzoate and adds linseed oil, cholesterol, and ascorbic acid— which are in the wheat germ diet—and peptone, potassium hydroxide, and ohia- lehua sawdust. The incorporated sawdust stimulates feeding and improves larval acceptance of the diet immediately after hatching. Insect Culture Eggs were obtained by caging wild-type males and females in the laboratory at 21°C. Small pieces (4x10 cm) of ohia-lehua bark placed on the cage floor were examined daily for eggs, which were collected and placed in small petri dishes. Immediately after eclosion, 1 st instar larvae were transferred to the diet in petri dishes with snap-tight lids. As the larvae matured they were transferred to the larger petri dishes. Plagithmysus bilineatus development time from the egg to the adult stage dif¬ fered significantly between the wild-type and diet-reared specimens (P < 0.01). Wild-type specimens developed in an average of 269.6 days (SE 4.71) compared with 171.4 days (SE 2.31) for diet-reared specimens. Size of adults reared on the diet did not differ significantly from that of wild-type specimens {P < 0.05). Av¬ erage dry weight of laboratory-reared adults (28.7 mg, SE 1.01) and wild-type adults (27.0 mg, SE 0.88) was similar. Of the adults reared from the egg stage, 17% had deformed metatarsal segments. This deformity was nonexistent for those field collected larvae placed on the diet 96 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST after the 2nd instar and may be indicative of some nutrient deficiency in the first two instars. Larval mortality was 37% and was attributed primarily to injury of 1 st instar larva during transfer to the media. Discussion Use of this synthetic diet will reduce the development time of P. bilineatus and produce laboratory-reared adults equivalent to the wild-type in size. This media has not been evaluated for effects such as fecundity, loss of host preference, or other criteria necessary for continuous laboratory rearing, but may serve as a basis for modified diets of numerous tropical woodborers. The synthetic diet proved successful for rearing other endemic beetles when sawdust from host trees was substituted for ohia-lehua sawdust. We reared Pla- githmysus funebris Sharp on diet containing mamane, Sophora chrysophylla (Salis¬ bury), sawdust and Plagithmysus varians Sharp on diet containing koa, Acacia koa Gray, sawdust. We also reared late instar larvae of the introduced beetles Phoracantha semi- punctata (Fabricius) and Curtomerus flavus (Fabricius) on diet with Eucalyptus robusta Smith sawdust, and Placosternus crinicornis (Chevrolet) and Sybra alter- nans (Wiedeman) on diet with koa sawdust added. Late instar larvae of Plagith¬ mysus bilineatus, which is host specific on ohia-lehua, also developed on the modified diet to which Eucalyptus robusta or koa sawdust had been added. The development of Curtomerus flavus, Placosternus crinicornis, Sybra alternans, and Plagithmysus bilineatus on diet with sawdust of nonhost tree species indicates that acceptance of the diet was not a critical factor after the 2nd instar. This agrees with observations made by Gardiner (1970). Literature Cited Adkisson, P. L., E. S. Vanderzant, D. K. Bull, and W. E. Allison. 1960. A wheat germ medium for rearing the pink bollworm. J. Econ. Entomol., 53:759-762. Gardiner, L. M. 1970. Rearing wood-boring beetles (Cerambycidae) on artificial diet. Canad. Ento¬ mol., 102:113-117. Harley, K. L. S., and B. W. Willson. 1968. Propagation of a cerambycid borer on a meridic diet. Canad. J. Zool., 46:1265-1266. Papp, R. P., J. T. Kliejunas, R. S. Smith, Jr., and R. F. Scharpf. 1979. Association of Plagithmysus bilineatus (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) and Phytophthora cinnamomi with the decline of’ohi’a- lehua forests on the island of Hawaii. For. Sci., 25:187-196. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(2), 1984, pp. 97-100 Published 17 April 1984 The Genus Acanthodoryctes Turner (Hymenoptera, Braconidae): Redescription and New Generic Synonymy Donald L. J. Quicke Department of Zoology, University of Nottingham, Nottingham, NG7 2RD England. The classification of many tropical genera of Braconinae has been in a state of considerable confusion for many years and is not yet fully sorted out. The Aus¬ tralian genus Acanthodoryctes Turner which belongs to the subfamily Doryctinae (see Shenefelt and Marsh, 1976) was based on Iphiaulax morleyi Froggatt; Iphiau¬ lax itself belongs to the subfamily Braconinae. Recently, the author had the op¬ portunity of examining the type of the Indo-Australian genus Bispinariopsis Fah- ringer which is currently placed among the Braconinae (Shenefelt, 1978) and found it to be a doryctine agreeing well with the description of Acanthodoryctes and all the specimens under Iphiaulax morleyi in the British Museum (Natural History) collections; the type specimen of Acanthodoryctes has not been located. Below, features of Acanthodoryctes are described and illustrated for the first time, and the type species of Bispinariopsis is transferred to this genus. Genus Acanthodoryctes Turner Acanthodoryctes Turner, 1918:55. Type species: Iphiaulax morleyi Froggatt, lo¬ cation of type not known. Original designation. Bispinariopsis Fahringer, 1942:37. Type species: Atanycolus tomentosus Szepli- geti, in Hungarian Natural History Museum, Budapest. Monobasic and original designation. NEW SYNONYMY. Generic diagnosis. — Both sexes: Terminal flagellomere formed into a point at the apex; basal flagellomere nearly twice as long as broad; all flagellomeres lon¬ gitudinally striate and longer than broad. Scapus and pedicellus short and shiny. Maxillary palp six segmented. Hypoclypeal depression deep and dorsally rounded; clypeus rugose; face in the centre smooth and raised, forming a ridge between the antennal sockets, this central area also narrowing ventrally; face irregularly, coarse¬ ly punctured laterally. Face and clypeus with long pale hairs. Frontal depression deep. Head cuboid without an occipital margin. Pronotum produced anteriorly, margined anteriorly and dorsolaterally, within these margins (on the pronope) there are a pair of mid-lateral, longitudinal ridges which are formed into strong dorsal pointing spines, and with a short mid-posterior ridge (Figs. 1 and 2). Middle lobe of the mesonotum smooth and shiny, notauli shallow and wide with a few weak striae; posteriorly the notauli are margined on the medial side, these margins enclosing a sunken area with a median carina. Scutellar sulcus deep with approximately six crenulations. Scutellum smooth but axillae crenulate. Metanotum with three prominent medial, longitudinal carinae. Propodeum reticulate with a pair of more prominent carinae running anteriorly 98 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figures 1-4. $ Acanthodoryctes tomentosus (Szepligeti) comb. n. 1. Pronope and anterior of mesonotum dorsal view. 2. Pronotum and anterior of mesothorax lateral view. 3. Propodeum and first metasomal tergite dorsal view. 4. Right hind wing. Scale bar: Figures 1-3, 1 mm; Figure 4, 2 mm. from its hind margin. Most of the propodeal sculpture is obscured by dense, long, white, flattened hairs (Fig. 3). Metasoma: Tergite 1 about IV 2 X longer than apically broad (Fig. 3), with a raised central area bordered laterally by the dorsal carinae. The lateral areas are obscured by long white hairs, the median area is generally smooth with some longitudinal striations apically. Tergites 2 to 5 with coarse foveate sculpture and with the hind margins densely covered with medially pointing white hairs. Tergite 2 with a very large, slightly raised medial area covering most of the tergum. Wings: Forewing about % the length of the thorax and abdomen combined; nervus recurrens interstitial, nervulus postfurcal, parastigma large and continuous with the basalis. Radial cell reaching the wing margin % the way between the apex of the stigma and the wing-tip. Second abscissa of the radius more than 2 x length of the first. Subdiscoideus quite well developed, nearly reaching the wing margin. First brachial cell long; second abscissa of discoideus approximately 0.6 x media. Hindwing (Fig. 4); submediellan cell large, nervellus running distally towards wing margin, basella postfurcal, postnervellus absent. Legs: Fore femur broad, of equal length to tibia. Fore tibia with a longitudinal row of pegs (“spines” or chaetobothria), tibial spur flattened and densely setose. Middle legs with a row of weaker pegs along the tibiae. Hind femur only 3 x longer than broad; tibia slightly longer than femur; tibial spurs setose and ap¬ proximately 0.3 x length of basitarsus; hind basitarsus without spines. All claws unidentate, narrow with a poorly developed basal lobe. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 99 Acanthodoryctes tomentosus (Szepligeti), New Combination Acanthodoryctes tomentosus (Szepligeti), comb. nov. ( =Atanycolus tomentosus Szepligeti; =Bispinariopsis tomentosus : Fahringer). Since A. tomentosus, comb. nov. is the type species of Bispinariopsis, the latter becomes a junior synonym of Acanthodoryctes. Discussion The initial placement of both Iphiaulax morleyi and Atanycolus tomentosus in the Braconinae was probably largely due to the following combination of char¬ acters: i) Occipital carina absent (apomorphous), ii) Second cubital cell long (plesiomorphous), iii) Postnervellus absent (apomorphous), iv) Tergite 1 with a raised central area, v) Hind coxae with neither teeth nor tubercles (doubtful state) However, Acanthodoryctes shows great affinities to the Doryctinae: i) Fore and middle tibiae with a row of pegs (apomorphous), ii) Maxillary palp six segmented (plesiomorphous), iii) Submediellan cell long (plesiomorphous), iv) Crenulate axillae (? plesiomorphous), v) Head cubicoid (plesiomorphous; both cubicoid and transverse heads are found in the Braconinae), vi) Tergite 1 of metasoma with well developed dorsal carinae (plesiomorphous). A number of genera of Braconinae possess stout bristles or pegs on the fore tibiae (e.g. Merinotus Szepligeti, Glyptomorpha Holmgren), however in these the bristles form a large patch rather than a distinct row. The tibial pegs of the tribe Hister- omerini also form a patch; this tribe has in the past been regarded as belonging to both the Braconinae and the Doryctinae (Achterberg, 1976). The present author prefers to regard the Histeromerini as doryctines on the basis of venation and the six segmented maxillary palps. The presence of an occipital carina cannot be taken as a diagnostic feature of the Doryctinae (Marsh, 1970) since it is also absent in Liobracon Szepligeti, Liodoryctes Szepligeti and Binarea Brulle; its loss is a wide¬ spread apomorphous feature in the Braconidae (Tobias, 1967; Papp, 1974; Ach¬ terberg, 1976). The raised medial area on the first tergite of Acanthodoryctes is significantly different from the area which partially characterises the Braconinae in that it is bordered by the dorsal carinae and therefore widens towards the base of the segment. Acanthodoryctes appears close to Liobracon with which it shares the following characters: i) Occipital carina absent, ii) Head cubicoid, iii) Pronotum with margins enclosing a deep transverse excavation (apomor¬ phous), iv) Converging carinae at junction of notauli (? apomorphous), v) Hind coxae simple, 100 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST vi) Hind femora short and broad, vii) Dense silvery hairs on side of thorax and propodeum (apomorphous). Acanthobracon may be separated from Liobracon by the pronotal teeth, absence of a postnervellus and by the radiellan cell not being divided by a spurious vein. Acknowledgments I wish to thank Dr. Jeno Papp (Budapest) for loan of the type specimen of Atanycolus tomentosus and Mr. Tom Huddleston for allowing me access to British Museum specimens of Iphiaulax morleyi. Literature Cited Achterberg, C. van. 1976. A preliminary key to the subfamilies of the Braconidae (Hymenoptera). Tijdschr. Ent.,119(3):33—78. Marsh, P. M. 1970. The Nearctic Doryctinae, VIII. The genera Liobracon and Pedinotus, with notes on the definition of the subfamily (Hymenoptera, Braconidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 72(3): 313-317. Papp, J. 1974. A study on the systematics of Braconidae (Hymenoptera). Folia Entomol. Hung., 27(2): 109-133. Shenefelt, R. D. 1978. Hymenopterorum catalogus (nov. ed.). Part 15. Braconidae, 10:1459. -, and Marsh, P. M. 1976. Hymenopterorum catalogus (nov. ed.). Part 15. Braconidae, 9: 1264-1265. Tobias, V. I. 1967. A review of the classification, phylogeny and evolution of the family Braconidae (Hymenoptera). Ent. Obozr., 46(3):645-669. (In Russian) PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(2), 1984, pp. 101-113 Published 17 April 1984 Filacus , A New Genus for Four Species of Sawflies Previously Placed in Macrophya or Zaschizonyx (Hymenoptera: Tenthredinidae) David R. Smith and Gary A. P. Gibson (DRS) Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agricultural Research Ser¬ vice, USDA, % U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560; (GAPG) Department of Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta T6G 2E3, Canada. Abstract.—Filacus, a new genus, is proposed for four species of sawflies related to Macrophya Dahlbom and Zaschizonyx Ashmead and is placed in the tribe Sciapterygini of the Tenthredininae. The included species, doanei (Rohwer), pro- vancheri (Rohwer), pluricinctellus (Rohwer), and pluricinctus (Norton), all new combinations, were previously considered as one variable species and were placed in either Macrophya or Zaschizonyx. Representatives of all species occur in Cal¬ ifornia, with two also in Arizona and northern Mexico. Adults have been collected from a great variety of flowers and plants, but the only definite larval feeding records are on Phacelia (Hydrophyllaceae), Amsinckia (Boraginaceae), and Ra¬ nunculus (Ranunculaceae). Keys are provided for identification of adults of the genera of Sciapterygini and for adults and larvae of Filacus. Larvae of two species, pluricinctus and pluricinctellus, are described. For over 30 years, a small group of sawfly species that occur in California, Arizona, and adjacent Mexico have been treated as a single taxon, pluricincta Norton, which was assigned either to the genus Macrophya Dahlbom or Zaschi¬ zonyx Ashmead of the subfamily Tenthredininae. Ross (1951) synonymized the 11 species existing at that time, treating them as one variable species, Macrophya pluricincta Norton. Benson (1959) was the first to recognize that pluricincta was not a typical Macrophya (tribe Macrophyini) and placed it in the genus Zaschi¬ zonyx of the tribe Sciapterygini. Smith (1979) followed Benson’s decision for lack of a better placement, and Gibson (1980) also excluded the species from Macro¬ phya. After studying many specimens of “pluricincta,” we discovered that it consisted of four species, separable by characters of the lancet, male genitalia, hindtibial spurs, and relatively stable color patterns. Host data and larvae, though not known for all species, help to support our conclusion that four species exist. We also believe that these species cannot be assigned to any described genus, and therefore, we propose a new genus for them. Adults of the four species separated below are rather commonly collected in California, mostly from flowers in early spring. Plants from which adults have been collected may not represent their true host plant, but larvae have been found feeding on plants of the genera Phacelia, Amsinckia, and Ranunculus. Because 102 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST adults commonly visit flowers, they may play a role in pollination. Many speci¬ mens examined have parts of the body covered with pollen. Filacus Smith and Gibson, New Genus Type-species. —Macrophya pluricincta Norton. Description. — Head evenly convex, without deep frontal or antennal furrows and without antennal tubercles. Clypeus flat, anterior margin shallowly, broadly, circularly emarginate, without acute or rounded lateral lobes (Fig. 1); labrum rectangular with front margin truncate to slightly emarginated and depressed (Fig. 1); width of malar space slightly less than l /i diameter of front ocellus; occipital carina present laterally, obsolete on upper lateral and dorsal margins of head; eyes converging below, distance between eyes below slightly less than maximum eye length; each mandible bidentate (Fig. 1). Antenna stout, length less than 1 Vi x head width; 3rd segment nearly as long as segments 4 + 5; 1st and 2nd segments each longer than broad. Metepimeral appendage rounded, smooth; epicnemium present. Basal plates contiguous on meson, not separated nor with broad mem¬ branous area. Hindtibia longer than hindfemur; hindcoxa slightly enlarged but smaller than mesepisternum in lateral view, therefore apex of hindfemur reaches nearly to apex of abdomen; foretibial spurs slightly to distinctly curved, not straight; hindtibial spurs less than or slightly more than apical width of hindtibia (Figs. 2, 3); tarsal claw of female with inner tooth as long as and broader than outer tooth, teeth not appressed to each other, that of male with inner tooth slightly longer and broader than outer tooth and teeth appressed. Forewing with vein 2A + 3A joined to 1A basad to center of anal cell, sometimes with very short anal crossvein. Adults of all species are rather stout sawflies, 6-8 mm long, black with various yellow markings, commonly with yellow transverse stripes on the abdomen, and with fine, uniform punctation on the head and thorax, the texture, however, subshining and not with dull surface sculpture. Matsuda (1957) described the head morphology of “ Macrophya pluricincta but we cannot determine the species of Filacus to which this description refers. Larva.— Antenna conical, 5-segmented. Clypeus with 4 setae; labrum with 6 setae; mandible with 2 setae on outer surface. Maxillary palpus 4-segmented; 2nd segment with 1 seta; palpifer with 3 setae; stipes with 1 seta; lacinia with 12-13 short spines (Fig. 12). Labial palpus 3-segmented; prementum with 4 setae. Right mandible with 3 ventral teeth, 3 medial teeth, and 1 broad dorsal tooth (Fig. 10); left mandible with 3 ventral teeth, 3 dorsal teeth, and medial ridge extending basally from outer dorsal tooth (Fig. 11). Clypeus with median depression. Each thoracic leg with femur longer than trochanter. Abdominal segments 1-8 each 7-annulate (Fig. 9); tubercles and setae on annulets 2 and 4 and on each posts- piracular lobe, subspiracular lobe, and surpedal lobe; 7th annulet with only short setae; prolegs without setae. Hairs present on head and setae present on thoracic legs, 10th tergum, and subanal area. The larvae are typically caterpillar-like and feed externally. Remarks.— Although species of Filacus show some affinities with members of the tribe Macrophyini, most characters support its placement in the Sciapterygini, where it was placed by Benson (1959). The evenly convex head, lack of furrows on the head, lack of antennal tubercles, presence of a metepimeral appendage, VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 103 Figures 1-12. Filacus spp. 1. Clypeus, labrum, mandibles of F. pluricinctus. 2. Hindtibial spurs of F. pluricinctellus. 3. Hindtibial spurs of F. pluricinctus. 4. Male genital capsule, ventral, of F. pluri¬ cinctus. 5. Male valve of F. doanei. 6. Male valve of F. pluricinctus. 7. Male valve of F. pluricinctellus. 8. Male valve of F. provancheri. 9-12. Larva of F. pluricinctellus. 9. 3rd abdominal segment, anterior to right. 10. Right mandible, ventral. 11. Left mandible, ventral. 12. Maxilla, adl = anterodorsal lobe. and slightly enlarged hindcoxa are characters shared with the Macrophyini, but the following place Filacus in the Sciapterygini: Hindtibia longer than hindfemur, hindtibial spurs shorter than or not much longer than apical width of hindtibia, anterior margin of labrum truncate or emarginate and depressed, and occipital 104 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST carina present only laterally. Four genera are currently recognized in the Sciap- terygini, and Filacus can be separated from them by the key presented here. Filacus is separated from Zaschizonyx, the only other Nearctic genus of Sciap- terygini, by the following: Distance between eyes, below less than eye length (sub¬ equal to or greater in Zaschizonyx ); basal plates contiguous on meson (separated and with broad membranous area in Zaschizonyx ); malar space less than Vi diameter of front ocellus (slightly less than diameter of front ocellus in Zaschi¬ zonyx :); each mandible bidentate and with single cutting margin (each mandible with 5 or more teeth and with dorsal and ventral cutting edges in Zaschizonyx)-, epicnemium present (absent in Zaschizonyx)-, metepimeral appendage broad and apically rounded (narrow and acutely pointed apically in Zaschizonyx)-, and head and thorax finely punctate (impunctate in Zaschizonyx). Deda Gibson (1980), a genus in the Macrophyini, is superficially like Filacus and is also distributed primarily in California; however, Deda has quadridentate mandibles, a setiferous metepimeral appendage, an emarginate clypeus with rounded lateral lobes, a convex labrum, and small eyes, with the distance between the eyes below greater than the maximum eye length. Larvae are known for two species of Filacus, but they cannot be separated from other genera because generic characters for most North American larval Ten- thredininae have not been determined. They are separated from larvae of Aglao- stigma Kirby by the presence of two setae on each mandible (one in Aglaostigma), and from Sciapteryx Stephens and Rhogogaster Konow by the lack of setae on the prolegs (present in those two genera). Larvae of Macrophya and Tenthredo Linnaeus may also be separated from the above three genera by the same char¬ acters, but larvae of Macrophya and Tenthredo are inadequately known, and the larva of the single species of Zaschizonyx is unknown. Use of characters in the above description and known host plant information may help to identify larvae of Filacus. The genus name is based on the abbreviation of California spelled backwards; the gender is masculine. Adults of the four species of Filacus may be identified by comparing the lancet and male valves with figures, by certain color patterns, and with the help of the key to species. Key to Genera of the Tribe Sciapterygini Adults 1. Antenna with furrow on outer side of segments 4-9 (antennal tubercles high; malar space greater than diameter of front ocellus; clypeus with central emargination and rounded lateral lobes; eyes parallel, not con¬ verging below; inner tooth of tarsal claw longer and stouter than outer tooth) (China) . Tyloceridius Malaise Antenna without furrow . 2 2. Eyes, scarcely converging below, far apart, lower interocular distance great¬ er than eye length; malar space usually 2 x or more diameter of front ocellus; head and thorax densely punctate and dull (antennal tubercles low) (Palearctic). Sciapteryx Stephens Eyes converging below, lower interocular distance equal to or less than eye VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 105 length; malar space at most equal to diameter of front ocellus; head and thorax finely punctate and subshining or impunctate . 3 3. Basal plates widely separated on meson, leaving large membranous area (distance between eyes below, subequal to eye length; malar space slightly less than diameter of front ocellus) (Nearctic) .... Zaschizonyx Ashmead Basal plate contiguous on meson, without membranous area. 4 4. Clypeus emarginate for Vi or more of medial length, with narrow rounded lateral lobes; anterior margin of labrum not emarginate or depressed (Palearctic) . Elinor a Benson Clypeus shallowly, circularly emarginated for less than V 6 its medial length, without lateral lobes (Fig. 1); anterior margin of labrum emarginate and depressed (Fig. 1) (Nearctic) . Filacus, new genus Key to Species of Filacus Adults 1. Female . 2 Male . 5 2. Abdominal terga with apical edges yellow dorsally and laterally; hindtibial spurs longer than apical width of hindtibia; hindcoxa with apical V3-V2 yellow . 3 Abdomen black (if some terga have yellow apical edges, then only dorsally and hindtibial spurs stout and about % of apical width of hindtibia); hindtibial spurs shorter or longer than apical width of hindtibia; hindcoxa black or with about apical x h yellow. 4 3. Serrulae of lancet each with anteriorly projecting subbasal teeth well sep¬ arated from ventrally projecting lobe (Fig. 16); each abdominal tergum broadly black along entire basal margin dorsally and laterally, thus the abdomen appearing transversely striped; mesepisternum always entirely black . pluricinctus (Norton) Serrulae of lancet each without anteriorly projecting subbasal teeth, ventral margin flat (Fig. 14); each abdominal tergum generally broadly black only dorsally, with lateral downturned margins yellow, thus the abdomen with a broad, longitudinal yellow stripe on each side; mesepisternum sometimes with small central yellow spot . doanei (Rohwer) 4. Hindcoxa entirely black and/or abdomen with dorsum of some terga yellow apically; hindtibial spurs stout, about % apical width of hindtibia; ser¬ rulae of lancet each flattened ventrally, intersegmental setae continuous from dorsal to ventral margin of lancet (Fig. 18) . .. pluricinctellus (Rohwer) Hindcoxa with apical edge yellow and/or abdomen black with yellow con¬ fined to basal plates and 9th tergum; hindtibial spurs slender, slightly longer than apical width of hindtibia; serrulae of lancet each rounded apically, with 1 or 2 indistinct anterior subbasal teeth, intersegmental setae of lancet indistinct (Fig. 20) . provancheri (Rohwer) 5. Abdomen beyond basal plates entirely black . 6 Abdominal terga with apical edges yellow usually dorsally and laterally .. 7 6. Hindtibial spurs stout, about % apical width of hindtibia; hindcoxa black 106 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST or only extreme apical edge indistinctly yellow; valve elongate, with anterodorsal lobe (Fig. 7). pluricinctellus (Rohwer) Hindtibial spurs slender, longer than apical width of hindtibia; apical edge of hindcoxa broadly yellow; valve ovate, without anterodorsal lobe (Fig. 8) . provancheri (Rohwer) 7. Lateral downturned margins of terga usually entirely yellow, thus the ab¬ domen with a broad longitudinal yellow stripe on each side; outer surface of hindfemur commonly entirely yellow; valve with anterodorsal lobe (Fig. 5). doanei (Rohwer) Each abdominal tergum black basally and yellow apically both dorsally and laterally, thus the abdomen with a transversely striped appearance; outer surface of hindfemur usually with black stripe for entire length; valve without anterodorsal lobe (Fig. 6) .. . pluricinctus (Norton) Known Larvae 1. Body with lateral dark spots resulting in broken supraspiracular and sub- spiracular longitudinal lines; usually with black stripe extending from ocellus to hindmargin of head; on Phacelia . pluricinctus (Norton) Head and body unicolorous; on Amsinckia . pluricinctellus (Rohwer) Filacus doanei (Rohwer), New Combination (Figs. 5, 13, 14) Labidia doanei Rohwer, 1909a:91. Macrophya truncata Rohwer, 1909b:331. Female. —Antenna and head black; clypeus and labrum sometimes yellowish anteriorly and laterally and palpus sometimes yellowish except for apical segment. Thorax black with following yellow: Broad posterior margin of pronotum, tegula, mesoscutellum, and sometimes small central spot on mesepisternum. Abdomen with basal plates yellow, posterior margin black; remaining terga mostly black basally and yellow apically on dorsum, usually solidly yellow laterally; apical yellow margins broader toward apex of abdomen; basal 3 or 4 sterna usually black, remaining sterna yellow; sheath black. Legs yellow with following black: Coxae except for extreme apical margin of fore- and midcoxae and apical x h or more of hindcoxa; 1 st segment of fore- and midtrochanters and inner surface of 1 st segment of hindtrochanter; basal l h to Vi of fore- and midfemora, mid- and hindfemora sometimes with inner surfaces completely black; apex of each tibia, usually only on inner surface of fore- and midtibiae; inner surface of each tarsus black, hind- tarsus more extensively so, sometimes apical segments of each tarsus entirely black. Wings hyaline; veins dark brown; stigma pale brown. Hindtibial spurs 1 x h x as long or longer than apical width of hindtibia; hind- basitarsus equal in length to following V/i segments combined. Each serrula of lancet with apical margin flat, with 6 or 7 coarse posterior subbasal teeth, without anterior subbasal teeth (Fig. 14). Male. — Coloration similar to female, except without yellow spot on mesepi¬ sternum, mesoscutellum sometimes black, and femora sometimes with less yellow. Valve as in Figure 5, with anterodorsal lobe. Larva.—Unknown. Types. — Rohwer described the female of doanei and stated “Specimens from VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 107 Figures 13-20. Female lancets of Filacus spp. 13-14. F. doanei. 15-16. F. pluricinctus. 17-18. F. pluricinctellus. 19-20. F. provancheri. Entire lancet on left, central portion of lancet on right. Photo¬ graphs by GAPG. Stanford University, March 9, 1905; Palo Alto, March 31, 1893, and April 27, 1895.” We located one specimen from the type-series in the USNM labeled “9 Mar. 1905, Stn. U., Cal.,” “Macrophya doanei Roh., type 2,” “2 type No. 14270 U.S.N.M.” We designate this specimen the lectotype of doanei. Macrophya truncata was described from 5 S and 8 2. We found 5 <5 and 3 2 in the USNM labeled by Rohwer as cotypes, and all are labeled “Claremont Cal., 108 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Baker.” We designate a female lectotype with the additional labels “9 cotype No. 14269 U.S.N.M.,” “Macrophya truncata Roh., cotype 9,” and we have labeled it so; the other 5 6 and 2 9 are paralectotypes. Distribution.— California: Lake Co. and Bay region southward, most records from coastal counties but occurring inland in the south; Lake Co., San Francisco Co., San Mateo Co., Stanislaus Co., San Benito Co., Monterey Co., Tulare Co., San Luis Obispo Co., Santa Barbara Co., Ventura Co., Los Angeles Co., San Bernardino Co., Riverside Co., San Diego Co. Arizona: Yuma, 7.IV. 1979. Mexico: Baja California, Norte, 10 mi N San Vincente, 25.III. 1973. Two specimens are labeled “Victoria, B.C., Mch. 10, ’05.” We consider these specimens mislabeled since this locality is considerably disjunct from the most northern record of this species in California. Collection data .—Adults have been collected from February 17 (Riverside, California) to May 15 (Wildwood Canyon, San Bernardino County, California), with most records in March and April. We do not have data for reared material, but the following collection data were found on adult specimens: Cryptantha muricata, Cryptantha intermedia, Gilia achillaefolia, Sisyrinchium sp., Nemoph- ila, on Nemophila menziesii, Phacelia, Umbelliferae, and ex Boraginaceae. Remarks. — Of the four species in Filacus, adults of doanei have the most ex¬ tensive abdominal yellow. The sides of the abdomen are almost entirely yellow, thus it appears partly black above and below with lateral, longitudinal yellow stripes. This is also the only species in which a yellow spot may be present on the female mesepisternum. Other distinguishing characteristics are the female lancet and male valve (see Figs. 5-8, 13-20). Filacus pluricinctus (Norton), New Combination (Figs. 1, 3, 4, 6, 15, 16) Macrophya pluricinctus Norton, 1862:118. Macrophya multicincta Rohwer, 1909b:333. Macrophya napensis Rohwer, 1911:410. Female .—Antennae and head black; anterior margin of clypeus and anterior margin of labrum sometimes yellow. Thorax black with broad posterior margin of pronotum, tegula, and usually small or large spot on mesoscutellum yellow. Abdomen with basal plates mostly yellow with basal margin black, rest of ab¬ domen with banded appearance, terga dorsally and laterally black on basal portion, yellow apically, the yellow margins increasing in width toward apex of abdomen; sterna also banded. Legs yellow with following black: Coxae except apical margins of fore- and midcoxae and about apical Vs of hindcoxa; trochanters except most of 2nd segment of fore- and midtrochanters and usually all of hindtrochanters; inner surface of femora and usually basal V3 to V2 of outer surface; inner surface of tibiae, or sometimes all surfaces at base and apex with black on hindtibia broadest, sometimes hindtibia all yellow except for extreme base and apex; inner surface of tarsi sometimes all blackish with part of basitarsi or all of hindbasitarsus yellowish. Wings subhyaline; veins dark brown; stigma pale brown, especially on ventral V2. Hindtibial spurs 1 Vt x as long or longer than apical width of hindtibia; hind¬ basitarsus subequal in length to following 3 segments combined. Each serrula of VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 109 lancet with 2 anteriorly projecting subbasal teeth, well separated from ventrally projecting lobe, and 10-11 posterior subbasal teeth (Fig. 16). Male. — Coloration similar to female, except clypeus and mesoscutellum usually black, basal plates black with posterior margin yellow, femora and tibiae usually mostly yellow on outer surfaces, but hindfemur commonly with longitudinal black stripe on outer surface, and hindtarsus mostly black. Genitalia as in Figures 4, 6; valve without anterodorsal lobe. Larva. — Characters as for genus. Head amber with black stripe from each ocellus to hindmargin of head. Body with broken subspiracular and supraspiracular lon¬ gitudinal blackish stripes. (Larvae from Salinas, Monterey Co., Calif., May 11, 1978, on Phacelia sp.; in the Illinois Natural History Survey.) Types.— The syntypes of pluricinctus Norton, a male and a female labeled “San Mat.,” “pluricincta,” “type 13991” are in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University. The female is hereby designated lectotype, the male is a paralectotype. Rohwer described multicincta from 3 2 from Claremont, California; 2 2 were found in the USNM, and one is hereby designated lectotype. The lectotype is labeled “Claremont, Cal., Baker,” “2 cotype No. 14264, U.S.N.M.,” “Macro- phya multicincta Roh., cotype 2.” The second specimen is a paralectotype. Rohwer described napensis from one female; the holotype is in the USNM, and is labeled “Napa Co., Cal.,” “Hym. slide 205,” “antenna mounted,” “2 type No. 14616 U.S.N.M.,” “Macrophya napensis Roh., type 2.” Distribution. — California: Yolo and Napa counties southwards; Napa Co., Yolo Co., Marin Co., Contra Costa Co., San Francisco Co., San Mateo Co., Stanislaus Co., Mariposa Co., Monterey Co., Fresno Co., Tulare Co., Inyo Co., San Luis Obispo Co., Santa Barbara Co., Kern Co., Los Angeles Co., San Bernardino Co., Riverside Co., San Diego Co., Imperial Co. Arizona: Globe, 14.IV.33; Catalina Mts., 19.IV.1957; “A” Mtn., Tucson, 19.III.1962; Ragged Top, Silverbell Mts., Pima Co., 24.III.78, ex Phacelia sp.; N. side Tortolita Mts., 5.IV. 1966, on Phacelia (?); Baboquivari Camp, Babq. Cn., 17.IV. 1966, on Hydrophyllum occidental; Pima Co., Silverbell Bajada; N. ent. Tucson Mts., 16.III.63, on flower; Pima Co., Catalina Mts., 3000', Sabino Canyon Sta., 15.IV.65. Mexico: nr. La Zapopita Valle de Trinidad, Baja Calif., 17.IV.62; Baja Calif. Norte, 7 mi SE Maneadero, 100' el., 25.III. 1973. Collection data.— Specimens have been collected from February 24 (Agua Ca- liente Ind. Res., Palm Canyon, Riverside Co., and Bakersfield, Kern Co., Cali¬ fornia) to May 28 (San Francisco, California), with most records in March and April. The species has been reared from larvae feeding on Phacelia distans (San Mateo Co., Pescadero, San Gregorio site, 6.V.71, A. R. Moldenke) and possibly Phacelia sp. (Corona, Calif., 12.III.62, Brawner), of the family Hydrophyllaceae. Data from labels on adult specimens are as follows: Phacelia, Phacelia distans, Phacelia flower, coll, on Phacelia, Phacelia crenulata, on flower, Nemophila, Amsinckia, on Hydrophyllum occidentale, ex lupine, ex Encilia farinosa, and on Phacelia tanasetifolia. Most of the collection records are from Phacelia in Cali¬ fornia and Arizona. Remarks. — The black and yellow transversely banded appearance of the ab¬ domen of adult specimens is similar to those of doanei and pluricinctellus, but in doanei the lateral downturned margins of the terga are yellow, while in pluri¬ cinctellus they are black laterally. Also, adults of pluricinctellus have short apical 110 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST spurs on the hindtibia, shorter than the apical width of the tibia, whereas those of pluricinctus are longer than the apical width of the hindtibia. The lancet of females of pluricinctus has two distinct anterior subbasal teeth on each serrulae, well separated from the ventrally projecting basal lobe; the lancets of females of other species do not have such anterior subbasal teeth. Filacus pluricinctellus (Rohwer), New Combination (Figs. 2, 7, 17, 18) Macrophya pluricinctellus Rohwer, 1909b:332. Macrophya occidentalis Rohwer, 1909b:330. Macrophya bakeri Rohwer, 1909b:331. Macrophya melanostoma Rohwer, 1909b:333. Female.— Antenna and head black; anterior margin of clypeus and most of labrum sometimes yellow. Thorax black with posterior margin of pronotum, tegula, and spot on center of mesoscutellum yellow. Abdomen black with following yellow: Basal plates and usually apical margins of remaining terga dorsally, basal terga may be entirely black, and amount of yellow on apical margins of terga increases posteriorly. Legs yellow with following black: Coxae except sometimes apical margins; trochanters; femora except basal Vi to % of outer surface; line on inner surface of fore- and midtibiae; apices of mid- and hindtibiae; line on inner surface of each tarsus with apical tarsal segment mostly black. Wings hyaline; veins dark brown; outer surface of costa and subcosta and sometimes basal l A of these yellowish; stigma entirely or with ventral V2 yellowish. Hindtibial spurs short and broad, nearly triangular, their length equal to about % of apical width of hindtibia (Fig. 2). Hindbasitarsus subequal in length to following 3 tarsal segments combined. Each serrula of lancet truncate apically, without anterior subbasal teeth and with about 8 coarse posterior subbasal teeth (Fig. 18). Male. — Coloration similar to that of female, but abdomen black, inner surface of all femora with complete black stripe, mesoscutellum black, tegula partly black, hindtarsus sometimes all black, and extreme apical margin of 1st tergum some¬ times yellowish. Valve as in Figure 7, with anterodorsal lobe. Larva. — Characters as given for genus description. Head and body unicolorous greenish, without black markings; only eyespot black. (Larvae from Cuyama, California, April 12, 1956, on Amsinckia, H. T. Osborn; LaGrange, California, April 15, 1953, Amsinckia sp., R. P. Allen; Lindcove, Tulare Co., California, April 4, 1956, ex Amsinckia, R. P. Allen; in the Illinois Natural History Survey and USNM.) Types. — Rohwer described Macrophya pluricinctella from an unspecified num¬ ber of females from “Palo Alto, California; Stanford University, California; Clare¬ mont, California.” We found 3 females in the USNM labeled as cotypes, 2 from Claremont and 1 from Palo Alto. A specimen from Claremont, labeled “Clare¬ mont, Cal., Baker,” “9 cotype No. 14267, U.S.N.M.,” “Macrophya pluricinctella Roh., cotype 9” is hereby designated lectotype; the other two specimens are para- lectotypes. Macrophya bakeri was described from one male; the holotype is labeled “Clare¬ mont, Cal., Baker,” “6 type No. 14262 U.S.N.M.,” “Macrophya bakeri Roh., VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 111 type 3.” Macrophya melanostoma was described from one female; the holotype is labeled “Claremont, Cal., Baker,” “2 type No. 14263 U.S.N.M.,” “Macrophya melanostoma Roh., type 2.” Macrophya occidentalis was described from one male; the holotype is labeled “Claremont, Cal., Baker,” “<3 type No. 14266 U.S.N.M.,” “Macrophya occidentalis Roh., type 6.” Distribution. — California: Napa, Yolo, and Yuba counties southward in coastal and central areas to San Diego Co.; Sonoma Co., Napa Co., Yolo Co., Yuba Co., Marin Co., Solano Co., Sacramento Co., El Dorado Co., Contra Costa Co., Ala¬ meda Co., San Francisco Co., San Mateo Co., Santa Clara Co., Stanislaus Co., Santa Cruz Co., Monterey Co., San Benito Co., Fresno Co., Kings Co., Tulare Co., San Luis Obispo Co., Santa Barbara Co., Kern Co., Fos Angeles Co., San Bernardino Co., Riverside Co., San Diego Co. Arizona: Boyce-Thompson Ar¬ boretum, 2500', Vh mi W Superior, Pinal Co., Feb. 24, 1973, on flowers. Collection data. — Representatives of this species have been collected from Feb¬ ruary 4 (Stanford University, California) to May 19 (Alviso, California), with most records in March and April. Adults have been reared from larvae feeding on Amsinckia tessellata (Riverside Co., Riverside, California, March 23, 1971) and Amsinckia sp. (Santa Barbara Co., Ventucopa, California, March 28, 1960) of the plant family Boraginaceae. Collection records from adult label data are as follows: on barley, Nemophila, at flowers Brassica, Brassica, Amsinckia, Am¬ sinckia douglasiana, on Sambucus, Phacelia, Ranunculus californicus, on Cali¬ fornia poppy, Ranunculus, on flowers, Mimulus, on elderberry, ex sweeping grass¬ es, ex wheat fiddleneck, ex wheat, on Amsinckia (yellow fiddleneck), Phacelia transectifolia, and ex Boraginaceae. Most records are from Amsinckia including a series of over 200 specimens from Mojave, California that were swept from Amsinckia sp. Remarks. — The combination of the black abdomen, at least black laterally in the female, the short hindtibial spurs which are shorter than the apical width of the hindtibia, and the lack of anterior subbasal teeth on the serrulae of the lancet will distinguish adults of this species. In some female specimens the dorsal trans¬ verse yellow bands on the abdomen are more extensive, even slightly extending laterally, and these may be confused with those of pluricinctus. However, females of the latter species possess long hindtibial spurs, longer than the apical width of the hindtibia, and well separated anterior subbasal teeth on the serrulae of the lancet. The hindtibial spurs and genitalia should be examined for accurate iden¬ tification of pluricinctus adults. Filacus provancheri (Rohwer), New Combination (Figs. 8, 19, 20) Macrophya albipes Provancher, 1895:95 (preoccupied in Macrophya by Macro¬ phya albipes (Dahlbom), 1835). Macrophya provancheri Rohwer, 1909b:328 (new name for albipes Provancher). Macrophya nigricornis Rohwer, 1909b:329-330. Female. — Antenna and head black; apical margin of labrum and subapical palpal segments may be yellowish. Thorax black with posterior margin of prono- tum, tegula, and small or large spot on mesoscutellum yellow. Abdomen black, basal plates with 2 broad yellow spots, last tergum yellow. Legs yellow with 112 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST following black: Coxae except for apical margins; 1 st trochanteral segment of fore- and midlegs and inner surface of 1 st trochanteral segment of hindleg; femora except apical Vi to l h of outer surface; line on inner surface of fore- and midtibiae; base and apex of inner surface of hindtibia entirely; line on inner surface of each tarsus and most of apical tarsal segment of each tarsus. Wings subhyaline; veins dark brown, stigma pale brown. Hindtibial spurs subequal to or slightly longer than apical width of hindtibia. Hindbasitarsus subequal in length to following 3 Vi tarsal segments combined. Serrulae of lancet low, rounded, with 1 or 2 indistinct anterior subbasal teeth and 9-10 coarse posterior subbasal teeth; segmental hairs indistinct, not confined to distinct vertical rows and not extending from dorsal to ventral edges of lancet (Fig. 20). Male.— Coloration similar to female but apical tergum black, mesoscutellum black, hindtibia black with yellow streak on outer surface, and hindtarsus some¬ times entirely black. Genitalia as in Fig. 8; valve without anterodorsal lobe. Larva. — Unknown. Types.— The lectotype of Macrophya albipes Provancher is in the Provancher Collection, Universite Laval, Sainte-Foy, Quebec (Smith, 1975); it is from Los Angeles. Macrophya nigricornis Rohwer was described from both sexes from “Mountains near Claremont, California.” The lectotype, by present designation, is a female in the USNM labeled “Mts. near Claremont, Cal., Baker,” “Macrophya nigricornis Rohwer, cotype 9.” The male, a paralectotype, has the same data except for the sex and an additional label “<3 cotype No. 14265 U.S.N.M.” Distribution.— California: Mendicino, Napa, Yolo, and El Dorado counties south in coastal and central areas to San Diego Co.; Mendocino Co., Sonoma Co., Napa Co., Yolo Co., El Dorado Co., Solano Co., Marin Co., San Francisco Co., Contra Costa Co., San Mateo Co., Santa Cruz Co., Santa Clara Co., Alameda Co., Sta¬ nislaus Co., Tuolumne Co., Merced Co., San Benito Co., Fresno Co., San Luis Obispo Co., Santa Barbara Co. (including Santa Cruz Is.), Ventura Co., Los Angeles Co., San Bernardino Co., San Diego Co. Collection data.— Collection records are from January 18 (Redwood City, San Mateo Co., California) to May 20 (Davis, California), with most collected in March and April. One rearing record is from larvae feeding on Ranunculus nys- triculus (Tuolumne Co., Buck Meadows, Mather Site, reared, 16-III-71, A. R. Moldenke) of the family Ranunculaceae. Larvae were not found from this rearing. Collection data from adult specimens are as follows: on Sambucus, dandelion, swept from Ranunculus ceanothus, Ranunculus californicus, Ranunculus, Montia, Montia perfoliata, ca. Montia under Q. lobata, coll, on Rubus, coll, on Ceanothus, visiting miner’s lettuce, Nemophila menziesii, Rhus trilobata, ex. misc. grass. One long series was collected on Montia perfoliata (Portulacaceae) at Strawberry Can¬ yon, California, and another series from Almaden, Quicksilver Park, a mixed- oak woodland south of San Jose. Pertaining to the latter series, L. Bezark (pers. comm.) stated that they were abundant very low to the ground in association with miner’s lettuce, Montia perfoliata, “Upon closer inspection the critters were ap¬ parently stuck to the very tiny flowers by their mandibles. Leaves were torn off to place specimens in a killing jar.” Remarks.— Adults of provancheri are the darkest colored of the species of Fi- lacus, the abdomen being black with yellow markings only on the basal plates VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 113 and the ninth tergum of the female. The male of pluricinctellus also has a black abdomen, but the hindcoxae are all black and the hindtibial spurs are stout. The lancet of females of provancheri is very different from those of other species, lacking well defined rows of segmental hairs and having rounded serrulae with both anterior and posterior subbasal teeth. Acknowledgments We thank the following for allowing study of specimens: P. H. Arnaud, Jr., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; R. M. Bohart, University of California, Davis; W. Ferguson, San Jose State University, San Jose, California; S. Frommer, University of California, Riverside; H. Goulet, Biosystematics Re¬ search Institute, Agriculture Canada, Ottawa; F. F. Hasbrouck, Arizona State University, Tempe; C. L. Hogue and R. R. Snelling, Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County, Los Angeles, California; J. D. Lattin, Oregon State Univer¬ sity, Corvallis; W. W. Middlekauff, University of California, Berkeley; H. K. Townes, American Entomological Institute, Ann Arbor, Michigan; M. S. Was- bauer and L. Bezark, State of California Department of Food and Agriculture, Sacramento; D. Webb, State Natural History Survey Division, Champaign, Illi¬ nois; and F. G. Werner, University of Arizona, Tucson. Other specimens are in the National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. (USNM). Literature Cited Benson, R. B. 1959. Tribes of the Tenthredininae and a new European genus (Hymenoptera: Ten- thredinidae). Proc. R. Entomol. Soc. Lond. (B), 28:121-127. Gibson, G. A. P. 1980. A revision of the genus Macrophya Dahlbom (Hymenoptera: Symphyta, Tenthredinidae) of North America. Mem. Entomol. Soc. Can., No. 114, 167 pp. -. 1980. Deda, a new genus of sawfiies from western North America (Hymenoptera: Symphyta, Tenthredinidae). Can. Entomol., 112:249-258. Matsuda, R. 1957. Morphology of the head of a sawfly, Macrophya pluricincta Norton (Hymenoptera: Tenthredinidae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc., 30:99-108. Norton, E. 1862. Catalogue of American species of Tenthredo, as arranged by Hartig. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 9:116-122. Provancher, L. 1895. Les dernieres descriptions de l’Abbe Provancher. Nat. Can. (Que.), 22:79-80, 95-97. Rohwer, S. A. 1909a. Notes on Tenthredinoidea, with descriptions of new species (Paper III). Can. Entomol., 41:88-92. -. 1909b. Notes on Tenthredinoidea, with descriptions of new species. Paper VI. Western Macrophya. Can. Entomol., 41:327-334. -. 1911. New sawfiies in the collections of the United States National Museum. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus., 41:377-411. Ross, H. H. 1951. Symphyta. Pp. 4-89 in C. F. W. Muesebeck et al. (eds.), Hymenoptera of America north of Mexico, synoptic catalog. U.S. Dep. Agric., Agric. Monogr. 2. Smith, D. R. 1975. The sawfly types of Abbe Leon Provancher (Hymenoptera: Symphyta). Nat. Can. (Que.), 102:293-304. -. 1979. Symphyta. Pp. 3-137 in K. V. Krombein et al. (eds.), Catalog of Hymenoptera in America north of Mexico, Vol. 1. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, D.C. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(2), 1984, pp. 114-118 Published 17 April 1984 Description of a New Purpuricenine Genus, Linsleyella (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) John A. Chemsak University of California, Berkeley, California 94720. The genus Deltaspis was proposed by Audinet-Serville (1834) for the species auromarginata described at the same time. Since then, the genus has been a dumping ground for species of uncertain affinities. One of these, D. virens Bates (1885) is clearly unrelated to auromarginata and is being placed into a new genus described below. Included are two apparently undescribed species. This study was conducted in conjunction with a National Science Foundation sponsored study on North American Cerambycidae (Grant DEB-8015523). Most of the material utilized, in the Essig Museum of Entomology, Berkeley, was col¬ lected with financial support from the National Science Foundation, the Univer¬ sity Research Expeditions Program, University of California, Berkeley, and A. & M. Michelbacher. Additional specimens were loaned by Cornell University, Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, Los Angeles Natural History Museum, University of Kansas and Texas A&M University. Marlin Rice made his Texas material available. Carolyn Tibbetts prepared the illustration. Linsleyella, New Genus Form moderate sized, somewhat depressed; integument metallic. Head small, front short; palpi unequal, truncate at apices; mandibles short, angulate at apical one-third; eyes large, deeply emarginate, finely faceted, not embracing antennal insertions; antennae slender in males, outer segments enlarging in females, 11- segmented, longer than body in males, shorter than body in females. Pronotum flattened, sides broadly rounded; disk abruptly delimited at sides, not callused dorsally; prosternum shallowly impressed, intercoxal process not extending be¬ yond margins of coxae, apex not expanded, coxal cavities wide open behind, rounded externally; mesosternum with intercoxal process gradually arcuate, lying below margins of coxae; metepistemum moderately broad, sides subparallel, slightly tapering posteriorly. Elytra subparallel, slightly tapering posteriorly. Elytra sub¬ parallel; apices rounded to subtruncate. Scutellum triangular, as broad as long, apex acute. Legs slender; hind femora arcuate, not extending to apices of elytra; tarsi slender, third segment cleft almost to base. Type species.—Deltaspis virens Bates. This genus is distinctive by the metallic coloration of the integument, apically expanding antennae of the females, and by the rounded flattened, pronotum. It is a pleasure to dedicate this genus to my friend and colleague, E. G. Linsley. Three species are presently known. Key to the Species of Linsleyella 1. Elytra with punctures coarse to moderately coarse, pubescence moderately dense, erect, long and short 2 VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 115 Elytra with punctures fine, very dense, pubescence very dense, subde¬ pressed. Length, 11-15 mm. Texas. ricei 2. Elytra with punctures very coarse, contiguous. Hind tibiae with suberect black setae. Antennae of females with tenth segment as long as broad. Length, 8-12 mm. Mexico . virens Elytra with punctures moderately coarse, subconfluent. Hind tibiae lacking black setae. Antennae of females with tenth segment distinctly longer than broad. Length, 10-12 mm. Mexico . michelbacheri Lins ley ella ricei, New Species (Fig. 1) Male. — Form moderate sized; integument dark metallic greenish, appendages black; pubescence whitish, dense, subdepressed and erect. Head with front con- fluently punctate, moderately densely clothed with long erect hairs; vertex con- fluently punctate, long, erect hairs numerous; antennae extending beyond elytra by one or two segments, basal segments rather densely clothed with short, de¬ pressed, black setae, outer segments opaque, very finely, densely pubescent, first segment shorter than third, fourth slightly longer than first, shorter than third, eleventh segment appendiculate. Pronotum broader than long, disk convex, mod¬ erately coarsely, subconfluently punctate, with a vague median callus behind middle; pubescence long, erect; prosternum coarsely punctate on posterior one- half, pubescence long, dense; meso- and metasternum finely, densely punctate, densely clothed with long, subdepressed pubescence. Elytra about 2Vi times as long as broad; punctures fine, very dense, finer toward apex; pubescence dense, subdepressed, longer and erect over basal one half; apices subtruncate. Legs with femora densely pubescent; tibiae with numerous short, black setae along inner margins. Abdomen finely, densely punctate, densely pubescent; last sternite sub¬ truncate at apex. Length, 11-15 mm. Female. — Form similar. Antennae shorter than body, outer segments slightly enlarged, longer than broad. Abdomen with last sternite broadly truncate at apex. Length, 13 mm. Holotype male (California Academy of Sciences) from White River Lake, Cros¬ by Co., Texas, 19 September 1980, on Heterotheca (M. E. Rice). Sixteen paratypes (10 males, 6 females), same locality, 17 September 1980 (M. Dicetto), 6 October 1980 (Rice), 12 October 1980 (Rice), 2-3 October 1982 (Rice, E. G. Riley, R. Turnbow). One male paratype from 4 mi E Loco Hills, Otero Co., New Mexico, 4 October 1970 (O’Brien, Richardson). The fine, very dense punctation and dense pubescence of the elytra will readily separate this species. This species is named in honor of Marlin E. Rice for his aid and cooperation in the studies on Cerambycidae. Linsleyella virens (Bates), New Combination Deltaspis (?) virens Bates, 1885, Biol. Centrali-Americana, Coleop., 5:323, Male. — Yorm moderate sized; integument bright metallic greenish, blueish, or bronze, appendages metallic; pubescence rather sparse, mostly pale, erect, short and long. Head confluently punctate, sparsely clothed with long, erect hairs; an- 116 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figure 1. Linsleyella ricei Chemsak, female. tennae slightly longer than body, basal segments shining, with numerous, short, black, subdepressed setae, outer segments minutely pubescent, first segment short¬ er than third, fourth subequal to first, eleventh appendiculate. Pronotum broader than long, somewhat depressed; disk vaguely impressed at sides, coarsely, closely punctate; pubescence sparse, long, erect; prosternum deeply punctate over pos¬ terior two-thirds, moderately densely pubescent; meso- and metastemum densely punctate at sides, sparsely at middle, sides densely pubescent. Elytra less than 2Vi VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 117 times as long as broad; punctures very coarse, contiguous, becoming slightly finer toward apex; pubescence moderately sparse, erect, long and short, longer toward base; apices rounded. Legs with femora moderately sparsely clothed with long, flying hairs; tibiae with short, dark setae. Abdomen sparsely, indistinctly punctate, moderately densely pubescent; last sternite shallowly emarginate-truncate. Length, 8-11 mm. Female. — Form similar. Antennae shorter than body, outer segments expanded, about as broad as long. Abdomen with last sternite broadly truncate at apex. Length, 9-12 mm. Type locality.— Mexico. Range.— Vera Cruz, Puebla, Oaxaca. Flight period.— June to September. Adults are commonly encountered on flowers of Selloa glutinosa. The very coarse punctures, strongly shining integument and rather sparse pu¬ bescence will separate this species. Material examined. — Mexico: 79 males, 26 females, 7 km SE Morelos Canada, Puebla, 4-10 July 1974, 4 October 1975, 20 September 1977, on flowers of Selloa glutinosa (J. Chemsak, J. Powell, E. G. Linsley, A. & M. Michelbacher); 1 male, 1 female, Tehuacan, Puebla, 6 July 1941 (H. Dybas), 2 July 1955 (R. & J. Selander); 1 male, 1 female, 6 mi SW Techuacan, 9 August 1980, 8 July 1981 (Schaffner et al.); 2 males, Tecamachalco, Puebla, 24 June 1951 (H. Evans), 2 July 1953 (U. Kansas Mex. Exped.); 2 females, 2 mi E Tecamachalco, 27 June 1964 (C. Johnson); 1 male, 19 mi NW Calcaloapan, Puebla, 30 July 1963 (J. Doyen); 1 male, 10 mi N Miltepec, Oaxaca, 4 August 1976 (Peigler et al.); 1 male, Jalapa Rd., K 341, 14 October 1945. Linsleyella michelbacheri, New Species Male.— Form moderate sized; integument metallic dark blueish; pubescence pale, moderately dense, erect, long and short. Head confluently punctate, mod¬ erately densely clothed with long, erect pubescence; antennae extending about two segments beyond elytra, basal segments with a few black setae, outer segments opaque, minutely pubescent, first segment shorter than third, third slightly longer than fourth, eleventh appendiculate. Pronotum broader than long; punctures coarse, subconfluent; pubescence rather sparse, long, erect; prosternum with a delimited area of deep punctures extending to sides but not across middle, pubescence moderately dense, erect; meso- and metasternum finely, densely punctate at sides, sparsely at middle, sides densely pubescent. Elytra about 2Vi times as long as broad; punctures moderately coarse, subconfluent, becoming finer toward apex; pubescence rather sparse, short and suberect and long and erect, erect hairs more numerous toward base; apices rounded. Legs with femora rather sparsely clothed with long flying hairs; tibiae clothed with pale pubescence. Abdomen rather sparse¬ ly punctate, pubescence long, suberect; last sternite emarginate at apex. Length, 11-12 mm. Female.— Form similar. Antennae shorter than body, outer segments slightly enlarged, longer than broad. Abdomen with last sternite broadly truncate. Length, 10-12 mm. Holotype male, allotype (California Academy of Sciences) and 3 paratypes (2 males, 1 female) from 16 miles SE Saltillo, 6500 ft, Coahuila, Mexico, 25 Sep- 118 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST tember 1976 (J. Chemsak, J. Powell, A. & M. Michelbacher). Additional paratypes as follows: 4 females, 17 males SE Saltillo, 14 September 1977 (J. Chemsak, A. & M. Michelbacher); 1 female, 1 mi N El Tunal, Coahuila, Mexico, 11 August 1977 (E. I. Schlinger); 2 males, 87 mi N. Zacatecas, Zacatecas, Mexico, 7 August 1968 (J. Bigelow, M. Cazier). An additional female from Fraile, Coahuila, Mexico, 10-18 July 1941 (K. L. Retherford) is assignable to this species. This species differs from L. virens by the less coarsely punctate elytra, absence of dark setae on the tibiae and by the more slender distal segments of the female antennae. I am pleased to name this species for A. E. Michelbacher for his friendship and assistance over the years. Literature Cited Audinet-Serville, J. G. 1834. Nouvelle classification de la famille des Longicornes. Ann. Soc. Ento- mol. France, (1)1:5-110. Bates, H. W. 1879-1885. Longicomia. Biologia Centrali Americana, Coleoptera, 5:1-436, 17 pis. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(2), 1984, pp. 119-121 Published 1 7 April 1984 Synonymy in California Channel Island Epeolini Bees (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae) Richard W. Rust Department of Biology, University of Nevada, Reno, Nevada 89557. A recent review of the endemic insect fauna of the California Channel Islands (Miller, 1984) indicated 16 taxa of bees (Apoidea). Earlier revisions of bee taxa containing California Channel Island endemics have shown that the island en¬ demics are synonyms of mainland taxa: Anthidium Grigarick and Stange, 1968; Dioxys Hurd, 1958; Melissodes LaBerge, 1961; Andrena LeBerge and Ribble, 1975, Ribble, 1968; Bombus Milliron, 1971; Coelioxys Mitchell, 1973; Agaposte- mon Roberts, 1972; Osmia, Halictus Sandhouse, 1927, 1941; Hylaeus Snelling, 1970; and Colletes, Bombus Stephen, 1954, 1957. Thus, the number of both endemic species and subspecies has been greatly reduced. Some island endemics are recognized as good taxa, such as Perdita layiae layiae Cockerell (Timberlake, 1956). Here I present two additional synonyms of California Channel Island Epeolini bees in the genera Epeolus and Triepeolus. Epeolus minimus (Robertson, 1902) Epeolus eastwoodae Cockerell was described from San Miguel Island, Cuyler’s Cove, near the shore, July 27, 1927 [sic 37] (Cockerell) (Cockerell 1937). Ex¬ amination of the holotype (California Academy of Sciences #4651) and compar¬ ison with the holotype of Epeolus minimus (Robertson) (Illinois Natural History Survey #22953) indicates the two are conspecific. An additional 11 male and 7 female specimens from San Miguel Island were also compared to both types. There was some difference in the overall size of the specimens, but no major differences. E. minimus is a widespread species from the midwestern United States: Illinois and Wisconsin, westward to California (Hurd, 1979). In Cockerell’s original description of E. eastwoodae he mentions that the specimen was taken at flower of Malacothrix implicata Eastwood; however there is no plant label on the specimen, nor is there the information that the bee was taken at Cuyler’s Cove and the date is July 27, 1937 not 1927 as indicated in the publication. E. minimus females are recognized by the broad pygidium bordered apically with a carina, mid-apical edge being truncate; pygidium is covered with red-brown hairs; pseudopygidium is a semi-circular patch of short, silver hairs offset pos¬ teriorly by white pubescence. Male pygidium is one-and-one-half times as wide as long and the carina is broadly U-shaped and covered with silver-white pubes¬ cence. Apical white hair bands of tergites 2-5 have narrow medium black stripes, band of the sixth is complete. Epeolus minimus is found on five of the California Channel Islands (San Miguel, Santa Rosa, Santa Cruz, Anacapa and Santa Catalina) and is represented by over 100 specimens. 120 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Triepeolus heterurus (Cockerell & Sandhouse, 1924) Epeolus piscatoris Cockerell was described from Santa Catalina Island, Fish¬ erman’s Cove, at flower of Sinapis, June 9, 1933, W. P. Cockerell (Cockerell, 1939). Examination of the holotype (CAS #6652) and comparison with the ho- lotype of Triepeolus heterurus (Cockerell & Sandhouse) (CAS #1611) showed the two to be conspecific. An additional 4 females from Santa Catalina Island were also similar to T. heterurus and an additional 11 specimens of T. heterurus from other California Channel Islands are also similar. Triepeolus heterurus is a very distinctive species. Female pygidium is covered with red-brown hairs parted along the dorsoventral mid-line giving the appearance of two distinct patches. White apical hair bands on tergites 2-5 are complete. Male pygidium is twice as long as wide, carina is acutely rounded apically and the segment is covered with black pubescence. White apical hair bands of tergites 2-5 are uninterrupted, sixth has a narrow median black stripe. Trieleolus heterurus is also known from Santa Cruz Island and Anacapa Island. Acknowledgments Drs. W. E. LaBerge and W. J. Pulawski made type specimens available for study and the late Dr. P. D. Hurd supplied information on type specimen location. Dr. G. E. Bohart helped with the original identification of T. heterurus and R. L. Brumley aided with E. minimus identification. Literature Cited Cockerell, T. D. A. 1937. Bees from San Miguel Island, California. Pan-Pacific Entomol., 13:148- 157. -. 1939. The bees of the southern California Islands. Proc. California Acad. Sci. Fourth Series, 23:427-436. -, and G. A. Sandhouse. 1924. Parasitic bees (Epeolinae and Melectinae) in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. Proc. California Acad. Sci. Fourth Series, 13:305-324. Grigarick, A. A., and L. A. Stange. 1968. The pollen-collecting bees of the Anthidiini of California (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae). Bull. California Insect Surv., 9:1-113. Hurd, P. D. 1958. American bees of the genus Dioxys Lepeletier and Serville (Hymenoptera: Me¬ gachilidae). Univ. California Publ. Entomol., 14:275-302. -. 1979. Superfamily Apoidea. Catalog of Hymenoptera in America north of Mexico. Smith¬ sonian Institution Press, Washington, D.C. LaBerge, W. E. 1961. A revision of the bees of the genus Melissodes in North and Central America. Part III (Hymenoptera: Apidae). Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 42:283-663. -, and D. W. Ribble. 1975. A revision of the bees of the genus Andrena of the western hemisphere. Part VII. Subgenus Euandrena. Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 101:371-446. Miller, S. E. 1984. Endemic insects of the California Channel Islands. In A. S. Menke and S. E. Miller (eds.), Proc. Symp. Insects California Channel Islands. Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History, Santa Barbara, California. Milliron, H. E. 1971. A monograph of the western hemisphere bumblebees (Hymenoptera: Apidae; Bombinae). I. The genera Bombus and Megabombus subgenus Bombias. Mem. Entomol. Soc. Canada, 82:1-80. Mitchell, T. B. 1973. A subgeneric revision of the bees of the genus Coelioxys of the western hemisphere. North Carolina State Univ. Press, Raleigh, North Carolina. Ribble, D. W. 1968. Revisions of two subgenera of Andrena: Micrandrena Ashmead and Der andrena, new subgenus (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Bull. Univ. Nebraska State Mus., 8:237-349. Roberts, R. B. 1972. Revision of the bee genus Agapostemon (Hymenoptera: Halictidae). Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 49:437-590. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 121 Sandhouse, G. A. 1924. Bees of the genus Osmia in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. Proc. California Acad. Sci. Fourth Series, 13:341-372. -. 1941. The American bees of the subgenus Halictus. Entomol. Amer. New Series, 21:23-39. Snelling, R. R. 1970. Studies on North American bees of the genus Hylaeus. 5. The subgenera Hylaeus, s. str. and Paraprosopis (Hymenoptera: Colletidae). Los Angeles Co. Mus. Contr. Sci., 180:1-59. Stephen, W. P. 1954. A revision of the bee genus Colletes in America north of Mexico (Hymenoptera: Colletidae). Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 36:149-527. -. 1957. Bumble bees of western America (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Oregon St. Coll. Agric. Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull., 40:1-63. Timberlake, P. H. 1956. A revisional study of the bees of the genus Perdita F. Smith, with special reference to the fauna of the Pacific Coast (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Part II. Univ. California Publ. Entomol., 11:247-350. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(2), 1984, pp. 122-150 Published 17 April 1984 Review of the Japanese Species of the Genus Gabrius Stephens (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) (121st Contribution to the Knowledge of Staphylinidae) Ales Smetana Biosystematics Research Institute, Agriculture Canada, K.W. Neatby Bldg., Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0C6, Canada. Abstract. — The Japanese species of the genus Gabrius Stephens are reviewed. Fourteen species are recognized, nine of them are described as new. All species are described and illustrated, and a key is presented to aid in the identification of the species. All available records and biological data for the species are provided. Lectotypes are designated for G. egens (Sharp), G. kuanshanensis (Bernhauer) and G. conicus (Bernhauer). Gabrius conicus (Bernhauer) is placed in synonymy with G. sharpianus (Cam¬ eron). Only a few species of the genus Gabrius Stephens are at present known from Japan. Sharp (1874, 1889) described three species of Philonthus Stephens which were later assigned to Gabrius (Scheerpeltz, 1933), however, two of these, G. prolatus (Sharp) and G. spadiceus (Sharp), in fact belong to Philonthus. Cameron (1930) described G. septempunctatus and erected the name G. sharpianus for the specimens originally mentioned by Sharp (1889:40) as Philonthus nigritulus (Gravenhorst) and Tottenham (1940) redescribed the latter species under the name G. demarcatus. Bernhauer (1939a, 1939b) added three more species ( G. subde- pressus, G. conicus and G. unzenensis). No additional species of Gabrius have since been described from Japan. The list of species of Gabrius previously recorded from Japan includes therefore only the following names, chronologically arranged: Gabrius egens (Sharp, 1874) Gabrius sharpianus (Cameron, 1930) Gabrius septempunctatus (Cameron, 1930) Gabrius conicus (Bernhauer, 1939) Gabrius subdepressus (Bernhauer, 1939) Gabrius unzenensis (Bernhauer, 1939) Gabrius demarcatus Tottenham, 1940 The names G. conicus and G. demarcatus are synonyms of G. sharpianus. The original material of G. septempunctatus was not found in the Cameron collection in the British Museum (Natural History), London (G. Kibby, pers. comm.), and the species cannot therefore be interpreted at this moment. It could be conspecihc with any of the species with 7 punctures in the dorsal rows on the pronotum treated in this paper. For many years I have known that the above list is inadequate since the genus VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 123 Gabrius is, in fact, very rich in species in Japan. Several species described as new in this paper have been in my collection for years and were supposed to be described in a joint paper with Mr. Y. Watanabe, Tokyo. For several reasons, however, the paper was never published although a preliminary study of the type material of the involved species was carried out by myself. In 1980 I had the opportunity to collect in Japan for almost five weeks, together with my friend Ivan Lobl from the Museum d’Histoire Naturelle in Geneve (Switzerland) and my wife Zdena. During this time a large collection of the genus Gabrius, containing several hundred specimens and many new species, was made and the availability of this material prompted me to return to my previously abandoned project. In the following paper all new species are described and a review of the species of Gabrius known to occur in Japan at present is given. A key to species is included. There is no doubt that the species included in this paper represent only a portion of the existing fauna; it is hoped that the paper will stimulate the interest in this genus in Japan and bring our knowledge to a level comparable to that of the west Palaearctic fauna. The material studied is deposited in the Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, Canada, and in the Museum d’Histoire Naturelle in Geneve, Switzerland (MHNG). Key to Species 1(12). Dorsal rows of punctures on pronotum each with seven punctures. (Occasionally one puncture missing or one additional puncture present unilaterally.) 2(3). Paramere of aedoeagus with short, obtusely triangular median pro¬ jection (Figs. 7, 8). Length 6.1-7.3 mm .3. G. kobayashii, n. sp. 3(2). Paramere of aedoeagus at least slightly emarginate in middle of apical margin, frequently divided into two variably long branches apically (Figs. 5, 14, 17, 20, 23). 4(5). Median lobe of aedoeagus in front of paramere abruptly, angulately narrowed into obtusely lanceolate apical portion (Fig. 13). Length 5.8-7.0 mm .5. G. yamanei, n. sp. 5(4). Median lobe of aedoeagus in front of paramere evenly and gradually narrowed into more or less conical apical portion (Figs. 4, 16, 19, 22 ). 6(9). Paramere of aedoeagus apically divided into two very long branches; branches longer than basal portion of paramere (basal apodemes not included) (Figs. 5, 20). 7(8). Branches of paramere of aedoeagus each with inner margin obliquely truncate apically, truncate portion with numerous sensory tuber¬ cles; branches separated by rather wide arc mediobasally (Fig. 5). Length 6.0-7.5 mm.2. G. subdepressus (Berhnauer) 8(7). Branches of paramere of aedoeagus each with inner margin simple, not obliquely truncate apically, with only a few sensory tubercles near apex; branches separated by rather acute angle mediobasally (Fig. 20). Length 5.0-5. 5 mm .7. G. damon, n. sp. 9(6). Paramere of aedoeagus apically divided into two short branches; branches shorter than basal portion of paramere (basal apodemes not included) (Figs. 17, 23). 124 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 10 ( 11 ). 11 ( 10 ). 12 ( 1 ). 13(14). 14(13). 15(16). 16(15). 17(18). 19(20). 20(19). 21 ( 22 ). 22 ( 21 ). 23(24). 24(23). 25(26). 26(25). Branches of paramere of aedoeagus separated mediobasally by deep, V-shaped emargination (Fig. 17). Length 5.9 mm . G. io, n. sp. Branches of paramere of aedoeagus separated mediobasally by less deep, U-shaped emargination (Fig. 23). Length 5.0-5.7 mm, .... .8. G. abas, n. sp. Dorsal rows of punctures on pronotum each with six punctures. (Rare¬ ly one additional puncture present unilaterally.) 1 Apical portion of median lobe of aedoeagus strongly asymmetrical, with apex hook-like curved (Fig. 41). Length 4.0-4.8 mm . .14. G. nepos, n. sp. Apical portion of median lobe of aedoeagus symmetrical, apex never hook-like curved (Figs. 1, 10, 25, 28, 31, 34, 38). Paramere of aedoeagus very wide, not constricted in middle, sensory tubercles situated partially away from apical margin, forming char¬ acteristic pattern (Fig. 11). Length 6.0-6.5 mm ... 4. G. egens (Sharp) Paramere of aedoeagus more or less narrow, distinctly constricted in middle, sensory tubercles situated strictly on apical margin (Figs. 2, 26, 29, 32, 36, 39). Apical margin of paramere of aedoeagus with small median emar¬ gination and one deeper and much wider emargination on each side (Fig. 39). Length 4.2-4.9 mm . 13. G. ophion, n. sp. Dorsal face of apical portion of median lobe distinctly swollen (lateral view) (Fig. 35). Length 5.2-6.2 mm . . 12. G. sharpianus (Cameron) Dorsal face of apical portion of median lobe not swollen (lateral view). Antenna long, 3rd segment longer than 2nd, 4th segment distinctly, 5th segment slightly longer than wide. Aedoeagus and paramere as in Figures 1,2. Length 5.5-6.2 mm ... 1. G. unzenensis (Bernhauer) Antenna moderately long, 3rd segment as long as 2nd, 4th segment at most slightly longer than wide, 5th segment about as long as wide. Aedoeagi and parameres different (Figs. 25, 26, 28, 29, 31, 32). Median lobe of aedoeagus strongly, almost conically narrowed api- cally, with subacute apex (Fig. 25). Length 4.0-4.5 mm . .9. G. demades, n. sp. Median lobe of aedoeagus less strongly and not conically narrowed apically, with rounded apex (Figs. 28, 31). Sternite of male pygidium shallowly emarginate apically (Fig. 30). Notch in middle of apical margin of paramere shallower and less wide; sensory tubercles on apical margin of paramere larger and more crowded together; median lobe shorter and stouter (Figs. 28, 29). Length 4.8-5.2 mm . 10. G. philo, n. sp. Sternite of male pygidium deeply emarginate apically (Fig. 33). Notch in middle of apical margin of paramere deeper and wider, sensory tubercles on apical margin of paramere smaller and not crowded together; median lobe longer and narrower (Figs. 31, 32). Length 4.7-5.1 mm . 11. G. kuanshanensis (Bernhauer) 1 Rare specimens with an atypical number of punctures in the dorsal rows of pronotum should be run through both halves of couplet 1(12). VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 125 1. Gabrius unzenensis (Bernhauer, 1939) (Figs. 1-3) Philonthus unzenensis Bernhauer, 1939b: 153. Gabrius unzenensis; Smetana, 1973:129. Material studied.— Japan: Honshu: Mie Pref., 20.VI.61, Y. Watanabe (2). For the description and other information about this species see Smetana 1973: 129-130. See Figures 1-3 for details of the sternite of the male pygidium and the ae- doeagus. Note especially the arrangement of sensory tubercles on the paramere of the aedoeagus. Distribution. —Gabrius unzenensis is at present known only from Japan (Kyushu and Honshu). Discussion. —In my previous paper (Smetana, 1973:129) the year 1938 is given as the publication date of this species. The date “December 1938” is printed at the bottom of the page with the description of G. unzenensis ; however, the wrapper of the “III/IV Heft” of the Entomologisches Nachrichtenblatt (pages 113-176) gives May 1939 (“Ausgegeben im Mai 1939”) as the publication date. The correct year for this species is therefore 1939 and not 1938. 2. Gabrius subdepressus (Bernhauer, 1939) (Figs. 4-6) Philonthus subdepressus Bernhauer, 1939a:97. Gabrius subdepressus ; Smetana, 1973:130. Material studied. Japan: Honshu: Asama Plateau, Nidoage, 22. VIII.60, Y. Wa¬ tanabe (4); Nikko Nat. Park, Ryuzu, 1400 m, 16.VII.80, A. & Z. Smetana (4); Nikko Nat. Park, below Konsei Pass (W side), 1500-1600 m, 15.VII.80, A. & Z. Smetana (4).—Additional localities can be found in Smetana 1973:130. Piceous black to black, elytra usually somewhat paler; palpi and legs brownish yellow, inner portions of middle and hind tibiae darkened. Head feebly longer than wide (index 24:22), indistinctly widened posteriorly, temporal angles rather rounded. Eyes rather small and flat, tempora more than twice as long as length of eyes in dorsal view (index 21:9). Antenna in general similar to that of G. astutus Er., outer segments hardly to slightly transverse. Pronotum rather narrow, longer than wide (index 29:22), usually slightly narrowed posteriorly, dorsal rows of punctures often somewhat irregular, each with seven (exceptionally eight) punc¬ tures. Elytra flat and moderately long, at sides slightly longer than pronotum (index 32:29), with fine and dense punctation. Punctation of abdomen finer than that of elytra, seventh (fifth visible) tergite with whitish apical seam. Male. — Sternite of pygidium deeply and widely emarginate, small triangular median area before emargination flattened and smooth; lateroapical margins of emargination bearing rather strong and long setae becoming gradually shorter both medially and laterally (Fig. 6). Aedoeagus rather large and elongate, apical portion of median lobe long, strongly and evenly narrowed apically (Fig. 4). Branches of paramere each with inner margin obliquely truncate apically, truncate portion with numerous sensory tubercles; branches separated by rather wide arc mediobasally (Fig. 5). 126 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figures 1-3. Gabrius unzenensis. 1. Aedoeagus. 2. Underside of paramere. 3. Apical portion of stemite of male pygidium. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 127 Figures 4-6. Gabrius subdepressus. 4. Aedoeagus. 5. Underside of paramere. 6. Apical portion of stemite of male pygidium. 128 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Length 6.0-7.5 mm. Distribution. —Gabrius subdepressus is at present known from Manchuria in northeastern China and from Japan (Honshu and Kyushu). Discussion. — Gabrius subdepressus is similar to G. astutus, however, it differs, in addition to the differences on the aedoeagus, by the smaller eyes, the different number of punctures in the dorsal rows on the pronotum (there are only six punctures in each row in G. astutus) and by the different male secondary sexual characters. In my previous paper (Smetana, 1973:130) the year 1938 is given as the pub¬ lication date of this species. The date”September 1938” is printed at the bottom of the page with the description of G. subdepressus ; however, the wrapper of the “II. Heft” of the Entomologisches Nachrichtenblatt (pages 65-112) gives February 1939 (“Ausgegeben im Feber 1939”) as the publication date. The correct year for this species is therefore 1939 and not 1938. See Smetana (1973:130) for the information on the type series of this species. 3. Gabrius kobayashii , New Species (Figs. 7-9) Holotype (male) and allotype (female). — “Japan Gumma Pr. 7 km E Usui Pass 850 m 24.VII.80 A. & Z. Smetana.” In the Canadian National Collection, Ottawa (CNCNo. 16178). Paratypes. — Same data as holotype (9); Gumma Pref., 6 km E Usui Pass, 750 m, 20.VII.80, A. & Z. Smetana (8); Gumma Pr., 5 km E Usui Pass, 900 m, 25.VII.80, A. & Z. Smetana (3); Gumma Pr., Usui Bypass, 700 m, 20.VII.80 A. & Z. Smetana (1); Mie Pr. Hirakura, 21.VI.61, Y. Watanabe (5). Externally very similar to G. subdepressus, but differing as follows: eyes slightly larger, index length of eyes to length of temples in dorsal view 11:19 (same index in G. subdepressus 9:21), punctures on temporal portion of head in general less numerous, microsculpture on head and pronotum finer, with less appreciable tendency to form irregular meshes on frontal portion of head and on middle anterior portion of pronotum. Male. — Sternite of pygidium broadly emarginate, emargination slightly bisin- uate, its apical margin bearing numerous long and rather strong setae becoming gradually shorter towards midline (Fig. 9). Aedoeagus rather large, with bulbus and basal portion of median lobe wide, median lobe anteriorly suddenly narrowed into long and narrow, basally attenuate and apically rounded apical portion. Paramere wide, entirely covering middle portion of median lobe, its apical margin broadly arcuate with small, obtusely triangular median projection. Sensory tu¬ bercles on underside of paramere arranged along apical margin, including median projection, and becoming distinctly less dense toward middle (Figs. 7, 8). Length 6.1-7.3 mm. Distribution. —Gabrius kobayashii is at present known only from one locality each in Mie and Gumma Prefectures in Central Honshu. Bionomics. — The specimens from near Usui Pass were collected by sifting fallen leaves and other debris along creeks. Discussion. — The external characters, distinguishing this species from G. sub¬ depressus are inconspicuous, however, the differences in the size of the eyes and in the development of the microsculpture on the head and pronotum seem to be VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 129 Figures 7-9. Gabrius kobayashii. 7. Aedoeagus. 8. Underside of paramere. 9. Apical portion of sternite of male pygidium. 130 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST constant. Gabrius kobayashii is also very similar in all external characters to G. yamanei, but differs from the latter by the same set of characters as from G. subdepressus. Etymology. —Patronymic, named in honour of Dr. F. Kobayashi, Forestry and Forest Products Research Institute, Ushiku, Ibaraki, in appreciation of his enor¬ mous assistance during our field work in Japan in the summer of 1980. 4. Gabrius egens (Sharp, 1874) (Figs. 10-12) Philonthus egens Sharp, 1874:44. Gabrius egens\ Smetana, 1960:303. Material studied.—Japan: Honshu: Kyoto Pref., Kyoto, 7.-8.VIII.80, Cl. Be- suchet (MHNG)2. For description and other information about this species see Smetana (1960: 303-304). See Figures 10-12 for details of the sternite of the male pygidium and the aedoeagus. Note especially the arrangement of sensory tubercles on the paramere of the aedoeagus. Type material . — I was able to study three out of four specimens of the original series (see Sharp, 1874:45) deposited in the British Museum (Natural History), London. The specimens are labelled: Spec. No. 1: “Japan. G. Lewis.’’/“Sharp Coll. 1905-313.’’/“Philonthus egens Type D.S.” Spec. No. 2: “Japan. G. Lewis 1910-230”/“Philonthus egens mihi D.S.” Spec. No. 3: “Japan. G. Lewis.’’/“Ja¬ pan” (oval yellow label)/“Sharp Coll. 1905-313.” The specimen No. 1 bearing the label “Philonthus egens Type D.S.” was dissected and the aedoeagus and the pygidium were mounted in Canada balsam. It is hereby designated as the lectotype of G. egens ; the label “Lectotype Philonthus egens Sharp A. Smetana des. 1981” has been attached to this specimen. Bionomics. —No details are known about the habitat requirements of this species. Distribution. — Gabrius egens is at present known only from Hyogo (Sharp, 1874: 45) and Kyoto Prefectures (Honshu). Discussion.— The aedoeagus of G. egens is in general appearance similar to that of G. yamanei, however, it is distinctive mainly by the differently shaped apical portion of the paramere with the differently arranged sensory tubercles (Figs. 11, 14). The specimen subsequently designated as lectotype was received in damaged condition with almost no antennae (only six outer segments of right antenna present), with extensive damage to the legs and with the apical portion of the aedoeagus missing. The quite characteristic paramere, however, is present. The apical portion of the aedoeagus on Figure 10 was reconstructed from my previous illustration (Smetana, 1960:304). 5. Gabrius yamanei, New Species (Figs. 13-15) Holotype (male) and allotype (female). — “Japan Gumma Pr. 5 km E Usui Pass 900 m 25.VII.80 A. & Z. Smetana.” In the Canadian National Collection, Ottawa (CNCNo. 17180). VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 131 Figures 10-12. Gabrius egens. 10. Aedoeagus. 11. Underside of paramere. 12. Apical portion of stemite of male pygidium. 132 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figures 13-15. Gabrius yamanei. 13. Aedoeagus. 14. Underside of paramere. 15. Apical portion of stemite of male pygidium. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 133 Paratypes. — Same data as holotype (41); Gumma Pref., sous Usui Pass, 400 m, 25.VII.80,1. Lobl (MHNG) 1; Gumma Pref., 6 km E Usui Pass, 750 m, 20.VII.80, A. & Z. Smetana (47); Gumma Pref., sous Usui Pass, 850 m, 24.VII.80, I. Lobl (MHNG) 25; Gumma Pref., 7 km E Usui Pass, 850 m, 24.VII.80, A. & Z. Smetana (29); Gumma Pref., sous Usui Pass, 850 m, 24.VII.80, I. Lobl (MHNG) 5; Oku- tama near Tokyo, 29.IV.61, K. Mizusawa (2). Externally extremely similar to G subdepressus and differing only in characters on aedoeagus and in having slightly different male secondary sexual characters. Male. — Stemite of pygidium deeply, triangularly emarginate, small triangular median area before emargination flattened and smooth; lateroapical margins of emargination bearing rather strong and long setae becoming gradually shorter both medially and laterally (Fig. 15). Aedoeagus rather large and in general similar to that of G. kobayashii, however, with median portion of median lobe narrower, with apical portion somewhat wider and with differently shaped paramere. Par- amere anteriorly very broadly, arcuately emarginate, with small and narrow me¬ dian notch in middle of apical margin. Sensory tubercles on underside of paramere arranged densely along apical margin, one isolated tubercle on each lateral margin situated distinctly below apical row of tubercles (Figs. 13, 14). Length 5.8-7.0 mm. Distribution. — Gabrius yamanei is at present known from around Usui Pass near Karuizawa in Gumma Prefecture and from near Tokyo (Central Honshu). Bionomics.— All specimens from near Usui Pass were collected by sifting wet fallen leaves and other debris along creeks, sometimes together with specimens of G. kobayashii. Discussion.— Except for the smaller average size, G. yamanei does not appre¬ ciably differ externally from G. subdepressus. Also the emargination of the sternite of male pygidium is almost identical in both species, however, the strong setae in the emargination are longer and denser in G. yamanei. For a comparison with G. kobayashii and G. egens see the discussion under the respective species. Etymology. — Patronymic, named in honour of Dr. A. Yamane, Forestry and Forest Products Research Institute, Ushiku, Ibaraki, in appreciation of his great help during our held work in Japan in the summer of 1980. 6. Gabrius io> New Species (Figs. 16-18) Holotype (male).—“ Japan Kyoto Pr. Seryo-toge, 500-700 m, 6.VIII. 80 A. & Z. Smetana.” Deposited in the Canadian National Collection, Ottawa (CNC No. 17181). Paratypes.— Kyoto Pref., Seryo-Toge, 13 km N Kyoto, 500-600 m, 6.VIII. 80, I. Lobl (MHNG) 2. Externally extremely similar to G. subdepressus and differing only in characters on the aedoeagus and in having slightly different male secondary sexual characters. Male. — Stemite of pygidium deeply, triangularly emarginate, small triangular median area before emargination flattened and smooth; lateroapical margins of emargination bearing rather strong and long setae becoming gradually shorter both medially and laterally (Fig. 18). Aedoeagus very similar in general shape to that of G. subdepressus, however, differing in shape of paramere. Paramere with branches shorter and wider, shorter than basal portion of paramere and separated 134 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figures 16-18. Gabrius io. 16. Aedoeagus. 17. Underside of paramere. 18. Apical portion of stemite of male pygidium. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 135 mediobasally by deep V-shaped emargination, with sensory tubercles more nu¬ merous (Figs. 16, 17). Length 5.9 mm. Distribution. — Gabrius io is at present known only from the type locality in the Kyoto Prefecture (Honshu). Bionomics. — The holotype was taken by sifting a small pile of rotting grass. Discussion. —The holotype of this species is slightly smaller than most specimens of G. subdepressus, however, this is probably insignificant; the range of size in G. io can be expected to be comparable to that of G. subdepressus. The male secondary sexual characters on the pygidium of G. io are very similar to those of G. subdepressus, however, the emargination is narrower and the setae on lateroapical margins of the emargination are shorter and less strong in G. io. Etymology. — The specific name is the Latin interjection expressing joy. 7. Gabrius damort, New Species (Figs. 19-21) Holotype (male) and allotype (female). — “Tachiyzawa - Vill. (Yamagata Pref.) Japan 30. VII.60 Coll. Y. Watanabe.” In the Canadian National Collection, Ottawa (CNCNo. 17182). Paratypes. — Same data as holotype (1); same data as holotype but date 2. VIII.60 ( 1 ). Externally very similar to G. subdepressus and differing only by its smaller size, by the characters on the aedoeagus and in having slightly different male secondary sexual characters. Male. — Sternite of pygidium rather deeply triangularly emarginate, small tri¬ angular median area before emargination flattened and smooth; lateroapical mar¬ gins of emargination bearing rather strong and long setae becoming gradually shorter both medially and laterally (Fig. 21). Aedoeagus very similar in general shape to that of G. subdepressus, however, in general smaller and less robust. Paramere narrower and more elongate, branches separated by rather acute angle mediobasally, each with inner margin simple, not obliquely truncate apically and with only a few sensory tubercles near apex (Figs. 19, 20). Length 5.0-5.5 mm. Distribution. — Gabrius damon is at present known only from the type locality in the Yamagata Prefecture (northern Honshu). Bionomics. —No details are known about the habitat requirements of this species. Discussion. — The male secondary sexual characters on the pygidium of G. da¬ mon are very similar to those of G. subdepressus, however, the emargination is narrower and less deep in G. damon. It resembles that of G. io, however, in the latter the setae on lateroapical margins of the emargination are more numerous. Etymology.— The specific name is the name of a Pythagorean celebrated on account of the friendship between him and Phintias. 8. Gabrius abas, New Species (Figs. 22-24) Holotype (male) and allotype (female). — “Japan Gumma Pr. 5 km E Usui Pass 900 m 25.VII.80 A. & Z. Smetana.” In the Canadian National Collection, Ottawa (CNC No. 17183). 136 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figures 19-21. Gabrius damon. 19. Aedoeagus. 20. Underside of paramere. 21. Apical portion of sternite of male pygidium. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 137 Figures 22-24. Gabrius abas. 22. Aedoeagus. 23. Underside of paramere. 24. Apical portion of sternite of male pygidium. 138 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Paratypes. — Same data as holotype (6); Gumma Pr., 6 km E Usui Pass, 750 m, 20.VII.80 A. & Z. Smetana (2); Gumma Pr., Usui Bypass, 700 m, 20.VII.81, A. & Z. Smetana (1). Externally very similar to G. subdepressus and differing only by its smaller size, by the characters on the aedoeagus and in having slightly different male secondary sexual characters. Male. — Sternite of pygidium rather deeply triangularly emarginate, small tri¬ angular area before emargination flattened and smooth; lateroapical margins of emargination bearing rather strong and long setae becoming gradually shorter both medially and laterally (Fig. 24). Aedoeagus very similar in general shape to that of G. io, however, different in some details in shape of median lobe and paramere; branches of paramere separated mediobasally by moderately deep, U-shaped emargination; shorter than basal portion of paramere and each with sensory tubercles arranged in a similar way as those of G. io (Figs. 22, 23). Length 5.0-5.7 mm. Distribution. — Gabrius abas is at present known only from around Usui Pass near Karuizawa in Gumma Prefecture (Central Honshu). Bionomics. — All specimens of the original series were taken by sifting fallen leaves and other debris along creeks. Discussion.— The male secondary sexual characters on the pygidium of G. abas are almost identical to those of G. damon, however, the setae on the lateroapical margins of the emargination are in general shorter in G. abas. One paratype in the original series of G. abas has only six punctures in one of the dorsal rows on pronotum. Etymology.— The specific name is the name of the twelfth king of Argos, son of Lyncaeus and Hypermnestra, grandson of Danaus, father of Acrisius and grand¬ father of Perseus. 9. Gabrius demades, New Species (Figs. 25-27) Holotype (male) and allotype (female). — “Japan Toyama Pr. Tateyama Mts. Bijodaira 1000 m 28.VII.80 A. & Z. Smetana.” In the Canadian National Col¬ lection (CNCNo. 17184). Paratypes. — Same data as holotype (4); Nikko Nat. Park, below Konsei Pass (W side), 1500-1600 m, 15.VII.80, A. & Z. Smetana (2); Toyama Pr., Arimine, Kaminikawa, 1100 m, 29.VII.80, A. & Z. Smetana (1); Ehime Pr., Ishizuchi Nat. Park, Mt. Ishizuchi, 12.VIII.80, Cl. Besuchet (MHNG) (4). General habitus of a species from Nigritulus-group. Elytra and to lesser extent also head and pronotum with slight metallic lustre. Antennae brunneous with two basal segments testaceous or entirely testaceous, legs rufotestaceous with inner portions of metatibiae occasionally darkened. Eyes rather small, index length of eyes to length of temples in dorsal view equals 7:14. Dorsal rows of pronotum with six punctures each, occasionally one additional puncture present unilaterally. Male.— Sternite of pygidium moderately deeply triangularly emarginate, small triangular median area before emargination flattened and smooth; lateroapical margins of emargination bearing fairly strong but not long setae becoming grad¬ ually finer and shorter medially (Fig. 27). Aedoeagus elongate with apical portion of median lobe evenly and almost conically tapered toward fairly acute apex. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 139 Figures 25-27. Gabrius demades. 25. Aedoeagus. 26. Underside of paramere. 27. Apical portion of stemite of male pygidium. 140 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Paramere rather short, with two stout and very short branches apically, separated from each other by almost semicircular notch; sensory tubercles on underside of paramere arranged along apical margin of each branch (Figs. 25, 26). Length 4.0-4.5 mm. Distribution. — Gabrius demades is as present known from a few localities in the Nikko National Park, in the mountains of the Toyama Prefecture (Honshu), and in the Ishizuchi National Park (Shikoku). Bionomics.— The specimens of the original series were taken by sifting wet leaf litter and moss along creeks (Nikko N.P. and Kaminikawa) and by sifting debris around bases of old trees in an undisturbed deciduous forest (Bijodaira). Discussion. — Except for one specimen with seven punctures in one of the dorsal rows on pronotum, all remaining specimens have six punctures in these rows. Etymology. — The specific name is the name of the famous Athenian rhetorician Demades, a contemporary of Demosthenes. 10. Gabrius philo, New Species (Figs. 28-30) Holotype (male) and allotype (female). — “Japan Nikko N.P. Ryuzu 16.VII.80 1400 m, A. & Z. Smetana.” In the Canadian National Collection, Ottawa (CNC No. 17185). Paratypes.—Same data as holotype (1); Nagano Pr., Shiga, 1500 m, 23.VII.80, A. & Z. Smetana (1); Nagano Pr., J. E. Kogen N. Park, Shiga, 1500 m, 23.VII.80, I. Lobl (MHNG) 14; Toyama Pr., Arimine, Kaminikawa, 1100 m, 29.VII.80, A. & Z. Smetana (2); same I. Lobl (MHNG) 2; Kyoto Pref., Seryo-Toge, 13 km N Kyoto, 500-600 m, 6.VIII.80, I. Lobl (MHNG) 2, Ehime Pr., via Mt. Ishizuchi, 1000 m, 14.VII.80, I. Lobl (MHNG) 4. Externally very similar to G. demades but differing by slightly larger size, by slightly larger eyes (index length of eyes to length of temples in dorsal view equals 7:18), by the characters on the aedoeagus and by the different male secondary sexual characters. Male.— Sternite of pygidium shallowly, almost arcuately emarginate apically, small triangular median area before emargination flattened and smooth; margins of emargination without accumulation of strong setae (Fig. 30). Aedoeagus, in¬ cluding paramere, very similar to that of G. demades, however, in general larger with apical portion of median lobe more robust, not conically narrowed anteriorly and with obtusely rounded apex (Fig. 28); paramere as in Figure 29. Length 4.8-5.2 mm. Distribution. — Gabrius philo is at present known from the Nikko National Park, from the Nagano and Toyama Prefectures (Honshu), and from the Ehime Pre¬ fecture (Shikoku). Bionomics. — The specimens of the type series were collected by sifting wet moss and debris around seepages in an old hardwood forest (Nikko N.P.), in debris along a creek (Shiga) and by sifting wet moss and various debris at a small creek (Kaminikawa). Discussion.— The paramere of G. philo is very similar to that of G. kuansha- nensis; however, in G. philo the notch in the middle of the apical margin of the paramere is shallower and less wide, and the sensory tubercles on the apical margin of the paramere are larger and more crowded (Figs. 29, 32). VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 141 Figures 28-30. Gabrius philo. 28. Aedoeagus. 29. Underside of paramere. 30. Apical portion of stemite of male pygidium. 142 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Etymology.— The specific name is the name of an academic philosopher of Athens, teacher of Cicero. 11. Gabrius kuanshanensis (Bernhauer, 1914) (Figs. 31-33) Philonthus kuanshanensis Bernhauer, 1914:66. Gabrius kuanshanensis', Smetana, 1973:132. Gabrius kuanshanensis', Coiffait, 1974:33, Fig. 12G, H, I; 79. Material studied. — See Smetana, 1973:132. For the description and other in¬ formation about this species see Smetana, 1973:132-133 and Coiffait, 1974:33, 79-80. See Figures 31-33 for details of the sternite of the male pygidium and the aedoeagus. Note particularly the arrangement of the sensory tubercles on the paramere of the aedoeagus. Distribution. —Gabrius kuanshanensis is at present known only from “Chi- Kuan-Shan” (=Jiguanshan?) and from Chinkiang (=Chenjiang?) in the Peoples Republic of China. It has not yet been found in Japan, however, it may occur there. Discussion. —Gabrius kuanshanensis is, in all characters, including the aedoea¬ gus, very similar to G. sharpianus; however, the latter differs by having a swelling on the dorsal face of the apical portion of the median lobe of the aedoeagus. As a matter of fact, the seven specimens in the Bernhauer collection under the name P. kuanshanensis described in detail by myself (Smetana, 1973:132) and men¬ tioned also by Coiffait (1974:79) belong to two different species. Of the three males from “Chinkiang,” the aedoeagi of two of them agree with drawings of the ae¬ doeagus of G. kuanshanensis given both by myself (Smetana, 1973:131, Fig. 6) and by Coiffait (1974:33, Fig. 12G, H, I). However, I recently dissected the third male and found that the aedoeagus agrees with that of G. sharpianus. Gabrius kuanshanensis is also similar to G. philo\ however, the latter differs by having the sternite of the male pygidium shallowly emarginate and by some details in the shape of the median lobe and of the paramere (see Figs. 29, 32, and the discussion under G. philo). I erroneously considered the only original specimen of G. kuanshanensis in the Bernhauer collection (see Smetana, 1973:132) as the holotype of this species. The specimen cannot be in fact considered as the holotype (see Bernhauer, 1914:67). It is therefore hereby designated as the lectotype; the label “Lectotype Philonthus kuanshanensis Bernh. Smetana des. 1981” has been attached to it. 12. Gabrius sharpianus (Cameron, 1930) (Figs. 34-37) Philonthus sharpianus Cameron, 1930:207. Philonthus conicus Bernhauer, 1939:99 (n. syn.). Gabrius demarcatus Tottenham, 1940:68. Gabrius sharpianus', Smetana, 1960:305. Material studied. — Japan: Gifu Prefi, 8 km SW Gero, Hwy 257,450 m, 31 .VII.80, A. & Z. Smetana (16); Gifu Prefi, 9 km S Gero, Hwy 41, 475 m, 31.VII.80, A. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 143 Figures 31-33. Gabrius kuanshanensis. 31. Aedoeagus. 32. Underside of paramere. 33. Apical portion of sternite of male pygidium. 144 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figures 34-37. Gabrius sharpianus. 34. Aedoeagus. 35. Apical portion of median lobe in lateral view. 36. Underside of paramere. 37. Apical portion of sternite of male pygidium. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 145 & Z. Smetana (3); Gifu Pref., 8 km SE Osaka, 750 m, 1.VIII.80,1. Lobl (MHNG) 1; Gumma Pref., 5 km E Usui Pass, 900 m, 25.VII.80, A. & Z. Smetana (4); Gumma Pref., 6 km E Usui Pass, 750 m, 20.VII.80, A. & Z. Smetana (3); same, l. Lobl (MHNG) 2; Gumma Pref., 7 km E Usui Pass, 850 m, 24.VII.80, A. & Z. Smetana (5); same, I.Lobl (MHNG) 3; Gumma Pref., 4 km SW Tsumagoi, 1050 m, 18.VII.80, A. & Z. Smetana (3); same, I. Lobl (MHNG) 4; Nagano Pref., Shiga, 1500 m, 23.VII.80, A. & Z. Smetana (1); Kyoto Pref., Kyoto, 18-20.VIII.80, Cl. Besuchet (MHNG) 15; Kyoto Pref., Kyoto, Mt. Hiei, 800 m, 2.VIII.80, Cl. Be- suchet (MHNG) 5; Kyoto Pref., Seryo-Toge, 13 km N Kyoto, 500-600 m, 6.VIII.80, Cl. Besuchet (MHNG) 2; Nara Pref., Nara, 7, 10 and 11.VIII.80, A. & Z. Smetana (24); same, 27-31.VII.80, Cl. Besuchet (MHNG) 12; Toyama Pref., 10 km SE Unazuki Hot Spa, 400 m, 27.VII.80, A. & Z. Smetana (2). Peoples Republic of China: “Nordwestl. China Chinkiang Col. Reitter” (1). Additional localities in Japan can be found in Smetana, 1960:305. For the description and other information about this species, including the synonymy and type material of G. sharpianus and G. demarcatus, see Smetana, 1960:305-306. See Figures 34-37 for details of the sternite of the male pygidium and the aedoeagus. Note especially the arrangement of sensory tubercles on the paramere of the aedoeagus. Type material of G. conicus.— The Bernhauer collection in the Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, contains two conspecific females under the name of Philonthus conicus. They are labelled: Spec. No. 1. “Tsushima Japan”/“conicus Brnh. Typ.”/“conicus Bernh. Typus”/“Chicago NHMus M. Bernhauer Collec¬ tion.” Spec. No. 2: “Nordwestl. China Chinkiang Col. Reitter”/“conicus Bernh. Cotypus”/“Chicago NHMus M. Bernhauer Collection.” Specimen No. 1 is hereby designated as the lectotype of G. conicus; the label “Lectotype Philonthus conicus Bernh. Smetana des. 1981” has been attached to this specimen. Both specimens are considered indistinguishable from specimens of G. sharpianus and the name G. conicus should be considered as a synonym of G. sharpianus; my corresponding determination label was attached to each of the two original specimens. Bionomics. — Most specimens collected in Japan in 1980 were taken by sifting wet moss, fallen leaves and other debris, including old flood debris, along creeks; some were also taken by sifting fallen leaves and other floor debris on wet areas in an old mixed forest (Nara). Distribution. —Gabrius sharpianus is known from “Chinkiang” in the Peoples Republic of China and from numerous localities in Japan on Honshu (Gifu, Gumma, Nagano, Nara and Toyama Prefectures) and on Kyushu (Nagasaki Pre¬ fecture). Discussion. — Gabrius sharpianus is in all characters, including the aedoeagus, very similar to G. kuanshanensis; however, the aedoeagus of the latter differs, in addition to some minor differences, particularly by the absence of the globular swelling of the dorsal face of the apex of the median lobe which is quite char¬ acteristic of G. sharpianus. The specimen from “Chinkiang” mentioned above is one of the seven specimens originally deposited in the Berhnauer collection under the name P. kuanshanensis (see also the discussion under G. kuanshanensis). 146 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 13 . Gabrius ophion, New Species (Figs. 38-40) Holotype (male) and allotype (female). — “Japan Gumma Pr. 7 km E Usui Pass 850 m, 24.VII.80 A. & Z. Smetana.” In the Canadian National Collection, Ottawa (CNCNo. 17186). Paratypes. — Gifu Pr., 8 km SW Gero, Hwy. 257, 450 m, 31.VII.80, A. & Z. Smetana (1); Nikko Nat. Park, Lake Chuzenjiko, Chisan-Shukuhakusho 1300 m, 15.VII.80, A. & Z. Smetana (2); Kyoto Pr., Seryo-Toge, 13 km N Kyoto, 500- 600 m, 6.VIII.80, Cl. Besuchet (MHNG) 2; Kuril Islands, Kunashir Island, Men- deleevo, 9.IX.72, Pototskaya (1). Externally very similar to G. demades and differing only by slightly larger eyes (index length of eye to length of temple in dorsal view equals 10:17), by characters on the aedoeagus and in having different male secondary sexual characters. Male. — Sternite of pygidium with wide and rather shallow, obtusely traingular emargination, apical margin with numerous setae gradually becoming shorter and weaker towards middle (Fig. 40). Aedoeagus very long, median lobe very elongate but relatively wide, gradually narrowed anteriorly, apically rather suddenly nar¬ rowed into obtuse apex. Paramere with apical margin with small median emar¬ gination and one deeper and much wider emargination on each side; sensory tubercles on underside of paramere arranged along apical margin, leaving small median emargination free (Figs. 38, 39). Length 4.2-4.9 mm. Distribution. —Gabrius ophion is at present known from a few localities in the Nikko National Park, in the Gifu, Gumma and Kyoto Prefectures (Honshu), and from one locality on the Kunashir Island in the Kuril Islands. Bionomics. — Most specimens of the original series were collected in wet leaf litter and other debris (including old flood-debris) along creeks; some were taken by sifting a pile of decaying grass (Nikko N.P.). The specimen from the Kunashir Island was reared from a pupa found on a dead Abies spec. tree. Discussion. — The species is quite distinctive by the characteristic shape of the paramere. One paratype from Japan has one additional puncture in one of the dorsal rows on the pronotum. The specimen from the Kunashir Island is quite teneral. Etymology. — The specific name is the name of the Centaur Ophion who was the father of Amycus. 14 . Gabrius nepos, New Species (Figs. 41-43) Holotype (male) and allotype (female). — “Japan Gumma Pr. Usui Bypass 700 m 20.VII.80, A. & Z. Smetana.” In the Canadian National Collection, Ottawa (CNCNo. 17187). Paratypes. — Same data as holotype (5); Gifu Pr., 8 km SW Gero, Hwy 257, 450 m, 31.VII.80, A. & Z. Smetana (3); Gifu Pr., 9 km S Gero, Hwy 41, 475 m, 31.VII.80, A. & Z. Smetana (3); Gifu Pr., 8 km SE Osaka, 750 m, 1.VIII.80, A. & Z. Smetana (1); Toyama Pr., Arimine, Kaminikawa, 1100 m, 29.VII.80, A. & VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 147 Figures 38-40. Gabrius ophion. 38. Aedoeagus. 39. Underside of paramere. 40. Apical portion of stemite of male pygidium. 148 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figures 41-43. Gabrius nepos. 41. Aedoeagus. 42. Underside of paramere. 43. Apical portion of stemite of male pygidium. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 149 Z. Smetana (2); Mie Pr., Hirakura, 20. or 21.VI.61, Y. Watanabe (4); Ehime Pr., Ishizuchi N. Park, Omogo, 12.VIII.80, Cl. Besuchet (MHNG) 3. Externally very similar to G. demades and differing only in characters on the aedoeagus and in having different male secondary sexual characters. Male. — Sternite of pygidium with rather narrow and not deep, obtusely arcuate emargination, small triangular median area before emargination flattened and smooth; with group of setae at each side of emargination (Fig. 43). Aedoeagus with median lobe asymmetrical, apical portion of median lobe fairly narrow, distinctly hook-like curved and obtuse apically. Paramere strongly widened an¬ teriorly, anterior margin broadly and shallowly arcuately emarginate, sensory tubercles on underside of paramere situated at apical margin and gradually dis¬ appearing towards middle (Figs. 41-42). Length 4.0-4.8 mm. Distribution. — Gabrius nepos is at present known from several localities in Gifu, Gumma and Toyama Prefectures (Honshu), and one locality in Ehime Prefecture (Shikoku). Bionomics.— The specimens of the original series were taken by sifting wet moss, fallen leaves and other debris along creeks, those from around Gero were sifted from old flood debris at a creek. Discussion. — The species is quite distinctive by the characteristic shape of the paramere and by the assymmetrical, hook-like curved apical portion of the median lobe. One paratype has one additional puncture in one of the dorsal rows on the pronotum. Etymology.— The specific name is the name of a Roman historian, the friend of Cicero, Atticus and Catullus. Acknowledgments The original specimens of some species described by Bernhauer and by Sharp have been made available to me through the kindness of Dr. L. Watrous, Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago and Mr. G. Kibby, British Museum (Natural History), London. Their assistance is gratefully acknowledged. I thank Mr. Y. Watanabe, Tokyo, for allowing me to study, many years ago, the Japanese species of Gabrius and letting me keep some specimens in my collection. I also thank my colleagues, Drs. E.C. Becker and J.M. Campbell in the Coleoptera Unit of the Biosystematics Research Institute for their suggestions and criticisms of the manuscript, and Mr. G. Sato for carefully finishing all the drawings in this paper. Literature Cited Bernhauer, M. 1914. Neue Staphyliniden der palaarktischen Fauna. Col. Rdsch., 3:65-68. -. 1939a. Zur Staphylinidenfauna von China u. Japan. (10. Beitrag). Ent. Nachrbl., 12:97-109. -. 1939b. Zur Staphylinidenfauna von China u. Japan (11. Beitrag). Ent. Nachrbl., 12:145- 158. Cameron, M. 1930. New species of Staphylinidae from Japan. Ent. Mon. Mag., 67:181-208. Coiffait, H. 1974. Coleopteres Staphylinidae de la region palearctique occidentale II. Sous famille Staphylininae, Tribus Philonthini et Staphylinini. Suppl. a la Nouv. Rev. Ent., Tome IV, fas. 4. Toulouse, 593 pp. 150 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Scheerpeltz, O. 1933. Staphylinidae VII. In Junk-Schenkling: coleopterorum catalogus, VI, pars 129. Berlin, pp. 989-1500. Sharp, D. 1874. The Staphylinidae of Japan. Trans. Ent. Soc. London: 1-103. -. 1889. The Staphylinidae of Japan. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser., 6(3):28-44, 108-121, 249- 267, 319-334, 406-419, 463-476. Smetana, A. 1960. Monographische Bearbeitung der palaarktischen Arten der Gattung Gabrius Curt, aus der nigritulus-Gruppe (Coleoptera). Dtsch. ent. Z., N.F., 7:295-356. -. 1973. Ueber einige von Dr. M. Bemhauer beschriebene Gabrius-Arten (Coleoptera:Staphy- linidae) (90. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Staphyliniden). Nouv. Rev. Ent., 3:125-136. Tottenham, C.E. 1940. A new species of Gabrius Stephens (Col., Staphylinidae) from Japan. Ent. mon. Mag., 76:68-69. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(2), 1984, pp. 151-154 Published 17 April 1984 Hour of Mating Flight in Three Species of Ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae ) 1 Elwood S. McCluskey and Dale K. McCluskey (ESM) Departments of Biology and Physiology, Loma Linda University, Loma Linda, California 92350; (DKM) Colton, California 92324. The mating flights of ants usually occur at a time of day characteristic for the species (Holldobler, 1976; Kannowski, 1963; Talbot, 1946). Also there is appar¬ ently a genus likeness in time of flight (McCluskey, 1973, 1974); but for study at this taxonomic level, records for more species are desirable. For one species reported here, the hour is very different from most other records in its genus. The flights all occurred in or near our yard 1 km up Reche Canyon (elevation 350 m), near Colton, San Bernardino County, California. The observations of the first species below were made by both of us, those of the second by ESM, and the third by Esther McCluskey. Solenopsis Maniosa Wheeler Mallis (1938) states that the mating flights are in the late afternoon of a warm day, and we have often seen the winged castes out of the nest on summer evenings. The purpose here is to make a more quantitative statement. In Figure 1A are assembled the flight records for a number of nests and days. A few of these records were the basis for the “1815” flight hour given in Figure 1 of McCluskey (1974) (there called S. xyloni). The hour of peak flight is shown by an “x” for each record; the mean was 1750. The span of time from the earliest (1630) to the latest (1855) ant seen to fly is shown by the short bar underneath. Flights occurred only in the shade, between 25 and 32°C (temperature at 1 m from surface). Any given flight often lasted only a small fraction of an hour, but was preceded by a build-up of workers and alates. Alates flying per minute varied from less than one to many. For several nests in July 1979 both light intensity and ground-level temperature were observed. At least for the limited number of nests and days compared, nest- to-nest or day-to-day variability of these measurements did not appear to explain the variability in time of flight (nearly an hour). Peak flight occurred at the same time as peak number of alates out. Flowever, for some days or nests there were no flights seen, even when the number out was 10 or more at once, as if flight requires something beyond that which initiates exit from the nest. (As DKM says, “the ants fly when they feel like it.”) No winged ants were even seen outside the nest on any of the 10 mornings briefly observed (see Fig. 1B for two of these days), even if unusually warm and humid. 1 Species kindly determined by Roy Snelling. 152 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST © I-1-1 0000 0400 0800 SUNSET t xx X XXX X XXX X XXX —1-1-1--—I 1200 1600 2000 2400 o CO UJ _I < z: LjJ <*■ r LU 5 — CO SUNRISE + A / \ i \ ! K P. HYATT I / I \ i- / A \ * / \ \ 7 V ' —p-o-<£pO-o—r-^ HOUR 0500 0600 Figure 1. A. Flight hours of S. maniosa. Each x represents hour (PST) of peak number flying/ minute for 1 nest for 1 day. Horizontal bar underneath runs from earliest to latest hour any ant was seen to fly. The 14 flights are from 7 nests and 11 days between 20 June and 24 July during years 1973-1979. B. Hour of surface appearance and of flight for 1 nest each of 2 species (between 13 and 26 July 1978): • = P. hyatti, 0=5’. maniosa. Upper curve in each case represents number out of nest (points are shown for other end of day, but are all zero and are not connected by OUT line). Lower curve represents number flying/minute; ordinate scale there is 0.2 per division instead of 1 per division as for number out. Pheidole Hyatti Emery Early one morning I happened to see winged females at a nest under a fruit tree and, thinking them to be S. maniosa, was surprised at such a flight hour. A few minutes later we saw ants hovering over a bare area of the yard 50 m from the nest. Both these ants and those at the nest turned out to be P. hyatti. The hovering or swarming area was observed for several days beginning just before sunrise at about 0500. Only females were seen flying. They were from 1 to at least 3 m above the ground, and varied in number from zero to five at any given time. The number was undiminished at the last observation about 0600. The sun was then beginning to reach the area. On two occasions a male was seen with a female on the ground beneath, one of the pairs in copulation. (The latter as well as ants from the nest were used for species determination.) No ants were seen flying there in the evenings. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 153 In Figure IB is shown the nest flight activity for several days, and for com¬ parison, that of a nest of S. maniosa on two of the same days. The flight hour of the P. hyatti colony (peak at 0520) was at the opposite end of the day from that of S. maniosa. Only females were seen at either nest. For each species the number of workers around the nest was far higher at the flight hour than at the opposite end of the day, when there were no females out at all. Another contrast between the flight hours was the temperature, 18-19°C for P. hyatti and 30-27° for S. maniosa. Neither nest was in the sun at flight time. The present record adds a second morning species for this genus. The compi¬ lation of flight hour records for Pheidole by McCluskey (1974) included seven species. All of these flew in the late afternoon or evening except one in the early morning. And even in that species, flight from the nest itself was not seen and could have occurred in the late evening (Williams and Illingworth, 1935). Pheidole Pilifera Pacifica Wheeler About 1430 on 3 November 1959 Esther McCluskey discovered a mating swarm of this species upon bicycling through it along an open lane. Again the next afternoon there was swarming, lasting until after 1530. Twenty or 30 males were flying around each female, and occasionally a copulating pair would fall to the ground (several such pairs were collected for species determination). It was partly cloudy and the air temperature was 19°C. These records were the basis for the “1530” flight hour given in Figure 1 of McCluskey (1974). Comparison of Mating Swarms in Pheidole The mating aggregations reported here for two species of Pheidole resemble those more completely described by Wilson (1957) for P. sitarches as well as one briefly noted by Williams and Illingworth (1935) for P. megacephala. In all four species the swarms were relatively low, and over bare areas. This is in contrast to some other ants, where swarms occur on or above tall objects or high in the air (Sudd, 1967). Three of these four species of Pheidole, and another, pallidula (Goetsch, 1957), were alike in that mating pairs dropped out of the swarms to the ground. In P. megacephala, however, Williams saw the pairs continue to fly in the swarm. The time relation between flight from the nest and swarming is not well known. In none of the five species of Pheidole mentioned above was nest flight hour reported except for P. hyatti described here. In this case flight at the mating area continued from before until after the flight at the one nest seen. Summary For comparison at higher taxon levels there is need for records of more species. The “evening” flight time of Solenopsis maniosa is documented by 14 different day or nest flight records. The mean peak flight hour was 1750, the earliest flight starting at 1630 and the latest ending at 1855 just before sunset; all were in the shade. Flights from one nest of Pheidole hyatti on several of the same days in July as S. maniosa, were centered at 0520, just after sunrise but in the shade. A mating aggregation of the same species hovered at a nearby spot on the same mornings. Morning flight records are unusual for Pheidole. 154 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST A swarm of Pheidole pilifera pacifica was also seen but in November and at about 1500. Like P. hyatti and certain previously-reported species in the genus, the swarming was over a bare area, it was low, and mating pairs dropped to the ground beneath. Literature Cited Goetsch, W. 1957. The ants. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, 173 pp. Holldobler, B. 1976. The behavioral ecology of mating in harvester ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae: Pogonomyrmex). Behav. Ecol. Sociobiol., 1:405-423. Kannowski, P. B. 1963. The flight activities of formicine ants. Symp. Genet. Biol. Ital., 12:74-102. Mallis, A. 1938. The California fire ant and its control. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 14:87-91. McCluskey, E. S. 1973. Generic diversity in phase of rhythm in formicine ants. Psyche, 80:295- 304. -. 1974. Generic diversity in phase of rhythm in myrmicine ants. J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc., 82: 93-102. Sudd, J. H. 1967. An introduction to the behaviour of ants. Arnold, London, 200 pp. Talbot, M. 1945. A comparison of flights of four species of ants. Amer. Midland Naturalist, 34: 504-510. Williams and Illingworth. 1935. Proc. Hawaiian Entomol. Soc., 9:3. Wilson, E. O. 1957. The organization of a nuptial flight of the ant Pheidole sitarches Wheeler. Psyche, 64:45-50. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(2), 1984, pp. 155-162 Published 17 April 1984 Observations on the Biology of Eremapis parvula Ogloblin an Anthophorid Bee with a Metasomal Scopa (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae) John L. Neff 7307 Running Rope, Austin, Texas 78731. Abstract. — Observations are presented on nests, floral host preferences and phe¬ nology of Eremapis parvula Ogloblin, a monotypic exomalopsine bee from the deserts of northern Argentina. Dense nest aggregations were located in fine alluvial soil deposits along a sandy river bank. Individual nests are constructed by a single female and show many features observed in the related genus Exomalopsis. A distinctive feature of Eremapis nest cells is the ringlike deposition of fecal pellets. Eremapis appears to be an oligolege of Prosopis (Fabaceae) and the phenology of local bee populations is synchronized with the flowering of various taxa of that genus. Pollen is transported on unusual keeled setae on the metasomal sterna as well as in the scopa of the hind legs. Eremapis is a monotypic genus of tiny (female body length 3.8-4.2 mm) bees endemic to the arid Monte Desert and adjacent portions of the western Chaco of Argentina (Ogloblin, 1956). It forms, along with the related monotypic genera Teratognatha of northern Argentina and Chilimalopsis of northern Chile, a dis¬ tinctive group within the Exomalopsini which may represent the remnants of a relatively primitive stock within that taxon (Michener and Moure, 1957; Toro, 1976). Nothing has been published on the biology of any of these three genera. The information I present here on Eremapis parvula Ogloblin may be of impor¬ tance in examining evolutionary trends within the Exomalopsini, a group of considerable biological diversity. During the six month southern spring-summer (Oct.-Mar.) flowering seasons of 1972-1973 and 1973-1974, I was able to study the phenology and floral relationships of Eremapis parvula in the vicinity of Andalgala, Catamarca, Ar¬ gentina, as part of my larger study of the flower-visiting insects of this region. No nests were discovered near Andalgala, but during a trip through the central and southern portions of the Monte Desert, I discovered several large nesting aggre¬ gations and excavated numerous nests. The data on nesting habits of Eremapis presented here are based on observations taken near this site as well as from observations made on nest-containing soil examined in the laboratory. Philip Torchio supplied additional notes based on material from the nest site. Eggs, larvae, and pupae recovered from the nests were deposited with Mr. Torchio for description. Nesting Sites and Nest Architecture On 17 November 1973, three nesting aggregations were discovered along the banks of the Rio Huaco near the Termas Aguas Hedionados, approximately 30 156 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST km north of San Jose de Jachal, San Juan, Argentina. The area is covered with desert scrub vegetation and the river itself was lined with bushes of Baccharis spp. (Asteraceae) and small Prosopis (Fabaceae) trees intermixed with shrubs of Schinus sp. (Anacardiaceae), Larrea divaricata (Cavanilles), Bulnesia retama (Hooker and Arnott) Griseb., Plectrocarpa sp. (Zygophyllaceae), and Atamisquea emarginata Hooker and Arnott (Capparaceae). The soil near the river was pre¬ dominantly bare, loose sand. The nests were restricted to encrusted areas in low depressions which were filled with silt during periods of high water. The nest sites proper were devoid of vegetation but the entire area was surrounded by low Prosopis trees which would have caused partial shading. The crust of the soil surface of the nest-containing depressions was between 6 and 8 mm thick and underlain by a moist silt layer about 15 to 18 cm deep. Beneath this layer was pure sand. The largest nesting aggregation occupied a depression that was 8 m long and 1.5 m wide that was completely covered with numerous low conical tumuli from the closely packed nests. No turrets were observed. Between 8 and 11 open nests were present per 100 cm area suggesting a population of over 8000 females in this one aggregation. Nest openings were made directly into the crust or through pre-existing cracks in the crust. The burrows were unlined, 0.9-1.0 mm in diameter, and descended vertically for 12-15 cm. After reaching a depth of about 15 cm, the burrows turned abruptly giving rise to horizontal laterals that extended about 3-4 cm before terminating in single, oval, apparently unlined cells (Fig. 1). The short amount of time available for excavating and the density of the nests prevented an accurate determination of the number of cells per nest, but it is assumed that completed nests are multicellular. No linear series or clusters of cells were found and, in fully provisioned cells, the laterals were filled with soil. A few cells were found in the upper 5 cm of the silty soil and several others were found at the silt-sand interface or just slightly under the interface in the sand. Although the nest site was dis¬ covered at dusk, numerous males and females were visible, flying over the nest site or resting on the soil surface. Only single females were found within open nests. The presence of numerous old cells in the soil samples indicated that the nest site had been used in previous years. Individual cells were oval, approximately 3-4 mm long and 2—2.5 mm wide with the long axis roughly parallel to the connecting lateral (Fig. 2). They were apparently unlined and could not be extracted from the soil matrix. The cell cap was thin (0.3-0.6 mm) and apparently also unlined. In each case, the provisions were molded pollen masses with no free liquid. The smooth, slightly elongate pollen masses were approximately 2.0 mm long and 1.5 mm tall and deep. The ventral surface of the pollen masses was flattened and slightly concave. In some cells, new pollen balls appeared to have the end nearest the cap slightly raised, reminiscent of pollen balls made by some species of Exomalopsis (Raw, 1977; Rozen, 1977), although this feature was not observed in all cases. Without ex¬ ception, the pollen masses consisted solely of Prosopis pollen. Cells containing eggs as well as all stages of immatures were found. Dark pupae and adults were absent in closed cells. Most cells excavated contained developing larvae still feeding on the provisions. The elongate egg (about 1 mm long) was placed on the dorsal portion of the pollen mass, parallel to the long axis of the cell (Fig. 2). The egg contacted the VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 157 1 2 I mm i-1 Figures 1-3. Nests of Eremapis parvula. 1. Diagram of a typical open nest. 2. Cell, pollen mass, and egg. 3. Cell with ring of fecal smears. pollen mass only at its tips with the middle portion arched away from the pro¬ visions. No distinct grooves or indentations in the pollen mass for egg placement were noted. Early instars moved around the middle of the pollen mass resulting in distinct feeding grooves which commonly resulted in a dumbbell-shaped pollen mass as the feeding progressed. In the last developmental stages, larvae completely encircled the reduced pollen mass with their body axes aligned perpendicular to the long axes of the cells. Several cells contained larvae that had initiated defecation but which still con¬ tained portions of the pollen ball. In most cells with fecal smears, the pollen mass had been completely consumed suggesting that Eremapis, like many exomalop- sines, may initiate defecation before completion of feeding. Feces were deposited as narrow, flattened strips 0.42-0.64 mm long and 0.10- 0.12 mm wide and 0.02- 0.03 mm high. Approximately 90% of the feces were laid down around the center of the cell and most strips were parallel to equator of the cell thus forming a distinct ring that could be removed intact from the cell (Fig. 3). Following defecation and deposition of a light yellow material (probably Mai- 158 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Table 1. Host records for Eremapis parvula .' Family Taxon No. of females No. of males Total Fabaceae Prosopis chilensis 128 59 187 Fabaceae Prosopis flexuosa 1 35 36 Fabaceae Prosopis torquata 18 25 43 Fabaceae Mimozyganthus carinatus — 1 1 Rhamnaceae Zizyphus mistol — 16 16 Capparaceae Atamisquea emarginata — 2 2 Olacaceae Ximenia americana — 4 4 Euphorbiaceae Jatropha excisa — 1 1 Zygophyllaceae Larrea divaricata — 2 2 Zygophyllaceae Larrea cuneifolia — 1 1 147 146 293 1 Records from the Bolson de Pipanaco, Catamarca, Argentina summed over two seasons, 1971— 1972, 1972-1973. pighian excreta) on the bottom of the cell, the larva laid down a complete, trans¬ parent, single-layered cocoon. The cocoon followed the contours of the cell except at the periphery of the cell cap where it curved into the center face of the cap rather than precisely following the contours of the cell. Fecal material was not incorporated into the cocoon, but did adhere firmly to it. Phenology and Floral Associations All available data indicate that Eremapis parvula collects only the pollen of species of Prosopis. During the two seasons of collecting in the Bolson de Pipanaco in which Andalgala is located, males of Eremapis were taken at the flowers of a number of plant taxa, but females were observed only on Prosopis flowers (Table 1). Microscopic examination of both scopal loads and nest provisions revealed only Prosopis pollen. In the vicinity of Andalgala, Eremapis was collected from 19 October to 6 January. This long flight period (79 days) for a desert species is somewhat misleading as individual populations appear to be active for no more than 30-40 days (based on collection records for individual sites). In fact, there appear to be two flight periods, the first involving populations associated with the synchronous early (Oct.-Nov.) flowering of the large phreatophytic trees of Prosopis chilensis (Molina) Stunz and P. flexuosa de Candolle (both in section Algarobia ) and the second involving populations that foraged on the later bloom¬ ing Prosopis torquata (Lagasca) de Candolle (section Strombocarpa). Flowering of the phreatophytic species of Prosopis is largely independent of local rainfall, but flowering of Prosopis torquata is closely tied to rainfall and local patterns of runoff. Female Eremapis showing minimal wing wear were found associated with both the early blooming and the later blooming species. The relatively long flight period could thus be due to multivoltinism (suggested by the presence of pupae in the active nests at Rio Huaco) or, more likely, the staggered emergence of univoltine populations responding to environmental cues which facilitated synchrony of emergence with the different species of Prosopis growing in different habitats. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 159 Figures 4, 5. Metasomal scopal hairs of female Eremapis parvula. 4. Rows of specialized setae on sterna 2, 3, and 4 forming part of the metasomal scopa (x 175). 5. Tip of an individual scopal seta with Prosopis pollen grain (x 350). Mating Copulation was not observed. Males were frequently observed hovering about Prosopis inflorescences that were being visited by females. Occasionally males pounced on foraging females, but their overtures were always rebuffed. These observations suggest that at least some mating may take place at the flowers. Males were also present at the Rio Huaco nest site although no mating activity was noted. Pollen Transport Most pollen collected by female Eremapis is transported on the sparsely branched scopal hairs of the hind tibia and basitarsi, a scopa very similar in structure to that of various Ancyloscelis species. However, a significant amount of pollen is also transported in an auxiliary metasomal scopa formed by sparse bands of specialized, falcate setae on the second to the fifth sterna (Figs. 4 and 5). Exam¬ ination of pollen bearing females at the Rio Huaco site indicated that females with metasomal pollen loads always had at least some pollen in the basitarsal scopa although not all pollen bearing females had metasomal pollen loads. The presence of females with metasomal pollen loads at the nest indicated that the metasomal scopae are not just specialized structures that are used to gather pollen or accumulate it before loading it into the scopa on the legs. Metasomal scopa are also found in several paracolletine bees associated with Prosopis in Argentina (Simpson et al., 1977) although in some of these cases, the metasomal scopa may be used more for collecting pollen than for its transport. Discussion The nesting biology of the Exomalopsini has most recently been reviewed by Torchio (1974). Subsequently, additional data have been provided by Michener 160 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (1974), Vogel (1974), Rozen (1977), Raw (1977), and Parker (in press). My in¬ terpretation of Torchio’s analysis is that the only biological characteristic that consistently separated the Exomalopsini from the other anthophorids was the presence of oval shaped cells. Since oval-shaped cells are probably a primitive character for the “higher” bees, there are no derived biological characters that distinguish the group. Eremapis shows a number of characters that appear to be primitive both within the Exomalopsini and the Anthophorinae in general. These include: nests in soil; absence of turrets; unlined burrows; oval cells; molded provisions with the egg placed on the surface opposite that attached to the walls; and a complete cocoon. The apparent absence a secreted cell lining would be a derived character but, as a loss character, is of limited phylogenetic significance. Moreover, absence of a secreted lining was not rigorously established. The ini¬ tiation of defecation before completion of larval feeding is a derived trait for bees (Stephen, Bohart and Torchio, 1969), but may be primitive for anthophorids. The most distinctive and perhaps only derived character of the nests of Eremapis is the ringlike arrangement of deposited feces. Nest architecture of Eremapis appears to be very similar to that described for Exomalopsis with a vertical main burrow and distinct laterals. Cell orientation in different species of Exomalopsis varies from consistently horizontal (Raw, 1977), at a 40-45 degree angle (Raw, 1977; Rozen, 1977) from horizontal, or may be variable (Rozen and MacNeill, 1957). Defecation may occur before the completion of feeding (Rozen, 1977) and fecal matter may (Rozen and MacNeill, 1957; Rozen, 1977) or may not (Raw, 1977) be included in the cocoon. Biological characters uniting Exomalopsis and separating it from Eremapis include the char¬ acteristically molded provisions with a foot-like projection and the secreted, wax¬ like lining. Additionally, most, but not all, Exomalopsis appear to be communal (several females per nest) or even semi-social. Ancyloscelis nests lack the typical vertical main burrow with a horizontal lateral arrangement, but may show com¬ plicated branching patterns. Ancyloscelis nests may (Michener, 1954; J. G. Rozen, pers. comm.) or may not (Torchio, 1974; Michener, 1974) possess an obviously secreted lining. Cocoon structure in Ancyloscelis appears to be very similar to that of Eremapis in that it is one-layered and fragile (Torchio, 1974; Michener, 1974) and contacts the central but not the lateral portions of the cell closure. In Ancy¬ loscelis, the feces are deposited as a complete, thin layer (Torchio, 1974; Michener, 1974) rather than in discrete strips characteristic of Eremapis or Exomalopsis (Rozen and MacNeill, 1957; Raw, 1977; Rozen, 1977). Paratetrapedia and Tapinotaspis differ from Eremapis, Ancyloscelis and Exo¬ malopsis in that their eggs are oriented perpendicular rather than parallel to the long axis of the cells. Paratetrapedia and Tapinotaspis also differ in that their provisions are molded into a ball-like form. According to Vogel (1974), but not Claude-Joseph (1926), provisions in Tapinotaspis caerulea Friese are formed into a ball-like mass with a distinct basal layer filling the bottom of the cell. Data on the biology of other exomalopsine genera are largely fragmentary or non-existent, but suggest considerable diversity (Torchio, 1974). Distinct wax¬ like cell linings are present in the cells of Tapinotaspis (Claude-Joseph, 1926; Vogel, 1974) as well as in those of Monoeca and Paratetrapedia (Michener and Lange, 1958). Data on the nesting biology of Eremapsis are entirely consistent with its placement in the Exomalopsini and suggest a relatively close alignment VOLUME 60, NUMBER 2 161 to Exomalopsis and more distantly, to Ancyloscelis, but the monophyletic, as opposed to paraphyletic, nature of the Exomalopsini is open to question. Although the host relationships of most exomalopsines are poorly known, most appear to be polylectic. Oligolecty is well established and perhaps universal in Ancyloscelis and is known in the subgenera Anthophorisca and Anthophorula of Exomalopsis (Timberlake, 1980; pers. obs.) and may occur in some Tapinotaspis (A. Moldenke, pers. comm.), but none of these groups include bees oligolectic on the Fabaceae. An undescribed Isomalopsis is commonly associated with Prosopis in northern Argentina, but this bee also collects pollen of Acacia (Fabaceae) and Atamisquea. With its specialized mouth parts, one might also expect oligolecty in Teratognatha although its host relationships are unknown. A character, pre¬ sumably primitive, allying Eremapis with Exomalopsis, Isomalopsis, Ancyloscelis and probably Caenonomada and separating it from Paratetrapedia, Chalepogenus, some Lanthanomellisa, Tapinotaspis and probably Monoeca is the absence of floral oil collection (Vogel, 1974; Neff and Simpson, 1981). The presence of a functional metasomal scopae in Eremapis is undoubtedly a de novo specialization, but it is of interest as the absence of such a scopa is considered to be an important character separating the Anthophoridae from the Megachiliidae and Fedeliidae. Specialized metasomal arrays of branched setae (Thorp, 1979; pers. obs.) are found in various Svastra and Xenoglossodes (Eu- cerini) associated with the Asteraceae, but in these cases they appear to be pri¬ marily involved in pollen collection with pollen transport as a secondary function. The distinctive metasomal setal arrays found in certain Tapinotaspis are believed to be involved in floral oil collection rather than pollen collection or transport (Neff and Simpson, 1981). The combination of primitive and derived biological traits seen in Eremapis appears to support Michener and Moure’s conclusion (Michener and Moure, 1957) based on adult morphology, that Eremapis is a survivor of a primitive stock of the Exomalopsini. No derived biological characters link Eremapis with the oil¬ collecting bees of the Paratetrapedia-Tapinotaspis complex although this group is still poorly known biologically. Eremapis does show various similarities to Exomalopsis and Ancyloscelis but these primarily involve primitive characters. The relationship of the cocoon to the cell cap may be a derived character linking Ancyloscelis and Eremapis, but characters such as this have not been sufficiently surveyed to allow any firm conclusions to be drawn. Acknowledgments I thank A. R. Moldenke for making possible my wanderings through Argentina, J. C. Schultz for assistance in nest excavation, Padre J. S. Moure for confirmation of Eremapis identifications, P. Torchio for providing me with his own notes on the nest material as well as ideas on exomalopsine biology, and B. B. Simpson for typing the manuscript and helping prepare the illustrations. A. R. Moldenke, P. Torchio, J. G. Rozen, and W. P. Stephen commented on an earlier draft of this manuscript. Research in Argentina was part of the International Biological Program, Structure of Ecosystems Desert Scrub Project. Literature Cited Claude-Joseph, F. 1926. Recherches biologiques sur hymenopteres du Chili (Melliferes). Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool., (10)9:113-368. 162 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Michener, C. D. 1954. Bees of Panama. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 104:1-176. -. 1974. Further notes on nests of Ancyloscelis (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae). J. Kansas Ento- mol. Soc., 47:19-22. -, and R. B. Lange. 1958. Observations on the ethology of Neotropical anthophorine bees (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 39:69-96. -, and J. S. Moure. 1957. A study of the classification of the more primitive non-parasitic anthophorine bees (Hymenoptera, Apoidea). Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 112:395-452. Neff, J. L., and B. B. Simpson. 1981. Oil-collecting structures in the Anthophoridae (Hymenoptera): morphology, function, and use in systematics. J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 54:95-123. Ogloblin, A. A. 1956. Dos generos nuevos de la tribu Exomalopsini (Apidae, Hym.) de la Republic Argentina. Dusenia, 7:149-158. Parker, F. D. In press. Biological notes on the bee Exomalopsis crenulata Timberlake (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae). Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Raw, A. 1977. The biology of two Exomalopsis species (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae) with remarks on sociality in bees. Rev. Biol. Trop., 25:1-11. Rozen, J. G., Jr. 1977. Immature stages and ethological observations on the cleptoparasitic bee tribe Nomadini (Apoidea: Anthophoridae). Amer. Mus. Novit., 2638:1-27. -, and C. D. MacNeill. 1957. Biological observations on Exomalopsis ( Anthophorula ) chionura Cockerell, including a comparison of the biology of Exomalopsis with that of other anthophorid groups (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 50:522-529. Simpson, B. B., J. L. Neff, and A. R. Moldenke. 1977. Prosopis flowers as a resource. Pp. 84-107 in B. B. Simpson (ed.), Mesquite. Its biology in two desert ecosystems. Dowden, Hutchinson and Ross, Stroudsburg. Stephen, W. P., G. E. Bohart, and P. F. Torchio. 1969. The biology and external morphology of bees. Agr. Exp. Sta., Oregon State Univ., Corvallis, OR. Thorp, R. W. 1979. Structural, behavioral, and physiological adaptations of bees (Apoidea) for collecting pollen. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard., 66:788-812. Timberlake, P. H. 1980. Review of North American Exomalopsis (Hymenoptera, Anthophoridae). Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol., 90:1-158. Torchio, P. F. 1974. Notes of the biology of Ancyloscelis armata Smith and comparisons with other anthophorine bees (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae). J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 47:54-63. Toro, H. 1976. Chilimalopsis, nuevo genero chileno de Exomalopsini (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Valparaiso, 9:73-76. Vogel, S. 1974. Olblumen and olsammelnde Bienen. Akad. Wiss. Lit. Mainz. Tropische und sub- tropische Pflanzenwelt, 7:285-547. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(2), 1984, p. 163 Published 17 April 1984 Ambracyptus, A New Name for Paracyptus See vers (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae) Randall W. Lundgren 815 South Fell Avenue, Normal, Illinois 61761. Seevers (1971) erected a monotypic genus, Paracyptus, for P. minutissima, a new species of rove beetle found in amber from Chiapas, Mexico. This generic name, however, was previously used by Cameron (1944) for another genus of staphylinid beetle from India. Paracyptus Seevers, 1971, is, therefore, a junior homonym of Paracyptus Cameron, 1944. I herein propose to replace Paracyptus Seevers with Ambracyptus Lundgren, new name. The sole species affected becomes Ambracyptus minutissimus (Seevers), new combination. Literature Cited Cameron, M. 1944. Descriptions of new Staphylinidae (Coleoptera). Proc. R. Entomol. Soc. Lond., Ser. B, Taxon, 13:49-52. Seevers, C. H. 1971. Fossil Staphylinidae in Tertiary Mexican amber (Coleoptera). Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol., 63:77-86. EDITORIAL NOTICE The Publication Committee of the Pan-Pacific Entomologist has resolved that all submitted manuscripts by authors be accompanied by an abstract which will be printed with the article. This policy is effective immediately and will be im¬ plemented by the Journal in volume 61, 1985.—Editor 164 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Information for Contributors Members are invited to submit manuscripts on the systematic and biological phases of entomology, including short notes or articles on insect taxonomy, morphology, ecology, behavior, life history, and distribution. Non-members may submit manuscripts for publi¬ cation, but they should read the information below regarding editing and administrative charges. Manuscripts of less than a printed page will be published as space is available, in Scientific Notes. All manuscripts will be reviewed before acceptance. Manuscripts for publication, proofs, and all editorial matters should be addressed to the editor. General. — The metric system is to be used exclusively in manuscripts, except when citing label data on type material, or in direct quotations when cited as such. Equivalents in other systems may be placed in parentheses following the metric, i.e. “1370 m (4500 ft) elevation”. Typing. — Two copies of each manuscript must be submitted (original and one xerox copy or two xerox copies are suitable). All manuscripts must be typewritten, double-spaced throughout, with ample margins, and be on bond paper or an equivalent weight. Carbon copies or copies on paper larger than 8 ‘/2 X 11 inches are not acceptable. Underscore only where italics are intended in the body of the text. Number all pages consecutively and put authors name on each sheet. References to footnotes in text should be numbered consecutively. Footnotes must be typed on a separate sheet. Manuscripts with extensive corrections or revisions will be returned to the author for retyping. First Page. — The page preceding the text of the manuscript must include (1) the complete title, (2) the order and family in parentheses, (3) the author’s name or names, (4) the institution with city and state or the author’s home city and state if not affiliated (5) the complete name and address to which proof is to be sent. Names and descriptions of organisms. — The first mention of a plant or animal should include the full scientific name with the author of a zoological name not abbreviated. Do not abbreviate generic names. Descriptions of taxa should be in telegraphic style. The International Code of Zoological Nomenclature must be followed. Tables. — Tables are expensive and should be kept to a minimum. Each table should be prepared as a line drawing or typed on a separate page with heading at top and footnotes below. Number tables with Arabic numerals. Number footnotes consecutively for each table. Use only horizontal rules. Extensive use of tabular material requiring typesetting may result in increased charges to the author. Illustrations. — No extra charge is made for line drawings or halftones. Submit only photographs on glossy paper and original drawings. Authors must plan their illustrations for reduction to the dimension of the printed page (117 X 181 mm; 4 5 /s X 7V» inches). If possible, allowance should be made for the legend to be placed beneath the illustration. Photographs should not be less than the width of the primed page. Photographs should be mounted on stiff card stock, and bear the illustration number on the face. Loose photographs or drawings which need mounting and/or numbering are not acceptable. Photographs to be placed together should be trimmed and abut when mounted. Drawings should be in India Ink, or equivalent, and at least twice as large as the printed illustration. Excessively large illustrations are awkward to handle and may be damaged in transit. It is recommended that a metric scale be placed on the drawing or the magnification of the printed illustration be stated in the legend where applicable. Arrange figures to use space efficiently. Lettering should reduce to no less than 1 mm. On the back of each illustration should be stated (1) the title of the paper, (2) the author’s complete name and address, and (3) whether he wishes the illustration returned to him. Illustrations not specifically requested will be destroyed. Improperly prepared illustrations will be returned to the author for correction prior to acceptance of the manuscript. Figure legends. — Legends should be typewritten double-spaced on separate pages headed EXPLANATION OF FIGURES and placed following LITERATURE CITED. Do not attach legends to illustrations. References. — All citations in text, e.g., Essig (1926) or (Essig 1958), must be listed alphabetically under LITERATURE CITED in the following format: Essig, E. O. 1926. A butterfly migration. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212. Essig, E. O. 1958. Insects and mites of western North America. Rev. ed. The Macmillan Co., New York, 1050 pp. Abbreviations for titles of journals should follow a recent volume of Serial Sources for the Biosis Data Base, BioSciences Information Service. For Scientific Notes the citations to articles will appear within the text, i.e.... “Essig (1926, Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212) noted ...”. Proofs, reprints, and abstracts. — Proofs and forms for the abstract and reprint order will be sent to authors. Changes in proof will be charged to the author. Editing and administrative charges. — Papers by members of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society are charged at the rate of $30.00 per page. Members without institutional or grant funds may apply for a society grant to cover a maximum of one-half of these charges. Non-members will be charged at the rate of $60.00 per page. Editing and administrative charges are in addition to the charge for reprints and do not include the possible charges for author’s changes after the manuscript has been sent to the printer. PUBLICATIONS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Vol. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and Vol. 2 (9 numbers, 131 pages). 1901- 1930. Price $5.00 per volume. THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST. Vol. 1 (1924) to Vol. 51 (1975), price $10.00 per volume of 4 numbers, or $2.50 per single issue. Vol. 52 (1976) to Vol. 57 (1981), price $15.00 per volume, or $3.75 per single issue, except for Vol. 57, no. 1, $10.00. Vol. 58 (1982) and subsequent issues, $20.00 per volume or $5.00 per single issue. MEMOIRS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G. F. Ferris. 320 pages. Published October 1951. Price $10.00 (plus $1.00 postage and handling).* Volume 2. The Spider Mite Family Tetranychidae by A. Earl Pritchard and Edward W. Baker. 472 pages. Published July 1955. Price $10.00 (plus $1.25 postage and handling).* Volume 3. Revisionary Studies in the Nearctic Dectieinae by David C. Rentz and James D. Birchim. 173 pages. Published July 1968. Price $4.00 (plus $0.75 postage and handling).* Volume 4. Autobiography of an Entomologist by Robert L. Usinger. 343 pages. Published August 1972. SPECIAL PRICE $5.00 (plus $1.00 tax, post¬ age, and handling for California orders, $0.70 postage and handling for non- California U.S. orders, or $1.70 for foreign orders). No members discount at this special price. Volume 5. Revision of the Millipede Family Andrognathidae in the Nearctic Region by Michael R. Gardner. 61 pages. Published January 21, 1975. Price $3.00 (plus $0.75 postage and handling).* *(Add 6% sales tax on all California orders (residents of Alameda, Contra Costa, San Francisco, Santa Clara and Santa Cruz counties add 6Vi%). Members of the Society will receive a 20% discount on the price of the memoirs.) Send orders to: Pacific Coast Entomological Society % California Academy of Sciences Golden Gate Park San Francisco, California 94118-9961 U.S.A. Vol. 60 No. 3 July 1984 THE Pan-Pacific Entomologist ERWIN, T. L.—Studies of the Tribe Bembidiini (Coleoptera: Carabidae): Lectotype designa¬ tions and species group assignments for Bembidion species described by Thomas L. Casey and others... 165 PARKER, F. D. — Biological notes on the bee Exomalopsis crenulata Timberlake (Hymenop- tera: Anthophoridae) . 188 MOCKFORD, E. L.—A systematic study of the genus Camelopsocus with descriptions of three new species (Psocoptera: Psocidae). 193 CAVENDER, G. L. and R. D. GOEDEN— The life history of Paracantha cultaris (Coquillett) on wild sunflower, Helianthus annuus L. ssp. lenticularis (Douglas) Cockerell, in Southern California (Diptera: Tephritidae). 213 MANLEY, D. G. —Predation upon Velvet Ants of the genus Dasymutilla in California (Hy- menoptera: Mutillidae). 219 RENTZ, D. C. F. and D. B. WEISSMAN—Five new species of the band-winged grasshopper genus Trimerotropis Sthl (Orthoptera: Oedipodinae). 227 WAGNER, R. —Contributions to Nearctic Psychodidae (Diptera, Nematocera). 238 ALLEN, R. K.—A new classification of the subfamily Ephemerellinae and the description of a new genus. 245 ANDERSON, R. S. and S. B. PECK—Bionomics of Nearctic species of Aclypea Reitter: Phy¬ tophagous “Carrion” beetles (Coleoptera: Silphidae). 248 MUZZIO, S. F.—Neosminthurus bellingeri, a new species from California (Collembola: Smin- thuridae). 258 SCIENTIFIC NOTES. 244, 256 EDITORIAL NOTICE. 264 SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1984 Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The Pan-Pacific Entomologist EDITORIAL BOARD J. A. Chemsak, Editor R. S. Lane, Associate Editor W. J. Pulawski, Treasurer J. T. Doyen R. M. Bohart J. A. Powell J. E. Hafernik, Jr. Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed¬ ings appearing in the October number. All communications regarding nonreceipt of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications should be addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Wojciech J. Pulawski, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 941 18-9961. Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be addressed to the Secretary, Vincent F. Lee, California Academy of Sciences, Gold¬ en Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961. Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters should be addressed to Editor, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, 201 Wellman Hall, University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720. See back cover for instructions. The annual dues, paid in advance, are $15.00 for regular members of the Society, $7.50 for student members, or $20.00 for subscription only. Members of the Society receive The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers are $5.00 each or $20.00 a volume. See back cover for prices of earlier back numbers. Make all checks payable to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society. Pacific Coast Entomological Society OFFICERS FOR 1984 H. I. Scudder, President W. J. Pulawski, Treasurer J. Gordon Edwards, President-Elect V. F. Lee, Secretary Statement of Ownership Title of Publication: The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Location of Office of Publication, Business Office of Publisher and Owner: Pacific Coast Entomological Society, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118-9961. Editor: J. A. Chemsak, 201 Wellman Hall, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720. Managing Editor and Known Bondholders or other Security Holders: None. This issue mailed 7 June 1984 The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603) PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(3), 1984, pp. 165-187 Studies of the Tribe Bembidiini (Coleoptera: Carabidae): Lectotype Designations and Species Group Assignments for Bembidion Species Described by Thomas L. Casey and Others Terry L. Erwin Department of Entomology, National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Many species of the genus Bembidion were dealt with by Lindroth (1963) in his monumental “Ground Beetles of Canada and Alaska,” synonymies were given, and species were described and assigned to species groups. Later, Lindroth (1975) designated lectotypes for the Casey names which pertain to species of the northern United States and Canada. However, this left more than 100 Casey names and several others by LeConte, Hayward, Dejean, Chaudoir et al. not yet covered with regard to taxonomy, nor species group assignment. As in the case of Tachyina (Erwin, 1974), another group worked on by Casey, little can be done before this “housekeeping” task is undertaken and a good working list of names becomes available. Lindroth (1963) provided an excellent beginning with his arrangement of species groups. Using this arrangement, I have assigned all remaining species described from north of Panama to species groups, provided synonymies of names not dealt with by Lindroth, and I note distribu¬ tions, where possible, extracted from USNM specimens. These data then provide a working list for use in NABFP, the USD A/SI Co¬ leoptera Catalogue, and monographic studies now under way (Erwin and Kavan- augh, 1980, 1981) and are compiled here as an aid to those projects. Of Bembidion names for the Americas north of Colombia all are here dealt with except some of the species of Cyclolopha and two Motschulsky names. G. Perrault has dealt with Cyclolopha (MS) and designated lectotypes, etc. Two of these are mentioned here, as is one other he did not deal with. The Motschulsky names B. obscuromaculatum (Mots, 1859:130) and B. laterimaculatum Mots. (1859:130) are undoubted members of the dorsale group. Lindroth (1963:211) mentions the first species but does not give any clues as to its relationships. From Motschusky’s descriptions and the probable locality (Fort Ross, California) I suspect both names will apply to B. indistinctum Dejean, however the types must be examined. Methods Methods are the same as mentioned before (Erwin, 1974). Most of the material studied resides in the USNM (Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560), however some other museum acronyms are used too. These are as follows: BMNH—British Museum (Natural History); London; P. Hammond, and N. Stork. CAS—California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California; D. H. Kavan- augh. 166 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST MCZ—Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, Cambridge, Massachusetts; M. Thayer, A. Newton, S. Foster. MNHP—Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris; H. Perrin. Acknowledgments I heartily thank all the above curators and their respective staffs for aid in locating type material or providing data from type labels. I also thank Noreen Connell and Linda Sims of my own staff for aid during preparation of this paper. Bembidion acticola Casey Bembidion acticola Casey, 1884:63. Lectotype: USNM #37042, male, here se¬ lected. Type-area: New Jersey, USA. Bembidion argutum Casey, 1918:123. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37045, male, here selected. Type-area: Rhode Island, USA. Bembidion assensum Casey, 1924:41. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37406, female, here selected. Type-area: Near Brooklyn, New York, USA. Notes.— This species belongs in the contractum group; its members are found along the Atlantic Coast from Long Island south to Maryland. Bembidion actuosum Casey Bembidion actuosum Casey, 1918:65. Lectotype: USNM #36899, female, here selected. Type-area: Boulder County, Colorado, USA. Bembidion debilicolle Casey, 1924:34. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36935, female, selected and labelled by Lindroth in 1972 but unfortunately left out of his paper (Lindroth, 1975), therefore credited here. Type-area: Lake County, Oregon, USA. Notes.— See Lindroth (1963:318) for details of distribution and note that Lin¬ droth used Casey’s second name for this species. Bembidion adductum Casey Bembidion adductum Casey, 1918:149. Lectotype: USNM #37062, male, here selected. Type-locality: Paraiso Hot Springs, Monterey County, California, USA. Bembidion relictum Casey, 1918:153. New Synonymy. Holotype: USNM #37067, male. Type-locality: Truckee, California, USA. Notes. — This species belongs in the quadrimaculatum group; its members are found in central California. [Bembidion aegrotum Casey, see B. quadrulum] Bembidion alpinianum Casey Bembidion alpinianum Casey, 1924:30. Holotype: USNM #36883, female. Type- area: Nevada County, California, USA. Notes.— This species belongs in the nigrum group and is found in California. [Bembidion amnicum Casey, see B. nubiculosum\ VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 167 [Lymneops angusticeps Casey, see B. laticeps\ [Bembidium apicale Jacquelin du Val, see B. spretum\ Bembidion approximatum (LeConte) Ochthedromus approximate LeConte, 1852:187. Lectotype: MCZ #5526, male, here selected. Type-locality: San Diego, California, USA. Bembidion cernans Casey, 1918:100. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36997, female, here selected. Type-locality: San Diego, California. USA. Bembidion haustum Casey, 1924:38. New Synonymy. Holotype: USNM #37000, female. Type-area: Alameda County, California, USA. Notes. — There is no difference between Casey’s and LeConte’s types. Bembidion aratum (LeConte) Ochthedromus aratus LeConte, 1852:189. Lectotype: MCZ #3343, female, here selected. Type-area: Gila River Valley, Arizona, USA. Bembidium scintillans Bates, 1882:150. New Synonymy. Lectotype: BMNH, fe¬ male, here selected. Type-locality: Capulalpam, Mexico. Bembidion vinnulum Casey, 1918:116. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37029, female, here selected. Type-area: “Arizona (southern),” USA. Bembidion definitum Casey, 1918:166. New Synonymy. Holotype: USNM #37030, male. Type-locality: Tucson, Arizona, USA. Notes. — This species belongs in the incrematum group and is found in the southwestern USA south through Mexico to Honduras. The two Casey names are based on color variants. [Bembidion argutum Casey, see B. acticola ] [Bembidion assensum Casey, see B. acticola] [Bembidion augurale Casey, see B. consuetum] Bembidion auxiliator Casey Bembidion auxiliator Casey, 1924:38. Lectotype: USNM #36964, male, here se¬ lected. Type-area: San Joaquin County, California, USA. Notes. — This “species” belongs in the patruele group which is in need of a complete revision. Many forms are found in the southwestern USA and Mexico, for example B. conspersum Chd. and their taxonomic limits are poorly understood. [.Bembidion aversans Casey, see B. rupicola] Bembidion avidum Casey Bembidion avidum Casey, 1918:53. Lectotype: USNM #36886, male, here se¬ lected. Type-locality: Reno, Nevada, USA. Notes. —This species belongs in the nigrum group and is found in the Basin and Range Province of the western United States. 168 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [Bembidion badiipenne Casey, see B. mexicanum ] [.Bembidion bellulum Casey, see B. scopulinum\ Bembidion californicum Hayward Bembidion californicum Hayward, 1897:84. Lectotype: MCZ #16290, female, here selected. Type-locality: Pomona, California, USA. Bembidion innocuum Casey, 1918:63. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36894, male, here selected. Type-locality: Hoopa Valley, Humboldt County, California, USA. Veto.—This species was treated by Lindroth (1963) only in his key and he placed it in the semistriatum group. Its range is now known to extend from Humboldt County south to Riverside County in California. [.Bembidion caliginosum Casey, see B. insulatum\ Bembidion callens Casey Bembidion callens Casey, 1918:112. Lectotype: USNM #37033, female, here se¬ lected. Type-locality: Tucson, Arizona, USA. Veto.—This species belongs in the obtusangulum group and is found in the southwestern USA. [.Bembidion callidum Casey, see B. quadrulum ] [Bembidion canonicum Casey, see B. mexicanum ] [Bembidion cernans Casey, see B. approximatum] [Bembidicidium chevrolati Gemminger and Harold, see B. spretum] Bembidion citulum Casey Bembidion citulum Casey, 1918:66. Lectotype: USNM #36925, male, here se¬ lected. Type-locality: Colonia Garcia, Sierra Madre, Chihuahua, Mexico. Notes .—This species belongs in the grapei group; its members are flightless, densely microsculptured, and resemble members of B. texanum. It is probable that its range is restricted to the Sierra Madre of Mexico. [Bembidion civile Casey, see B. constrictum ] Bembidion ciudadense Bates Bembidion ciudadense Bates, 1891:263. Lectotype: BMNH, male, here selected. Type-locality: Ciudad, Durango, Mexico. Notes .—This species belongs in the transversale group and is found on the Mexican altiplano. Bembidion clemens Casey Bembidion clemens Casey, 1918:159. Lectotype: USNM #37080, female, here selected. Type-locality: Provo, Utah, USA. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 169 Bembidion vapidum Casey, 1918:160. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37073, male, here selected. Type-locality: Mt. Diablo, Contra Costa County, California, USA. Bembidion disparile Casey, 1918:161. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37074, male, here selected. Type-locality: Santa Barbara, California, USA. Bembidion invidiosum Casey, 1918:162. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37081, male, here selected. Type-area: “Road between Fort Wingate and Je- mez Springs, New Mexico,” USA. Bembidion remotum Casey, 1918:162. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37086, male, here selected. Type-locality: Paraiso Hot Springs, Monterey County, Cal¬ ifornia, USA. Notes.— This species belongs in the anguliferum group and is found in the western USA. Lindroth’s B. pseudocautum appears to be closely related and sub¬ sequent studies may show it to be conspecific. [Bembidion cogitans Casey, see B. texanum ] Bembidion cognatum Dejean Bembidium cognatum Dejean, 1831:168. Holotype: MNHP, female. Type-area: Mexico. Notes.— This species, with convergent frontal furrows, forms its own group. Its relationship to other groups is, at present, unclear. Bembidion coloradense Hayward Bembidium coloradense Hayward, 1897:98. Lectotype: MCZ #16295, female, here selected. Type-area: Vicinity of Rico, Dolores County, Colorado, USA. Notes.—Lindroth (1963) adequately discusses this species but did not designate a lectotype. Bembidion conspersum Chaudoir Bembidion conspersum Chaudoir, 1868:244. (New name for B. tessellatum LeConte 1852:188, not Brulle, 1838:44.) Bembidium tessellatum LeConte, 1852:188, not Brulle, 1838:44. Lectotype: MCZ #5532, female, here selected. Type-locality: San Diego, California, USA. Bembicidium xanthostictum Gemminger and Harold, 1868:424. (New name for tessellatum LeConte.) Notes. — This species belongs in the dor sale group; its members are found throughout California. Bembidion constrictum LeConte Bembidium constrictum LeConte, 1848:462. (New name for contractum Dejean.) Bembidium contractum Dejean, 1831:123, not Say, 1823:85. Bembidion vernula Casey, 1884:62. New Synonymy. Holotype: USNM #37038, female. Type-area: Cape May, New Jersey, USA. Bembidion festinans Casey, 1918:121. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37043, female, here selected. Type-area: Texas, USA. 170 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Bembidion civile Casey, 1918:124. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37044, female, here selected. Type-locality: Brownsville, Texas, USA. Notes. — This species belongs in the contractum group as set forth by Lindroth (1963). The species is an Atlantic and Caribbean coastal form which ranges from Nova Scotia, Canada, south to Texas. Casey’s names are based on forms within the variable species. Bembidion consuetum Casey Bembidion consuetum Casey, 1918:93. Lectotype: USNM #36955, female, here selected. Type-locality: Gualala River, Mendocino County, California, USA. Bembidion augurale Casey, 1924:38. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36954, male, here selected. Type-locality: San Francisco, California, USA. Notes. — This species belongs to the dor sale group and is found around the Bay Area near San Francisco, California, USA. [Bembidion continens Casey, see B. idoneum] [Bembidium contractum Dejean, see B. constrictum\ Bembidion cordatum LeConte Bembidium cordatus LeConte, 1848:457. Lectotype: MCZ #5522, female, here selected. Type-area: New York, USA. Bembidion placabile Casey, 1918:119. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37034, male, here selected. Type-locality: Big Spring, Floward County, Texas, USA. No to.—This species belongs to the dor sale group; its members are found be¬ tween the Rocky and Appalachian Mountain systems from Manitoba to Texas. Bembidion cubanum Darlington Bembidion cubanum Darlington, 1937:121. Holotype: MCZ #22491, male. Type- locality: Sierra de Rangel, Pinar del Rio Province, Cuba, 1500'. Notes.— This species belongs in the vernale group; its members are similar to those of B. mexicanum and are found only on the island of Cuba. Bembidion curtulatum Casey Bembidion curtulatum Casey, 1918:39. Lectotype: USNM #36859, male, selected by Lindroth, 1975. Type-locality: Hoopa Valley, Humboldt County, California, USA. Bembidion effetum Casey, 1918:40. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36861, female, here selected. Type-locality: Soda Springs, Anderson Valley, Mendocino County, California, USA. Bembidion flebile Casey, 1918:41. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36867, female, by Lindroth 1975:117. Type-locality: Santa Rosa, California, USA. Notes. — This species belongs in the planiusculum group and was well described by Lindroth (1963). Unfortunately, Lindroth did not study the type of B. effetum which has page priority over B. flebile, and he did not decide definitely that the teneral male type of curlulatum Casey was conspecific. I believe it to be and it has page priority. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 171 [Bembidion daphnis Casey, see B. nubiculosum ] [Bembidion debilicolle Casey, see B. actuosum ] [Bembidion definitum Casey, see B. aratum] [.Bembidion delectum Casey, see B. wickhami\ [Bembidion demissum Casey, see B. egens\ [Bembidion denveranum Casey, see B. nebraskense ] [Bembidion derisor Casey, see B. indistinctum\ [.Bembidion disparile Casey, see B. clemens\ [Bembidion docile Casey, see B. rapidum ] Bembidion durangoense Bates Bembidium durangoense Bates, 1891:263. Lectotype: BMNH, female, here se¬ lected. Type-locality: Villa Lerdo, Durango, Mexico. Bembidion gilae Lindroth, 1963:246. New Synonymy. Holotype: MCZ #32536, male. Type-locality: San Carlos, Gila River Valley, Arizona, USA. Notes.— This species belongs in the coxendix group; its members are found in the southwestern USA and northern Mexico. [Bembidion editum Casey, see B. patruele ] [Bembidion efficiens Casey, see B. idoneum\ Bembidion egens Casey Bembidion egens Casey, 1918:132. Lectotype: USNM #37016, male, here selected. Type-locality: Jemez Springs, New Mexico, USA. Bembidion demissum Casey, 1918:133. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37019, female, here selected. Type-locality: “near Benson, Arizona,” USA. Notes.— This species belongs in the versicolor group which is badly in need of study. Bembidion evidens Casey Bembidion evidens Casey, 1918:93. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36956, male, here selected. Type-locality: Milford, Utah, USA. Notes.— This species belongs in dorsale group and is known from Utah. [Bembidion expositum Casey, see B. indistinctum ] [Bembidion extensum Casey, see B. falsum ] Bembidion falsum Blaisdell Bembidion falsum Blaisdell, 1902:76. Lectotype: CAS #2661, male, here selected. Type-area: Mendocino County, California, USA. Bembidion extensum Casey, 1918:42. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36870, 172 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST female, here selected. Type-locality: Soda Springs, Anderson Valley, Mendocino County, California, USA. Bembidion kincaidi Hatch, 1950:100. New Synonymy. Locality: USNM #75671, male. Type-locality: Mt. Baker, Oregon, USA. Notes.— This species belongs in the planiusculum group; its members are found in the Coastal and Cascade Mountains. [.Bembidion fastidiosum Casey, see B. pedicellatum\ [Notaphus fastidiosus LaFerte, see B. spretum\ [Bembidion festinans Casey, see B. constrictum ] Bembidion festivum Casey Bembidion festivum Casey, 1918:45. Lectotype: USNM #36874, female, here selected. Type-locality: Santa Barbara, California, USA. Notes.— This species belongs in the mundum group; its members are found in California and Oregon. [Bembidion flebile Casey, see B. effetum ] Bembidion flohri Bates Bembidium flohri Bates, 1878:602. Lectotype: MNHP, male, here selected by G. E. Ball and so labelled by him in 1972. Type-area: “Mexico, near the capitol.” Bembidion henshawi Hayward, 1897:87. New Synonymy. Lectotype: MCZ #16292, male, here selected. Type-area: Salt Lake, Utah, USA. Notes. — This species belongs in the scudderi group; its members are halophilus and occur from the Mexican transverse volcanic belt north to Manitoba. [Bembidion formale Casey, see B. indistinctum] [Bembidion franciscanum Casey, see B. indistinctum ] [Bembidion frugale Casey, see B. impotens\ [Bembidion fugitans Casey, see B. rapidum] [Bembidion gilae Lindroth, see B. durangoense ] Bembidion grandiceps Hayward Bembidium grandiceps Hayward, 1897:70. Holotype: Not located at MCZ. Type- locality: Unknown. Notes. — This species belongs in the planum group; its range extends from Mas¬ sachusetts to Kansas, south to Texas. For some reason, the type of this species did not arrive at MCZ with the rest of the Horn collection, although Hayward clearly states that is where he put the type. Bembidion grandicolle (LeConte) Ochthedromus grandicollis LeConte, 1852:189. Holotype: MCZ #5539, female. Type-locality: San Diego, California, USA. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 173 Notes. — This species belongs in the obtusangulum group; its members are known from southern California. Bembidion grapei Gyllenhal Bembidion grapei Gyllenhal, 1827:403. See Lindroth, 1963:319. Bembidion scrutatum Casey, 1918:64. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36987, male, here selected. Type-locality: Eldora, Colorado, USA. Notes. —This Holarctic species has many synonyms in the New and Old Worlds; Lindroth (1963) neglected to mention this one. Bembidion graphicum Casey Bembidion graphicum Casey, 1918:108. See Lindroth (1963, 1975) for details. Bembidion lassulum Casey, 1918:118. New Synonymy. Holotype: USNM #37040, female. Type-locality: Tucson, Arizona, USA. Notes.— Lindroth adequately discusses this species but neglected to mention this Casey synonym. [Bembidion gratuitum Casey, see B. impotens ] Bembidion hageni Hayward Bembidium hageni Hayward, 1897:87. (New name for sexpunctatum LeConte 1852:186.) Bembidium sexpunctatum LeConte, 1852:186. Holotype: MCZ #99, female. Type- area: Colorado River, California, USA. Notes. — This species belongs in the obtusangulum group; its members are found in southwestern USA. [Benbidion haustum Casey, see B. approximatum] [.Bembidion henshawi Hayward, see B. flohri\ Bembidion hilare Casey Bembidion hilare Casey, 1918:44. Lectotype: USNM #36873, male, here selected. Type-locality: Cloverdale, Sonoma, California, USA. Notes. — This species belongs in the mundum group; its members are found in California. Bembidion idoneum Casey Bembidion idoneum Casey, 1918:90. Lectotype: USNM #36946, male, here se¬ lected. Type-area: Mendocino County, California, USA. Bembidion obsequens Casey, 1918:90. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36947, male, here selected. Type-area: Lake County, California, USA. Bembidion efficiens Casey, 1918:90. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36949, female, here selected. Type-locality: Mokelumne Hill, Calaveras County, Cal¬ ifornia, USA. Bembidion continens Casey, 1918:91. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36948, female, here selected. Type-area: Siskiyou County, California, USA. 174 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Notes .—This species belongs in the dor sale group; its range extends throughout the western United States in the mountainous regions. [Bembidion imbelle Casey, see B. impotens ] Bembidion impotens Casey Bembidion impotens Casey, 1918:129. (New name for B. pictum LeConte 1848: 461, not Duftschmid 1812:218). See Lindroth, 1963, 1975. Bembidion frugale Casey, 1918:130. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37006, male, here selected. Type-locality: Fort Yuma, California, USA. Bembidion imbelle Casey, 1918:130. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37007, male, here selected. Type-locality: Dallas, Texas, USA. Bembidion gratuitum Casey, 1918:130. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37004, male, here selected. Type-area: Arizona, USA. Bembidion virgatulum Casey, 1918:131. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37003, male, here selected. Type-locality: Reno, Nevada, USA. Bembidion indigens Casey, 1918:133. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37017, male, here selected. Type-area: Federal District, Mexico. Bembidionpullulum Casey, 1918:133. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37018, male, here selected. Type-locality: Amecameca, Mexico. Notes .—This highly variable species belongs in the complex versicolor group; its members are found in the southwestern USA and Mexico north to Canada. Detailed study may reveal cryptic species in the complex. Bembidion incertum Motschulsky Bembidium incertum Motschulsky, 1845:350. See Lindroth (1963:272). Bembidion testatum Casey, 1918:30. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36842, male, here selected. Type-area: Lake Tahoe, California, USA. Notes. —Lindroth (1963) adequately discusses this species however he neglected to deal with this Casey synonym. [Bembidion indigens Casey, see B. impotens ] Bembidion indistinctum Dejean Bembidium indistinctum Dejean, 1831:67. See Lindroth (1963:361). Bembidion derisor Casey, 1918:99. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36986, female, here selected. Type-area: Eastern shore of San Francisco Bay, California, USA. Bembidion expositum Casey, 1918:101. Lectotype: USNM #36999, male, here selected. Type-locality: Tehachapi Pass, California, USA. Bembidion formale Casey, 1918:101. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36995, male, here selected. Type-locality: San Francisco, California, USA. Bembidion reconditum Casey, 1918:102. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36996, male, here selected. Type-locality: San Diego, California, USA. Bembidion franciscanum Casey, 1918:102. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36991, male, here selected. Type-locality: Alameda, California, USA. Bembidion ornatellum Casey, 1918:102. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36992, male, here selected. Type-locality: Alameda, California, USA. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 175 Notes.— This species, a highly variable one, belongs in the dorsale group; its members occur in the southern half of California in coastal localities and coastal hills as far east as the Tehachapi. [Bembidion innocuum Casey, see B. californicum\ [Bembidion inquietum Casey, see B. texanum ] Bembidion insulatum (LeConte) Ochthedromus insulatus LeConte, 1852:186. See Lindroth (1963:362) for details. Bembidion caliginosum Casey, 1918:119. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37035, male, here selected. Type-locality: Douglas, Arizona, USA. Notes.— Lindroth (1963) adequately discusses this species but did not mention this Casey synonym. [.Bembidion invidiosum Casey, see B. clemens] Bembidion jacobianum Casey Bembidion jacobianum Casey, 1918:101. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36993, female, here selected. Type-locality: San Diego, California, USA. Bembidion procax Casey, 1918:103. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36994, male, here selected. Type-locality: San Diego, California, USA. Notes.— This species belongs in the dorsale group; its members are found in southern California. Bembidion jamaicense Darlington Bembidion jamaicense Darlington, 1934b:76. Holotype: USNM #75334, male. Type-area: Jamaica, Greater Antilles. Notes.— This species belongs in the vernale group and is found only on the island of Jamaica. Bembidion jucundum Horn Bembidium jucundum Horn, 1895:230. Lectotype: CAS #1, male, here selected. Type-locality: San Jose del Cabo, Baja California, Mexico. Notes. — This species belongs in the spaeroderum group; its members are known only from the type locality. [Bembidion lassulum Casey, see B. graphicum ] Bembidion latebricola Casey Bembidion latebricola Casey, 1918:100. Lectotype: USNM #36998, male, here selected. Type-area: “Arizona (probably southern),” USA. Notes. — This species belongs in the aeneicolle group which is badly in need of revision; the distribution of this species is unknown, even the type area, as given by Casey, is obscure. 176 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Bembidion laticeps (LeConte) Lymnaeum laticeps LeConte, 1858:61. Holotype: MCZ #5562, female. Type- locality: San Diego, California, USA. Lymneops angusticeps Casey, 1918:169. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #46903, male, here selected. Type-locality: San Pedro, California, USA. Notes. — This species belongs in the nigropiceum group (Erwin and Kavanaugh, 1980a); its members are found on the seashore along the California coast. [Ochthedromus laticollis LeConte, see B. nubiculosum ] Bembidion luculentum Casey Bembidion luculentum Casey, 1918:122. Lectotype: USNM #37050, male, here selected. Type-area: Indian River, Florida, USA. Bembidion prosperum Casey, 1918:122. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37049, female, here selected. Type-locality: Lake Worth, Florida, USA. Notes. — This species belongs in the contractum group; its members are found in the southeastern USA. [Bembidium lugubre LeConte, see B. mexicanum ] Bembidion macrogonum Bates Bembidium macrogonum Bates, 1891:262. Lectotype: BMNH, male, here select¬ ed. Type-locality: Cordova, Vera Cruz, Mexico. Notes.— This species belongs in the transfer sale group; it is presently known only from Mexico. Bembidion marinianum Casey Bembidion marinianum Casey, 1924:29. Lectotype: USNM #36893, female here selected. Type-area: Marin County, California, USA. Notes.— This species belongs in the semistriatum group and is found in central California. [Bembidion mediocre Casey, see B. patruele ] Bembidion mexicanum Dejean Bembidium mexicanum Dejean, 1831:126. Lectotype: MNHP, male, here selected by G. E. Ball and so labelled by him in 1972. Type-area: Mexico. Bembidium lugubre LeConte, 1857:6. Holotype: MCZ #5511, female. Type-area: “Valley of the Rio Grande.” Bembidium stabile LeConte, 1879:508. New Synonymy. Lectotype: MCZ #5512, male, here selected. Type-locality: La Veta, Colorado, USA. Bembidion badiipenne Casey, 1918:60. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36913, female, here selected. Type-area: Road between Fort Wingate and Jemez Springs, New Mexico, USA. Bembidion vafrum Casey, 1918:60. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36921, male, here selected. Type-area: “Arizona (probably southern),” USA. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 177 Bembidion canonicum Casey, 1918:61. New Synonymy. Holotype: USNM #36920, male. Type-area: Arizona, USA. Bembidion retectum Casey, 1918:61. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36923, male, here selected. Type-locality: St. George, Utah, USA. Notes.-This highly variable species belongs in the vernale group and its range extends from Utah to Central America. Bembidion modocianum Casey Bembidion modocianum Casey, 1924:29. Lectotype: USNM #36882, male, here selected. Type-area: Modoc County, California, USA. Notes.— This species belongs in the nebraskense group; its members are known thus far only from the type locality. Bembidion nebraskense LeConte Bembidium nebraskense LeConte, 1863:19. Holotype: MCZ#5506, female. Type- area: “Nebraska, near the Rocky Mountains,” USA. Bembidion denveranum Casey, 1918:64. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36898, male, here selected. Type-area: Boulder County, Colorado, USA. Bembidion tractabile Casey, 1918:64. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36901, female, here selected. Type-area: Utah, USA. Notes.— This species was adequately discussed by Lindroth (1963) but he did not cover these Casey synonyms. [Bembidion negligens Casey, see B. rapidum ] Bembidion nevadense Ulke Bembidium nevadense Ulke, 1875:811. (See Lindroth, 1963, for details.) Bembidion viaticum Casey, 1918:65. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36884, female, here selected. Type-area: New Mexico, USA. Notes. — Lindroth adequately discusses this species but did not cover this Casey synonym. Bembidion nogalesium Casey Bembidion nogalesium Casey, 1924:42. Lectotype: USNM #37020, female, here selected. Type-locality: Nogales, Santa Cruz County, Arizona, USA. Notes.— This “species” belongs in the patruele group which is in need of a complete revision (see B. auxiliator). Bembidion nubiculosum Chaudoir Bembidium nubiculosum Chaudoir, 1868:244. (New name for O. laticollis Le¬ Conte, not Duftschmid, 1812:19.) Ochthedromus laticollis LeConte, 1852:187, not Duftschmid. Lectotype: MCZ #5523, male, here selected. Type-area: Colorado River, California, USA. Bembidion daphnis Casey, 1918:120. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37036, male, here selected. Type-locality: El Paso, Texas, USA. 178 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Bembidion amnicum Casey, 1918:121. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37037, male, here selected. Type-locality: Brownsville, Texas, USA. Notes. — This variable species belongs in the dorsale group; its members are found throughout the southwestern USA and northern Mexico. [Bembidion obsequens Casey, see B. idoneum] Bembidion operosum Casey Bembidion operosum Casey, 1918:103. Lectotype: USNM #36960, female, here selected. Type-locality: Santa Cruz, California, USA. Notes.— This species belongs in the patruele group and is found in California. Bembidion oppressum Casey Bembidion oppressum Casey, 1918:40. Lectotype: USNM #36866, male, here selected. Type-locality: Duncan’s Mill, Sonoma County, California, USA. Notes. — This species belongs in the planiusculum group; its members are known from central California in the coastal range. [Bembidion ornatellum Casey, see B. indistinctum] [Bembidion particeps Casey, see B. viridicolle] Bembidion patruele Dejean Bembidium patruele Dejean, 1831:69. (See Lindroth, 1963, for details.) Bembidion mediocre Casey, 1918:107. New Synonymy. Holotype: USNM #36967, male. Type-area: “Atlantic regions,” USA. Bembidion editum Casey, 1918:125. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37041, male, here selected. Type-area: “New Jersey (near the Delaware River),” USA. Notes. — This species was adequately covered by Lindroth (1963) but he did not discuss these two Casey synonyms. Bembidion pedicellatum LeConte Bembidium pedicellatum LeConte, 1857:6. Holotype: MCZ #5551, male. Type- area: Lancaster County, Pennsylvania, USA. Bembidion strigulosum Casey, 1918:150. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37068, male, here selected. Type-locality: Washington, D.C., USA. Bembidion fastidiosum Casey, 1918:150. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37069, male, here selected. Type-locality: St. Louis, Missouri, USA. Notes. — This species was adequately discussed by Lindroth (1963:383) who also hinted at the synonymy of Casey’s names. Bembidion perbrevicolle Casey Bembidion perbrevicolle Casey, 1924:25. Lectotype: USNM #36826, female, here selected. Type-area: Placer County, California, USA. Notes. — This species belongs in the nebraskense group; its members are known from the foothills of the Sierra Nevada of California. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 179 Bembidion pernotum Casey Bembidion pernotum Casey, 1918:62. Lectotype: USNM #36922, female, here selected. Type-locality: Jemez Springs, New Mexico, USA. Notes. —This species belongs in the transversale group; its members are found in the American southwest and will likely be found also in Mexico. Bembidion pimanum Casey Bembidion pimanum Casey, 1918:98. Lectotype: USNM #36982, female, here selected. Type-area: “near Benson, Arizona,” USA. Notes.—This “species” belongs in the patruele group which is in need of a complete revision. [Bembidion placabile Casey, see B. cordatum] Bembidion placeranum Casey Bembidion placeranum Casey, 1924:28. Holotype: USNM #36865, female. Type- area: Placer County, California, USA. Notes. — This species belongs in the incertum group and is found in the foothills of the Sierra Nevada of California. Bembidion placitum Bates Bembidium placitum Bates, 1878:602. Type-area: “Mexico, near the capital.” Notes. — I was unable to locate the type series of this species in MNHP where it should be, however, I saw 3 specimens “ex Salle” in BMNH that Bates mentions (1882:151). The species belongs in the scudderi group and is found in Mexico. Bembidion platynoides Hayward Bembidium platynoides Hayward, 1897:78. Lectotype: MCZ #16287, male, here selected. Type-locality: Pomona, California, USA. Bembidion sedulum Casey, 1918:70. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36931, male, here selected. Type-area: “Southern California,” USA. Notes.— This species was adequately discussed by Lindroth (1963) but he ne¬ glected to mention this Casey synonym. Bembidion portoricense Darlington Bembidion portoricense Darlington, 1939:86. Holotype: MCZ #23507, male. Type- locality: El Yunque, Puerto Rico, Greater Antilles. Notes. — This species belongs in the vernale group and is known only from the island of Puerto Rico. Bembidion praecinctum LeConte Bembidium praecinctum LeConte, 1879:509. Holotype: MCZ #5547, female. Type- locality: Alamosa, Colorado, USA. Bembidion veridicum Casey, 1918:152. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37066, male, here selected. Type-locality: Elko, Nevada, USA. 180 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Notes. — This species was adequately discussed by Lindroth (1963) but he merely hinted at Casey’s synonymy. [Bembidion procax Casey, see B. jacobianum ] [Bembidion prosperum Casey, see B. luculentum ] [Bembidion provanum Casey, see B. semipunctatum ] [.Bembidion pullulum Casey, see B. impotens] Bembidion quadrimaculatum (Linne) Cicindela quadrimaculata Linne, 1761:211. (See Lindroth, 1963, for details.) Bembidion tenax Casey, 1918:152. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37065, male, here selected. Type-locality: Fort Wingate, New Mexico, USA. Notes. — This species was adequately discussed by Lindroth (1963) but he did not cover this Casey synonym. Bembidion quadrulum LeConte Bembidium quadrulum LeConte, 1861:340. Lectotype: MCZ #5498, male, here selected. Type-area: “East of Fort Colville,” Oregon, USA. Bembidion callidum Casey, 1918:50. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36878, male, here selected. Type-locality: Truckee, California, USA. Bembidion tritum Casey, 1918:50. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36879, female, here selected. Type-area: Boulder County, Colorado, USA. Bembidion aegrotum Casey, 1918:51. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36880, male, here selected. Type-area: Colorado, USA. Notes. — This species was adequately discussed by Lindroth (1963) but he did not cover these Casey synonyms. Bembidion rapidum (LeConte) Ochthedromus rapidus LeConte, 1848:453. Lectotype: MCZ #5533, female, here selected. Type-area: “Rocky Mountains” as given by LeConte, restricted by Lindroth (1963:363) to Colorado Springs, Colorado, USA. Bembidion docile Casey, 1918:126. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37055, female, here selected. Type-area: “Arizona (probably southern),” USA. Bembidion negligens Casey, 1918:127. New Synonymy. Holotype: USNM #37052, male. Type-locality: El Paso, Texas, USA. Bembidion fugitans Casey, 1918:127. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37053, male, here selected. Type-area: “Arizona (probably southern),” USA. Notes.— This species was adequately discussed by Lindroth (1963) but he ne¬ glected to cover these Casey synonymys. [Bembidion reconditum Casey, see B. indistinctum] [Bembidion relictum Casey, see B. adductum ] [Bembidion remotum Casey, see B. clemens ] VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 181 Bembidion renoanum Casey Bembidion renoanum Casey, 1918:72. Lectotype: USNM #36932, male, here selected. Type-locality: Reno, Nevada, USA. Notes. — This species belongs in the bimaculatum group and is known only from the type locality. [Bembidion retectum Casey, see B. mexicanum] Bembidion rubiginosum LeConte Bembidium rubiginosum LeConte, 1879:508. Holotype: MCZ #5541, female. Type- locality: Garland, Colorado, USA. Notes. — This species belongs in the muscicola group and is known only from the type locality. Bembidion rucillum Darlington Bembidion rucillum Darlington, 1939:85. Holotype: MCZ #23506, male. Type- locality: Loma Rucilla, Dominican Republic, Greater Antilles (8000'). Notes.— This species belongs in the vernale group and is known only from the Dominican Republic. Bembidion rupicola (Kirby) Peryphus rupicola Kirby, 1837:53. (See Lindroth, 1963, for details.) Bembidion aversans Casey, 1924:35. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36941, female, here selected. Type-area: Mexico. Notes.— Lindroth (1963) adequately covered this species but did not discuss this Casey synonym. Bembidion satellites Bates Bembidium satellites Bates, 1884:291. Lectotype: BMNH, female, here selected. Type-locality: Pena Blanca, Panama. Notes.— This species belongs in the vernale group; its members are found in upland habitats from northern Costa Rica to western Panama. Bembidion scenicum Casey Bembidion scenicum Casey, 1918:159. Lectotype: USNM #37079, male, here selected. Type-area: Lake Tahoe, California, USA. Notes.— This species belongs in the anguliferum group and is known only from the type-area. [Bembidium scintillans Bates, see B. aratum ] Bembidion scopulinum (Kirby) Peryphus scopulinum Kirby, 1837:53. (See Lindroth, 1963, for details.) Bembidion bellulum Casey, 1918:71. New Synonymy. Holotype: USNM #36902, female. Type-locality: Las Vegas, New Mexico, USA. 182 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Notes.— This species was adequately discussed by Lindroth (1963:342) but he neglected to mention this Casey synonym. This species is widespread and enough material is presently available in museums to provide a good basis for a geographic study. [Bembidion scrutatum Casey, see B. grapei\ [Bembidion sedulum Casey, see B. platynoides] Bembidion semifasciatum Say Bembidium semifasciatum Say, 1834:438. Type: Lost. Type-locality: Mexico. Notes.— This rather well-described species belongs in the dorsale group. Des¬ ignation of a Neotype should await a revision of the Mexican Bembidion or the dorsale group. Bembidion semiopacum Casey Bembidion semiopacum Casey, 1924:39. Holotype: USNM #36965, female. Type- area: San Joaquin County, California, USA. Notes.— This species belongs in the complex patruele group which badly needs revision; members of B. semiopacum are known from California’s central valley. Bembidion semipunctatum Donovan Bembidium semipunctatum Donovan, 1806:22. (See Lindroth, 1963:367, for de¬ tails.) Bembidionprovoanum Casey, 1918:105. Lectotype: USNM #36966, female, here selected. Type-locality: Provo, Utah, USA. Notes.— This species was discussed adequately by Lindroth (1963) but he did not mention this Casey synonym. [Bembidium sexpunctatum LeConte, see B. hageni ] Bembidion sparsum Bates Bembidium sparsum Bates, 1882:151. Lectotype: BMNH, male, here selected. Type locality: Oaxaca, Mexico. Notes. — This species belongs in the dorsale group; its members are found in low lying habitats and coastal localities from Sonora, Mexico south to Nicaragua on the west coast, to Vera Cruz on the east coast, Jamaica, Hispaniola, and in Colombia. Bembidion sphaeroderum Bates Bembidium sphaeroderum Bates, 1882:147. Lectotype: BMNH, male, here se¬ lected and previously labelled by G. Perrault. Type-locality: Jalapa, Mexico. Notes. — This species belongs in the sphaeroderum group and is known only from Mexico. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 183 Bembidion sphaerulifer Bates Bembidium sphaerulifer Bates, 1891:261. Lectotype: MNHP, male, here selected and previously labelled by G. Perrault. Type-locality: Yentanas, Durango, Mex¬ ico. Notes. — This species belongs in the sphaeroderum group and is known only from Mexico. Bembidion spretum Dejean Bembidium spretum Dejean, 1831:70. Holotype: MNHP, female. Type-area: Mex¬ ico. Notaphusfastidiosus LaFerte-Senectere, 1841:49, not Jacquelin du Val, 1851:563. Bembidium apicale Jacquelin du Val, 1856:23, not Menetries, 1832:137. Bembidicidium chevrolati Gemminger and Harold, 1868:409, new name for B. apicale Jacquelin du Val. Notes.— This species belongs in the dor sale group and is widespread in Mexico and the Caribbean area. [Bembidium stabile LeConte, see B. mexicanum] [Bembidion strigulosum Casey, see B. pedicellatum] Bembidion subaerarium Casey Bembidion subaerarium Casey, 1924:31. Lectotype: USNM #36896, male, here selected. Type-locality: Blue Lakes, Alpine County, California, USA. Notes.— -This species belongs in the nigrum group and is known only from the type locality. Bembidion subangustatum Hayward Bembidium subangustatum Hayward, 1897:83. Type-area: Arizona and New Mexico, USA. Notes. — The type series of this species could not be located in MCZ where it should be deposited. From the description I judge it to be a member of the grapei group. Bembidion submaculatum Bates Bembidium submaculatum Bates, 1882:149. Lectotype: BMNH, male, here se¬ lected. Type-locality: Oaxaca, Mexico. Notes. — This species belongs in the incrematum group and is known from Mexico. [Bembidion temperans Casey, see B. triviale] [Bembidion tenax Casey, see B. quadrimaculatum] [Bembidium tessellatum LeConte, see B. conspersum] [Bembidion testatum Casey, see B. incertum] 184 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Bembidion texanum Chaudoir Bembidium texanum Chaudoir, 1868:240. Lectotype: MNHP, male, by Lindroth, 1963. Type-area: Texas, USA. Bembidion cogitans Casey, 1918:69. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36928, male, here selected. Type-area: “?Indiana,” USA. Bembidion inquietum Casey, 1918:67. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36924, here selected. Type-locality: Jemez Springs, New Mexico, USA. Notes.— This species was adequately discussed by Lindroth (1963:325) but he neglected to mention these synonyms. Bembidion tigrinum LeConte Bembidium tigrinum LeConte, 1879:509. Holotype: MCZ #5521, female. Type- area: “Southern California,” USA. Notes.— This species belongs in the tigrinum group and is found along the California coast. [Bembidion tractabile Casey, see B. nebraskense\ [Bembidion tritum Casey, see B. quadrulum ] Bembidion trixiale Casey Bembidion trixiale Casey, 1918:134. Lectotype: USNM #37008, male, here se¬ lected. Type-area: Lake County, California, USA. Bembidion temperans Casey, 1918:135. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37009, female, here selected. Type-area: Lake County, California, USA. Notes. — This species belongs in the patruele group and is found in central California. Bembidion turquinum Darlington Bembidion turquinum Darlington, 1937:122. Holotype: MCZ #22492, male. Type- locality: Pico Turquino, north side, Cuba, 4500'-6000', Greater Antilles. Notes.— This species belongs in the xernale group and is found solely on Cuba. [Bembidion xafrum Casey, see B. mexicanum] [Bembidion xapidum Casey, see B. clemens\ [Bembidion xeridicum Casey, see B. praecinctum ] Bembidion xernale Bates Bembidium xernale Bates, 1882:149. Lectotype: BMNH, male, here selected. Type- locality: Pena Blanca, Panama. Notes. — This species belongs in the xernale group; its members are found in upland habitats from Guatemala to Panama. It probably also occurs in Mexico, but I saw no specimens from there. [Bembidion xernula Casey, see B. constrictum] [Bembidion xiaticum Casey, see B. nexadense ] VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 185 [Bembidion vinnulum Casey, see B. aratum] [Bembidion virgatulum Casey, see B. impotens] Bembidion viridicolle (LaFerte) Notaphus viridicollis LaFerte-Senectere, 1841:48. (See Lindroth, 1963:374, for details.) Bembidion particeps Casey, 1918:124. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #37039, female, here selected. Type-area: “Arizona (probably southern),” USA. Notes.— Lindroth (1963) adequately discussed this species but he did not cover this Casey synonym. Bembidion vividum Casey Bembidion vividum Casey. 1884:66. Lectotype: USNM #37048, female, here se¬ lected. Type-area: Cape May, New Jersey, USA. Notes. —This species belongs in the contractum group and is found along the coast of the mid-northern Atlantic. Bembidion vulcanium Darlington Bembidion vulcanium Darlington, 1934:157a. Holotype: MCZ #19625, male. Type- locality: Volcan Irazu, 2800-3000 m, south slope, Costa Rica. Notes. —This species belongs in the vernale group and is found in higher ele¬ vation throughout central Costa Rica. Bembidion vulpecula Casey Bembidion vulpecula Casey, 1918:126. Lectotype: USNM #37047, female, here selected. Type-locality: Brownsville, Texas, USA. Notes. — This species belongs in the dorsale group and is known from the Amer¬ ican southwest and Mexico. Bembidion wickhami Hayward Bembidium wickhami Hayward, 1897:112. Lectotype: MCZ #16299, male, here selected. Type-locality: Dunsmuir, California, USA. Bembidion delectum Casey, 1918:44. New Synonymy. Lectotype: USNM #36872, male, here selected. Type-locality: Gilroy Hot Springs, Santa Clara County, California, USA. Bembidion carlhi Erwin and Kavanaugh, 1981:37. New Synonymy. Holotype: CAS#13657. Type-locality: Steamboat Creek at Steamboat Falls, 410m, Doug¬ las County, Oregon, USA. Notes.— This species belongs in its own group and is known from Oregon and California. While this paper was in press, Erwin and Kavanaugh (1981) revised the erasum group of species and in so doing described as new, Bembidion carlhi Erwin and Kavanaugh, 1981. Unfortunately, this species had already been de¬ scribed by Hayward (1897) as B. wickhami, therefore carlhi is a junior synonym of Hayward’s name. Kavanaugh and I thank Dr. Kenneth Cooper for pointing out this error. [Bembicidium xanthostictum Gemminger and Harold, see B. conspersum] 186 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Literature Cited Bates, H. W. 1878. On new genera and species of geodephagous Coleoptera from Central America. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1878, pp. 587-609. -. 1882. Biologia Centralia-Americana, Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, 1(1):40—152. -. 1891. Additions to the carabideous fauna of Mexico, with remarks on some of the species previously recorded. The Transactions of the Entomological Society of London, 1891, pp. 223- 278. Blaisdell, F. E. 1902. The frons in Bembidium, with descriptions of new species. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, pp. 70-79. Brulle, A. 1838. Insectes. Pp. 17-56 in d’Orbigny, Voyage d’Orbigny dans l’Amerique meridionale (1837-43). Paris, 6(2): 17-56. Casey, T. L. 1884. Contributions to the descriptive and systematic coleopterology of North America. Part II. Collins Printing House, Philadelphia, pp. 61-198. -. 1918. A review of the North American Bembidiinae. Memoirs of the Coleoptera, 8:1-223. -. 1924. Additions to the known Coleoptera of North America. Memoirs of the Coleoptera, 11:1-347. de Chaudoir, M. 1868. Observations synonymiques sur les carabiques de l’Amerique septentrionale et descriptions d’especes nouvelles de ce pays. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, ser. 2, 20:239- 245. Darlington, P. J. 1934a. Four new Bembidiini (Coleoptera: Carabidae) from Costa Rica and Colom¬ bia. Occasional Papers of the Boston Society of Natural History, 8:157-162. -. 1934b. New West Indian Carabidae, with a list of the Cuban species. Psyche, 41:61-131. -. 1937. West Indian Carabidae III. New species and records from Cuba, with a brief discussion of the mountain fauna. Memorias de la Sociedad Cubana de Historia Natural “Felipe Poey.”, 11:115-136. -. 1939. West Indian Carabidae V. New forms from the Dominican Republic and Puerto Rico. Memorias de la Sociedad Cubana de Historia Natural “Felipe Poey.”, 13:79-101. Dejean, P. F. M. A. 1831. Species generale des coleopteres de la collection de M. le comte Dejean, 5:1-883. Donovan, E. 1806. The natural history of British insects, &c., XI. London, pp. 1-100. Duftschmid, C. E. 1812. Fauna Austriaca. Oder Beschreiburg Osterreichischen Insecten, fur ange- hende Freunde der entomologie, 2:1-311. Erwin, T. L. 1974. Studies of the Subtribe Tachyina (Coleoptera: Carabidae: Bembidiini). Supplement A: Lectotype designations for new world species, two new genera, and notes on generic concepts. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington, 76(2): 123-155. -, and D. H. Kavanaugh. 1980. On the identity of Bembidion puritanum Hayward (Coleoptera: Carabidae: Bembidiini). The Coleopterists Bulletin, 34(2):241-242. -, and-. 1981. Systematics and Zoogeography of Bembidion Latreille: I. The carlhi and erasum groups of Western North America (Coleoptera: Carabidae: Bembidiini). Entomol. Scand. Suppl., 15:33-72. Gemminger, M., and E. von Harold. 1868. Catalogus coleopterorum hucusque descriptorum syn- onymicus et systematicus, 1:424. Gyllenhal, L. 1827. Insecta Suecica descripta, Classis I, Coleoptera sive Eleutherata, 1 (4):761 p. Lipsiae. Hatch, M. H. 1950. Studies on the Coleoptera of the Pacific Northwest. II: Carabidae: Bembidiini. The Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 26(3):97-106. Hayward, R. 1897. On the species of Bembidium of America north of Mexico. Transactions of the American Entomological Society, 24:32-143. Horn, G. H. 1895. Coleoptera of Baja California (Supplement I). Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, ser. 2, 5:225-259. Jacquelin de Val, P. N. C. 1851. De Bembidiis Europaeis. Annales de la Societe Entomologique de France, serie 2, T. 9, pp. 441-576. -. 1856. Coleoptera. In Sagra, Historic physique, politique et naturelle de File de Cuba. An- imaux articules, insectes. Paris, pp. 1-136. Kirby, W. 1837. Insects. Coleoptera. In Richardson, Fauna Boreali-Americana; or the zoology of the northern parts of British America containing descriptions of the objects of Natural History collected on the late Northern Land Expeditions; under command of Captain Sir John Franklin, R. N., Josiah Fletcher publisher, London, 249 pp. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 187 de LaFerte-Senectere, F. T. 1841. Description de dix carabiques nouveaux du Texas et d’une espece nouvelle de buprestide de France. Revue Zoologique 1841, pp. 37-51. LeConte, J. L. 1848. A descriptive catalogue of the geodephagous Coleoptera inhabiting the United States east of the Rocky Mountains. Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York, 4:173-474. -. 1852. Descriptions of new species of Coleoptera, from California. Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York, 5:185-216. -. 1857. Catalogue of the species of Bembidium found in the United States and contiguous northern regions. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 9:2-6. -. 1858. Description of new species of Coleoptera, chiefly collected by the United States and Mexican Boundary Commission, under Major W. H. Emory, U.S.A. Proceedings of the Acad¬ emy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, [vol. 10], 1858, p. 59-89. -. 1861. New species of Coleoptera inhabiting the Pacific district of the United States. Pro¬ ceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 13:338-359. -. 1863. New species of North American Coleoptera. Prepared for the Smithsonian Institution. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, No. 167, pp. 1-86. -. 1879. The Coleoptera of the alpine Rocky Mountain regions—Part II. Bulletin of the United States Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories, 5(3):499-520. Lindroth, C. H. 1963. The ground-beetles (Carabidae, excl. Cicindelinae) of Canada and Alaska. Part 3. Opuscula Entomologica supplementum 24, pp. 201-408. -. 1975. Designation of Holotypes and Lectotypes Among Ground Beetles (Coleoptera, Ca¬ rabidae) Described by Thomas L. Casey. The Coleopterists Bulletin, 29(2): 109-147. Linne, C. 1761. Fauna suecica. &c. 2. ed. Stockholm, pp. 1-578. Menetries, E. 1832. Catalogue raisonne des objets de Zoologie recuellis dans un voyage au Caucase et jusqu’aux frontieres actuelles de la Perse. St. Petersbourg, 1832. 4. 271 pp. von Motschulsky, V. 1845. Observations sur le Musee entomologique de l’Universite imperiale de Moscou. Article I. Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou, 18(4):332-388. von Motschulsky, V. 1859. Coleopteres nouveaux de la Californie. Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou, 32(2): 122-185. Say, T. 1823. Descriptions of insects of the families of Carabici and Hydrocanthari of Latreille, inhabiting North America. Transactions of the American Philosophical Society, ser. 2, 2:1- 109. Ulke, H. 1875. Report upon the collections of Coleoptera made in portions of Nevada, Utah, California, Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona during 1871, 1872, 1873, and 1874. In Report upon geographical and geological explorations and surveys west of the one hundredth meridian, in charge of First Lieut. Geog. M. Wheeler . . . , zoology, Washington, 5:811-827. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(3), 1984, pp. 188-192 Biological Notes on the Bee Exomalopsis crenulata Timberlake (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae) Frank D. Parker Bee Biology & Systematics Laboratory, Agricultural Research Service, USD A, Utah State University, UMC 53, Logan, Utah 84322. Abstract.— Nests of a ground nesting anthophorid bee, Exomalopsis crenulata Timberlake, are described. Females nested gregariously and made jug-like cells attached singly to lateral burrows. The nesting site had been used for more than 1 year. This bee used mainly Eriogonum pollens to provision its nests. A de¬ scription of the nesting site, arrangement, and description of the cells is presented. A parasitic bee, Hypochrotaenia {Micronomada) gutierreziae (Cockerell), was found in some Exomalopsis cells. Exomalopsis is a moderately sized group of New World anthophorid bees that are primarily Neotropical in their distribution. In the United States these small bees (2.5 to 7.5 mm) are grouped into 4 subgenera and 47 species. The nesting habits of Exomalopsis are known only for three species (E. ( Anthophorisca ) chio- nura Cockerell, Rozen 1957; E. ( Pheanomalopsis ) solani Cockerell, Linsley, 1954; E. ( Anthophorula ) torticornis Cockerell, Hicks, 1936): all nest in the ground in gregarious or communal nests. Flower visitation records have been summarized by Timberlake (1980) who reports that some species of Exomalopsis visit a wide variety of flowers (e.g., E. solani, E. similis Cresson) but others are oligoleges of composites {E. chionura) and mallows {E . sidae Cockerell). A recently described species, E. (. Anthophorula) crenulata Timberlake (Tim¬ berlake, 1980) was commonly collected in southern Utah on Eriogonum flowers in the summers of 1979 and 1980. Many nests of this bee were discovered in the fall of 1980. This paper describes the nest architecture, cells, nest associates, and host plants of E. crenulata. Nesting Site The location of the Exomalopsis nesting site was 2.1 km E of Little Gilson Butte, approximately 40 km N of Hanksville, Emery Co., Utah. Here, the San Rafael Desert is marked by numerous moving crescent dunes that are surrounded by large areas of stabilized sandy soil. The vegetation is diverse, and perennial shrubs {Eriogonum, Chrysothamnus, Gutierrezia ) and forbs {Oenothera, Helian- thus, Senecio ) are abundant. The nesting site was discovered on the sides and the base of a low mound of soil which is the refuse of an attempt at mining (Fig. 1). The soil composing the mound was sandy beneath but on the surface and 15 cm beneath it was hard and baked. Many female bees were observed entering the numerous nesting holes VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 189 found in this mound; activity was greater in the afternoon and more than one female entered and exited the same hole. Nest Architecture The descriptions of the nests were made from clusters of cells that were exca¬ vated and studied later in the laboratory. Our brief visit and a sandstorm prevented detailed nest excavations at the site. However, many details of the nesting biology were obtained from the nest samples and the limited measurements taken at the nest site. Entrance. — The nest entrances were small (3 mm wide), oval-shaped openings clustered close together in the hard surface (Fig. 2). None of the entrances were covered by a turret. Burrows. — The burrows were larger (3.5 mm wide) just beneath the surface and consisted of a maze of similarly sized tunnels that were interconnected at the cell level approx. 30 cm beneath the surface. The burrows were lined by finely masoned soil of about 0.5 mm thickness with a glazed appearance; the linings were easily distinguished from the surrounding soil layers (Fig. 3). The composition of the glaze is not known, but it was not waxy because applied water droplets easily impregnated the lining. There was no pattern in burrow orientation since burrows were constructed on all planes and ran in many directions. It is of interest to note that the nesting site had been used in previous years; many old, exited, and refilled cells were found adjacent to newly provisioned cells and old and new cells were connected to the same lateral burrow. Cells. — The cells diverged from the lateral burrows at an angle of 90° to 180° (Fig. 4) and were attached singly to the lateral burrows. Since the burrows were multi-directional, cell orientation to the surface plane was also multi-directional. Examination of several cells at different stages of construction revealed that a “typical” cell was made by first “roughing-out” a short elongate chamber off a lateral burrow and then lining the walls with a smooth, shiny paste of fine-grained soil (Fig. 4, arrow). The walls of the chamber were 0.5 to 1.5 mm thick. The finished cells were jug-shaped with the elongated neck region receiving the cell cap. The oval chambers that held the pollen loaf averaged 6.0 ± 0.3 mm in length and 3.7 ± 0.2 mm wide at the widest point (n = 20). The neck of this chamber was constricted to 3 mm and capped by a spiral plug of soil (with 4 coils) (Fig. 5). The cap was 0.7 ± 0.4 mm thick, U-shaped and smooth on the outer surface (Fig. 3, arrow) and was connected to the burrow by a short (0.8 to 3.4 mm) plug of compact soil. The inner surface of the cell was polished and shiny, but when water droplets were placed on it artificially, they were quickly absorbed. Nest Biology Provisions.— All cells with old provisions were moldy and the shape of the pollen loaf could not be clearly seen, but the loaf was cylindrical and attached to the cell wall by a small “foot” (Rozen, 1957). The free end of the provision projected towards the cell base. Egg placement was not observed, but several dead early instar larvae were found on the top of the loaf and near the “foot.” The pollens comprising the loaf and samples of pollen loads taken from foraging females were 99% Eriogonum. 190 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figures 1-8. 1. View of nesting site on the mound of soil N of Hanksville, Utah. Hills in the background are the San Rafael Swell. 2. Soil surface of nesting site and several oval nest entrances. 3. Jug-like cells of Exomalopsis. Note the smooth cell cap and the thin paper-like cocoon. 4. Single cells of Exomalopsis attached to lateral burrows. Note the thick soil plug connecting the cell to the lateral burrow. 5. Cell cap (ventral view) showing spiral construction. 6. Cell with coiled overwintering larva. 7. Mature larva; note the subapical ventral swelling. 8. Cell with cocoon and fecal pellets. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 191 Larvae. — The mature overwintering larvae were creamy-white and coiled into a tight C-shape (Fig. 6). The larvae rested on the dorsal surface with the head oriented either towards the cell cap or bottom. The mature larva had prominent subapical swellings on the venter (Fig. 7). Fecal pellets.— The fecal pellets were smeared against the cell walls in longi¬ tudinal irregularly shaped stripes. At the top of the cell several pellets were loose. Cocoon.— A thin light tan to brown layer of silk was spun against the cell walls and over the smeared fecal pellets (Fig. 3). The thin, silk layer readily tore apart. The dome-shaped top of the cocoon was formed just beneath the cell cap (Fig. 8). The cocoon appeared to be made from a single layer of silk. All live larvae were found in cocoons and also, all the old exited cells contained traces of cocoon material. Nest Associates A dozen females of the parasitic nomadine bee, Hypochrotaenia ( Microno- mada) gutierreziae (Cockerell), were collected as they flew about the nesting site. Several of them entered nests and remained for short intervals. In addition two Exomalopsis cells contained dead but unemerged adults of this parasite. Like other species of this group of parasites (Parker, 1981), the parasitic larva did not spin a cocoon and its fecal pellets were small and evenly scattered on the cell walls. A female Exomalopsis was observed to attack one of these parasitic bees as it tried to enter a nest. In their brief struggle a forewing of the parasite was torn off by the host bee. Many of the Exomalopsis cells had been robbed by small ants that frequented the nesting site. The ants made small tunnels among the cells and removed all the provisions, fecal pellets, and parts of the cocoon. Discussion Some of the nesting habits of E. crenulata are similar to other Exomalopsis. All species make jug-like earthen cells, but the formation and the lining of the walls differ. Cells of E. crenulata were easily removed from the surrounding soil, the cell walls were easily distinguished by the fine-grained texture, and the inner cell walls were polished but not waxed; cells of E. chionura could not be removed intact nor be distinguished from the surrounding soil, and the inner walls were lined with wax and were nonpermeable to water droplets (Rozen, 1957). Cells of E. crenulata were attached singly to lateral burrows but other Exomalopsis cells were found in short chains (Claude-Joseph, 1926; Rozen, 1957). Although more than one female of E. crenulata used the same nest entrance, there were several hundred openings being used concurrently at the dense nesting site. This contrasts with E. torticornis and E. solani where several hundred females have been found using the same entrance (Hurd and Linsley, 1975). Floral affinities differ among Exomalopsis (Timberlake, 1980) and E. crenulata is another example of an oli- golectic species ( Eriogonum ). It is of interest to note that species of Exomalopsis that use a common nest entrance are polylectic and one, E. solani, is known to practice cooperative pro¬ visioning. Michener (1966) found that some E. solani females that were gathering pollen were not ready to lay eggs. Thus, the sharing of a common nest entrance, 192 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST cooperative cell provisioning (Michener, 1966), and polylectic foraging may be steps in the evolution of a social organization among some species of Exomalopsis. The host association for the parasitic bee, H. gutierreziae, is the first host record for this group of nomadine bees (species that have a flattened clypeus). Snelling (pers. comm.) reported that the specimens from Exomalopsis nests were the smallest he had examined. Perhaps this nomadine bee also parasitizes larger and related bees such as Diadasia. Acknowledgments I am indebted to D. Veirs for the photographs used in this paper and to T. Griswold for field assistance. Thanks are due to those persons who made helpful suggestions on the manuscript—N. Youssef, Utah State University; E. G. Linsley, Univ. of California-Berkeley; R. R. Snelling, Los Angeles County Museum; and V. J. Tepedino of this laboratory. R. R. Snelling also identified the nomadine bee. Literature Cited Claude-Joseph, F. 1926. Recherches biologiques sur les Hymenopteres du Chili. Ann. des Sciences Naturelles, Zoologie, 9:113-268. Hicks, C. H. 1936. Nesting habits of certain western bees. Canad. Entomol., 68:47-52. Hurd, P. D., Jr., and E. G. Linsley. 1975. The principal Larrea bees of the southwestern United States. Smithsonian Contr. Zool. 193, 74 pp. Linsley, E. G., J. W. MacSwain, and R. F. Smith. 1954. A note on the nesting habits of Exomalopsis solani Cockerell. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 30:263-264. Michener, C. D. 1966. Evidence of cooperative provisioning of the cells in Exomalopsis. J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 39:315-317. Parker, F. D., and G. E. Bohart. 1981. Notes on the biology of Andrena ( Callandrena ) helianthi Robertson. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 58:111-116. Rozen, J. G., Jr., and C. D. MacNeill. 1957. Biological observations on Exomalopsis ( Anthophorula ) chionura Cockerell, including a comparison of the biology of Exomalopsis with that of other anthophorid groups. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 50:522-529. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(3), 1984, pp. 193-212 A Systematic Study of the Genus Camelopsocus with Descriptions of Three New Species (Psocoptera: Psocidae ) 1 Edward L. Mockford 2 Department of Biological Sciences, Illinois State University, Normal, Illinois 61761. Abstract.— Five species of Camelopsocus are diagnosed and keyed. All known distribution records are given for each species. C. bactrianus, n. sp. and C. hiem- alis, n. sp. from southern California and C. tucsonensis, n. sp. from southern Arizona are described. The sexes of C. bactrianus and C. hiemalis, species which occur together, are associated by temporal and character concordance. Eggs, the embryonic oviruptor and surrounding structures, and the nymphal instars of C. bactrianus and C. hiemalis are described, but it is not yet possible to distinguish the two species in these stages. The two species are univoltine in southern Cali¬ fornia. Nymphs and adults occur from November to May. This phenology con¬ trasts to that seen in C. monticolus and C. similis in the Rocky Mountains and desert ranges of New Mexico, where nymphs and adults appear in the summer. Camelopsocus is probably most closely related to Oreopsocus and Atlantopsocus. Since the original discovery of Camelopsocus (Mockford, 1965), three additional species have been found. New distribution records of the two described species have been made, and observations of several characters not previously considered allow more precise determination of taxonomic relationships of the genus. It is the purpose of this paper to describe the new species, to describe the egg, postembryonic stages, and phenology of two of the new species, to present new distribution records of the previously known species, to present a key to the species, and to reassess the taxonomic relationships of the genus. The new species are from southern California and southern Arizona. They differ phenologically from the previously known species in that adults are restricted in their occurrence to the winter and spring. Adults of the two previously known species, which are found at relatively high altitudes in the Rocky Mountains, the desert ranges of New Mexico and Arizona, and the mountains and high plains of Mexico, occur only in summer in the northern part of this distribution (i.e., the United States), although they have been taken from late March through late December in Mexico. Materials and Methods This study is based on observation of 236 adult specimens of which 187 rep¬ resent the new species. In addition, 136 nymphs of C. bactrianus, n. sp. and C. hiemalis, n. sp. were observed. Whole specimens were placed for drawing in a 1 Contribution No. 518, Bureau of Entomology, Division of Plant Industry, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services, Gainesville, FL 32602. 2 Research Associate, Florida State Collection of Arthropods. 194 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Table 1. Measurements (A), counts, and ratios for new species of Amelopsocus. Abbreviations are explained in text. Species + sex FW HW F T t. ^2 cten f. fa f 3 IO/D PO bactiranus $ 4971 3695 683 1462 303 204 18 693 702 595 1.90 0.95 bactrianus + — B distinctive median carina cincta (Thomas) A — + PB not in California fontana Thomas A + + B, C tegminal bands distinct inconspicua Bruner A — — B blue hind tibia unusual infantilis, n. sp. A + , — + B band through eye, small size, northern California inyo, n. sp. B + PB blue tinge in wing disk koebelei (Bruner) A — > + — B band through eye occidentaloides Rentz and Weissman A — , + + B Santa Monica Mts. suffusa Scudder B — + C no tegminal bands thalassica Bruner B + + B topanga Rentz and Weissman A + , ~ + B southern California 1 Data from Weissman and Rentz (1980), Weissman (1984). 2 Usual condition listed first. areas greyish white. Tegmina with 2 indistinct bands formed by coalescence of speckles, absent in some specimens; wing disk opaque yellow at base becoming semitranslucent near band; band narrow and smoky, apex clear with a few speckles. Outer pagina of hind femur with 2 distinct, oblique dark brown bands; inner pagina black, dorsal margin with 3 black bands separated by yellow areas; apex with a yellow band; hind tibia blue. Karyotype. — 2N $ = 23; Section B, subsection 2; 3 large, 6 medium, 2 small autosomes. X metacentric, all 3 large autosomes homomorphic metacentrics, floating inversion series in the two specimens examined involving 2 and 3 medium autosomes respectively. Individuals examined: type locality, 2 6. Specimens examined. — California, San Bernardino Co., San Bernardino Mts., Mill Creek Camping area, 1829 m, 25.vii. 1981, D. Weissman, 2 <3, 2 $, including holotype (CAS); 5.x. 1947, P. Timberlake, 2 <3, 1 2 (CAS). San Bernardino Mts., Vivian Creek, 2190 m, heavy forest, 29.viii. 1919, Rehn and Hebard, 3 8, 6 2 (ANSP). San Bernardino Mts., High Creek, 2740 m, 29.viii.1919, Rehn and Hebard, 2 <3 (ANSP). 230 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figure 1. Known distribution of five new species of Trimerotropis. Remarks. — T. bernardi is an inhabitant of the Ponderosa pine community from 1820 to 2743 meters elevation. The 1981 type series was found at the intersection of Valley of the Falls and Quercus Roads on gravelly substrate with pine needle cover. All 4 of these specimens flew 2-4 m; male crepitation was a crackle, similar to that of T. p. pallidipennis (Burmeister) (see Otte, 1970:123). Both females VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 231 Figures 2-6. Lateral view, paratopotype males of Trimerotropis. 2. T. bernardi. 3. T. infantilis. 4. T. inyo. 5. T. leucophaea. 6. T. whitei. contained nearly mature eggs. The adjacent sandy, dry Mill Creek stream bed and pine-oak woodland-grass banks were searched but only T. fontana Thomas was found. The series shows variation primarily in the intensity of the color of the hind wing; a single male has the entire apical portion of the wing smoky black. This species is named with a dual purpose; we honor our friend Prof. Bernard John and christen it after the San Bernardino Mountains. Trimerotropis infantilis, New Species (Figs. 1, 3) Recognition characters. — Small species with blue hind tibia, yellow wings, a band through the eye, and only telocentric chromosomes. See Table 2 for com- 232 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST parison with other Trimerotropis species with blue hind tibia and yellow wings. Most similar to T. koebelei Bruner but differs in its smaller size, narrower and more deeply sulcate frontal costa, higher pronotal crest, and less distinct lateral pronotal carinae. This species can be confused with Conozoa species: in the latter genus tegminal bands cover only half of the tegmen; in Trimerotropis the bands are absent all together or continuous across the entire tegmen, although odd individuals in the type series of T. infantilis resemble Conozoa in this character. D. Otte (pers. comm.) is describing a small species from coastal California near Lompoc which might be confused with T. infantilis. This former species is slightly larger, more robust, and has a more poorly defined median pronotal carina. Its color is pale, almost whitish, and the bands on the hind femur are more sharply indicated. It lacks any trace of a band through the bottom of the eye. Geographic distribution (Fig. 1). — Known only from the Santa Cruz Mountains, California. Holotype male. — “USA: California: Santa Cruz Co., Santa Cruz Mountains, Felton, E. Zyante Rd., 1 mi E intersection of E. Zyante Rd. and Graham Hill Road, 16 July 1977, leg. D. B. Weissman & D. C. Rentz, Calif. Acad. Sci. Coll.” Holotype in California Academy of Sciences, No. 14100. Description. — See Table 1 for measurements. Head with frontal carinae heavy, constricted at median ocellus, carinae continuing almost to fronto-clypeal suture; fastigium of vertex relatively narrow, lateral carinae heavy, extending beyond middle of eye, convergent; occiput with a pair of impressions. Pronotum with lateral carinae represented as tubercles; median carina heavy, prozona and me- sozona raised; lateral lobe (Fig. 3) with a minute tooth; surface of disk minutely rugose, lateral lobe smooth but not shining. Tegmina relatively short, extending for about l A to V 5 its length beyond hind tibia. Legs and thorax very sparsely setose. Body and tegmina coloration greyish to light brown; head with ventral half of eye and adjacent intra-antennal area blackish, remainder of frons greyish white; an¬ tenna faintly annulate in basal half. Tegmina with 2 bands varying from indistinct to distinct; wing light yellow, highly transparent, band narrow, relatively faint, remainder of wing uniformly colorless except for cross veins. Outer pagina of hind femur with 2 faint, oblique stripes; inner pagina dark brown in proximal half, then with 2 yellow bands separated by a narrow dark brown band that continues onto dorsal margin; hind tibia light blue grey. Karyotype. — 2N <3 = 23; Section A; all telocentric; 3 large, 6 medium, 2 small autosomes; of 8 <3 examined from the type locality, 5 had a supernumerary segment heterozygous in one of the small autosomes, 1 had the segment homozygous, and the remaining 2 had no segments. Specimens examined. — California, Santa Cruz Co., Santa Cruz Mts., Felton, E. Zyante Road, 1.6 km E intersection of E. Zyante and Graham Hill Roads, 16.vii.1977, D. B. Weissman, D. C. Rentz, 12 <3, 5 2 including holotype (CAS). Santa Cruz Mts., no date, A. Koebele Collection, 1 6, 2 2 (CAS); 13.viii. 1938, J. Russell, 1 <3 (ANSP); Alma, 16.viii. 1928, E. G. Linsley, 2 <3 (CAS); Felton, 13.viii. 1959, D. C. Rentz, C. Wemmer, 1 <3 (ANIC); Santa Cruz, 28.ix. 1941, K. E. Frick, 1 <3 (CAS). Remarks. — At the type locality T. infantilis was found on sandy substrate sparsely covered with Lotus and grasses at the base of pines above a rock quarry (Lone Star Industries, Olympia Plant #125). Individual flights were from 1 to 2 meters VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 233 with male crepitation a rapid buzz. Approximately 25% of the population was fourth and fifth instar on 16 July 1977; females bore nearly mature eggs. No other Trimerotropis was microsympatric although T. p. pallidipennis and T. thalassica Bruner were caught nearby. This species is named with reference to its small size; it is only slightly larger than T. pogonata Strohecker, the smallest known species in the genus. Trimerotropis inyo, New Species (Figs. 1, 4) Recognition characters. — Species with blue hind tibia, greenish yellow wing with a blue tinge, and metacentric chromosomes. May be distinguished from other Trimerotropis species with blue in the wing by the combination of the short lateral pronotal carinae, distinct tegminal banding, greenish yellow (fades in some mu¬ seum specimens) wing with a blue tinge, narrow dark band, and high pronotal crest. Morphologically most similar to T. pseudofasciata Scudder but differs in lacking a lateral lobe tooth and always having the wing disk predominantly green, in addition to the characters listed previously. Also similar to T. cyaneipennis Bruner but differs in smaller size and narrower wing band. Also the flight in T. inyo is shorter and the crepitation is a series of rapid buzzes (pulse buzz—see Weissman and Rentz, 1980, Fig. 1), as opposed to the crackle of T. cyaneipennis (Weissman, 1984). Geographic distribution (Fig. 1). —Known from the eastern slopes of the Sierra Nevada Mountains above the Owens Valley, California. Holotype male. — “USA: California: Inyo County, 12.8 km W. Lone Pine on Whitney Portal Road, 1920 m, 6.viii.l978, D. B. Weissman, D. Lightfoot Stop 120, Calif. Acad. Sci. Coll.” Holotype in California Academy of Sciences, No. 14101. Description. — See Table 1 for measurements. Head with frontal carinae heavy, nearly parallel two-thirds their entire length, persistent to fronto-clypeal suture; fastigium of vertex broad, shallow, carinae heavy, continuing well past middle of eye; occiput with a pair of inverted comma-like impressions. Pronotum with minute lateral carinae, prozona and mesozona deeply sulcate, the former raised; median carina well indicated; lateral lobe punctate, usually without a tooth, but ventral margin (Fig. 4) sometimes with faint indication of tooth. Tegmina slender, extending for a distance of about x h its length beyond hind tibia. Ventral surface of legs and thorax sparsely setose. Body and tegmina coloration brown or grey brown, speckled. Antenna intensely annulate. Tegmina with 2 distinct bands, a third band indicated by a coalescence of speckles; wing mostly transparent, disk greenish yellow with a blue tinge basally, band variable, from half as wide as tegmina and broken, to almost as broad as tegmina and uninterrupted, dark brown, apex colorless. Outer pagina of hind femur with 2 distinct, dark brown bands, a fainter band present at base; inner pagina brown, with a single yellowish area and 2 dark brown or black bands continuous to dorsal margin; hind tibia blue. Karyotype. — 2N $ = 23; Section B, subsection 1; 3 large, 6 medium, 2 small autosomes. X metacentric, L l3 L 2 , L 3 , M 5 and M 6 homomorphic metacentric, rest telocentric; no inversion polymorphism noted in the 4 males examined from the type locality. Specimens examined. —California, Inyo Co., 12.8 km W Lone Pine on Whitney 234 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Table 3. Characters to distinguish T. leucophaea from T. cyaneipennis. T. cyaneipennis T. leucophaea Chromosome number 2N <3 = 21 (23 in central New Mexico) 2N 3 = 23 Tegmina usually with distinct bands, slate grey-brown without distinct bands, brown Wing disk rich blue, translucent (difficult to read label through disk near center) light blue, transparent (easy to read label through disk near center) Wing band wide, complete narrow, sometimes interrupted Behavior loud crackle, difficult to collect soft crackle, easy to collect Distribution Oregon, Arizona, Utah, Nevada, Idaho, New Mexico, ? California California, ? Nevada Portal Road, 1920 m, 6.viii. 1978, D. B. Weissman, D. Lightfoot. 13 6, 3 9, including holotype (CAS). 17.6 km W Lone Pine on Whitney Portal Road, 2530 m, 19.vii. 1961, D. C. Rentz, 2 6 (CAS). 9.6 km W Big Pine, l.ix. 1964, M. R. Gardner, 1 <5 (U.C. Davis). Remarks. — This species is found on bare, gravelly substrate in the Pinyon-Sage community on the eastern slopes of the Sierra Nevada Mountains. It occurs sympatrically with T. albescens McNeill with the latter being much more com¬ mon. Flights in T. inyo range from 3-7 m; male crepitation is a pulse-rapid buzz. At the time of collection of the holotype, only two males crepitated of the 13 seen. Females at the time bore nearly mature eggs; one last instar female was seen. Trimerotropis leucophaea, New Species (Figs. 1, 5) Recognition characters. — Species with blue hind tibia and wings, and metacen- tric chromosomes. Most similar to T. cyaneipennis but distinguishable by a com¬ bination of characters—see Table 3. Differs from T. pseudofasciata in having a low metazonal carina and lacking a lateral lobe tooth. Also similar to T. sparsa (Thomas) but differs in having blue rather than brown or yellowish-brown hind tibia and having a distinctly blue wing disk. Differs from T. arizonensis Tinkham (known only from holotype) in lacking green in the wing disk (always light blue in leucophaea ), having uniform blue hind tibia, and less distinct tegminal bands. The latter species was collected along the hot, barren Colorado River. Geographic distribution (Fig. 1). —California; specimens at ANSP from Reno, Nevada, may be this species. Holotype male.— “California: Inyo County, Westgard Pass, 7200 feet elevation, 26 July 1962. D. C. Rentz, C. D. MacNeill, collectors.” Holotype in California Academy of Sciences, No. 12774. Description. — See Table 1 for measurements. Head with frontal carinae feeble, VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 235 weakly constricted and ending below median ocellus; fastigium of vertex (Fig. 5) broad, shallow, lateral carinae weak, extending slightly beyond middle of eye, median carina absent. Pronotum without lateral carinae; prozona and mesozona relatively deeply sulcate; median carina low, absent in mesozona, lateral lobe (Fig. 5) without tooth; surface of disk relatively smooth, minutely, evenly punctate. Tegmina elongate, extending for a distance of about Vi of its length beyond hind tibia. Ventral surface of thorax and legs sparsely setose. Body and tegmina col¬ oration uniformly medium grey brown. Antenna faintly annulate in proximal half, less so distad. Tegmina speckled without bands; wing light blue, transparent, cross¬ veins along anterior margin light brown, remainder blue, brown band faintly indicated. Outer pagina of hind femur uniform color; internal pagina with 2 yellow blotches, dorsal surface entirely yellow; hind tibia blue. Karyotype. — 2N S — 23; Section B, subsection 2; 3 large, 6 medium, 2 small autosomes. X metacentric, 2 largest autosomes fixed metacentrics; four other autosomes from L 3 to S 10 were polymorphic for inversions. One Silver Canyon male had 1 small B chromosome. Individuals examined: 1.6 km E type locality, 1 <3; Silver Canyon, 5 <3. Specimens examined. — California, Inyo Co.: Westgard Pass, 2100 m, 26.vii.1962, D. C. Rentz, C. D. MacNeill, 10 6, 14 2 (CAS); 21.vii.1964, D. C. and K. A. Rentz, J. D. Birchim, 4 6, 3 2 (CAS); 1.6 km E Westgard Pass summit, 2102 m, 6.viii.l978, D. B. Weissman, D. Lightfoot, 1 < 3 , 1 2 (CAS); 1.6 km W summit, 24.vii.1965, D. C. Rentz, 1 6; White Mountains, Silver Canyon, 2010 m, 10.ix. 1919, Rehn and Hebard, 13 < 3 , 6 2 (ANSP); 2012 m, 19.viii. 1982, D. B. Weissman, #82-73, 5 < 3 , 2 2 (CAS); Angus Range, 780 m, 9.ix.l922, Rehn and Hebard, 1 <3 (ANSP); Amargosa Range, Boundry Canyon, Hole in the Rock Spring, 790 m, 17.viii.1919, Rehn and Hebard, 1 <3 (ANSP); Panamint Range, Wild Rose Canyon Spring, 1102 m, 6 and 8.ix. 1922, Rehn and Hebard, 3 < 3 , 4 2 (ANSP). Modoc Co., Warner Mts., Cedar Peak, 1920-2190 m, 22.viii. 1922, Rehn and Hebard, 3 <3, 4 2 (ANSP); Cedar Peak, Stowe Reservoir Camp, 2130-2440 m, 18.vii. 1968, D. C. Rentz, 2 <3 (CAS); near Cedar Pass, 1830 m, 25.vii.1962, D. C. Rentz, C. D. MacNeill, 1 <3 (CAS); Cedar Pass Camp, 28.viii. 1965, D. C. Rentz, Stop 32, 2 <3, 1 2 (CAS); San Bernardino Co., Trona, 500-550 m, 5 and 9.ix.l922, Rehn and Hebard, 4 < 3 , 1 2 (ANSP). Remarks.— At Silver Canyon, T. leucophaea was found on the valley floor and on gentle talus slopes covered with scattered vegetation. Individuals flew 2 to 10 m close to the ground and were easy to catch. Male crepitation was a crackle, softer than that of T. cyaneipennis (DBW, personal observation, Zion National Park, Utah; Hebard, 1935; Strohecker et al., 1968). Individuals from Westgard Pass and Cedar Peak were found in dry arroyos and on rocky slopes. Two spec¬ imens collected on 6 August 1978 from the Westgard Pass area were both teneral. In August of both 1978 and 1982, DBW was unable to find adults on the west side of Westgard Pass, although the 1982 Silver Canyon adults were not teneral. T. leucophaea occurs with Circotettix undulatus (Thomas) at both Westgard Pass and Silver Canyon, although the latter is usually on steeper slopes. At Silver Canyon, T. p. pallidipennis was intermingled with T. leucophaea. T. leucophaea is presently known only from the mountains of eastern California. Most California specimens considered previously (Strohecker et ah, 1968) to be T. cyaneipennis are T. leucophaea. The occurrence of T. cyaneipennis in California 236 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST is now uncertain. Strohecker et al. (1968) listed the Westgard Pass records of this species under T. sparsa. Only material from the White Mountains has been examined cytologically— they all have 2N 8 = 23 with inversion heterozygosity similar to that reported for T. cyaneipennis, also a member of Section B. The latter species, though, has 2N 8 = 23 only in central New Mexico (White, 1951) whereas farther west it has 2N 8 = 21: western New Mexico (White, 1951), Arizona (King, 1923), Nevada (White, 1949—one population only some 100 km from Westgard Pass), and southeastern Oregon (Weissman and Rentz, 1980). The name is derived from leucophaeus, meaning grey or ash-colored. Trimerotropis whitei, New Species (Figs. 1, 6) Recognition characters. — Species rusty brown in overall coloration with yellow hind tibia and wings, and telocentric chromosomes. Similar to T. arenacea Rehn but differs in having a brighter yellow disk and yellow instead of blue hind tibia. Also similar to T. citrina Scudder and T. agrestis McNeill but smaller and without red hind tibia. Geographic distribution (Fig. 1). —Known only from pink sandy substrate areas of Kane County, Utah. Holotype male. — “Utah, Kane Co., Zion National Park, 2.6 km W. of Park’s E boundary on road through Park. 1646 m, 21.viii.82. D. B. Weissman #82-82, Cal. Acad. Sci. Coll.” Holotype in California Academy of Sciences, No. 14160. Description. — See Table 1 for measurements. Head narrow, frontal carinae heavy, extending to fronto-clypeal suture; sulcus deep; fastigium of vertex narrow, lateral carinae strong, extending beyond middle of eye; median carina indicated solely by color; occiput with a pair of shallow indentations. Pronotum with lateral carinae very feebly indicated on prozona, distinct on metazona; transverse sulci contin¬ uous, deep; median carina distinct, higher on prozona than mesozona, low on metazona; surface evenly punctate; ventral margin of lateral lobe without a tooth (Fig. 6). Tegmina elongate, narrow, extending for a distance of about Vs its length beyond apex of hind tibia. Ventral surface of thorax not setose, legs sparsely setose. Thorax and tegmina rusty brown with whitish blotches on sides; head speckled whitish brown; antenna reddish brown with distinct whitish annuli. Tegmina lightly banded, the distal band not much more than a coalescence of speckles; wing yellow, not highly opaque; black band narrow, continuous. Outer pagina of hind femur with 2 very faint brown bands; internal pagina with 3 yellowish blotches separated by 2 narrow, brown bands; hind tibia uniformly pale lemon yellow. Karyotype. — 2N 8 = 23; Section A; all telocentric, 4 large, 5 medium, 2 small autosomes. Individuals examined: type locality, 6 8. Specimens examined.—Utah, Kane Co.: Zion National Park, 2.6 km W of Park’s E boundary on road through Park, 1646 m, 21 .viii. 1982, D. B. Weissman, 12 8, 3 9, including holotype (CAS): 16 km NW Kanab on Hywy 89, 1737 m, 21.viii. 1982, D. B. Weissman, 1 2 (CAS); Sand Dunes 16 km NW Kanab, 2.viii. 1951, M. J. D. White, 7 8, 29 (ANSP); Kanab, 5.viii.l949, G. F. Knowlton, 1 8, 1 2 (ANSP); Pink Sandhills 40 km SE Mt. Carmel Junction, 1950 m, VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 237 22.viii. 1956, no collector, 1 9 (ANSP); Pink Sandhills, road between Virgin River and Three Lakes, 1752 m, l.ix.1926, Rehn and Hebard, 18 6 , 11 9 (ANSP). Remarks. —Vegetation at the type locality included Manzanita, pines, and other shrubs. Although known only from pinkish sands, and despite having a pink hued body, alighted specimens were conspicuous at the type locality. Flights by both sexes were low, usually less than 2 m but occasionally to 5 m. Crepitation by both sexes was a loud buzz made during most of flight. Individuals were easy to catch. One individual at each 1982 locality was teneral. Sympatric oedipods included T. cyaneipennis, Circotettix rabula Rehn and Hebard, and T. texana (Bruner). This species is named in honor of Prof. M. J. D. White who has been interested in the cytological characteristics of Trimerotropis for over 35 years, and who recognized this as an undescribed species when he collected it. Acknowledgments V. F. Lee and C. Mullinex helped at the California Academy of Sciences; D. C. Lightfoot and S. I. Weissman assisted in fieldwork; and T. J. Cohn and D. Otte provided useful discussion. Financial assistance was provided to DBW by American Philosophical Society, Explorers Club, and Sigma Xi. The California Academy of Sciences is thanked for their usual generous use of facilities. Literature Cited Hebard, M. 1935. Orthoptera of the Upper Rio Grande V alley and the adj acent mountains in northern New Mexico. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 87:45-82. John, B., D. C. Lightfoot, and D. B. Weissman. 1983. The meiotic behavior of natural F[ hybrids between the grasshoppers Trimerotropis suffusa and T. cyaneipennis (Orthoptera: Oedipodinae). Can. J. Genet. Cytol., 25:467-477. -, and D. B. Weissman. 1977. Cytogenetic components of reproductive isolation in Trimer¬ otropis thalassica and T. occidentalis. Chromosoma (Berl.), 60:187-203. King, R. L. 1923. Heteromorphic homologous chromosomes in three species of Pseudotrimerotropis (Orthoptera: Acrididae). J. Morphol., 38:19-63. Otte, D. 1970. A comparative study of communicative behavior in grasshoppers. Misc. Pubs. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich., 141:1-168. Rentz, D. C. F., and D. B. Weissman. 1980. An annotated checklist of the grasshopper species of Aerochoreutes, Circotettix, and Trimerotropis (Orthoptera: Acrididae: Oedipodinae). Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. (Philadelphia), 106:223-252. -, and-. 1981. Faunal affinities, systematics, and bionomics of the Orthoptera of the California Channel Islands. Univ. Calif. Pubs. Ent., 94:1-240. Strohecker, H. F., W. W. Middlekauff, and D. C. Rentz. 1968. The grasshoppers of California. Bull. Calif. Insect Surv., 10:1-177. Weissman, D. B. 1984. Autecology, cytology, morphology, and crepitation notes on Trimerotropis grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Oedipodinae). (Submitted) -, and D. C. F. Rentz. 1980. Cytological, morphological, and crepitational characteristics of the trimerotropine ( Aerochoreutes, Circotettix, and Trimerotropis) grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Oedipodinae). Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. (Philadelphia), 106:253-272. White, M. J. D. 1949. A cytological survey of wild populations of Trimerotropis and Circotettix (Orthoptera, Acrididae). I. The chromosomes of twelve species. Genetics, 34:537-563. -. 1951. Cytogenetics of orthopteroid insects. Adv. Genet., 4:267-328. -. 1973. Animal cytology and evolution. 3rd ed. Cambridge University Press, New York. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(3), 1984, pp. 238-243 Contributions to Nearctic Psychodidae (Diptera, Nematocera) Rudiger Wagner Limnologische FluBstation des M.P.I. fur Limnologie, Schlitz (Federal Republic of Germany). Since Quate’s comprehensive work on Nearctic Psychodidae was published in 1955, only a few other publications have dealt with this interesting group of Diptera (Quate, 1957, 1960a, 1960b, 1960c; Vaillant, 1959, 1963, 1968, 1973; Wagner, 1980). Quate’s drawings simplify very often the complicated structure of the male genitalia, which has lead to unnecessary synonymies by subsequent authors. In the present paper, I recognize a new synonymy, describe two new species and one new subgenus of Nearctic Psychodidae. Threticus bicolor (Banks) (Figs. 1-4) Psychoda bicolor Banks, 1894, Can. Ent., 26:333. Psychoda nigra Dyar (nec Banks), 1928, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 30:87. (Synonymy after del Rosario, 1936:116.) Threticus appalachicus Vaillant, 1973, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (N.S.), 9(1):355. New synonymy. Material.— 1 6, U.S.N.M. type no. 4308, New York; 1 6, Erie County, Travis Run, 4-VI-1980; 1 < 3 , Erie County, 4-mile Ck., 25-VIII-1980; 1 6, Erie County, 4-mile Ck., 4-IX-1980, and 8 further specimens from Erie County, 6-mile Ck., 4-mile Ck., from June-August 1981, all leg. E. Masteller. This species is easy to distinguish from other Nearctic Psychodidae by the extremely long inner prolongations of the basistyles, and the strong laterally com¬ pressed basal part of the aedeagus. Quate (1955), and Vaillant (1973) both have presented drawings of the male genitalia, but only the latter is adequate. Quate simplified the very complicated build especially of the aedeagus, which is shown very well by Vaillant (1973:353, 356). This species has an asymmetric aedeagus, and as mentioned by Wagner (1979) in species with asymmetric genitalia two sorts of males appear to be equally abundant, whose genitalia are mirror symmetric. This happens also in Threticus bicolor (Banks) (compare especially Figs. 3 and 4). Quate (1957) placed Psychoda bicolor Banks in the genus Threticus Eaton, but the genitalia show some specialized features, which are not found in the European species. The basistyles have long flexible inner appendages. Their positions differ according to a more or less extruded condition of the aedeagus (Figs. 1-4). The two lateral parts (right one rastered) are laterally joined with the basistyles and are also movable. Figure 1 shows the most everted, Figure 2 an intermedial, and Figure 3 the most inverted position of the aedeagus. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 239 Figures 1-4. Threticus bicolor (Banks), structure and function of genitalia. 1. Extruded position. 2. Intermedial position. 3. Inverted position of the aedeagus. 4. Mirror symmetric genitalia. AA = aedeagus apodeme. BS = basistyle. DS = dististyle. LP = lateral parts of aedeagus. VB and DS omitted in Figures 2-4. Genus Stupkaiella Vaillant Stupkaiella Vaillant, 1973, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (N.S.), 9(1):367. Type-species.— S. furcata Vaillant, by original designation. The generic description given by Vaillant (l.c.) lists the absence of sensory organs on the thorax (patagiae, tegulae). I can confirm Quate’s observations (1955) that at least S. kincaidi (Quate), S. bessophila (Quate), and S. mastelleri, n. sp. have small patagiae. Stupkaiella masterelli, New Species (Figs. 5-8) Material. — Holotype, < 3 , Erie County, 4-mile-Ck., Behrend Campus, 2-V-1980 (located in C.A.S.); paratype, 6, Erie County, 6-mile-Ck., 12-V-1980 (in my col¬ lection); further material, about 20 males, 4-mile-Ck. and 6-mile-Ck., May-June 1980, all leg. E. Masteller, to whom the species is dedicated. Description. — Head: Eye bridge consists of 4 rows of facets, distance between the eyes 3 facet diameters, interocular suture U-shaped; 6 postocular bristles behind each eye. Antennae 16-segmented; scape elongate cylindric, 2.5 times longer than wide and 2.5 times longer than the spherical pedicel; post-pedicel 240 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figures 5-8. Stupkaiella mastelleri, n. sp. 5. Patagium. 6. Ventral bridge, styles, and aedeagus ventral view. 7. Antennal segments 1-4. 8. 9th tergite and cercopodia ventral view. elongate, bearing 5-6 strong bristles; 16th segment with a thin eccentric tip; segments 7-14 with a pair of short simple ascoids. Length ratio of the basal antennal segments: 62-23-38-15. Length ratio of palpal segments: 40-62-64-82. Pro thorax with a pair of small spherical patagia. Wing length 2.8-3.0 mm. M 2 with a basal peduncle. Medial angle: 145°. Sternal bridge regularly curved, of equal width throughout. Basistyles with straight medial and semicircular lateral margins. Dististyles forked. In ventral view the dorsal branch is much shorter than the ventral one. Cercopodia strongly bent with 15 slightly frazzeled tenacula. Ninth tergite 2 times wider than long. Aedeagus with a long narrow spatula distally with two triangular spines, which are homologous to the inner lamellae of Palaearctic Pericomini. Relations.—S. mastelleri, n. sp. is a close relative of S. recurrens Vaillant, from Great Smoky Mountains National Park. The shape of the aedeagus and of the dististyles readily distinguish the two species. Parapanimerus, New Subgenus A number of Nearctic species presently included in Telmatoscopus Eaton are in fact not members of that genus, but of Panimerus Eaton, in which species of the group of Telmatoscopus basalis form a distinct subgenus, Parapanimerus new subgenus. Description.—Imago 6: Eyes separated by a distance of 1-2 facet diameters. Eye bridge consists of 4 rows of facets. Antennae of 16 segments. Scape elongate cylindric, 1.5-2 times longer than the spherical pedicel. Flagellar segments flask¬ shaped, the 16th segment is always the longest. About 35-40 simple short ascoids on each flagellar segment. Head with a pair of flatspread sensory organs (cornicula), VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 241 Figures 9, 10. 9. Sagittal sections of genitalia of Panimerus (Parapanimerus) basalis. 10. Panimerus (s. str.) goetghebueri. AA = aedeagus apodeme. GD = gonoduct. T = 9th tergite. ST = styles. C = cercopodia. P = parameres. TG = tub-shaped tegmen. SF = slightly sclerotized flap. which are normally carried between head and prothorax, and are everted only during premating ceremonies. Thorax: Front femora with a double row of 10-20 large bristles on the posterior face. Wing of normal size and shape, radial fork closer to wing base than medial fork. Head (without cornicula and antennae), thorax, and a more or less extended area of the wing base are covered with black setae (androconia). Genitalia have often been compared with those of Palaearctic Panimerus (sensu stricto), (Figs. 9, 10), but their structure is different. The aedeagus apodem is Y-shaped with two short distal parts, which surround the distal part of the gon¬ oduct. The bases of the parameres are close together and are medially linked with the apodeme. They are placed very much towards the ventral side of the basistyles. In contrast, in Palaearctic Panimerus they are laterally linked with the tips of the apodeme, and they are placed near the dorsal side of the basistyles. The distal part of the aedeagus (tegmen) is tubshaped, and covered by a thin slightly scle¬ rotized flap (possibly a distal closing mechanism of the gonoduct). Styles simple, 9th tergite rectangular, wider than long, cercopodia slightly curved or straight with at least 10 tenacula, which often are distributed over the distal half of the 242 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figures 11-14. 11,12. Panimerus ( Parapanimerus) basalis (Banks). 11. Ventral bridge, styles, and aedeagus, ventral view. 12. Tip of dististyle. 13, 14. P. (Parapanimerus) arnaudi, n. sp. 13. Genitalia, ventral view. 14. Tip of dististyle. cercopodia. In contrast, Palaearctic Panimerus do not have a tub-shaped tegmen, and they have no slightly sclerotized flap. Similar to the males. They do not have androconia, cornicula, and spines on femore I. The antennal segments each bear a pair of ascoids, which are either simple or have 2 or 3 short branches, differing in single specimens from segment to segment. No larvae and pupae of this genus have been described yet. The larva of “Pan¬ imerus” lucens Vaillant (1973:352), belongs to a species close to Telmatoscopus quadripunctatus (Banks), and may possibly be closer related to Palaearctic Mormia species (Vaillant, pers. comm.). Type-species.—Psychoda basalis Banks, 1907, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 8:150 (by present designation). Aedeagus and styles in Figures 11, 12. Further species included in Panimerus subgenus Parapanimerus : Panimerus scalus (Haseman), New Combination; Panimerus dysmica (Quate), New Combi¬ nation; Panimerus cio (Quate), New Combination; Panimerus sierra (Quate), New Combination; Panimerus arnaudi, New Species. Panimerus (Parapanimerus) arnaudi New Species (Figs. 13, 14) Material. — Holotype, S, North Carolina, Cumberland County, Fort Bragg, 14- V-1967, leg. Jim D. Birchim. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 243 Etymology. — Dedicated to Dr. P. H. Arnaud, San Francisco, who made the CAS collection available to me. Description. — Head: Eye bridge consists of 4 rows of facets. Distance between the eyes, 1.5 facet diameters. Scape twice as long as broad, and twice as long as the spherical pedicel. Flagellar segments flask-shaped, each with about 40 simple short ascoids. A pair of cornicula present. Length ratio of palpus segments: 28- 54-55-60. Thorax: Femora I with double row of 5-7 spines. Wing length 1.5 mm, basally with black anoconia. Medial angle 195°. Genitalia: 9th tergite wider than long. Cercopodia straight, with 12 tenacula distally, and 3 single tenacula in the middle of the cercopodia. Ventral bridge slightly sclerotized with two pairs of tiny tips laterally, near the bases of the parameres. Basistyles two times longer than wide. Dististyles slightly bent, with two short tips (Fig. 14). Parameres strongly bent medially. Tegmen (tub-shaped structure) slender with parallel sides and a distal incision. Aedeagus apodeme small, short, and slender. Relations.—P. arnaudi, n. sp. is the closest relative of P. basalis (Banks). How¬ ever, both species differ from the western Nearctic species with converging lateral margins of the tegmen, in having a tegmen with parallel sides. P. arnaudi is separated from P. basalis by the parameres, which are much more curved in P. arnaudi, and by the dististyles, which have an entire tip in P. basalis. Literature Cited Banks, N. 1894. Some Psychodidae from Long Island. Can. Ent., 26:329-333. Quate, L. W. 1955. A revision of the Psychodidae (Diptera) in America north of Mexico. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entom., 10:103-273. -. 1957. Classification of the Psychodini (Psychodidae, Diptera). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 54: 441-451. -. 1960a. New species and records of Nearctic Psychodidae (Diptera). Pan-Pac. Ent., 36:143- 149. -. 1960b. Note on the synonymy of an American and Japanese species of Psychodidae (Diptera). Pan-Pac. Ent., 36:156. -. 1960c. Guide to the insects of Connecticut, VI. State Geol. Nat. Hist. Survey Connecticut, 92:1-54. del Rosario, F. 1936. The American species of Psychoda (Diptera: Psychodidae). Philip. Jour. Sci., 59:85-148. Vaillant, F. 1959. The larvae of three Nearctic Diptera of the family Psychodidae. Joum. N.Y. Entom. Soc., 67:39-50. -. 1963. Les Maruina d’Amerique du Nord (Diptera, Psychodidae). Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., 68:71— 91. -. 1968. Un Diptere Psychodide nouveau d’Amerique du Nord et ses stades preimaginaux. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr., 93:423-436. -. 1973. Somenew Psychodidae from the U nited States (Diptera, Psychodidae). Aquatic Insects, 1:55-63. -. 1980. The Nearctic Trichomyiinae (Diptera,Psychodidae). Pan-Pac. Ent., 56:273-276. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(3), 1984, p. 244 Scientific Note Wasps on Agave Flowers in Mexico Although bats are the principal pollinators of Agave (Agavaceae) in the Amer¬ ican Southwest and Mexico (e.g., Howell and Roth, 1981, Ecology, 62:1-7), a variety of insects, including bees and wasps also visit the flowers for pollen and nectar (Schaffer and Schaffer, 1979, Ecology, 60:1051-1069; Schaffer et al., 1979, Ecology, 60:976-987). Peak periods of visits to Agave flowers coincide with pe¬ riods of peak nectar and pollen availability (Schaffer et al., 1979, Ecology, 60: 976-987). In this note I report some observations on wasp associations with Agave flowers at Mazatlan, State of Sinaloa, Mexico, 12-14 November 1979. A single inflorescence, about 2 meters tall, bearing several panicles with flowers in various stages of development, formed the basis of these observations. I noticed that the vivid yellow flowers were visited heavily at various hours of the day by at least three different kinds of large-bodied wasps. Very few other kinds of insects were seen. I checked the flowers usually at 800, 1200, and 1600 hours on each of three days, and made a small reference collection of wasps seen. For each of the time periods, I saw from 0 to 7 wasps on the flowers, with the most commonly observed species being Polistes ( Onerarius ) carnifex (F.) (Hymenoptera: Vespi- dae). I saw from 1 to 4 individuals of this large wasp at various places in the flower, including head-downward at the base. Another, less abundant visitor was Polistes ( Aphanilopterus) instabilis de Saussere (also Vespidae). An unidentified sphecid, probably subfamily Sphecinae, tribe Sceliphronini, was also seen at the flowers. Typically these wasps positioned themselves in various ways on the flower, but generally did not come into contact with the anthers. They were feeding primarily on the viscous nectar at the base of each flower. The frequent occurrence of wasps on flowers in various stages of development suggests that these insects may be nectar thieves, contributing to a reduction in the amount of potential reward for pollinators. Such an effect could be additive if flowers are not pollinated the night before such thieving by wasps takes place. Daytime thieving may also deprive other kinds of pollinators of nectar. Very likely the wasps, being eusocial in the sense of Wilson (The Insect Societies, Harvard, 1971), make repeated visits to an Agave inflorescence once it is discovered. Such behavior increases the impact of these insects, as nectar thieves, on the plant- pollinator interaction. I thank the Milwaukee Public Museum for support, and Dr. Robert L. Jeanne for the determinations of the wasps. Allen M. Young, Department of Invertebrate Zoology, Milwaukee Public Mu¬ seum, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53233. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(3), 1984, pp. 245-247 A New Classification of the Subfamily Ephemerellinae and the Description of a New Genus Richard K. Allen 22021 Jonesport Lane, Huntington Beach, California 92646. A single female nymph collected in central Idaho represents an undescribed genus and species. Caurinella Allen, New Genus Nymph.— Head without tubercles, and without frontal or occipital projections; head with long setae around lateral and ventral margins of head, above mouth- parts; maxillary palpi two-segmented. Thoracic nota without tubercles or pro¬ tuberances. Abdominal terga without paired dorsal abdominal tubercles; postero¬ lateral projections on segment nine 50% longer than length of segment at midline, and postero-lateral projections upturned at apices. Type species. —Caurinella idahoensis Allen, New Species. Remarks.— The nymph of this new taxon is not similar morphologically, to any of the other known genera in the subfamily, but it does have some characters in common with the genus Serratella. The nymphs of both are without tubercles or projections on the head and thorax, they both possess well developed spines on the femora, and they both have a reduced maxillary palpus and long spines on the caudal filaments. The long postero-lateral projection on segment nine is not unique as some or all species of Torleya, Acerella and Cincticostella have long abdominal projections. The upturned apices of the postero-lateral projections of segment nine and the row of long setae around the head are characters which are unique to Caurinella. Caurinella idahoensis Allen, New Species Nymph. — Length: body 4.0 mm; caudal filaments 3.0 mm. General color light brown. Head light brown; maxillary palpi 2-segmented. Thoracic nota light brown with irregular brown markings; legs light brown; femora with dorsal spines and ventral setae; dorsal spines set in elevated sockets; claws with 3-4 small denticles. Abdomen light brown, median area terga 5-7 brown; imbricated gills terga 3-7 unusually small; postero-lateral projections segments 4-9, small on 4 and increas¬ ing in length posteriorly; postero-lateral projection segment 9 more than 50% longer than segment length at midline and postero-lateral projections turned up¬ ward at apices. Caudal filaments light brown with spines and sparse setae. Holotype. — Female nymph, Bushy Creek, trib. Lochsa River (between Lolo Pass and Powell Ranger Sta.), Idaho Co., Idaho, 26-VI-80, Bill Platt et al., in collection California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. Classification.—In 1980, Allen divided the subfamily Ephemerellinae into 2 tribes, 14 genera and 10 subgenera, and he placed the genus Vietnamella Tsher- nova ,as a subgenus of Cincticostella Allen. This synonymy is incorrect. Vietna¬ mella is known only from the nymphal stage and the nymphs differ from those 246 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST of CincticoStella, and all other Ephemerellinae, in the number and placement of the dorsal abdominal gills. The nymphs of Vietnamella have six pairs of lamellate gills on segments 2-7, eleven other genera, including Cincticostella, have five pairs of lamellate gills on segments 3-7, and four genera have four pairs of lamellate gills on segments 4-7. I apply the philosophy used in the separation of subgenera in the Ephemerel¬ linae, and herein erect subtribes in the tribe Ephemerellini which will eliminate the necessity of referring to these nymphs as “those with gills on segments 3-7” or “those with gills on segments 4-7”. I propose the name EPHEMERELLAE for those genera with nymphal gills on abdominal segments 3-7, the name TIM- PANOGAE for those genera with nymphal gills on segments 4-7, and the name YIETNAMELLAE for the genus Vietnamella with nymphal gills on segments 2-7. The subfamily Ephemerellinae is now divided into 2 tribes, 3 subtribes, 17 genera, and 9 subgenera as follows: Tribe Ephemerellini Lameere, 1917 Subtribe EPHEMERELLAE Allen, New Subtribe Type Genus. Ephemerella Walsh, 1862 Nymph. Abdominal terga with five pairs of lamellate gills on segments 3- 7. Genera and Subgenera 1. Ephemerella {=Chitonophora Bengtsson, 1908) 2. Serratella Edmunds, 1959 3. Caurinella Allen, New Genus 4. Uracanthella Belov, 1979 5. Torleya Lestage, 1917 6. Teloganopsis Ulmer, 1939 7. Caudatella Edmunds, 1959 8. Drunella Needham, 1909 a. Drunella s.s. b. Tribrochella Allen, 1980 c. Unirhachella Allen, 1980 d. Myllonella Allen, 1980 e. Eatonella Needham, 1927 9. Crinitella Allen and Edmunds, 1963 10. Acerella Allen, 1971 11. Cincticostella Allen, 1971 a. Cincticostella s.s. b. Rhionella Allen, 1980 Subtribe TIMPANOGAE Allen, New Subtribe Type Genus. Timpanoga Needham, 1927 Nymph. Abdominal terga with four pairs of lamellate gills on segments 4- 7. Genera and subgenera 1. Attenella Edmunds 1971 {=Attenuatella Edmunds, 1959 nee Stehli, 1954) 2. Eurylophella Tiensuu, 1935 VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 247 3. Dannella Edmunds, 1959 a. Dannella s.s. b. Dentatella Allen, 1980 4. Timpanoga Subtribe VIETNAMELLAE Allen, New Subtribe Type Genus. Vietnamella Tshernova, 1972 Nymph. Abdominal terga with six pairs of lamellate gills on segments 2-7. Vietnamella only known genus. Tribe Hyrtanellini Allen, 1980 Hyrtanella Allen and Edmunds, 1976, only known genus. Literature Cited Allen, R. K. 1980. Geographic distribution and reclassification of the subfamily Ephemerellinae (Ephemeroptera: Ephemerellidae). pp. 71-91 in J. F. Flannagan and K. E. Marshall (eds.), Advances in Ephemeroptera Biology, Plenum Publ. Corp., N.Y., 552 pp. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(3), 1984, pp. 248-255 Bionomics of Nearctic Species of Aclypea Reitter: Phytophagous “Carrion” Beetles (Coleoptera: Silphidae) Robert S. Anderson and Stewart B. Peck Department of Biology, Carleton University, Ottawa K1S 5B6, Canada. Present address: (RSA) Department of Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton T6G 2E3, Canada. Abstract.— Diagnoses, distributions, notes on bionomics, and a key for iden¬ tification are presented for the two Nearctic phytophagous “carrion” beetles Acly¬ pea opaca (L.) and A. bituberosa (LeC.). A brief discussion of the possible evo¬ lutionary history of the genus in the Nearctic region is given. Recent studies on the biology, distribution and systematics of the Silphidae of Canada and Alaska (Anderson, 1981) have revealed problems concerning the identity and distribution of two Nearctic species of the genus Aclypea. The latest reviews (Hatch, 1957; Miller and Peck, 1979) have indicated that two species live in North America; the primarily Palearctic A. opaca (L.), 1758, and the Nearctic A. bituberosa (LeConte), 1859. Adults of the two species are morphologically very similar. We have found the characters in keys that attempt to separate the species (Arnett, 1944; Hatch, 1927; Horn, 1880; Portevin, 1926) to be vague or imprecise. Thus, there has been a problem in distinguishing them and in accurately docu¬ menting their distributions and habits in North America. Adult Aclypea can be recognized by the following generic characters: labrum deeply emarginate, with the inner faces of the emargination swollen; eyes relatively small, and not bounded posteriorly by a row of erect setae. The genus is represented by approximately 27 species, distributed throughout the Holarctic region, some members of which have been previously assigned to the genera Blitophaga Reitter and Silpha L. (Portevin, 1926; Hatch, 1927, 1928; and others). We use Aclypea rather than Blitophaga following Seidlitz (1883:311) as first reviser in accordance with article 24 (a) (i) in the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. The vast majority of the species are found in the Palearctic region, and no attempt is made here to treat them. We have found that the two Nearctic forms can be distinguished as follows: 1 a. Genitalia of both sexes thinly sclerotized (light brown in color); pronotum often with impunctate area on anterior third behind eye; elytra with punctures shallow, the distance behind punctures rarely less than the width of a puncture (Fig. 3); isodiametric microsculpture of pronotum and elytra distinct (Fig. 3); generally smaller in size (12-15 mm). Dis¬ tribution in Nearctic restricted to Alaska and extreme northwest N.W.T. . A. opaca (Linn.) VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 249 lb. Genitalia of both sexes thickly sclerotized (dark brown in color); prono- tum never with impunctate area behind eye, although other impunctate areas may be present; elytra with punctures deep, the distance between the punctures often less than the width of a puncture (Fig. 4); isodia- metric microsculpture usually indistinct (Fig. 4); larger in size (14-17 mm). Widespread in western North America ... A. bituberosa (LeConte) Aclypea opaca (Linnaeus), the Beet Carrion Beetle (Figs. 1, 3, 5) Silpha opaca Linnaeus, 1758:361. Diagnosis. — Color blackish to brown, usually clothed with yellow hairs dorsally. Pronotum with anterior margin usually narrow (Fig. 1), lateral margins not dis¬ tinctly raised; with occasional impunctate areas present behind eyes. Elytra with punctures shallow, distance between them rarely less than their width (Fig. 3). Isodiametric microsculpture of pronotum and elytra distinct. Genitalia in both sexes thinly sclerotized, light brown in color. Smaller in size, 12-15 mm in length. Synonymies are in Portevin (1926) and Hatch (1928). Variation. — Variation in this species appears to occur primarily in the pattern of the impunctate areas on the pronotum. Some specimens of A. opaca possess impunctate areas on the pronotum in the anterior third directly behind the eyes in addition to other impunctate areas which may be present near the midline. These impunctate areas behind the eyes are not found in A. bituberosa, although other impunctate areas may be present. There is little structural variation in other characters in the material that we have examined. Distribution.—The species is known to us to occur in North America through very few specimens from Alaska and the Northwest Territories (Fig. 5). It has previously been recorded from various localities in the United States (Horn, 1880; Hatch, 1927), but these appear (based on our re-examination of available speci¬ mens) to be misidentifications of A. bituberosa. Aclypea opaca also occurs through¬ out the northern areas of the Palearctic region (Hatch, 1928). Material examined. — (24 specimens with the following data; abbreviations of collections in Arnett and Samuelson, 1969). CANADA. Northwest Territories. Aklavik, 10.VIII.31, O. Bryant, 1 (CASC). UNITED STATES. Alaska. Circle, 3.VII.58, G. E. Ball, dry field, 1 (UASM); Fairbanks, 26.VI-1.VII.79, B. Wright, 1 (NSMC); Fort Yukon, 17.VI.16, Har¬ rington, 2 under logs (USNM); 11.VI. 16, Evans, 1 (USNM); Kussiloff (Kasilof), VII.98, Evans, 1 (USNM); Palmer, 15.VII.79, 1.VI.80, 25.VII.80, 1.VIII.80, 13.VIII.82, 3.IX.82, D. P. Bleicher, baited cone traps 8 (University of Alaska). OTHER COUNTRIES. 8 specimens from Northern and Central Europe. Bionomics. — Like other Aclypea, the species in Europe is phytophagous on various Chenopodiaceae, and has also been recorded as a pest of sugar beets (Martin, 1945; Heymons et al., 1929). The natural history has been well documented by Heymons et al. (1929) and Martin (1945) in Europe. According to these authors, adults overwinter and emerge in the spring when the sugar beets are germinating. Larvae appear about two weeks later and feed externally on the young shoots and leaves. When mature, the larvae 250 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST I-1 Figures 1—4. 1. Dorsal view of pronotum of Aclypea opaca (Northwest Territories: Aklavik); scale line = 2.3 mm. 2. Dorsal view of pronotum of Aclypea bituberosa (Saskatchewan: Kenosee); scale line = 2.7 mm. 3. Dorsal view of base of left elytron of Aclypea opaca (Northwest Territories: Aklavik); scale line = 0.7 mm. 4. Dorsal view of base of left elytron of Aclypea bituberosa (Alberta: Calgary); scale line = 0.9 mm. move into the soil to pupate. Adults emerge 10-15 days later and also feed on the plants, but not as extensively as the larvae. Although recorded as a pest of sugar beets in North America (Cooley, 1906, 1917; Forbes and Hart, 1900), data presented here make it very likely that these records were misidentihcations of A. bituberosa. There appears to be no indication that A. opaca is a pest of any cultivated crops within the extent of its known distribution in North America. In fact, we know of no reliable data on native host plant relationships in North America. Our Nearctic records indicate that adults are active from June through August. Aclypea bituberosa (LeConte), the Spinach Carrion Beetle (Figs. 2, 4, 5) Silpha bituberosa LeConte, 1859:6. Diagnosis. — Color blackish to brown, usually clothed with yellow hairs dorsally, although these are often abraded. Pronotum with anterior margin thicker than in VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 251 Figure 5. Known distribution of Aclypea opaca (stars) and Aclypea bituberosa (dots) in North America. A. opaca (Fig. 2), lateral margins distinctly elevated; with occasional impunctate areas, but not with any behind eyes. Elytra with punctures deep, often confluent, especially towards base (Fig. 4). Microsculpture of pronotum and elytra not dis¬ tinct. Genitalia in both sexes thickly, darkly sclerotized. Larger in size, 14-17 mm in length. Variation. — Although all prairie specimens of A. bituberosa are structurally similar, examination of the few available specimens of A. bituberosa from montane localities indicates a smaller overall size and a much less convex elytra than those from the lowland prairie areas. In these montane forms, the genitalia tend to be 252 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST as heavily sclerotized as in all other A. bituberosa. However, the punctures of the elytra tend to become smaller and shallower, thus approaching the state in A. opaca. The punctures at the base of the elytra, although still large and deep, are rarely confluent. These patterns of morphological variation appear correlated with a change to montane-alpine habitats and may have an ecogenotypic or ecophenotypic basis. Possibly there is a continuous morphocline between the northern A. opaca and the southern A. bituber os a through these intermediate montane populations. This would indicate probable conspecificity but our collection data presently indicate the existence of a geographic zone where neither species occurs. However, until more representatives of this genus become available from this area (i.e., provided the known distribution is a collecting artifact) we think it best to continue to recognize the two forms as distinct species. Distribution. — In Canada, the species is found throughout the provinces of Alberta, Saskatchewan and Manitoba, extending northward into the southern Northwest Territories (Fig. 5). It appears to be found primarily in open grassland or prairie habitats, although some specimens have been collected in interior valleys and alpine habitats in British Columbia. In the United States it occurs throughout the northern midwest into the western coastal and Rocky Mountain states. Material examined. — (278 specimens examined and other literature records.) Only generalized locality and seasonality data (when available) are given here. Full data are available from the authors. Specimen numbers are given only if the record is based on more than one. Material is in the following collections: AMNH, CASC, CDFA, CNCI, DZEC, FMNH, LACM, MCZC, SBPC, UASM, UBCZ, UICM, USNM (abbreviations follow Arnett and Samuelson, 1969); the collections of the Canadian Department of Agriculture at Lethbridge, Saskatoon, and Win¬ nipeg; the Saskatchewan Provincial Museum; the Universities of Manitoba and Saskatchewan; and J. L. Carr collection, Calgary. CANADA. Alberta. Brooks, August, 3. Calahoo, July. Calgary, May, 20; June, 2; July. Diamond City (Farstad, 1949). Drumheller, June. Gorge Creek (50 mi W Calgary), June, 29; July, 23. Grand Prairie, July. High River, April. Holden, May, 3. Hussar, May, 2. Leduc, June. Lethbridge, April, 3; May, 2; June, 2. Medicine Hat, April; May, 6; June, 5. Millarville, May. Ralston, May, 2. Ray¬ mond, July, 2. Sherwood Park (suburb of Edmonton), April, 4; May, 5; September. Tilley, June, 3. Viking (MacNay, 1954). British Columbia. Chilcotin, April, Oc¬ tober. Manning Prov. Park (Nicomen Ridge, 6600'), July. Vernon, May, 2. Man¬ itoba. Grandview, May, 3. Lauder, May. Northwest Territories. Fort Resolution, June, 2; July. Fort Smith, May, 9; June, 11; July, 21; August, October. Fort Simpson, June, July, August. Saskatchewan. Big River, July. Chaplin, July. Dun- durn, April. Fort Walsh, July. Gravelbourg, July. Kenosee, June. Moosomin, July. Norbery, May. Prince Albert (MacNay, 1954). Rockglen, July. Rosthern, June, 2. Saskatoon, March, April, May, July, October, November. UNITED STATES. California. Alpine Co., Ebbetts Pass, July; Sonora Pass, June, 2. Eldorado Co., Echo Lake, 7400'; July. Tallac, July. Mono Lake (1880 Horn record, in MCZ). Tuolumne Co., no other data; Yosemite National Park, Mt. Lyell, August (see Miller and Peck, 1979, for full data). Colorado. Craig, May, 6200'. Custer Co., no other data. Idaho. Buhl, no other data. Downey, June. Kansas. No locality, Forbes and Hart (1900); this could be an error resulting from the type collection which was made in Wyoming, then in “Kansas Territory.” VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 253 Montana. Billings (Cooley, 1912, 1916); April, May. Bozeman, March, 2; April, 2; May, June. Butte, no date. Cartersville, July. Edgar, May, 2. Gallatin Co., April, 4800'; May, 4; June. Glacier Park, no date. Huntley, April, May. Jefferson Co., April, May, 18. Rapelje, October. Ravalli (Pepper, 1951). Teton Co., no date. Yellowstone Park, June. Nebraska. Norfolk and West Point (Cooley, 1917). North Dakota. Bottineau, June, 3; July. Maxbass, July. Oregon. Malheur Lake and Snake River (Hatch, 1957); Alpine, June. Utah. Benson, March. Davis Co., May. Hoop¬ er, June. Logan, April. Logan Canyon, June. Moab, May. Orme, June. Ogden, May. Petersboro, June. Provo, April, May. Salt Lake City, May. Trenton, June. Vernon, May (most records from McComb and Knowlton, 1950). Washington. Okanogan, Slate Peak, 6500', August. Wyoming. Fort Bridger (Holotype 8952 in MCZ). Pinedale (20 mi NE), 10,400', August, 4. Togwotee Pass, 9600', August. Bionomics.— The habits of this species have been well documented by Cooley (1917). Adults and larvae are phytophagous, eating Chenopodium album (lamb’s quarters, introduced), Monolepis nuttalliana (povertyweed) and other native Chenopodiaceae, as well as Solanum triflorum (nightshade) (Solanaceae) (Hatch, 1957; Cooley, 1917). They have also been recorded from squash, pumpkin, spin¬ ach, beet, wheat, radish, rhubarb, potato, lettuce, cabbage, rapeseed, and turnip (Cooley, 1906, 1916, 1917;MacNay, 1954, 1955; Forbes and Hart, 1900; Farstad, 1949, 1951) and are considered a pest of these crops in some areas. The species is in some North American texts on agricultural entomology (sometimes under the name Silpha opaca). We have found adults in montane meadows, where they were crawling along the ground and not in direct association with any single plant species. Adults could probably be collected in meadows and grassland areas by using large pans as unbaited pit traps. Cooley (1917) has reported on the life cycle of the species in Montana, sum¬ marized as follows: Adults emerge very early in the spring, and lay eggs in the soil which hatch about 5 days later. Larvae eat leaves and young shoots of the young plants during the day, hiding in the soil during the night. The first larval instar lasts 5 days, the second also 5 days, and the third about 15 days. Pupation takes place in the soil and the adults emerge about three weeks later. These new adults feed, but do not lay eggs, returning to the soil to overwinter. Other rearing (Forbes and Hart, 1900) found larvae in June and July, with adults emerging in July. The above records show the adults to be active from March through No¬ vember, with later dates usually being more northerly or at higher elevations. Immature Stages Aclypea larvae are easily distinguished from all other silphine larvae by the presence of a ventral as well as mesal serrate edge on the mandibles (Newton, pers. comm.). The side margins of the tergites, noted as pale by Hatch (1927) and used to distinguish Aclypea larvae from other silphine larvae, are black in some of the material that we have seen and hence this character is unreliable. Third instar larvae of Nearctic Aclypea will key to Heterosilpha ramosa in Dorsey (1940) but can be distinguished from the latter by the aforementioned mandibular structure and by the following key: la. Maxillary apical palpomere approximately three times as long as wide; labial palp with the basal segment 1.5 x the length of the apical segment . H. ramosa 254 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST lb. Maxillary apical palpomere approximately 2 x as long as wide; labial palp with the basal and apical segments equal in length. Aclypea We are not presently able to distinguish the larvae of A. opaca from A. bitu- berosa. Although larvae and other immature stages of these two have been treated by Cooley (1917), Martin (1945), and Heymons et al. (1928), the descriptions in these papers and the key in Hatch (1927) are insufficient to provide reliable species identifications based on material that we have available. Evolutionary Considerations It has been long thought that A. opaca was introduced from Europe, probably with shipments of plants (Hatch, 1927, 1957; Forbes and Hart, 1900) and hence was not a regular member of our fauna. However, the apparent confinement of the species to the extreme northwestern corner of North America, and its wide¬ spread distribution in the northern Palearctic region would suggest recent dispersal via a Beringian land bridge connection. The direction of dispersal was probably from the Palearctic to the Nearctic, as it was for many large mammals and some other insects during the Quaternary, and as would be expected of a group whose highest diversity is centered in the Palearctic. The marked similarity of the two species suggests that they are sister species, descended from a single common ancestor. However, we cannot now demonstrate this by synapomorphies. We suggest that this ancestor originated in the Palearctic and dispersed to the Nearctic across the Bering bridge in the Tertiary or Pleis¬ tocene. During a Pleistocene glacial some populations of the ancestor were isolated in localities south of the ice margin, and differentiated into A. bituberosa. North and west of the ice margin, in unglaciated refugia in Alaska and the Yukon, A. opaca retained intermittent contact with Palearctic conspecihcs, or became extinct and has reoccupied the Nearctic in the Recent. The lack of far northern specimens of A. bituberosa indicates that it did not survive glaciation in the northern refugia, but only in areas south of the ice sheets. Subsequent reinvasion of previously glaciated land has therefore been from the south, resulting in the present distri¬ bution pattern. Unfortunately, no fossil specimens of Aclypea have been recorded in North America which can test these evolutionary hypotheses. 1 Acknowledgments We thank the following curators for allowing study of material in collections in their care: Lee Herman, AMNH; David Kavanaugh, CASC; Ales Smetana, CNCI; Sharon Rose, DZEC; Henry Dybas, FMNH; A. F. Newton, MCZC; D. Shepeley, UASM; S. G. Cannings, UBCZ; W. F. Barr, UICM: T. J. Spillman, USNM; T. D. Galloway, Univ. of Manitoba, and J. L. Carr. The manuscript was reviewed by A. F. Newton, Jr., S. E. Miller, J. V. Matthews, Jr., R. B. Madge, and G. E. Ball. Literature Cited Anderson, R. S. 1981. The biology and distribution of the Silphidae and Agrytidae of Canada and Alaska (Insecta: Coleoptera). M.Sc. thesis, Carleton University, Ottawa, 279 pp. Arnett, R. H. 1944. A revision of the Nearctic Silphini and Nicrophorini based upon the female genitalia. J. New York Entomol. Soc., 52:1-25. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 255 -, and G. A. Samuelson. 1969. Directory of Coleoptera collections of North America (Canada through Panama). Dept. Entomol., Purdue Univ., Lafayette, Indiana, 123 pp. Cooley, R. A. 1906. Twelfth Annual Report, pp. 255-273. Montana Agric. Coll. Exp. Sta., Bozeman. -. 1912. Tenth annual report of the state entomologist of Montana, pp. 51-67. Montana Agric. Coll. Exp. Sta. Bull. 92. -. 1916. Thirteenth annual report of the state entomologist of Montana, pp. 151-160. Montana Agric. Coll. Exp. Sta. Bull. 109. -. 1917. The spinach carrion beetle. J. Econ. Entomol., 10:94-102. Farstad, C. W. 1949. Insects of the season in Alberta, 1949. Canadian Insect Pest Review, 28: 16-19. -. 1950. Insects of the season in Alberta, 1950. Canadian Insect Pest Review, 29:16-22. Forbes, S. A., and C. A. Hart. 1900. The economic entomology of the sugar beet. Univ. Illinois Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull., 60:397-517. Hatch, M. H. 1927. Studies on the Silphinae. J. New York Entomol. Soc., 35:3311-3371. -. 1928. Coleopterorum Catalogus. Family Silphidae II. 95:1-244. Junk, The Hague. -. 1957. The beetles of the Pacific Northwest. Part II. Staphyliniformia. University of Wash¬ ington, Publ. Biol. Vol. 16. Univ. Wash. Press, Seattle, 386 pp. Heymons, R. H., H. von Lengerken, and M. Bayer. 1929. Studien fiber die Lebensercheinunger der Silphini. IV. Blitophaga opaca L. Zeit. Morphol. Okol. Tiere, 14:234-260. Horn, G. H. 1880. Synopsis of the Silphidae of the United States with reference to the genera of other countries. Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 8:219-322. LeConte, J. L. 1859. The Coleoptera of Kansas and Eastern New Mexico. Smithsonian Contr. Knowledge, 2:1-58. Linnaeus, C. 1758. Systema naturae per regna tria naturae secundum classes, ordines, genera, species, cum characteribus, differentis, synonymis, locis. Ed. 10, Vol. 1. Holmiae, 823 pp. MacNay, C. G. 1954. Summary of important insect infestations, occurrences, and damage in Canada in 1954. Canadian Insect Pest Review, 32:342-389. -. 1955. Summary of important insect infestations, occurrences, and damage in Canada in 1955. Canadian Insect Pest Review, 33:311-380. Martin, H. 1945. Contribution a l’etude des Silphes de la betterave en Suisse. Landwirtschaftliches Jahrbuch der Schweiz, 59:757-819. McComb, D., and G. F. Knowlton. 1950. Some Utah Coleoptera belonging to minor families. Utah Agric. Exp. Sta., Utah Agric. Coll. Mimeo Ser. 369 (supp. 2, Coleoptera, of Mimeo Ser. 200, 1939). Miller, S. E., and S. B. Peck. 1979. Fossil carrion beetles of Pleistocene California asphalt deposits, with a synopsis of Holocene California Silphidae (Insecta: Coleoptera: Silphidae). Trans. San Diego Soc. Natur. Hist., 19:85-106. Pepper, J. H. 1951. Montana Insect Pests 1949-1950. Montana State Coll. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 474, pp. 1-35. Portevin, G. 1926. Les grands Necrophages du globe. Encyclopedie Entomologique 6. Lechevalier, Paris, 270 pp. Seidlitz, G. 1887-1891. Fauna Baltica. Die Kafer (Coleoptera) der Deutschen Ostseeprovinzen Russlands. Zweite neu bearbeitete Auflage. Konigsberg: Haftungsche Verlagsdruckerei. (Sil¬ phidae issued in 1888.) 1 After this paper had gone to press, a single record of a fossil specimen of Aclypea was sent to us by Dr. R. E. Nelson, Colby College, Maine. The specimen was collected from deposits of age 16,640 years BP at Seattle, Washington, and is assignable to A. bituberosa based on elytral sculpture and punctation characteristic of that species. This discovery indicates that isolation and structural diver¬ gence of A. bituberosa did not occur in the glacial advance of the Late Wisconsinan. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(3), 1984, pp. 256-257 Scientific Note The Occurrence of Trypoxylon clavicerum in North America (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) Trypoxylon ( Trypoxylon ) clavicerum Lepeletier and Serville is a widespread Palearctic wasp, occurring from Northern Europe to Japan (Bohart and Menke, 1976, Sphecid wasps of the world, University of California Press, 695 pp.). In the course of a systematic study of Trypoxylon wasps in North America, I discovered that T. clavicerum now occurs in the Great Lakes Region of the United States and Canada. North American specimens were compared with examples of clav¬ icerum in the collections of the British Museum of Natural History (London), Oxford University, and the Zoologisk Museum (Copenhagen). No differences between the North American and European specimens were found. Figures 1-4. 1. Head of female Trypoxylon clavicerum showing the width of the face (arrows) below the transverse interantennal carina (t). 2. Head of female T. kolazyi showing width of face (arrows). 3. Head of male T. clavicerum showing the two minute medial teeth (arrow) on the clypeal apex. 4. Head of male T. kolazyi showing the single medial tooth (arrow) on the clypeal apex. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 257 Trypoxylon clavicerum is probably a recent introduction into North America. The oldest record is a female specimen from Van Buren Co., Michigan, taken on 11 June 1949. Specimens had been collected in Indiana, Ontario, Pennsylvania, and several counties in Michigan by 1962. In the most recent key to the Nearctic species in the subgenus Trypoxylon (Sandhouse, 1940, Am. Midi. Nat., 24:133-174) T. clavicerum keys out to T. backi Sandhouse, a junior synonym of T. kolazyi Kohl (see Krombein, 1979, in Krombein et al., Cat. Hymen. Am. N. Mex., Vol. 2, Apocrita (Aculeata), p. 1644). Trypoxylon clavicerum is easily confused with T. kolazyi. In females the face below the transverse interantennal carina is much more narrow in T. clavicerum (Fig. 1) than in T. kolazyi (Fig. 2). In males the clypeal apex of T. clavicerum has two minute medial teeth (Fig. 3), whereas the clypeal apex of T. kolazyi has a small medial tooth with an even smaller tooth or angulation on each side (Fig. 4). Specimens ofT. clavicerum examined. — CANADA. Ontario. 1 6 London, VI- 1957, N. R. Couling (Canadian National Collection, Ottawa = CNC); 2 2 Guild (?), 6 and 14-VII-1962 (CNC). UNITED STATES. Indiana. Hamilton Co.: 1 2 Cicero, 10-VII-1954, J. M. Kingsolver (Illinois State Natural History Survey). Michigan. Branch Co.: 1 6 4-VII-1972, T. A. Bowling (Michigan State Univer¬ sity - MSU). Calhoun Co.: 12 6 Tekonsha, 2-VII-1972, T. A. Bowling (MSU). Clare Co.: 1 2 23/28-VII-1959, R. R. Dreisbach (MSU). Gladwin Co.: 1 2 28/30- VII-1959, R. R. Dreisbach (MSU). Ingham Co.: 1 6 East Lansing, 30-VIII-1960, G. Eickwort (MSU). Iosco Co.: 24 6, 7 2 Tawas City, 8-VII-1973, I. J. Cantrall (University of Michigan). Kalamazoo Co.: Gull Lake Biol. Sta., 1 2 2-VII-1956, 1 6 2-VII-1957, 6 5,52 1-VII/27-VIII-1958, 23 <5, 2 2 28-VI-1961, 16 1 2 26- VI/11-VII-1965, 1 2 9-VII-1970, R. L. Fischer (MSU). Midland Co.: 1 2 17-IX- 1958, 1 2 12/16-VII-1960, R. R. Dreisbach (MSU). Saginaw Co.: 7 6, 16 2 St. Charles, 28-V/16-VIII-1969, rotary trap at ground level-12 ft height, J. G. Truchan (MSU). Van Buren Co.: 1 2 11-VI-1949, Royji Namda (MSU). Pennsylvania. Erie Co.: 16 2 2 Presque Isle St. Pk., 15/20-VII-1961, F. E. Kurczewski (Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard). Rollin E. Coville, Division of Entomology and Parasitology, 201 Wellman Hall, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(3), 1984, pp. 258-263 Neosminthurus bellingeri , a New Species from California (Collembola: Sminthuridae ) 1 Suzanne F. Muzzio 111 South 12th St., San Jose, California 95112. Abstract.—A new species, Neosminthurus bellingeri Muzzio, is described from a survey of Collembola taken at Grover Gulch, near Bates Creek in Santa Cruz County, California. This was the first time a member of this genus has been collected on the West Coast. Some characteristics which separate it from other members of the genus are the presence of ventral dental setae, absence of posterior finger-like process on meso- and metafemora, weak subsegmentation on fourth antennal segment and six cylindrical setae on the posterior margin of head. A systematic and ecological study of Collembola was taken from April 1980 through April 1981. The study area was located approximately three miles north- northeast from Soquel, in Grover Gulch near Bates Creek, in the Santa Cruz Mountains, California. Sampled areas were fairly remote from human habitation. During the survey a new and undescribed species of Neosminthurus was discov¬ ered. The purpose of this paper is to describe that new species. 1 mm Figure 1. Neosminthurus bellingeri, n. sp. lateral view, habitus. 1 Partial fulfillment of Master’s Thesis at San Jose State University. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 259 Figures 2-15. Neosminthurus bellingeri, n. sp. 2. Antenna, holotype. 3. Left eyepatch, paratype. 4. Cylindrical setae on posterior margin of head and interocular setae, holotype. 5. Metatrochanter and femur, paratype. 6. Profemur, paratype. 7. Metatibia, paratype. 8. Fore foot, paratype. 9. Hind foot (slightly damaged), paratype. 10. Abdominal setae, paratype. 11. Body setae, holotype. 12. Neo- sminthuroid seta, paratype. 13. Furcula (=manubrium, dens, mucro), dorsal view, paratype. 14. Female subanal appendage, lateral view, paratype. 15. Tenaculum, holotype. 260 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 261 14 262 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Neosminthurus bellingeri. New Species Antenna uniformly dark blue. Head mottled dark blue. Body dorsally mottled dark blue to black, paler ventrally with fine intersegmental lines separating thoracic segments. Legs, collophore and furcula speckled blue (Fig. 1). Antenna IV with six to seven weak subsegments, without subapical bulb and 1.3-1.5 times as long as Ant. III. Ant. Ill with two subapical sense rods lying in deep depressions (Fig. 2). Eyes 8 + 8 with ocellus A one-half the diameter of B; D at least one-third diameter of B (Fig. 3). Head with six cylindrical setae located on posterior margin of head; interocular setae short and blunt (Fig. 4). Metatro¬ chanter with posterior spine, five anterior setae and oval organ (Fig. 5). Profemora with one appressed posterior spine (Fig. 6). Meso- and metafemora without pos¬ terior finger-like process. Metatibia with an oval organ located two-thirds distance from apex on inner edge, five long setae on inner edge, four to five short setae on outer edges and four setae on posterior surface (Fig. 7). Tarsus with anterior and posterior setulae. Tenent hair acuminate. Unguis with inner tooth, tunica and pseudonychium (=lateral serrations) present (Fig. 8). Unguiculus lamellate with apical filament lanceolate (Fig. 9). Body with cylindrical scaled setae and smooth setae (Figs. 10, 11). Neosminthuroid setae present and located between bothriotrix C and base of furcula (Fig. 12). Manubrium with 14 dorsal setae. Dens with seven inner dorsal setae, five external setae, two lateral internal setae, and one dorsal seta; ventrally with one pair of subapical ventral setae, Ve 3 seta short, and located one-third the distance from base of dens (Fig. 13). Mucro with inner lamella serrate and outer lamella entire. Female subanal appendage curved and acuminate with bilateral apical ciliations (Fig. 14). Sacs of ventral tube tuberculate. Tenacu¬ lum with four distal setae and 3 + 3 teeth (Fig. 15). Maximum length 1.2 mm. Diagnosis Neosminthurus bellingeri keys out closest to N. bakeri in Christiansen and Bellinger (1980-81). It can be separated from other members of the group by the following characteristics: N. bellingeri ventral setae present on dens dens with 5E, 7Id, 2L, & ID setae ant. IV weakly subseg¬ mented N. bakeri ventral setae absent on dens dens with 5E, 8Id, 3L, & ID setae ant. IV not subseg¬ mented N. richardsi ventral setae absent on dens dens with 4E, 7Id, & 3L setae ant. IV not subseg¬ mented N. clavatus ventral setae absent on dens dens with 4E, 8Id, & 3L setae ant. IV not subseg¬ mented Features which commonly associate N. bellingeri with the Neosminthuroid group are presence of the Neosminthuroid seta, the well-developed trochanteral spine, the peculiar modification of head and body setae, and the slight bifid appearance at the apex of the mucro. It seems appropriate to extend the diagnosis for this genus to include the fol¬ lowing characteristics which may be present: Ant. IV weakly subsegmented, and ventral setae on dens. In appreciation for his support and encouragement this species was named after Dr. P. F. Bellinger, Professor of Biology, Northridge University. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 3 263 Ecological Notes N. bellingeri was discovered during the wettest months of the year. Subadults were collected in January, February, and April; adults were taken in March. Specimens were extracted from Tanbark-oak Lithocarpus densiflora (H. & A.) Rehd. and Pacific madrone Arbutus menziesii Pursh. leaf litter. Specimens were found as far down as five centimeters in the soil. The upper soil layer at the study site has a fine sandy clay loam composition. The litter layer pH ranged from 4.45 to 4.80. Normal precipitation for the area averages 1219 mm (48 inches), however, rainfall was below normal when the survey was being conducted and amounted to only 482 mm (19 inches). Species commonly found with N. bellingeri were Tomocerus reductus (Mills), 1949; Sinella sexoculata (Schott), 1896; Hypogastrura {Ceratophysella) spp.; Ta- fallia robusta (Scott), 1961; Onychiurus Jlavescens Kinoshita, 1916; and Folsomia Stella Christiansen-Tucker, 1977. HOLOTYPE (female), ALLOTYPE (male) and PARATYPES from California, Santa Cruz County, three miles north-northeast of Soquel, at Grover Gulch near Bates Creek. Specimens were collected in Tanbark-oak and Pacific madrone leaf litter in the following months: 11/Jan/81, 7/Feb/81, 7/Mar/81, and 11 /Apr/81 by Suzanne Muzzio. Holotype, allotype, two mounted paratypes, and fifteen spec¬ imens in alcohol deposited at California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; two at the Entomology Museum, San Jose State University; and one to Dr. P. F. Bellinger, Northridge University. Acknowledgments The author wishes to thank Brian, Andrew and Michael Muzzio for their as¬ sistance with the collection of specimens, and Drs. P. F. Bellinger and R. J. Snider for reviewing this manuscript. Literature Cited Christiansen, K., and P. F. Bellinger. 1980-81. The Collembola of North America, North of the Rio Grande. Grinnell College, Grinnell, Iowa, 1322 pp. 264 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST EDITORIAL NOTICE The Publication Committee of the Pan-Pacific Entomologist has resolved that all submitted manuscripts by authors be accompanied by an abstract which will be printed with the article. This policy is effective immediately and will be im¬ plemented by the Journal in volume 61, 1985. —Editor THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Information for Contributors Members are invited to submit manuscripts on the systematic and biological phases of entomology, including short notes or articles on insect taxonomy, morphology, ecology, behavior, life history, and distribution. Non-members may submit manuscripts for publi¬ cation, but they should read the information below regarding editing and administrative charges. Manuscripts of less than a printed page will be published as space is available, in Scientific Notes. All manuscripts will be reviewed before acceptance. Manuscripts for publication, proofs, and all editorial matters should be addressed to the editor. General. — The metric system is to be used exclusively in manuscripts, except when citing label data on type material, or in direct quotations when cited as such. Equivalents in other systems may be placed in parentheses following the metric, i.e. “1370 m (4500 ft) elevation”. Typing. — Two copies of each manuscript must be submitted (original and one xerox copy or two xerox copies are suitable). All manuscripts must be typewritten, double-spaced throughout, with ample margins, and be on bond paper or an equivalent weight. Carbon copies or copies on paper larger than 8 V 2 X II inches are not acceptable. Underscore only where italics are intended in the body of the text. Number all pages consecutively and put authors name on each sheet. References to footnotes in text should be numbered consecutively. Footnotes must be typed on a separate sheet. Manuscripts with extensive corrections or revisions will be returned to the author for retyping. First Page. — The page preceding the text of the manuscript must include (1) the complete title, (2) the order and family in parentheses, (3) the author's name or names, (4) the institution with city and state or the author’s home city and state if not affiliated (5) the complete name and address to which proof is to be sent. Names and descriptions of organisms. — The first mention of a plant or animal should include the full scientific name with the author of a zoological name not abbreviated. Do not abbreviate generic names. Descriptions of taxa should be in telegraphic style. The International Code of Zoological Nomenclature must be followed. Tables. — Tables are expensive and should be kept to a minimum. Each table should be prepared as a line drawing or typed on a separate page with heading at top and footnotes below. Number tables with Arabic numerals. Number footnotes consecutively for each table. Use only horizontal rules. Extensive use of tabular material requiring typesetting may result in increased charges to the author. Illustrations. — No extra charge is made for line drawings or halftones. Submit only photographs on glossy paper and original drawings. Authors nuts! plan their illustrations for reduction to the dimension of the printed page (1 17 X 181 mm; 4% X 7‘A inches). If possible, allowance should be made for the legend to be placed beneath the illustration. Photographs should not be less than the width of the printed page. Photographs should be mounted on stiff card stock, and bear the illustration number on the face. Loose photographs or drawings which need mounting and/or numbering are not acceptable. Photographs to be placed together should be trimmed and abut when mounted. Drawings should be in India Ink, or equivalent, and at least twice as large as the printed illustration. Excessively large illustrations are awkward to handle and may be damaged in transit. It is recommended that a metric scale be placed on the drawing or the magnification of the printed illustration be stated in the legend where applicable. Arrange figures to use space efficiently. Lettering should reduce to no less than 1 mm. On the back of each illustration should be stated (1) the title of the paper, (2) the author’s complete name and address, and (3) whether he wishes the illustration returned to him. Illustrations not specifically requested will be destroyed. Improperly prepared illustrations will be returned to the author for correction prior to acceptance of the manuscript. Figure legends. — Legends should be typewritten double-spaced on separate pages headed EXPLANATION OF FIGURES and placed following LITERATURE CITED. Do not attach legends to illustrations. References. — All citations in text, e.g., Essig (1926) or (Essig 1958), must be listed alphabetically under LITERATURE CITED in the following format: Essig, E. O. 1926. A butterfly migration. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212. Essig, E. O. 1958. Insects and mites of western North America. Rev. ed. The Macmillan Co., New York, 1050 pp. Abbreviations for titles of journals should follow a recent volume of Serial Sources for the Biosis Data Base, BioSciences Information Service. For Scientific Notes the citations to articles will appear within the text, i.e. . . . “Essig (1926, Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212) noted ...”. Proofs, reprints, and abstracts. — Proofs and forms for the abstract and reprint order will be sent to authors. Changes in proof will be charged to the author. Editing and administrative charges. — Papers by members of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society are charged at the rate of $30.00 per page. Members without institutional or grant funds may apply for a society grant to cover a maximum of one-half of these charges. Non-members will be charged at the rate of $60.00 per page. Editing and administrative charges are in addition to the charge for reprints and do not include the possible charges for author’s changes after the manuscript has been sent to the printer. PUBLICATIONS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Vol. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and Vol. 2 (9 numbers, 131 pages). 1901- 1930. Price $5.00 per volume. THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST. Vol. 1 (1924) to Vol. 51 (1975), price $10.00 per volume of 4 numbers, or $2.50 per single issue. Vol. 52 (1976) to Vol. 57 (1981), price $15.00 per volume, or $3.75 per single issue, except for Vol. 57, no. 1, $10.00. Vol. 58 (1982) and subsequent issues, $20.00 per volume or $5.00 per single issue. MEMOIRS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G. F. Ferris. 320 pages. Published October 1951. Price $10.00 (plus $1.00 postage and handling).* Volume 2. The Spider Mite Family Tetranychidae by A. Earl Pritchard and Edward W. Baker. 472 pages. Published July 1955. Price $10.00 (plus $1.25 postage and handling).* Volume 3. Revisionary Studies in the Nearctic Decticinae by David C. Rentz and James D. Birchim. 173 pages. Published July 1968. Price $4.00 (plus $0.75 postage and handling).* Volume 4. Autobiography of an Entomologist by Robert L. Usinger. 343 pages. Published August 1972. SPECIAL PRICE $5.00 (plus $1.00 tax, post¬ age, and handling for California orders, $0.70 postage and handling for non- California U.S. orders, or $1.70 for foreign orders). No members discount at this special price. Volume 5. Revision of the Millipede Family Andrognathidae in the Nearctic Region by Michael R. Gardner. 61 pages. Published January 21, 1975. Price $3.00 (plus $0.75 postage and handling).* *(Add 6% sales tax on all California orders (residents of Alameda, Contra Costa, San Francisco, Santa Clara and Santa Cruz counties add 6Vi%). Members of the Society will receive a 20% discount on the price of the memoirs.) Send orders to: Pacific Coast Entomological Society % California Academy of Sciences Golden Gate Park San Francisco, California 94118-9961 U.S.A. Vol. 60 October 1984 No. 4 THE Pan-Pacific Entomologist PHILIP, C. B .—Lanellus, a new subgenus of primitive, California “horse flies” (Diptera, Ta- banidae). 265 EDMUNDS, G. F., JR. and D. N. ALSTAD—High summer mortality of black pineleaf scale (Homoptera: Diaspididae). 267 WEISSMAN, D. B.—Notes on the autecology, cytology, morphology, and crepitation of Tri- merotropis grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Oedipodinae) . 269 CHEMSAK, J. A. and E. G. LINSLEY—New genera and species of neotropical Cerambycidae (Coleoptera). 279 LYON, R. J.—New cynipid wasps from California (Hymenoptera: Cynipidae). 289 DODSON, G. N. and D. T. GWYNNE—A digger wasp preying on a Jerusalem cricket. 297 CLEMENT, S. L. — Observations on the behavior of Triepeolus nr. eldredi Cockerell (Hyme¬ noptera: Anthophoridae). . 300 BLOM, P. E. and W. H. CLARK —Phobetus desertus, a new Melolonthine Scarabaeidae (Co¬ leoptera) from the central desert of Baja California, Mexico. 304 GARCIA-VIDAL, M.—The genus Phyllophaga Harris, 1826 (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) in Cuba. II. Descriptions of eleven new species and illustrations of female genitalia of twelve other Phyllophaga . 313 MANGAN, R. L. — Reproductive ecology of three cactophilic Diptera (Diptera: Drosophilidae, Neridae, Syrphidae). 326 CAMPBELL, C. L. and K. S. PIKE—Descriptions of the life stages of Pyrausta orphisalis (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae). 332 HEPPNER, J. B .—Fabiola quinqueferella : An obscure California moth formerly in Glyphip- terigidae (Lepidoptera: Oecophoridae). 337 FREYTAG, P. H. and P. S. CWIKLA—Two new species of Idiocerine leafhoppers from Mal¬ agasy Republic (Homoptera: Cicadellidae)... 341 SCHWAN, T. G.—Nosopsyllus fasciatus parasitizing house mice on southeast Farallon Island, California (Siphonaptera: Ceratophyllidae). 345 MURPHY, D. D. and R. R. WHITE—Rainfall, resources, and dispersal in southern populations of Euphydryas editha (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). 350 DESCAMPS, M.—A new grasshopper of the genus Eumorsea from Baja California, Mexico (Orthoptera: Eumastacidae). 355 SCIENTIFIC NOTES.357, 358, 360 PROCEEDINGS—420th to 427th meetings. 361 INDEX TO VOLUME 60 .,. 367 SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1984 Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The Pan-Pacific Entomologist EDITORIAL BOARD J. A. Chemsak, Editor R. S. Lane, Associate Editor W. J. Pulawski, Treasurer J. T. Doyen R. M. Bohart J. A. Powell J. E. Hafernik, Jr. Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed¬ ings appearing in the October number. All communications regarding nonreceipt of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications should be addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Wojciech J. Pulawski, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961. Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be addressed to the Secretary, Vincent F. Lee, California Academy of Sciences, Gold¬ en Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961. Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters should be addressed to Editor, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, 201 Wellman Hall, University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720. See back cover for instructions. The annual dues, paid in advance, are $ 15.00 for regular members of the Society, $7.50 for student members, or $20.00 for subscription only. Members of the Society receive The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers are $5.00 each or $20.00 a volume. See back cover for prices of earlier back numbers. Make all checks payable to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society. Pacific Coast Entomological Society OFFICERS FOR 1984 H. I. Scudder, President W. J. Pulawski, Treasurer J. Gordon Edwards, President-Elect V. F. Lee, Secretary Statement of Ownership Title of Publication: The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Location of Office of Publication, Business Office of Publisher and Owner: Pacific Coast Entomological Society, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 941 18-9961. Editor: J. A. Chemsak, 201 Wellman Hall, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720. Managing Editor and Known Bondholders or other Security Holders: None. This issue mailed 13 December 1984 The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603) PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(4), 1984, pp. 265-266 Lanellus, a New Subgenus of Primitive, California “Horse Flies” (Diptera, Tabanidae) Cornelius B. Philip California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California 94118. Tabanid flies related to the generalized genus, Apatolestes, comprise a rather primitive and sometimes pestiferous group in the Tribe Pangoniini. It consists of 13 described species from western North America, 11 of which are known to occur in California (Middlekauff and Lane, 1980). Some deviation from the an¬ cestral stem has occurred, which permitted separation of the subgenus (now genus) Brennania Philip. Information on the biologies of Apatolestes species has re¬ mained fragmentary until quite recently when studies conducted by Dr. Robert S. Lane, University of California, Berkeley, and colleagues (Lane and Anderson, 1983; Lane et al., 1983) significantly added to our knowledge of Apatolestes actites Philip and Steffan, an inhabitant of sandy ocean beaches in California. Morpho¬ logical and behavioral peculiarities of this species indicated the need to distinguish it at least subgenerically from other members of the genus. The new subgenus of Apatolestes, viz., Lanellus, n. subg., is proposed here with actites (1962) designated as subgenotype species. Distinctive morphological char¬ acters of this subgenus are as follows: females with very wide fronts, strongly convergent above, with subequal sides and basal widths and small but prominent basal callosities; mandibular and maxillary stylets reduced and simple, the man¬ dibles lacking the usual serrated teeth characteristic of blood sucking tabanids. Bodies of both sexes unusually pilose, obscuring the palpi and mouthparts. Palpi of males more attenuate, less truncated than in most other Apatolestes species (except rossi Philip and colei Philip). Eyes bare, unbanded in life. Some unusual biological features of actites were observed initially by Dr. Lane, for whom the subgenus is cordially named. Among tabanids, females of A. actites are unique by laying their eggs subterraneously in amphipod or isopod burrows, and by possessing the capability to produce two batches of eggs autogenously. Neither flower visitation nor mating was noted in the vicinity of the breeding sites. The psammophilous larvae are cylindrical, elongate, and non-tabaniform in appearance; they live in the upper beach (supralittoral zone) in soils that are aridic for at least six months annually. Mackerras (1954) postulated that the primitive tabanid progenitors were gen¬ eralized flies that fed “on the juices of plants,” and that an “adaptation to blood sucking” was an early trend in their evolution. Almost all modem tabanid species females require a blood-meal to mature their developing eggs. By contrast, A. actites is the first member of a predominantly blood-sucking brachycerous taxon that can develop more than a single batch of eggs autogenously (Lane and An¬ derson, 1983), which suggests that A. actites never deviated from the progenitorial non-biting line. Apatolestes colei is the other member of the genus that may be subgenerically 266 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST related to A. actites. This rare horse fly was originally taken along the sandy banks of the Santa Ana dry wash at La Quinta in southern California. The frons of the female is likewise unusually wide, with an index of about 1/1. It also has a reduced and bare basal callosity, the eyes are unbanded in both sexes, and males have attenuated palpi. The mouthparts have not been examined because to do so would require dissection, and only one more female has been reported (Middlekauff and Lane, 1980) since description of the holotype in 1941. Consequently, non-he- matophagy and autogenic egg development accompanied by reduced mouthparts, though postulated, remain to be confirmed. Literature Cited Lane, R. S., and J. R. Anderson. 1983. Multiple autogeny and burrow oviposition by a marine horse fly (Diptera: Tabanidae). J. Med. Entomol., 20:212-213. -,-, and C. B. Philip. 1983. Biology of autogenus horse flies native to coastal California: Apatolestes actites (Diptera: Tabanidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 76:559-571. Mackerras, I. M. 1954. The classification and distribution of Tabanidae (Diptera). I. General review. Austral. J. Zool., 2:431-454 (III. Evolution and distribution, pp. 440-452). Middlekauff, W. W., and R. S. Lane. 1980. Adult and immature Tabanidae (Diptera) of California. Bull. Calif. Insect Surv., 22:1-99. Philip, C. B., and W. A. Steffan. 1962. New North American Tabanidae. XIV. An undescribed Apatolestes from the California coast. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 38:41-43. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(4), 1984, pp. 267-268 High Summer Mortality of Black Pineleaf Scale (Homoptera: Diaspididae) George F. Edmunds, Jr. and Donald N. Alstad (GFE) University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112; (DNA) University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55455. Abstract .—Catastrophic summer mortality among first-instar larvae of the black pineleaf scale occurred as a result of combined high temperatures and low relative humidity. Although density-independent factors are unlikely to regulate or stabilize animal populations, infrequent catastrophes affect the density and abundance of insects. Because long-term observation is required, documentation of such environmental episodes is rare. We have studied populations of the black pineleaf scale ( Nucu- laspis californica (Coleman)) in eastern Washington since 1955 and have quan¬ titative yearly data on reproductive success since 1973. The sedentary life history of these insect herbivores allows direct observation of seasonal patterns of mor¬ tality and survivorship. Edmunds (1973) has shown that abrupt early winter or spring episodes of freezing weather causes annual shifts in the lower elevation at which black pineleaf scale survive, and excludes the species from large areas in one eastern Washington valley. Fligher altitude kills are infrequent and unpre¬ dictable, occurring about one year in five. Here we report a catastrophic episode of high summer mortality among first- instar larvae of the black pineleaf scale during their dispersal period. Eggs hatch in July as the new needle crop of ponderosa pines reaches its full elongation. The tiny larvae move from beneath the mother’s scale, and travel 5 to 25 cm before establishing positions on new pine needles. The entire population completes this dispersal within a 10 day interval. During this period in July 1979, unusually high daytime maxima ranged near 40.5°C, and midday relative humidity dropped to 5%. The long-term means for this period in the Spokane area are 30°C and 28% relative humidity. We observed many moribund or dead larvae as a result of desiccation, and more than two-thirds of the insects died before completing their normal dispersal and establishment. The resulting colonization patterns were highly variable and abnormal in distribution, and the number of established colonists was substantially below that which we have observed in other years. No similar summer catastrophe has occurred since our observations began in 1955. We quantified the effect of this event on the 1979-1980 scale insect population with random twig samples from 37 infested ponderosa pine in the spring of 1980, and compared these observations with data collected in the spring of 1982. Scale cover numbers on the pine needles were used to estimate insect population den¬ sities, which were scored in 11 density categories (0-10) representing infestations ranging from 0 to 80 insects per needle. These data were compared with similar 268 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST density estimates from the 1978-1979 needles on the same twigs, and with 1981— 1982 needles from new twigs sampled from the same plot of pines. On 4 of the 37 trees, the population density class was the same on 1979 needles and 1978 needles (all carried low densities (class = 1)). Population density was lower for the 1979 needles on 33 of 37 trees. Eighteen of the 37 trees showed a reduction in density to one half or less of the 1978 level. One sample dropped from class 10 to class 3. The comparison of the two years’ populations cannot be precise because the 1978 needles also have some 1979 scale insects, and many of the 1978 scale coverings were gone. Nevertheless, the work was done in long¬ term study plots where we have repeatedly sampled, and it was obvious that the scale population fell to less than half its previous density. In recent years many of the trees in the plot would have carried population class 8 to 10. The highest population interval assigned to any of the twigs for 1979 needles was 5, although previously a number of the trees would have had twigs of population intervals 6 to 10, and such densities were reestablished on 1981 needles. Another evidence of the interference of the hot, dry period is the position of the needles on which the larvae settled. Usually the scale population is distributed rather evenly on the needles of a twig. The distribution of scale insects on 1979 needles was strongly biased toward basal needles on each twig, positions that require the shortest movement. Twigs were randomly sampled from 44 infested trees and the scale population estimated and assigned to population intervals on the needles of the basal l A and of the apical l A of the twig. On 9 of 44 samples the populations at the base and apex of the twig were assigned to the same population class. The other 35 twigs all had lower population classes at the apex with an average reduction of 2.0 population classes. Twigs longer than 6 inches had a more striking reduction from base to apex than those shorter than 6 inches, the average population class drop being 2.6 classes as contrasted with 1.77 on those less than 6 inches. A count of scales on 10 twigs 6 or more inches long showed an average of 81.8 scales on needles of the basal l A of the twig and 3.8 on the apical l A. We repeated such measurements in the same small plot in 1982. Thirty-eight of 52 samples had the same population class at the base and apex. Of the other 14, the apex on 4 had higher populations than the base and 10 had lower populations than the base. There are no significant differences in populations at the base and apex, and no difference in distribution on the 12 twigs longer than 6 inches (0.3 classes higher at apex vs. 0.1 higher at apex) as compared to the 40 twigs shorter than 6 inches. The combination of direct observations on the moribund and dying scale larvae in July 1979 and data from scale densities and within twig distribution in May 1980 and May 1982 indicate that this was a short-term climatic mortality episode that directly affected the scales, although we cannot rule out that stress on the host pine may have played a role. It is likely that high temperature-low humidity episodes during the crawler stage affect the population dynamics of other scale species. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(4), 1984, pp. 269-278 Notes on the Autecology, Cytology, Morphology, and Crepitation of Trimerotropis Grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Oedipodinae) David B. Weissman Department of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118. Abstract.— Numerous additions to the known cytological, morphological, and crepitational characteristics of the Trimerotropis grasshoppers are presented. Aut- ecological data are given for several infrequently collected species. T. santamonica Rentz and Weissman is synonymized with T. thalassica Bruner. Recent efforts have resulted in many additions and a few corrections making a supplement to our 1980 paper (Weissman and Rentz, 1980) on the cytological, morphological, and crepitational characteristics of the oedipod grasshopper genus Trimerotropis Stal appropriate at this time. Specifically, characteristics of several other species have been investigated; Baja California, Mexico, has been thoroughly collected; large series at the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (ANSP) and University of Michigan Museum of Zoology (UMMZ) have been examined; and overlooked literature references have been found. Several problem areas concerning species’ ranges and species’ identifications have been uncovered. The 62 species (Rentz and Weissman, 1980, 1981, 1984) presently constituting the genus show chromosomal, morphological, and crepitational variation both geographically and within populations. There are several reasons for supple¬ menting this catalogued variation, although the significance of such variation is not always understood. First, chromosomal variation within species (e.g., White, 1951b) may be indicative of incipient speciation. Thus, the geographical vari¬ ability in karyotype number seen in the gracilis subspecies and in cyaneipennis Bruner may actually represent different species. A similar situation exists in eastern U.S. verruculatus (Kirby) (2N 3 = 21) and western U.S. sujfusa Scudder (2n 3 = 23). Both species are morphologically similar. Helwig (1955) was readily able to hybridize the two forms yet unequivocally believed them not to be conspecific based on ecology, behavior, and cytology. In any case, only detailed study of such variable taxa, especially in areas of overlap, can resolve the question of conspe- cificity, although there is also no agreement as to what degree of reproductive isolation is necessary to constitute such speciation. Second, chromosomal vari¬ ation between species may serve as a species’ identification marker. For example, until recently (Rentz and Weissman, 1981), any coastal California Trimerotropis with blue legs and greenish wing disks was called occidentalis (Bruner) and Stro- hecker et al. (1968) list its range as extending east to Idaho. Yet this species has a unique karotype consisting of only 21 chromosomes, a telocentric X (sex) chro¬ mosome, and inversion polymorphism in several autosomes (see below). Such 270 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST information has enabled me to considerably restrict the range of this species (see below). Also, chromosomal variation between species has permitted confirmation of suspected hybridization (John and Weissman, 1977; John et al., 1983). Third, knowledge of the range of morphological variation can facilitate discovery of cryptic species; for example, the “abberant” blue legged specimens of californica Bruner noted by Strohecker et al. (1968) were actually an undescribed species— topanga Rentz and Weissman. Morphological variation in the genus is most notable in wing disk and hind tibia color. Examination of large series at ANSP and UMMZ shows greater color variation in hind tibia than previously noted (Weissman and Rentz, 1980): species primarily with yellow hind tibia have some individuals with brown ones; yellow tibia are also associated with orange ones, and blue are associated with brown. When polymorphic, such variation is usually present in each population. Some of this variation, when described from museum specimens, may be related to changes after death. Those species variable for wing disk color usually do not have all morphs represented in each population. Species are discussed below in alphabetical order. Table 3 is arranged by karyo¬ typic characteristics and supplements information in Table 1 in Weissman and Rentz (1980). Karyotypic Section A contains species whose chromosomes are all rod shaped or telocentric. Section B species (but not all individuals) have some autosomes metacentric with the X chromosome always (except in occidentalism metacentric. The latter species has a telocentric X but is considered a Section B species because of two characteristics only possessed by Trimerotropis taxa in that group: inversion polymorphism and reduced chromosome number. Also it can form viable hybrids with another Section B species, thalassica Bruner, from which it differs by only one reciprocal translocation (John and Weissman, 1977). I believe species within these respective chromosomal Sections are more closely related to each other than to species in the other Sections (discussed in Weissman and Rentz, 1980). For ease of discussion the autosomes are arbitrarily divided into three size classes: large (L), medium (M), and small (S), and are numbered from the largest to the smallest. Crepitational terminology is after Weissman and Rentz (1980). T. californica.—In California, this species was separated from strenua McNeill by Rentz (pers. comm.) in Strohecker et al. (1968) on the following basis: in californica the tegminal bands are light, narrow, and tend to be obscure or speckled; in strenua the bands are heavy, dark, and not speckled. I feel these species may still be distinct for the following reasons, although crepitationally, cytologically, and ecologically inseparable. In California any one population does not contain both above morphs. On the other hand several populations of strenua morphs that I collected from San Luis Obispo and Santa Barbara Counties were variable for tegminal band intensity: of 21 males and females from the Santa Ynez Moun¬ tains, 6 lacked the bands completely (making them the palest Trimerotropis spec¬ imens known), 5 had fully developed bands, and the rest had intermediate bands. Similar intensity variation has never been observed in a California population containing californica morphs (but see Hebard, 1906, for notes on specimens from Utah) in which the tegminal bands are fairly uniform. Because of these differences in population variation, further investigations on the relationship of these two taxa seem warranted. T. cyaneipennis.— Although recorded (Strohecker et al., 1968) from western Texas to California (of questionable occurrence in the latter state—see Rentz and VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 271 Weissman, 1984 under leucophaea, new species) and north to southern Idaho, several species may be involved. Specimens at ANSP and UMMZ from Utah, Nevada, and Idaho consistently have blue wing disks. Some Oregon, Arizona (Tinkham, 1948), and most New Mexico specimens (also see Hebard, 1935) have disks that are green, green-blue, or yellow with a blue tinge at the base (some of these may be hybrids between cyaneipennis and sujfusa— see John et al., 1983). Crepitation is a crackle similar to fratercula McNeill in Otte (1970, p. 123) (in¬ cluding those from Harney Co., Oregon—listed in error in Weissman and Rentz, 1980) as noted in Rehn and Hebard (1908), Hebard (1935), Strohecker et al. (1968) and confirmed in specimens from Kane Co., Utah (Weissman, unpubl.). T. fontana Thomas.—This species is polymorphic for wing color and crepita¬ tion. Wing disk color is yellow-green, but specimens from near Laguna Hanson, northern Baja California, have some blue in the wings. This case represents the only Trimerotropis with blue in the wing that contains no metacentric chromo¬ somes ( arizonensis Tinkham is not yet known). Populations are variable for crep¬ itation pattern from northern Baja California to northern California. They vary from a buzz to a pulse buzz to a crackle (Caudell, 1908; Fulton, 1930; Strohecker et al., 1968; Weissman, unpubl.) frequently with two types heard in one popu¬ lation. One of three individuals from 9.6 km S Ruth, Trinity Co., California, was heterozygous for a supernumerary segment in a small autosome. T. fontana from Santa Rosa Island also had similar segments (Rentz and Weissman, 1981, Fig. 132). The X chromosome in the Ruth heterozygote also showed neometacentric activity at metaphase I. T. fratercula.—One male from Sandoval Co., New Mexico, was examined cy- tologically: 2N <5 = 23, Section B, 3 large, 6 medium, and 2 small autosomes; LI, L2, L3, and M5 were inversion homozygotes, X a metacentric. On the basis of its yellow wings, yellow hind tibia (rarely individuals have a hint of green), definite tegminal bands, crackle crepitation, and Section B chromosomal pattern, this species is probably a member of the Pallidipennis Group (see Weissman and Rentz, 1980). T. helferi Strohecker.—This species was restudied 2 August 1980, at Cleone, Mendocino Co., California, on a clear, sunny day. Individuals were extremely difficult to collect, approaching Scirtetica Clementina Rentz and Weissman in wariness (Rentz and Weissman, 1981, p. 75). Male crepitation was a pulse buzz similar to cincta (Thomas) in Otte (1970), not a buzz as listed in Weissman and Rentz (1980). Females made more of a flight noise than an actual crepitation. Flights by both sexes were low and from 2 to 30 m in length. One last instar female was seen; adult females contained nearly mature eggs. In the 14 captured specimens, wing disk color was variable: clear (n = 3); greenish tinged (n = 7); greenish yellow (n = 4). All these wing colors apparently fade out completely after death as judged by most museum specimens. Otte (pers. comm.) notes the morphological similarity in body shape and hir¬ suteness, among other characters, between this species and another California oedipod Microtes occidentalis (Bruner) that likewise exclusively inhabits coastal sand dunes. Such similarity is most probably the product of convergence from inhabiting a similar habitat. Such convergence is widespread among the grass¬ hoppers, the genera Anconia Scudder, Xeracris Caudell, and Spaniacris Bruner being a classic example. The three are found, often sympatrically, in sandy desert 272 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Table 1. Karyotype frequency (2N <3 = 21) of 80 T. occidentalis from Woodside, San Mateo Co., California, during 1973 (habitat since destroyed for houses—see Murphy and Ehrlich, 1980). Karyotype (all autosomes telocentric except those cited) 6 June 5 July 13 September 30 October LI TM 0.41 0.33 0.35 0.45 LI TM 1 B 0.18 0.06 0.05 0.20 LI TM 2 B 0.00 0.06 0.00 0.00 LI MM 0.27 0.44 0.35 0.35 LI MM 1 B 0.05 0.00 0.10 0.00 LI MM M5 TM 0.05 0.06 0.00 0.00 Basic 0.05 0.06 0.15 0.00 Total specimens 22 18 20 20 TM = heterozygous bivalent. MM = homozygous metacentric. B = supernumerary chromosome. Basic = no inversions present. areas and were once considered by Hebard (1937) to form the Group Anconiae. These three genera are now each considered to represent different subfamilies. T. helferi has a metacentric X and inversion polymorphism (references in Weissman and Rentz, 1980) placing it cytologically in Section B of T'rimerotropis. On the other hand, M. occidentalis and M. nicola Rentz and Weissman have the usual acridid karyotype of all telocentrics (Rentz and Weissman, 1981). So unusual (White, 1973, p. 245; Hewitt, 1979, p. 12) are pericentric inversions in acridids that their occurrence in a species would argue for phylogenetic relationship with that genus that also possesses such inversions. I believe convergence in this cytological character is far less likely than in the morphological characters cited above. T. munda (Scudder). — Seven males from 9.6 km S Ruth, Trinity Co., California, were examined cytologically: 2N 6 = 23, Section A, 3 large, 6 medium, and 2 small autosomes. The X had occasional neometacentric activity; one male had a supernumerary segment in the S10. Flights were low, usually 2 to 5 m, male crepitation was a medium fast buzz similar to campestris Bruner in Otte (1970). Some males and females were teneral on 3 August 1980. They were found in a sandy, dry river bed bottom with fontana, 3 species of Dissosteira, and a Conozoa species. The only munda female caught had small eggs (Stage I; see Weissman and French, 1980). Strohecker et al. (1968) noted the similarity between munda and pacifica Bruner. Except for the smaller size of the former, the taxa are indis¬ tinguishable in morphology, cytology, and crepitation. T. occidentalis .—The inversion polymorphism (LI and M5) present in popu¬ lations from the San Francisco Bay Area was noted by Rentz and Weissman (1981). Eighty individuals from one population had the karyotypes listed in Table 1. There is no apparent inversion or B chromosome frequency change through the flight season. Specimens now have been examined cytologically (Table 2) from Kern Co. in southern California to Klamath Co. in southern Oregon (these may represent its south-north extremes). Populations in Oregon have an inversion in a large autosome not found in California. When compared to the Woodside VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 273 Table 2. Karyotype frequency of T. occidentalis from California (first four columns) and Oregon (last column). Abbreviations as in Table 1. Karyotype (all autosomes telocentric except those cited) Tehachapi, Kem Co. Zenia, Trinity Co. Bridgeville, Humboldt Co. Redding, Shasta Co. 2 localities, Klamath Co. LI TM 0.33 0.20 0.58 0.40 0.38 LI MM 0.00 0.40 0.08 0.20 0.25 LI TM L2 TM 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.06 LI MM L2 TM 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.06 LI TM M5 TM 0.00 0.00 0.08 0.00 0.00 LI MM M5 TM 0.00 0.00 0.08 0.00 0.00 LI MM M5 TM 1 B 0.00 0.20 0.00 0.00 0.00 L2 TM 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.06 Basic 0.66 0.20 0.17 0.40 0.19 Total specimens 3 5 12 5 16 population (Table 1), these northern California and southern Oregon populations are smaller in number of individuals and have less inversion heterozygosity, consistent with the pattern found in pseudofasciata Scudder (Weissman, 1976; and below) and helferi (Schroeter, 1968). The range of occidentalis probably ex¬ tends no farther east than western Nevada as morphologically similar individuals from eastern Nevada identified in the ANSP and California Academy of Sciences collections as occidentalis have 23 chromosomes and no inversion polymorphism (Weissman, unpubl.) and probably represent fontana. T. pacifica.— Ten males were examined cytologically from Bakersfield, Kern Co., California: 2N S = 23, Section A, 3 large, 6 medium, and 2 small autosomes. One male had a medium sized telocentric B chromosome. Males flew 3 to 10 m. Crepitation was a medium fast buzz similar to campestris in Otte (1970) made during the last % of flight. Only 1 of 5 females caught 6 August 1980, had developed eggs. They were found on sandy substrate with short sparse grass associated with p. pallidipennis (Burmeister). T. p. pallidipennis. — Populations of this species from alkaline soil habitats (with salt grass Distichlis) are morphologically very different from conspecifics on other types of soil. The alkaline soil ecotypes are much lighter in body and tegminal color, have reduced or no tegminal and wing bands, and a pale yellow or colorless wing disk. These alkaline forms integrade into their darker conspecifics with intermediates present over distances as short as 20 m (7.2 km N Beatty, Nevada) to Vi km (Borax Lake, Alvord Hot Springs, Oregon (D. C. Lightfoot, pers. comm.)). Crepitation and other flight characteristics were similar in both morphotypes. The alkaline soil forms near Beatty may mature later. That these alkaline forms are indeed distinctive in appearance is indicated by the population north of Beatty being considered a distinct species by both White (1951a, p. 311; 1973, p. 331) and Tinkham (pers. comm.). A similar population from Lake Abert, Oregon, was even considered a second distinct species (Tinkham, pers. comm.). T. p. salina McNeill may represent another ecotypic color phase on alkaline soils (see dis¬ cussion by Hebard, 1928, p. 254). In North America hundreds of males of this widespread species have been examined cytologically by White, Helwig, Coleman, and myself (see references in Table 3. Supplement to cytological, morphological, and crepitational characteristics of Trimerotropis grasshoppers—see Table 1 of Weissman and Rentz (1980). Only those species, and that specific category with additions herein, are listed below. Parentheses denote uncommon condition. Conditions without reference numbers refer to museum specimens. Reference superscript numbers refer to citations at bottom of Table; reference superscript letters refer to specific localities at bottom of Table. See Rentz and Weissman (1980) for species’ authors. 2N 3 Hind tibia color Wing disk color Crepitation Comments SECTION A agrestis crackle 3 a. barnumi buzz 15 a. gracewileyae crackle 10 ; buzz 15 a. hewitti 2313(C) crackle 7 2 large, 7 medium, 2 small autosomes 13(C) albescens supernumerary segments 13(B) arenacea (yellow) (green) crackle 7 B chromosomes, super- numerary segments 13 ® bilobata B chromosomes 12 campestris supernumerary segments 13 ® 1 cincta (red) buzz 5 ’ 8 20 ; crackle 13(E) citrina (yellow) fontana (blue tinge) buzz to crackle 16 supernumerary segments 916 inconspicua (blue) yellow-green 1 ’ 7 buzz 7>13(A) red tibia in Heifer 6 probably another species koebelei (yellow) latifasciata crackle 13(H) maritima green-yellow, (red) 2 munda 23 16 buzz 16 pacifica buzz 16 B chromosomes 16 pistrinaria (yellow) pogonata buzz 16 strenua (yellow) texana (red) crackle 13(D) titusi 23 16 (red) 16 buzz 16 tolteca modesta crackle 5 - 613 ® female also crepitates 513 ® 274 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Table 3. Continued. 2N <5 Hind tibia color Wing disk color Crepitation Comments SECTION B cyaneipennis (brown) yellow, green-blue, blue crackle only 5 - 619 fratercula 23 16 (green tinge) crackle 20 gracilis sordida crackle 311 helferi clear to greenish yellow 16 pulse buzz 16 p. pallidipennis colorless on alkaline soil; B chromosomes 16 blue tinge at base in typical 16 pseudofasciata (yellow) colorless, blue-green buzz, pulse; buzz, crackle 16(I) saxatilis green-yellow sparsa colorless, yellow, green, buzz 5 ?supemumerary segment 14 blue 417 suffusa thalassica yellow yellow-green, blue-green B chromosomes 16 Reference numbers for Table 3—complete citation in Literature Cited 1 Bamum, 1964 6 Heifer, 1953 11 Walker, 1902 16 Weissman, this report 2 Blatchley, 1920 7 Hewitt and Barr, 1967 12 Walters, 1968 17 Hagen, 1982 3 Brooks, 1958 8 Hubbell, 1922 13 Weissman, unpub. 18 Hebard, 1906 4 Hebard, 1928 9 Rentz and Weissman, 1981 14 White, 1951b 19 Rehn and Hebard, 1908 5 Hebard, 1935 10 Tinkham, 1960 15 Willey and Willey, 1971 20 Hebard, 1929 Reference letters for Table 3—locality of Cited Data California Mexico Nevada New Mexico A Inyo Co. B Baja California C Humbolt Co. D Dona Ana Cc I Fresno Co. Norte E Sandoval Co. Oregon F Deschutes Co. G Lake Co. Arizona H Coconino Co. ho C/1 VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 276 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Weissman and Rentz, 1980). The only reported populations with B chromosomes were those from alkaline soils. Of 5 males I examined from near Beatty (also see White, 1951a), one had a single B. One of 10 males from Summer Lake, Oregon, had one B chromosome. Five normal colored males from nearby had no Bs. Individuals of both morphs frequently had ditactic bivalents, a condition unusual in the acrididae (Hewitt, 1979; Rentz and Weissman, 1981, p. 80 and Fig. 132). T. pogonata Strohecker.—Individuals were locally very common at Los Osos sand dunes, San Luis Obispo Co., California. Male flight was 1 to 2 m, crepitation was a fast buzz similar to Encoptolophus costalis (Scudder) in Otte (1970), and they were easy to catch. Females were more sluggish and had shorter flights. This species was found microsympatric with Microtes occidentalis at Oso Flaco Lake, San Luis Obispo Co., but the buzz crepitation in the latter species is slower. Schroeter (1968, pers. comm.) found the karyotypes of 40 males to be uniform. T. pseudofasciata. — Weissman (1976) noted that California Channel Island males had a fixed L2 inversion homozygote, and had 5 autosomes polymorphic. Main¬ land populations from northern Baja California to northern Oregon and east to Nevada had 4 autosomes fixed and 4 polymorphic. However, 3 males from Van- denberg Air Force Base, coastal Santa Barbara Co., California, had only the L2 inversion fixed and only the M5 polymorphic. This mainland habitat resembled that of San Nicolas Island, Ventura Co., as did the karyotype of the males ex¬ amined. Despite intensive searching at the former locality, only 5 (3 <3, 2 2) specimens were collected. This pattern is consistent with that noted by Weissman (1976) where ecologically marginal populations with low densities have little inversion polymorphism. California Central Valley populations have a reproductive dormancy (Weiss¬ man and French, 1980) and do not crepitate until late summer-early fall. Males from Jacalitos Canyon, Fresno Co., in the Central Valley, collected on 19 No¬ vember 1982, represent the first Trimerotropis population to contain individuals that buzz, pulse buzz, and crackle. Many males would buzz in the beginning of flight and pulse buzz at the end. T. strenua. — See under californica for discussion as to possible synonymy. Rare¬ ly individuals of the former have yellow hind tibia. T. thalassica.— Under this species I here place santamonica Rentz and Weiss¬ man in synonymy. In our 1981 description of the latter, we noted its similarity to thalassica but cited differences in wing disk color, tegminal bands, antennal annulation, and ground color. Continued collecting at the type locality of san¬ tamonica south into Baja California demonstrated that we were dealing with a cline for these characters. Baja California specimens were almost uniform for blue-green wings, distinct tegminal bands, and definite antennal annulation. Seven additional males from the Santa Monica Mountains, Los Angeles Co., have been examined cytologically: they agree in inversion diversity with those in Tables 6 and 7 in Rentz and Weissman (1981). Specimens examined from near Laguna Hanson and near Sierra San Pedro Martir National Park, both northern Baja California, had only four autosomes heterozygous and 12% (2 of 17) had B chromosomes. This species normally occurs at low elevations in chaparral habitats. Flights there are usually short and crepitation is a fast buzz heard only late in the flight season (see Rentz and Weissman, 1981). These patterns are maintained in north- VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 277 em Baja California except for the populations bordering the Vallecitos meadow area at 2350 m in the San Pedro Martir Park area. There, individuals morpho¬ logically and cytologically indistinguishable from those living in typical habitat at lower elevations, inhabit open areas under and around pines. These populations are dense, individuals fly long distances, and crepitation, which is made during the entire flight season, is a pulse buzz similar to pallidipennis in Otte (1970). Whether these differences reflect edaphic features or represent a cryptic species need further investigation. T. titusi Caudell.—Eight males were examined cytologically from Pinnacles National Monument, San Benito Co., California: 2N 6 = 23, Section A, 2 large, 7 medium, and 2 small autosomes. Males flew 2 to 5 m, crepitation was a medium fast buzz similar to campestris in Otte (1970) usually made in last x k of flight but occasionally in last 3 4. Several females contained nearly mature eggs on 1 August, 1980. One female was teneral. Specimens were variable for tegminal band inten¬ sity; in one female the band was nearly absent. Four of 32 specimens had red hind tibia rather than the usual yellow. At Pinnacles it was sympatric with oc- cidentalis, p. pallidipennis, and Cibolacris parviceps (F. Walker) in a dry wash with gravelly substrate and sparse grass cover. Acknowledgments The following contributed specimens, useful discussion, and unpublished in¬ formation: R. Bohart, T. J. Cohn, T. H. Hubbell, D. C. Lightfoot, A. S. Menke, D. Otte, D. C. F. Rentz, G. L. Schroeter, E. R. Tinkham, and M. J. D. White. Literature Cited Bamum, A. H. 1964. Orthoptera of the Nevada test site. Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull., 4:1-134. Blatchley, W. L. 1920. The Orthoptera of Northeastern America, with especial reference to the faunas of Indiana and Florida. Nature Publishing Company, Indianapolis. Brooks, A. R. 1958. Acridoidea of southern Alberta, Saskatchewan, and Manitoba (Orthoptera). Can. Ent. Suppl., 9:1-92. Caudell, A. N. 1908. Notes on some western Orthoptera: with the descriptions of one new species. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 34:71-81. Fulton, B. B. 1930. Notes on Oregon Orthoptera with descriptions of new species and races. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 23:611-641. Hagen, A. F. 1982. Variations in the wing band of Trimerotropis sparsa (Thomas) (Orthoptera: Acrididae: Oedipodinae). J. Kansas Ent. Soc., 55:477-480. Hebard, M. 1906. A contribution to the knowledge of the Orthoptera of Montana, Yellowstone Park, Utah and Colorado. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 58:358-418. -. 1928. The Orthoptera of Montana. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 80:211-306. -. 1929. The Orthoptera of Colorado. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 81:303-425. -. 1935. Orthoptera of the upper Rio Grande Valley and the adjacent mountains in northern New Mexico. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 87:45-82. -. 1937. Studies in Orthoptera which occur in North America north of the Mexican boundary. IX. On Arphia conspersa, notes and a new race of Spharagemon, a new genus and its races of the group Heliasti and a new generic name for the group Anconiae (Oedipodinae, Acrididae). Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 63:361-379. Heifer, J. R. 1953. How to know the grasshoppers, cockroaches and their allies. Wm. C. Brown Company, Iowa. Helwig, E. R. 1955. Spermatogenesis in hybrids between Circotettix verruculatus and Trimerotropis sujfusa (Orthoptera: Oedipodinae). Univ. Colorado Stud. Ser. Biol., 3:47-64. 278 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Hewitt, G. B., and W. F. Barr. 1967. The banded-wing grasshoppers of Idaho. Univ. Idaho Agric. Exp. Stat. Res. Bull., 72:1-64. Hewitt, G. M. 1979. Animal cytogenetics. V. 3: Insecta I: Orthoptera. Bomtraeger, Berlin. Hubbell, T. H. 1922. Notes on the Orthoptera of North Dakota. Occ. Papers Univ. Mich. Mus. Zool., 113:1-56. John, B., D. C. Lightfoot, and D. B. Weissman. 1983. The meiotic behaviour of natural F t hybrids between the grasshoppers Trimerotropis suffusa Scudder and T. cyaneipennis Bruner (Orthop¬ tera: Oedipodinae). Canad. J. Gen. Cytol., 25:467-477. -, and D. B. Weissman. 1977. Cytogenetic components of reproductive isolation in Trimerotro¬ pis thalassica and T. occidentalis. Chromosoma (Berl.), 60:187-203. Murphy, D. D., and P. R. Ehrlich. 1980. Two California Checkerspot butterfly subspecies: one new, one on the verge of extinction. J. Lep. Soc., 34:316-320. Otte, D. 1970. A comparative study of communicative behavior in grasshoppers. Misc. Pubs. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich., 141:1-168. Rehn, J. A. G., and M. Hebard. 1908. An orthopterological reconnoissance of the southwestern United States. Part I: Arizona. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 60:365-402. Rentz, D. C. F., and D. B. Weissman. 1980. An annotated checklist of the grasshopper species of Aerochoreutes, Circotettix, and Trimerotropis (Orthoptera: Acrididae: Oedipodinae). Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 106:223-252. -, and-. 1981. Faunal affinities, systematics, and bionomics of the Orthoptera of the California Channel Islands. Univ. Calif. Pubs. Ent., 94:1-240. -, and-. 1984. Five new species of the band-winged grasshopper genus Trimerotropis StM (Orthoptera: Oedipodinae). Pan-Pac. Ent., 60:227-237. Schroeter, G. L. 1968. Pericentric inversion polymorphism in Trimerotropis helferi (Orthoptera: Acrididae) and its effect on chiasma frequency. Ph.D. thesis, University of California, Davis, University Microfilms, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Strohecker, H. F., W. W. Middlekauff, and D. C. Rentz. 1968. The grasshoppers of California. Bull. Calif. Insect Surv., 10:1-177. Tinkham, E. R. 1948. Faunistic and ecological studies on the Orthoptera of the Big Bend Region of Trans-Pecos Texas, with especial reference to the orthopteran zones and faunae of midwestem North America. Amer. Mid. Nat., 40:521-663. -. 1960. Studies in Nearctic desert sand dune Orthoptera Part II. Two new grasshoppers of the genus Trimerotropis from the Utah dunes. Gr. Basin Nat., 20:49-58. Walker, E. M. 1902. The Canadian species of Trimerotropis. Can. Ent., 34:1-11. Walters, J. L. 1968. Chromosomal polymorphism in the grasshopper Trimerotropis bilobata, Rehn and Hebard. Genetics, 60:234-235. Weissman, D. B. 1976. Geographical variability in the pericentric inversion system of the grasshopper Trimerotropispseudofasciata. Chromosoma (Berl.), 55:325-347. -, and E. French. 1980. Autecology and population structure of Trimerotropis occidentalis, a grasshopper with a reproductive dormancy. Acrida, 9:145-157. -, and D. C. F. Rentz. 1980. Cytological, morphological, and crepitational characteristics of the trimerotropine ( Aerochoreutes, Circotettix, and Trimerotropis) grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Oedipodinae). Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 106:253-272. White, M. J. D. 1951a. Cytogenetics of orthopteroid insects. Adv. Genet., 4:267-328. -. 1951b. Cytological survey of wild populations of Trimerotropis and Circotettix (Orthoptera, Acrididae). II. Racial differentiation in T. sparsa. Genetics, 36:31-53. -. 1973. Animal cytology and evolution. 3rd ed. Cambridge University Press, New York. Willey, R. B., and R. L. Willey. 1971. The behavioural ecology of desert grasshoppers II. Com¬ munication in Trimerotropis agrestis. Anim. Behav., 19:26-33. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(4), 1984, pp. 279-288 New Genera and Species of Neotropical Cerambycidae (Coleoptera) John A. Chemsak and E. G. Linsley University of California, Berkeley, California 94720 Abstract. —Four new genera and five new species of Cerambycidae are described from Mexico and Central America: Lycoplasma formosa from Panama (Hemi- lophini); Noctileptura squamosa from Mexico and N. seriata from Guatemala (Lepturinae); Oraphanes binotatum from Mexico (Hesperophanini); and Gies- bertia rugosa from Mexico (Purpuricenini). While identifying cerambycids from the faunas of Mexico and Central America, a number of interesting new taxa were discovered. Because of their unique nature, we are describing some of these here. Lycoplasma, New Genus Form moderate-sized, elytra very broadly explanate from behind humeri. Head with front transverse, slightly convex, median line extending onto neck; mandibles stout, gradually arcuate to apices; genae subparallel, as long as lower eye lobes; eyes finely faceted, deeply emarginate, upper lobes small, widely separated; an¬ tennal tubercles flattened, widely divergent; antennae rather stout, shorter than body, scape subequal to third segment, fourth slightly shorter than third, remaining segments gradually decreasing in length, eleventh short, tapering, segments lightly ciliate beneath, ciliae becoming less numerous toward apex. Pronotum broader than long, sides obtusely tuberculate behind middle; apex and base broadly, shal¬ lowly impressed transversely; disk convex; prostemum narrow, intercoxal process narrow, broady expanded at apex, coxal cavities closed behind; procoxae exserted, cavities strongly angulate externally; mesostemum with intercoxal process rather narrow, arcuate, lying well below tops of coxae; metastemum with a strongly impressed median line, epistemum broad, gradually narrowing posteriorly. Elytra very broadly expanding from behind numeri; sides briefly vertical behind humeri above bases of lateral margins; disk rather strongly costate, costae uniting near apex to form a somewhat reticulate pattern; lateral margins lightly fringed with short hairs; apices rounded. Legs short, femora moderately broad, sublinear; tibiae short, sulcations vague; tarsi broad, third segment cleft to base. Abdomen normally segmented. Type species. —Lycoplasma formosa, n. sp. This genus is apparently very similar in appearance to Ites Waterhouse (1880). Lane (1954) presented a lengthy discussion on the similarity of Ites with Lyco- desmus Melzer (1927) and concluded that the two were identical. Since the second and third antennal segments are of the same length, Melzer speculated that the true second segment was hidden and listed Lycodesmus as having 12-segmented 280 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figure 1. Lycoplasma formosa Chemsak and Linsley, 9. antennae. Apparently the first two segments are equal in length and the antennae contain only 11 segments. This unusual situation readily separates Lycoplasma from Ites. In addition to the differences in the proportions of the antennal seg¬ ments, Lycoplasma has rather strong costae on the elytra. The tribe Hemilophini contains a number of lycid-like genera in the Neotropical region. These differ primarily in characters of the antennae and shape of the elytra. Most can be separated from Lycoplasma on these bases. Assuming that Lane’s characterization of Ites and Lycodesmus is accurate, Lycoplasma represents a distinct genus. Lycoplasma formosa, New Species (Fig. 1) Female.— Form moderate sized, elytra very broadly explanate behind humeri; integument brownish, head yellowish except for broad dark bands behind eyes and a median triangular dark band on vertex which narrows between eyes, prono- tum with a broad, dark median, longitudinal band and a band on each side below lateral tubercles, elytra with a broad post basal band which narrows toward lateral margins, apical band broad, covering about apical x h, apical margin of apical band notched medially, elytral bands with a strong violaceous caste, antennae dark, legs dark except basal halves of femora, underside except prostemum dark. Head with front moderately coarsely, rather densely punctate at middle, vertex more VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 281 coarsely punctate on subglabrous dark spot; pubescence dense, appressed, erect ciliae sparse, more numerous on antennal tubercles; antennae extending to about apical Vi of elytra, scape finely punctate, moderately densely clothed with short, dark, appressed pubescence, outer segments densely clothed with very short, dark pubescence, basal segments with a few erect setae beneath, these diminishing in number toward apex. Pronotum broader than long, sides obtusely tuberculate behind middle; median dark vitta subglabrous, sparsely, coarsely punctate; pu¬ bescence dense, appressed, pale yellowish, dark on dark vittae, long erect hairs sparse at sides; prostemum densely pubescent; meso- and metastemum moder¬ ately densely clothed with appressed pale and dark pubescence, pubescence not obscuring surface, punctation minute. Elytra about as long as greatest \ydth, base slightly broader than pronotum; punctures on basal x h moderately coarse, contig¬ uous, becoming finer on middle l h and dense and confluent on apical Vi; each elytron with 4 costae, two outside and two inside pairs joining near apex; pubes¬ cence dense, depressed, colored as background. Legs short, femora bicolored; front tibiae arcuate. Abdomen minutely, densely punctate, densely clothed with fine, appressed, pale and dark pubescence; last stemite longer than fourth, apex round¬ ed, lightly notched at middle. Length, 16 mm. Holotype female (University of California, Davis) from Barro Colorado Island, Panama, 14 May 1980 (H. Wolda). One female paratype with same data, 30 April 1980. The only variation evident in the two available specimens is some reduction of the pronotal dark vitta in the paratype. Although this species greatly resembles some Mexican and Central species of Lycus, its model is probably a species of Calopteron as evidenced by the violaceous caste and reticulated appearance of the dark bands of the elytra. Noctileptura , New Genus Form small to moderate sized, subparallel; pubescence of body modified into squamae. Head with front short, transversely impressed medially; tempora mod¬ erate, slightly convergent, abruptly constricted behind; palpi rather slender, un¬ equal; eyes rather large, coarsely faceted, deeply emarginate, upper lobes small, widely separated; antennal tubercles prominent, widely divergent; antennae slen¬ der, 11 -segmented, longer than body, insertions almost in eye emarginations, scape cylindrical, shorter than third segment, fourth shorter than third, fifth longer than fourth, segments from third slightly expanded at apices, fifth more so, segments from sixth carinate beneath, with sensory areas extending length of segments, expansion of fifth segment containing sensory areas. Pronotum longer than broad, sides angulate; apex much narrower than base, broadly impressed transversely; base shallowly impressed; disk tumid behind apical impression; prostemum broadly impressed, intercoxal process slender, arcuate, expanding at apex, coxal cavities closed behind; mesostemal process almost plane, about even with tops of coxae; metastemum with epistemum slender, gradually narrowing posteriorly. Elytra subparallel, narrowing toward apex; apices subtruncate. Scutellum small. Legs slender, femora linear, posterior tarsi short, first segment shorter than following two together, third segment cleft to base. Abdomen normally segmented. Type species.—Noctileptura squamosa, n. sp. This genus is unlike any of the other New World Lepturinae. The shape of the 282 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figure 2. Noctileptura squamosa Chemsak and Linsley, 9. head and pronotum, coarsely faceted eyes, and structure of the antennae make it distinctive. The most unique characteristic is the presence of recurved, spatulate scales on the body. These appear to be modified hairs and are not known to occur on any other Western Hemisphere Cerambycidae. Two undescribed species are presently known. Noctileptura squamosa, New Species (Fig. 2) Female .—Form moderate sized, subparallel; integument reddish brown, opaque; pubescence of body modified into whitish, flattened squamae, pubescence of ap¬ pendages normal. Head densely, confluently punctate, finely scabrous; surface densely clothed with small, pale scales; antennae slender, slightly longer than body, scape finely, densely punctate, opaque, outer segments slightly shining, segments clothed with very fine, short, pale, appressed pubescence. Pronotum as broad as long, sides angulate; disk tumid behind apical impression, tumosity vaguely impressed at middle; punctures moderately coarse, very dense; surface densely clothed with pale scales; prostemum densely punctate except on anterior Vi, moderately densely clothed with scales; meso- and metastemum densely, shal¬ lowly punctate, sides densely clothed with scales. Elytra more than twice as long VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 283 as broad, subparallel to apical x h, then tapering; punctures coarse, contiguous; scales dense, larger than those on pronotum; sides narrowly margined behind middle; apices truncate. Legs finely, densely punctate, densely clothed with fine, pale, appressed pubescence. Abdomen finely, shallowly punctate, finely scaled; last stemite broadly rounded at apex. Length, 12 mm. Holotype female (Canadian National Collection) from 12 mi N Tuxtla Gu¬ tierrez, Chiapas, Mexico, 7 June 1969 (J. M. Campbell). This is one of the most distinctive and unique species of Lepturinae in this hemisphere. The most unusual covering of scale-like hairs will readily identify it. Noctileptura seriata, New Species Female .—Form small; integument subopaque, reddish brown, head and prono¬ tum darker; pubescence rather sparse, finely scale-like. Head densely micro-punc¬ tate, densely clothed with appressed, narrow scales; antennae about as long as body, segments densely clothed with fine, scale-like pubescence. Pronotum longer than broad, sides vaguely angulate; apex narrower than base; base shallowly im¬ pressed transversely, apex broadly impressed; disk uneven, vaguely tumid behind apical impression; punctures coarse, dense, subconfluent; scales rather sparse; prostemum coarsely, shallowly punctate, scales sparse; meso- and metastemum coarsely, shallowly punctate, scales sparse. Elytra slightly more than twice as long as broad, sides subparallel, tapering near apex; punctures very coarse, deep, con¬ tiguous, arranged in longitudinal rows; scales narrow, recurved, serially arranged; apices truncate. Legs moderately densely clothed with thin scales. Abdomen shal¬ lowly punctate, scales sparse; last stemite subtruncate at apex. Length, 9 mm. Holotype female (National Museum of Natural History) from Livingston, Gua¬ temala, 6 May (Barber & Schwarz). One female paratype with same data, 8 May. This species is readily separated from N. squamosa by the smaller size, much sparser and serially arranged scales of the elytra, and by the more elongate, less dorsally tumid pronotum. Oraphanes, New Genus Form moderately elongate, somewhat depressed, subparallel. Head with front short, oblique; palpi unequal, apical segments rather small, triangular; mandibles short, strongly arcuate at apical V 2 ; eyes large, moderately coarsely faceted, deeply emarginate, upper lobes narrow, widely separated; genae very short; antennae longer than body in male, eleven segmented, segments from third slightly produced apically, obtusely carinate dorsally, scape conical, short, third segment about twice as long as first, fourth shorter than third, fifth longer than fourth, eleventh longer than tenth, basal segments with a few suberect setae beneath. Pronotum about as long as broad, sides with small rounded tubercles slightly behind middle; disk somewhat flattened, middle with a low glabrous callus; prostemum transversely impressed, intercoxal process slender, not extending beyond coxae, coxal cavities wide open behind, angulate externally; mesostemal process more than twice as wide as prostemal, rather abruptly declivous anteriorly, coxal cavities open to epimeron; metastemum with epistemum narrow, tapering posteriorly. Elytra about three times as long as broad, sides subparallel; each elytron with two, fine, median costae; apices narrowly rounded. Legs elongate; femora gradually enlarging toward apices; tibiae slender, not carinate; posterior tarsi slender, first segment as long 284 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST as two following together, third segment cleft almost to base. Abdomen normally segmented. Type species. —Oraphanes binotatum, n. sp. In the key to the genera of Mexican Hesperophanini (Chemsak and Linsley, 1963) this genus comes out to couplet 6 with Eucrossus. The lack of antennal and elytral spines on Oraphanes will immediately separate the two. Oraphanes appears unrelated to the other hesperophanine genera of Mexico. Oraphanes binotatum, New Species (Fig. 3) Male .—Form moderately large, subparallel; integument reddish brown, elytra pale brownish, with two, median, elongate, pale spots with small dark spots anteriorly and larger, irregular dark spots posteriorly. Head finely, densely punc¬ tate, sparsely clothed with short appressed pubescence; antennae longer than body, scape finely, densely punctate, remaining segments minutely, densely punctate, densely clothed with short pubescence. Pronotum with disk very finely, densely punctate, median callus and lateral tubercles glabrous; pubescence very fine, short, pale, denser appearing at sides, sides with a few long erect hairs; prostemum anteriorly plicate, glabrous, pubescence fine; meso- and metastemum minutely, densely punctate, densely clothed with pale, subdepressed pubescence. Elytra finely, densely punctate, punctures becoming finer and sparser toward apex; pu¬ bescence very short, recurved, sparse; pale median spots not ebumeous; costae uniting a little before apex; apices narrowly dehiscent, narrowly rounded. Legs minutely, densely punctate, femora finely pale pubescent, tibiae with pubescence appearing golden in oblique light. Abdomen minutely, densely punctate, mod¬ erately densely pale pubescent; last stemite broady rounded at apex. Length, 24 mm. Holotype male (California Academy of Sciences) from 20 mi SW Colima, Co¬ lima, Mexico, 24 June 1967 (A. Hardy). The reddish integument and dark testaceous elytra with two pale spots bordered anteriorly and posteriorly by dark patches make this species quite distinctive. Giesbertia, New Genus Form stout, subdepressed. Head with front subvertical, short, narrowly im¬ pressed transversely, with a deep pit below each antennal tubercle; palpi slightly unequal, short, apical segments cylindrical; mandibles stout, broad, emarginate- truncate at apices; genae narrow, subacute; eyes finely faceted, deeply emarginate, upper lobes small, broadly separated; antennal tubercles slightly elevated, diver¬ gent; antennae slender, longer than body in males, shorter than body in females, segments from third slightly expanded at apices, scape conical, shorter than third segment in males, subequal in females, fourth subequal to third in males, shorter in females, fifth longer than fourth. Pronotum broader than long, sides with very large, blunt tubercles at middle; disk in males with a broad, distinctly delimited, amphora-like median area, females with five, coarsely punctate calluses on disk; prostemum narrow, transversely impressed, intercoxal process narrow, abmptly declivous, lightly tuberculate, coxal cavities wide open behind, rounded externally; mesostemum with intercoxal process gradually arcuate, lying below tops of coxae; metastemum with epistemum rather narrow, subparallel, scent glands distinct. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 285 Figure 3. Oraphanes binotatum Chemsak and Linsley, 18°C) sunny days of observation numerous individuals of both sexes of adult T. nr. eldredi were seen flying in a search pattern a few cm above the ground of the M. rustica nest site. Additionally, both sexes of the parasitic bee were seen visiting nearby flowers of Eriophyllum integrifolium (Hook.) Smiley (Compositae). As reported earlier (Clement, 1973), M. rustica females relied ex¬ clusively on this floral source for pollen. On several occasions, females of T. nr. eldredi alighted at the edge of an active nest where an incoming host bee was in the process of searching for her nest entrance (Fig. 1). While a host bee remained inside her nest (n = 12 obs.; 11-30 min), I observed a continuous turnover of parasitic bees waiting near the nest entrance. In contrast to the observations of Rozen et al. (1978) on another parasitic anthophorid bee, Protepeolus singularis Linsley and Michener, I did not observe individual bees wait for extended periods near a nest entrance while a Melissodes host was inside the nest. Although the significance of the behavior depicted in Figure 1 is unclear, it may be used by this parasitic bee to learn the positions of nest entrances, thereby allowing them to leave and then find the same nest again. A discussion of nest-location learning behavior in other parasitic bees is provided by Rozen et al. (1978). 1 Present address: USDA, American Embassy-Agric., APO New York 09794. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 301 Figures 1-4. 1. Incoming female Melissodes rustica (arrow) searching for nest entrance with para¬ sitic females of Triepeolus nr. eldredi resting above her. 2. T. nr. eldredi female searching the ground of the nest site. 3. T. nr. eldredi female entering the burrow of a M. rustica nest. 4. Same parasitic bee penetrating loose sand of burrow plug. On 31 occasions I observed parasitic bees enter and remain in nests for 7-20 min, leaving before the host bee returned. These bees appeared to locate nest entrances by either randomly searching the ground of the nest site (Fig. 2), or by observing host bees leave their nests. In the latter case, parasites alighted near nest entrances as the host bees were in the process of digging out of plugged burrows. In 5 instances, however, I observed a parasite enter a nest while the host bee was in the nest, but these bees exited the nest within 1 min after disappearing into the plugged burrow. Thus, it would appear that the avoidance behavior just described serves to reduce disturbance of the host while she is provisioning her nest. Once a nest entrance was located it usually took several minutes of parasite digging activity (n = 18 obs.; 2-10 min) before the head and most of the thorax disappeared into the burrow plug (Fig. 3). After gaining this foothold in the burrow plug, a bee usually all but disappeared (Fig. 4) in <1 min. During the initial digging phase (Fig. 3 and before), female bees scraped loose sand particles out of the tunnel entrance with their forelegs and probably their mandibles. The next action involved backing away from the entrance for a short distance (<6 cm) 302 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST during which the kicking and scratching activity of the two posterior pairs of legs propelled sand particles away from the nest entrance. It was apparent that T. nr. eldredi experienced more difficulty in gaining entrance to a nest than did the host bee. As previously reported (Clement, 1973), burrowing host bees quickly dis¬ appeared (12-28 sec) once they located their nest entrance. I frequently observed parasitic females briefly grapple with each other on the ground near nest entrances. Sometimes these encounters simultaneously involved 2-4 bees. Intraspecific aggressive behavior may have interfered with the ability of individual bees to perch for extended lengths of time near nest entrances. Interestingly, a specific form of antagonistic behavior was observed in one instance where two parasites were seen attempting to pull a third from a nest entrance. I did not observe any aggressive behavior between Melissodes and Triepeolus bees, an observation that agrees with Bohart’s (1970) statement that host bees usually ignore inquilines that approach or enter their nests. In contrast, aggressive inter¬ actions involving host bees and cleptoparasitic bees have been reported by Thorp (1969), Rozen et al. (1978), and Eickwort and Abrams (1980). A unique feature of the behavior of T. nr. eldredi is its ability to dig through the plugged tunnels of active nests of M. rustica. Moreover, a parasitic bee must penetrate a plug that covers a linear distance of 6-20 cm in order to reach and parasitize a cell (Clement, 1973 and unpubl. data). Other parasitic Anthophoridae, namely melectine bees, are known to dig through the soil plug of completed host nests (see Thorp, 1969). This is the first report that documents “digging behavior” by a nomadine bee. In their studies, Thorp (1964) and Clement (1973) noted that cell provisions emitted a moderate or strong fermenting odor. Stephen et al. (1969) reported that a similar type of odor has been detected in the abdominal venter of some adult females in the Anthophorini and that this odor may serve as an attractant to the nesting site. Is it possible that Melissodes and Triepeolus females are directed in part by a chemical cue in nest plugs when they search (as shown in Fig. 2) for nest entrances at the Yellowstone nesting site? In this context, Tengo and Berg¬ strom (1977) presented evidence suggesting that odor correspondence between cleptoparasites {Nomada bees) and hosts ( Andrena bees) permitted female para¬ sites to locate and then gain access to a host nest more easily. Acknowledgments I dedicate this paper to Professor R. M. Bohart who first encouraged me to study the biology and behavior of insects. I thank Dr. R. W. Rust for field assistance and Dr. W. L. Rubink for reviewing the manuscript. Literature Cited Bohart, G. E. 1970. The evolution of parasitism among bees. Utah State Univ., Logan, 33 pp. Clement, S. L. 1973. The nesting biology of Melissodes ( Eumelissodes ) rustica (Say), with a description of the larva (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae). J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 46:516-525. Eickwort, G. C., and J. Abrams. 1980. Parasitism of sweet bees in the genus Agapostemon by cuckoo bees in the genus Nomada (Hymenoptera: Halictidae, Anthophoridae). Pan-Pacific Entomol., 56:144-152. Rozen, J. G., Jr., K. R. Eickwort, and G. C. Eickwort. 1978. The bionomics and immature stages of the cleptoparasitic bee genus Protepeolus (Anthophoridae, Nomadinae). Amer. Mus. Nov- itates, 2640:1-24. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 303 Stephen, W. P., G. E. Bohart, and P. F. Torchio. 1969. The biology and external morphology of bees. Ag. Exp. Sta., Oregon State Univ., Corvallis, 140 pp. Tengo, J. and G. Bergstrom. 1977. Cleptoparasitism and odor mimetism in bees. Do Nomada males imitate the odor of Andrena females? Science, 196:1117-1119. Thorp, R. W. 1969. Ecology and behavior of Melecta separata callura (Hymenoptera: Anthophor- idae). Am. Midi. Natur., 82:338-345. -, and J. A. Chemsak. 1964. Biological observations on Melissodes ( Eumelissodes) pallidisig- nata. Pan-Pacific Entomol., 40:75-83. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(4), 1984, pp. 304-312 Pho bet us desert us, a New Melolonthine Scarabaeidae (Coleoptera) from the Central Desert of Baja California, Mexico Paul E. Blom and William H. Clark Museum of Natural History, College of Idaho, Caldwell, Idaho 83605. Phobetus was first reported from Baja California, Mexico, with the description of Phobetus chearyi Hardy (1973). Since then Phobetus sleeperi Hardy was de¬ scribed from a single male specimen collected 11.7 km east of El Rosario. The present paper describes a third endemic species to the peninsula, Phobetus desertus n. sp. This species is distinguished from P. sleeperi by its larger size, black color, white ventral thoracic pile and smooth elytra. Only limited biological information has been reported for Phobetus comatus LeConte, Phobetus palpalis Saylor (Ca- zier, 1937) and P. chearyi (Hardy, 1973). Shook (1979) reported an adult P. comatus as a prey item for the tiger beetle Cicindela purpurea auduboni LeConte. Males of P. desertus flew during a light rain shower in January 1976, on a clear morning in January 1981 and following a night of showers in January 1982, being attracted to and mating with stationary females. Little is known of the larvae and host plants of the genus. Cazier (1937) reported larvae of P. comatus from roots of Artemisia californica Less., and Ritcher (1949, 1966) provided a description of the P. comatus larva. To our knowledge there is no published description of the Phobetus egg. Some biological observations are reported for the new species, as well as meteorological information and soil parameters for the type locality. Resumen El genero Phobetus se fue divulgado primero de Baja California, Mexico, con la descripcion de Phobetus chearyi Hardy (1973). Desde entonces Phobetus sleeperi Hardy se fue describido del unico ejemplar masculino colectado 11.7 km este de El Rosario. Este papel describe la tercera especie endemica de la peninsula, Pho¬ betus desertus n. sp. Este especie se distingue de P. sleeperi por su tomano mas grande, color negro, pelo bianco y ventral toracico, y elitros lisos. Sola la infor¬ mation biologica que es limitada ha divulgado de Phobetus comatus LeConte, Phobetus palpalis Saylor (Cazier, 1937) y P. chearyi (Hardy, 1973). Shook (1979) divulgo un P. comatus adulto como una cosa de rapina por Cicindela purpurea auduboni LeConte. Los machos de P. desertus volaron durante una lluvia ligera en el enero de 1976, en una manana clara en enero de 1981 y despues de un noche de lluvia ligera en el enero de 1982, se fueron atraidos y se aparearon con las hembras estacionarias. No mucho se sabe de las larvas y plantas de hostias del genero. Cazier (1937) divulgo las larvas de P. comatus de las raices de Artemisia californica Less., y Ritcher (1949, 1966) proveyo una descripcion de las larvas de P. comatus. De nuestro conocimiento no hay una descripcion publicado del huevo de Phobetus. Algunas observaciones biologicas se divulgan por las especies nuevas, asi como la information meteorologica y parametros de la tierra por la locilidad del tipo. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 305 Phobetus desertus, New Species Holotype male. — Length 13.6 mm, width 6.0 mm (elytra humeri). Head: Black, clypeus and frons densely punctate, with scattered short brown setae; vertex smooth, shining, with scattered punctures laterally. Antennae (Fig. 1 a) 9 segmented, with 6 segmented club, lamellae of segments four 0.52 and five 0.83 length of remaining lamellae; ratio of length of scape to maximum lamellae 1:2.8, venter of scape with long white setae, apex and lateral margins with erect brown setae. Palpi 3 segmented, first 0.47, second 0.31 mm, black, slender; terminal segment 0.62 mm black to fuscous, apex white, slightly inflated. Venter covered with long, white to yellow setae. Prothorax: Width 5.0 mm; black, shining, with fine punctures; mar¬ ginal bead complete; setae cream anteriorly, paler laterally, white posteriorly; disc glabrous. Elytra: Black, shining, length 9.6 mm, expanded behind humeri, ap¬ pearing smooth to naked eye, but with faint striae, transverse rugulosities and scattered micropunctures which are larger and more concentrated anteriorly; sur¬ face with long, white setae anteriorly, and a row of stout, brown to black setae laterally, becoming shorter posteriorly, absent apically. Pygidium: Black, shining, with scattered punctures, white setae. Legs: Profemora fuscous to black with long, white setae ventrally, single median row of stout black setae dorsally; protibiae black with brown spot dorsally, tridentate, apical spur subequal to distal tooth; tarsal claws bifid; meso-, metatibiae with circle of apical teeth, two large posterior apical spurs. Abdomen: Black, six free stemites, with scattered, fine punctures and white setae. Genitalia: Figure 2. Brown, finely wrinkled. Parameres contiguous in basal Vi, separate distal %; distal U swollen to twice medial paramere width; mesal margins with two emarginations; pronounced lateral carina and declivity in basal x h. Apex of parameres with median carina. Allotype female. — Length 14.4 mm; width 6.5 mm (elytra humeri). Differs from holotype as follows: Head: Antennae (Fig. lb) 9 segmented with 5 segmented club; ratio of scape length to maximum lamellae length 1:1.5; setae brown. Pro¬ thorax: Width 5.3 mm, black with faint fuscous markings as stripe medially, two spots laterally, band on posterior margin. Elytra: Length 9.2 mm; translucent, yellow to brown, margins fuscous to black, punctulate, with internal features resembling fracture lines. Legs: Profemora with dorsal row of brown setae. Material examined.— Holotype male (CAS #14103), allotype female, 220 para- types (206 male, 14 female): Mexico, Baja California Norte, 9 km NW Rancho Santa Ines, Lat. 29°46'N, Long. 114°46'W, 550 m, 6 January 1982, William H. Clark and Paul E. Blom. Twenty-four male paratypes, above locality, 22 January 1976, Dave Ward. Thirty-six paratypes (35 male, 1 female), above locality, 22 January 1976, William H. Clark. Two hundred male paratypes: Mexico, Baja California Norte, 7.7 km N Catavinacito, 19 January 1981, E. L. Sleeper. Primary types at California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; paratypes deposited at Orma J. Smith Museum of Natural History, College of Idaho, Caldwell; Univer- sidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico, Coyoacan; Instituto Nacional de Agricolas, Chapingo; Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History, California; San Diego Natural History Museum, California; California Department of Agriculture, Sac¬ ramento; Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History, California; California State University, Long Beach; University of Idaho, Moscow; and collections of the authors. Variation in paratypes.— Males: Elytra length 8.1 to 11.0 mm. Pronotal width 306 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figures 1-3. 1. Antennae of Phobetus desertus primary types; la, holotype male; lb, allotype female. 2. Genitalia of Phobetus desertus holotype male; 2a, frontal view; 2b, lateral view; MC = median carina, LC = lateral carina, and LD = lateral declivity. 3. Phobetus desertus first instar larva head and antenna, frontal view; L = labrum, PC = preclypeus, PSC = postclypeus. 4.0 to 5.7 mm. Head setae predominately brown, grading to black in a few specimens. Palps brown to black. Elytra predominately black occasionally grading to slightly fuscous. Legs black to fuscous. Females: Elytra length 7.5 to 10.3 mm. Pronotal width 4.0 to 5.7 mm. Frons fuscous to black. Pronotum light brown ULILLI o’L VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 307 with black markings to black. Elytra with or without internal features resembling fracture lines. Diagnosis.—Phobetus desertus males can be distinguished from all other species of Phobetus except P. sleeperi by the six segmented club. Phobetus desertus keys to P. sleeperi in Hardy’s key (1978), but differs from this species by the white pile, black pronotum and elytra, larger size and significantly smoother elytra. Specimens of P. desertus which approach fuscous in elytra color still appear black to the naked eye, thus differing from the holotype of P. sleeperi. Male genitalia of P. desertus have the lateral carina long and the declivity pronounced and deep, while P. sleeperi has only a short lateral carina with a small shallow declivity. Mesal margins of the parameres in P. desertus are usually with 1 or 2 emargi- nations, whereas in P. sleeperi it is straight. An apical medial carina occurs in P. desertus, but is lacking in P. sleeperi. Female P. desertus resemble males of Pho¬ betus saylori Cazier, but can be distinguished by their blunt, five segmented club. Remarks.— There is a marked resemblance between P. desertus and P. sleeperi. However it is impossible to assess the variation of P. sleeperi as the species is known from only the single male holotype. The six segmented club of the male and the dark coloring are the most evident similarities between the species. Close examination of P. desertus reveals slight rugulosities in the elytra and a few of the paratypes show a translucent character to the elytra and a shading to fuscous, reinforcing the similarity. The genitalia of P. desertus are also similar to that of P. sleeperi. However, specific distinction is proposed here for P. desertus based on the following differences: Size of P. desertus is much larger than P. sleeperi. Hardy (1978) measures the length of P. sleeperi as 11.7 mm; our measurements (with an ocular micrometer from the dorsal aspect), which correspond to those for male P. desertus of x = 13.4 mm ( n = 258), show the length of P. sleeperi at 10.5 mm. Hardy (1978) also reports a width for the thorax of P. sleeperi at 4.25 mm, comparing to a mean pronotal width of 5.0 mm for P. desertus (n = 265, s = 0.58). The ratio of elytra length to pronotal width is 1.95 for male P. desertus ( n = 260, s = 0.061) and 2.5:1 for P. sleeperi, showing P. desertus to be much more robust. While in P. desertus the ventral pile is consistently white grading to cream only on the anterior margins of the pronotum, the thoracic setae are uni¬ formly brown in P. sleeperi. Head setae of P. desertus like those of P. sleeperi are brown. The consistently black appearance of P. desertus differs obviously from the fuscous color of P. sleeperi, though with microscopic examination a few of the P. desertus shade to fuscous. Transverse rugosities and striations are obvious in P. sleeperi, but obscure in P. desertus. At present the genitalia of Phobetus provide minimal information for specific determination. Strong genital similarities between P. sleeperi and P. desertus are also shared by P. saylori. Such interspecific similarities coupled with intraspecific variation in P. comatus and P. desertus accord this character little value. Cazier (1937) reports genitalic similarity between the externally distinct Phobetus mo- javus Barrett and P. palpalis and considers the character of limited value. See illustrations in Cazier (1937) and Hardy (1978). Locality information on the holotype of P. sleeperi and subsequently reported in Hardy (1978) is “5 mi E El Rosario.” However, according to the collector, E. L. Sleeper (pers. comm.), this is an error for the collection was actually made 11.7 km (7.25 mi) east of El Rosario, Baja California, Mexico, placing the collection 308 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Table 1. Soils data for six areas at our Phobetus desertus collection site 9 km NW Rancho Santa Ines, Baja California, Mexico (— parameter not analysed). Parameter Elec¬ trical conduc¬ tivity Sam¬ ple Depth (cm) of satu¬ ration extract (Aimhos) Sodium- adsorp¬ tion ratio pH Texture Calcium carbonate Phos¬ phorus (ppm) Potas¬ sium (ppm) Nitrate nitrogen (ppm) 1 a 305 0.7 5.25 7.8 Coarse sand Slight 2.6 73 <10 b 915 0.6 3.44 8.6 Coarse sand Moderate 4.3 56 <10 c 1220 0.20 0.80 8.5 Coarse sand Slight 8.7 1230 20 2 a 0-50 0.35 0.22 6.7 Coarse sand 0 18.4 128.1 2 b 150-200 0.35 0.78 7.1 Coarse sand 0 9.3 54.7 2 3 a 50-150 0.5 0.40 7.4 Coarse sand 0 17.2 195 — b 305 0.25 0.64 7.9 Moderately coarse sand 0 2 132 <10 c 458 0.35 1.57 8.4 Coarse sand Moderate 11.8 1220 20 4 a 50-150 0.30 0.37 7.5 Coarse sand 0 5.8 215 10 b 305 0.45 1.43 7.9 Coarse sand 0 9.7 381 <10 5 a 3 0.7 0 7.1 Coarse sand 0 6.7 25 — b 20-25 0.35 0.894 7.8 Coarse sand 0 5.9 25 — 6 a 3 0.6 0.555 6.9 Coarse sand 0 7.0 25 — b 20-25 0.2 1.15 7.4 Coarse sand 0 7.0 25 — on the northern edge of the Central Desert, approximately 180 m (590 ft) elevation. While these two locations are in the Central Desert they differ ecologically: El Rosario is still subject to coastal climatic influence, whereas the Catavina Region is a granitic boulder field equidistant from the Gulf of California and the Pacific Ocean. This difference is exemplified by the various definitions and subdivisions given to regions of the Central Desert by various authors (Nelson, 1922; Tinkham, 1957; Shreve and Wiggins, 1964; Aschmann, 1967; and Wiggins, 1969, to list a few). Type locality.— The Catavina area is characterized by the shrubs Larrea tri- dentata (Sesse and Moc. ex DC.) Coville, Ambrosia dumosa (A. Gray) Payne and Ambrosia chenopodifolia (Benth.) Payne as well as several cactus species: Opuntia echinocarpa Engelm. and Bigel., Opuntia cholla Weber, Opuntia molesta Bran- degee, Pachycereus pringlei (S. Wats.) Britt, and Rose, Lophocereus schottii (En¬ gelm.) Britt, and Rose and Ferocactus gracilis Gates. For a more detailed botanical and zoological survey of this site see Bratz (1976). Soils of the Catavina site are characterized in Table 1 by eight parameters. Fourteen soil samples from six selected soil pits near the Phobetus collection locality are listed in the table. Each soil profile is characterized by a surface or near surface sample and one or two deeper samples depending on depth possible. The entire study site is dominated by coarse grus produced by the weathering of Cretaceous granite (tonalite) of the Jaraguay block (Gastil et al., 1975). The table shows that all samples are considered to be coarse sandy soil (one is moderately coarse indicating a sandy loam situation). The electrical conductivity was low, 0.2-0.7 /umhos at the site. Sodium values were generally low, ranging 0-5.25 VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 309 (sodium adsorption ratio). The soil was usually neutral to slightly basic (alkaline), pH 6.7-8.6. The pH values were always lower on the surface. In 70% of the samples calcium carbonate was not detected, while in four samples slight to moderate amounts were found. Phosphorus concentrations varied greatly, from <2 to 18.4 ppm. Half of the areas showed the highest phosphorus concentrations at or near the ground surface. Potassium levels were low in about 50% of the samples (<25-73 ppm) and higher in the rest (128.1-1230 ppm). Nitrate as nitrogen was not examined for each sample, but was low when detected (2-20 ppm). The mean annual precipitation for the Catavina area is about 96 mm (3.8 in.) (Hastings, 1964; Hastings and Humphrey, 1969). The data was collected at several weather stations in the area operated by the Secretaria de Recursos Hidraulicos. According to a rain gauge established at the type locality on 9 July 1981, the cumulative precipitation recorded on 4 January 1982 was 46 mm (1.81 in.). Biology .—Collections of P. desertus were made on 6 January 1982, 22 January 1976 and on 19 January 1981 (by E. L. Sleeper) at the Catavina type locality. Sleeper’s 1981 collection of 7.7 km N Catavinacito is within 1 km of our 1976 and 1982 collections, and considered the same locality. The 1976 collections were made between 0700 and 0900 h PST following a brief rain. A temperature of 15- 19°C and barometric pressure of 1028 mb (30.04 in.) was recorded during this time by a Weathermeasure Meteorograph. In 1982a large emergence of P. desertus was encountered beginning at 0545 h, just prior to daylight (ca. 0620h), and was continuing at 0830 h. Flight activity was initially sporadic but became extensive by dawn. Barometric pressure was estimated to be 999 mb (29.5 in.) by a vehicle altimeter and a temperature range of 9-10.5°C was recorded with a Reotemp dial thermometer. This last emergence was preceded by an evening of rain that soaked the substrate to a depth of 2.5 cm by the following morning, and took place during heavy fog conditions. Major activity was in the sandy areas between the large granitic outcrops. Males actively flew within 1 m of the soil surface and congregated around emerging females. The females were not observed to fly. Females would frequently be found in open spaces between vegetation and at or near the base of the dominant shrub, Larrea tridentata. Approaching males attempted to copulate (Fig. 4a) and would often displace one another. In one instance, an estimated 20 males were observed flying about a L. tridentata with a single female at its base. During copulation the female would enter her burrow, usually followed by the remaining unattached males. As many as six males were removed from the bur¬ rows of individual females, to a depth of 10 cm. Some burrows were open, others were closed with loose soil but easy to recognize by the tumulus. Initially it appeared that males were attracted to the female. In some cases, however, a female emerged from her burrow and the males continued their downward digging rather than following the female (Fig. 4b). Dissipation of the fog around 0830 h did not seem to influence the flight activity. The time of flight termination was not ob¬ served in 1982 as we drove north along the highway to try and determine how widespread the emergence was. The 1981 collections by E. L. Sleeper (pers. comm.) were made on a “bright and sunny” morning. The most recent rain had been eight days previous, with the last noticeable dew four days after. The overnight low had been 5.0°C, and when the flight activity began at 0830 h the temperature was 5.8°C. Activity was 310 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figure 4. 4a, copulating Phobetus desertus on rim of burrow, 6 January 1982; 4b, copulating pair of Phobetus desertus on edge of burrow with one of several males continuing downward movement into burrow, 6 January 1982. Photos by William H. Clark. heavy by 0900 h (6.2°C). Little air movement was noted and none registered by his meteorological equipment. For many of the males activity lasted for only an hour, when they began to drop to the ground in a “stupor.” A number of these individuals were attacked by ants. Acromyrmex versicolor (Pergande) and Pheidole yaqui Creighton and Gregg were identified from parts still grasping tarsi of pre¬ served P. desertus. Figures 5-7. 5. Lateral view of antennal segments 4 and 5. 6. Right maxilla of first instar Phobetus desertus larva, dorsal view. 7. Mandible of Phobetus desertus first instar larva; 7a, dorsal; 7b, ventral; stippling indicates relative sclerotization. Several copulating pairs of the 1982 P. desertus were placed in quart jars with 0.5-0.8 cm of loose soil. Inspection of the soil after two months revealed up to 18 eggs and larvae per jar. Most of the eggs were laid around the periphery of the jar bottom; one egg was located only four centimeters below the soil surface in a small (ca. 2 cm diameter) earthen cell. Embryological progression is evident by the development of segmentation and progressive degrees of mandibular sclero¬ tization. Larvae worked their way to the surface after hatching. Females were recovered from a variety of depths in the soil; all but one were dead. 312 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Immature forms.— The egg is white. The chorion is translucent, without surface sculpturing. Length 3.9-4.2 mm ( x = 4.05, s = 0.138, n = 6), width 2.5-3.2 mm (x = 2.81, s = 0.23, n = 6). First instar larvae of P. desertus generally agree with Ritcher’s (1949) description of third instar P. comatus. Larvae of P. desertus do appear to have long setae on the anterior margin of the post-clypeus, which are lacking in Ritcher’s (1949) illustration of P. comatus. Figures 3, 5-7 illustrate the front, antenna, palp and mandible of P. desertus larva. Total length x = 10.2 mm ( n = 12). Head capsule width x = 2.1 mm ( n = 12). Pigmentation of the head capsule takes place after hatching. Acknowledgments The authors were partially funded by grants from EARTHWATCH and the Center for Field Research and Sigma Xi. Dave Ward, Jr., along with the College of Idaho and EARTHWATCH team members provided field assistance. We are grateful to the Senora Josefina Antonia Zuniga and Francisco Espinoza Quintero of Rancho Santa Ines for providing accommodations over the years. Peter L. Comanor provided the soils analysis. David H. Kavanaugh of the California Academy of Sciences graciously loaned the holotype of Phobetus sleeperi. James B. Johnson, Donald R. Frohlich, William F. Barr, Alan R. Hardy and Frank T. Hovore contributed guidance and manuscript comments. Jane C. Luther provided the Spanish translation of the resumen. We thank Marc J. Klowden, Elbert L. Sleeper, Irving and Minni Belle Imholf, Mary Clark and Ann Blom for their suggestions, support and encouragement. Literature Cited Aschmann, H. 1967. The Central Desert of Baja California: Demography and ecology. Manessier Publ. Co., Riverside, CA. 315 pp. Bratz, R. D. 1976. The Central Desert of Baja California, Mexico. Jour. Id. Acad. Sci., 12:58-72. Cazier, M. A. 1937. A revision of the Pachydemini of North America. Jour. Zool. Entomol., 29: 73-87. Gastil, R. G., R. P. Phillips, and E. C. Allison. 1975. Reconnaissance geology of the state of Baja California. Geol. Soc. Amer. Mem. 140. 170 pp. + maps. Hardy, A. R. 1973. A new species of Phobetus (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Pan-Pac. Entomol., 49: 127-131. -. 1978. Three new Pachydemini and a key to the species of the genus Phobetus (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Coleopt. Bull., 32:47-52. Hastings, J. R. 1964. Climatological data for Baja California. Univ. Az. Inst. Atmos. Physics Tech. Rep. 14. 132 pp. -, and R. R. Humphrey. 1969. Climatological data and statistics for Baja California. Univ. Ariz. Inst. Atmos. Physics Tech. Rep. 18. 96 pp. Nelson, E. W. 1922. Lower California and its natural resources. Natl. Acad. Sci. Mem. 16. 194 pp. Ritcher, P. O. 1949. Larvae of Melolonthinae with keys to tribes, genera and species (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Ky. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 537. 36 pp. -. 1966. White grubs and their allies. Or. State Univ. Monogr., Stud. Entomol. 4. 219 pp. Shook, G. 1979. A note on a prey and a predator of Cincindela purpurea auduboni. Cincindela, 11: 12 . Shreve, F., and I. L. Wiggins. 1964. Vegetation and flora of the Sonoran Desert. 2 vols. Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford, Calif. 1740 pp. Tinkham, E. R. 1957. The Califomia-Sonoran-Sinaloan vegetation province. Proc. 8th Pac. Sci. Cong., 4:139-147. Wiggins, I. L. 1969. Observations on the Vizcaino desert and its biota. Proc. Ca. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., 36:317-346. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(4), 1984, pp. 313-325 The Genus Phyllophaga Harris, 1826 (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) in Cuba. II. Descriptions of Eleven New Species and Illustrations of Female Genitalia of Twelve Other Phyllophaga Miguel Garcia-Vidal 586 Hickory St. San Francisco, California 94102 When I first started the study of the family Scarabaeidae in Cuba, I concentrated my attention on the genus Phyllophaga, because it was the most economically important. All species of Phyllophaga are polyphagous and are pests of numerous agricultural crops, among them sugar-cane, which is the principal Cuban crop. Moreover, some species of this genus have been reported as hosts of some parasites (Garcia, 1975). During my preliminary organization of the material available in the Cuban collections, I found some specimens misidentified and many without any iden¬ tification. After a long period of work I separated the species already described from those that did not fit the previous descriptions. This was possible only with male Phyllophaga. Females are very difficult, almost impossible to identify, if they are separated from males of the same species. The descriptions of the first five new species were published in 1978 (Garcia, 1978), as a first part of a series about the genus. The majority of the species have been established based upon male descriptions, with illustrations of genitalia, but the genitalia of the female of these species, in most cases, are not available. Even when the species has been established from female material, the illustrations of the genitalia have not been published, which makes identification more difficult. In the present paper I present illustrations of genitalia of the females of twelve species already described (P. explanicollis Chapin, P. expansa Chapin, P. oncho- phora Chapin, P. tuberculifrons Chevrolat, P. bimammifrons Saylor, P. puberula Du Val, P. patruelis Chevrolat, P. crenaticollis Blanchard, P. baracoana Chapin, P. signaticollis Burmeister, P.jaronua Chapin and P. cubana Chapin. In the Cuban collections I could not find identified females of the other Cuban Phyllophaga. There are many females in these collections that could not be determined. I hope the plates of the female genitalia will help in identification. In this paper also, I include the descriptions of eleven new species, including the illustrations of male and female genitalia. The plates of the female genitalia were made by the author of this paper. I wish sincerely to thank Dr. Alan Hardy, from the CDFA in Sacramento for the pictures of the male genitalia and for reviewing this paper. I also want to express my gratitude to the late Dr. Fernando de Zayas for the loan of the specimens in his collection for my studies and for his advice and support. Phyllophaga bimaculata, New Species Male. — Submedium, pruinose. Elytra, legs, underparts rufocastaneous; sutural margin, disc of pronotum dark brown; margin of pronotum lighter with an almost 314 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figures 1-12. 1. Phyllophaga onchophora Chapin. Female genitalia. 2. Phyllophaga cubana Chap¬ in. Female genitalia. 3. Phyllophaga baracoana Chapin. Female genitalia. 4. Phyllophaga puberula Du Yal. Female genitalia. 5. Phyllophaga expansa Chapin. Female genitalia. 6. Phyllophaga signa- ticollis Burmeister genitalia. 7. Phyllophaga crenaticollis Blanchard genitalia. 8. Phyllophaga explan- icollis Chapin. Female genitalia. 9. Phyllophaga jaronua Chapin. Female genitalia. 10. Phyllophaga tuberculifrons Chevrolat genitalia. 11. Phyllophaga patruelis Chevrolat. Female genitalia. 12. Phyl¬ lophaga bimammifrons Saylor. Female genitalia. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 315 circular spot medio-laterally; head piceous. Clypeus densely, coarsely punctured; punctures with different shapes; margins abruptly reflexed; median indentation deep, angulate; clypeo-frontal suture almost obliterated, absent on median line. Frons densely, coarsely punctured, but less than clypeus; punctures deep, of dif¬ ferent sizes; basal margin and median line impunctate. Pronotum less densely punctured than head; punctures umbilicate, more orderly distributed; margins entire; anterior angles acute, posterior obtuse, rounded; sides broadly dilated medially. Scutellum more sparsely punctured; small punctures forming rows, disc impunctate. Elytra slightly more densely punctured than pronotum, but punctures smaller; with short, thick, straight hairs; sutural margin tumid, darker, not ele¬ vated, wider posteriorly. Pygidium more densely punctured than elytra but punc¬ tures smaller, shallower, with short, thick, straight hairs; dark spot covering % from anterior margin; x h light castaneous; apex broadly rounded; margins bearing hairs longer than those on disc and reflexed. Antennal club 3-segmented, elongate, about twice the stem. Protibiae tridentate; upper tooth distant; median stouter than distal. Stemites densely, finely punctured; hairs fine. Coxal plates with few thick, straight hairs. Urostemites somewhat less densely punctured than sternites; fifth segment with a tuft of long, fine, straight hairs laterally; last segment narrowly, transversely grooved, with fine, long, straight hairs. Longer calcar of metatibia acuminate, about as long as first tarsal segment with its spines. Claws slightly curved; median tooth fine. Length: 12 mm. Figures 13, 14. Holotype.— Male, collected by J. Valdes, from Puerto Boniato, Oriente, June 1963. Deposited in CAS Collection No. 14281. This species is very characteristic by its coloration and antennal club, which is one of the longest I have observed in a Cuban species. Phyllophaga caneyensis, New Species Male. — Submedium, pruinose, slightly ovoid. Elytra, pronotum, head piceous; legs, underparts castaneous-ferrugineous. Frons densely, coarsely punctured; punctures irregular; base impunctate; irregular depression toward median line; clypeo-frontal suture almost obliterated. Clypeus punctured as frons; punctures smaller toward clypeo-frontal suture; irregular depression toward median line, but smaller than on frons; margins broadly reflexed, moderately elevated; median indentation not very deep, subangulate; punctures umbilicate, very irregularly distributed. Pronotum scarcely punctured; punctures big; margins entire; sides broadly dilated medially; long, thick, reflexed hairs on lateral margins; anterior angles slightly acute, almost straight; basal curved; median line conspicuous. Scutellum scarcely punctured on sides; disc impunctate. Elytra more densely punctured than pronotum, but less than frons; punctures smaller than on prono¬ tum but more regularly distributed; sutural margins not elevated. Pygidium cas¬ taneous-ferrugineous, punctured as elytra but punctures smaller, more regularly distributed; apex broadly curved, with fine, straight, long hairs on margins. An¬ tennal club very well developed, 5-segmented, segments about same size, longer than stem. Protibia tridentate; upper tooth smaller, distant from others; median as stout as distal. Coxal plates scarcely punctured; punctures different, with thick, straight hairs. Stemites densely, finely, regularly punctured, pubescent; hairs fine, long. Urostemites punctured as sternites; fifth segment with tuft of long, fine, straight hairs laterally; last segment transversely grooved. Longer calcar of meta- 316 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 317 tibia stout, elongate, acuminate. Claws slightly curved; distal tooth elongate, slen¬ der. Length: 11.5-12 mm. Figures 17, 39. Holotype. — Male, collected by F. de Zayas, June 1967, from Gran Piedra, Caney Oriente. In CAS, No. 14282. Paratype. — Same data as holotype, male. In USNM. This species is close to P. cardini Chapin, but is smaller. The antennal club is very unusual because of its size and well developed fifth segment. Phyllophaga complexipennis, New Species Male.— Medium, piceous, pruinose. Frons sparsely punctured with moderate irregular punctures; base impunctate. Clypeus slightly more densely punctured than frons with bigger punctures; almost flat; margins slightly reflexed; median indentation deep, angulate. Pronotum moderately punctured; punctures small; margins entire; sides moderately dilated medially; anterior angles acute, posterior obtuse, curved. Scutellum punctured as pronotum, but punctures more regularly distributed. Elytra slightly more densely punctured than pronotum but punctures similar; sutural margin tumid, slightly elevated. Pygidium punctured as pronotum; apex subtruncate; margins bearing short, thick, straight hairs. Antennal club 3- segmented, slightly smaller than four preceding segments as whole. Protibia tri- dentate; teeth almost equidistant; upper slightly smaller than median; distal elon¬ gate, blunt. Stemites densely punctured; punctures fine, regularly distributed; pubescent, hairs straight, short. Coxal plates with some thick, straight hairs. Uro- stemites less densely punctured; hairs similar; fifth segment with tuft of long fine, straight hairs laterally; last segment shallowly grooved. Longer calcar of metatibia elongate, fine, acuminate, slightly longer than first tarsal segment with its spines. Claws strongly curved; apical tooth finer than median, equal in length. Length: 17 mm. Figures 15, 16, 36. Holotype.— Male, collected by F. de Zayas, from Vinales, Pinar del Rio, April 1964. In CAS, No. 14283. The antennal club is atypically short. The aedeagus is very complex. It possesses two long spines, curved downward, arising from the internal sac. From the back¬ sides of each arises another spine, one of which is smaller that its precedent and the other projects out of the aedeagus. Phyllophaga chalumeaui, New Species Male.— Large, shining, elongate, yellowish-castaneous. Frons densely, coarsely punctured; punctures of different sizes and shapes, irregularly distributed; base impunctate; clypeo-frontal suture conspicuous. Clypeus more densely, coarsely Figures 13-24. 13. Phyllophaga bimaculata, n. sp. Aedeagus, frontal view. 14. Phyllophaga bi- maculata, n. sp. Aedeagus, lateral view. 15. Phyllophaga complexipennis, n. sp. Aedeagus, lateral view. 16. Phyllophaga complexipennis, n. sp. Aedeagus, frontal view. 17. Phyllophaga caneyensis, n. sp. Aedeagus, lateral view. 18. Phyllophaga chalumeaui, n. sp. Aedeagus, lateral view. 19. Phyllophaga franciscana, n. sp. Aedeagus, lateral view. 20. Phyllophaga hernandezi, n. sp. Aedeagus, lateral view. 21. Phyllophaga hernandezi, n. sp. Aedeagus, frontal view. 22. Phyllophaga independentista, n. sp. Aedeagus, lateral view. 23. Phyllophaga hardyi, n. sp. Aedeagus, lateral view. 24. Phyllophaga maes- trensis, n. sp. Aedeagus, lateral view. 318 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figures 25-33. 25. Phyllophaga migratoria, n. sp. Aedeagus, lateral view. 26. Phyllophaga migrato- ria, n. sp. Aedeagus, frontal view. 27. Phyllophaga maestrensis, n. sp. Aedeagus, dorsal view. 28. Phyllophaga maestrensis, n. sp. Aedeagus, dorso-frontal view. 29. Phyllophaga independentista, n. sp. Aedeagus, frontal view. 30. Phyllophaga independentista, n. sp. Aedeagus, dorsal view. 31. Phyllophaga spinicola, n. sp. Aedeagus, dorsal view. 32. Phyllophaga hernandezi, n. sp. Aedeagus, frontal view. 33. Phyllophaga hardyi, n. sp. Aedeagus, frontal view. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 319 punctured, but punctures more regularly distributed; margins broadly reflexed, more elevated on both sides of median indentation, which is deep, angulate; margins bearing long, thick, reflexed hairs. Pronotum punctured as frons; punc¬ tures bigger, deeper; margins entire; sides broadly dilated medially; anterior angles slightly acute, posterior broadly curved; lateral margins with long, thick, reflexed hairs. Scutellum punctured as pronotum; disc impunctate. Elytra somewhat more densely punctured than pronotum, but punctures slightly smaller; sutural margin tumid; very sparsely punctured, punctures shallower, irregularly distributed; apex moderately curved; short, straight hairs on margins. Antennal club 3-segmented, about as long as four preceding segments as a whole. Protibia tridentate; distal tooth elongate, acuminate. Stemites densely pubescent; hairs long, fine, straight, arising from small, shallow punctures. Coxal plates sparsely pubescent; hairs thick, long, straight. Urostemites less pubescent; hairs shorter, finer; last segment widely, transversely, posteriorly grooved; sparsely pubescent. Longer calcar of metatibia elongate; sides almost parallel, very slender, blunt, about as long as first tarsal segment with its spines. Claws slightly curved; median tooth stouter than distal. Length 24 mm. Figures 18, 38. Holotype.— Male, collected by J. Acuna, from Loma de Cala to P. Mocha, Sierra Maestra, Cuba, 16 May 1948 at 3600-3900 ft altitude. In CAS, No. 14284. This species is dedicated to Dr. F. Chalumeau, from the Institut de Recherches Entomologiques de la Caraibe. Phyllophaga franciscana, New Species Male. — Submedium, pruinose. Elytra dark castaneous; legs, underparts yellow¬ ish-brown; head piceous; pronotum dark castaneous with light ferrugineous band on each side of median anterior region. Clypeus densely punctured; punctures moderate; margins abruptly reflexed; median indentation moderately deep, sub- angulate. Frons densely punctured, but less than clypeus; base impunctate, with shallow depressions along median line. Pronotum less densely punctured than head; punctures similar but more regularly distributed; band brighter laterally; anterior, posterior margins entire; lateral subcrenulate; sides broadly dilated pos¬ teriorly, their widest part almost on posterior angles, which are obtuse; anterior slightly acute. Scutellum moderately, irregularly punctured; punctures similar to those on pronotum but deeper; disc impunctate. Elytra densely, coarsely punc¬ tured; punctures irregular, deeper than on pronotum; sutural margin tumid, wider posteriorly. Pygidium irregularly punctured; punctures fine, shallow, more nu¬ merous on disc; apex truncate. Protibia tridentate; upper tooth distant from others; median same length as distal. Stemites densely punctured; punctures fine, shallow. Coxal plates with large punctures; hairs thick, short. Urostemites densely punc¬ tured, but less sparsely than stemites; punctures similar; last segment almost completely, transversely grooved. Longer calcar of metatibia acuminate. Tarsi, antenna missing. Length: 12.5 mm. Figures 19, 35, 37. Holotype.— Male, collected by Noel Gonzalez, from Sierra del Grillo, Havana, Cuba, 14 December 1974, on the ground. In CAS, No. 14286. Phyllophaga hardyi, New Species Male. — Small, shining. Body castaneous to dark brown; head piceous. Frons densely, coarsely punctured; punctures of different sizes, irregularly distributed; 320 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figures 34-41. 34. Phyllophaga hardyi, n. sp. Aedeagus, dorsal view. 35. Phyllophaga franciscana, n. sp. Aedeagus, dorsal view. 36. Phyllophaga complexipennis, n. sp. Aedeagus, dorso-frontal view. 37. Phyllophaga franciscana, n. sp. Aedeagus, frontal view. 38. Phyllophaga chalumeaui, n. sp. Ae¬ deagus, dorso-frontal view. 39. Phyllophaga caneyensis, n. sp. Aedeagus, frontal view. 40. Phyllophaga spinicola, n. sp. Aedeagus, frontal view. 41. Phyllophaga spinicola, n. sp. Aedeagus, lateral view. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 321 base impunctate. Clypeus punctured as frons; margins broadly reflexed, elevated; median indentation inconspicuous; margins bearing long, fine, reflexed hairs. Pronotum moderately punctured; punctures more regularly distributed than on frons; anterior and posterior margins entire; lateral subcrenulate, bearing long, fine, reflexed hairs; sides broadly, medially dilated; anterior angles acute; posterior slightly obtuse, curved. Scutellum with small punctures toward margins; disc impunctate. Elytra more densely punctured than pronotum; punctures slightly deeper; sutural margin tumid, slightly elevated, wider posteriorly, with some punctures. Pygidium more densely punctured than elytra with smaller punctures; apex broadly curved; margins with long, fine, straight hairs. Mesosternite densely punctured; punctures small, regularly distributed; with fine, long hairs. Coxal plates with thick straight hairs. Urostemites less densely punctured than stemites; long, fine hairs arising from punctures; last segment transversely, posteriorly grooved. Pro tibia tridentate; teeth equidistant. Antennal club 3-segmented, longer than funicle. Longer calcar of metatibia slender, acuminate, longer than first tarsal segment. Claws very slightly curved; distal tooth long and fine, median small. Length: 11 mm. Figures 23, 33, 34. Holotype. — Male, collected by F. de Zayas, from Tortuguilla, Provincia Oriente, Cuba, June 1965. In CAS, No. 14287. Paratypes .—One male, collected by F. de Zayas from Tortuguilla, Prov. Oriente, Cuba, June 1965, in CAS. One male, col. F. de Zayas, from Tortuguilla, Prov. Ote. Cuba, June 1964, in USNM. This species is dedicated to Dr. Alan Hardy from the CDFA in Sacramento. Phyllophaga hernandezi, New Species Male.— Large. Elytra yellowish-castaneous; pronotum, legs, underparts rufo- testaceous; head dark brown. Clypeus densely, coarsely punctured; margins broad¬ ly reflexed, slightly elevated; median indentation moderately deep, subangulate; clypeo-frontal suture conspicuous. Frons densely punctured, but less than clypeus; punctures small, more numerous toward impunctate base. Pronotum densely punctured, but less than frons; punctures bigger, umbilicate, more regularly dis¬ tributed; margins entire; sides broadly, medially, posteriorly dilated; anterior an¬ gles almost straight, posterior curved; lateral margins with thick, long, reflexed hairs; one small depression on side of medio-posterior region aligned with eyes. Scutellum semicircular, completely punctured; punctures as on pronotum. Elytra more densely punctured than pronotum but with finer punctures; hairs long, thick, straight. Sutural margins tumid. Pygidium densely punctured, slightly more than elytra, but punctures shallower; apex narrowly rounded. Antennal club 3-segment¬ ed, about as long as funicle. Protibia tridentate; upper tooth distant from others; median wider than distal at base. Coxal plates with thick, long, straight hairs, which arise from fine punctures. Stemites pubescent; hairs long, fine, straight. Urostemites less densely punctured, with similar punctures, sparsely pubescent; last segment medially, transversely grooved. Longer calcar of metatibia slender, acuminate. Claws somewhat curved; median tooth stouter than distal. Asym¬ metric aedeagus with a long spine arising backward from internal sac. Length: 24 mm. Figures 20, 21, 32. Female .—Median line conspicuous on frons; antennal club as long as three preceding segments as whole; apex of pygidium truncate; last urostemite wide, 322 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figures 42-43. 42. Phyllophaga maestrensis, n. sp. Female genitalia. 43. Phyllophaga hernandezi, n. sp. Female genitalia. convex; longer calcar of metatibia slightly longer than first tarsal segment, slender, blunt, not typical for females. Length: 24.5 mm. Figures 20, 21, 32. Holotype.— Male, col. Zayas and Valdes, from Sierra Maestra, June 1965. In CAS, No. 14288. Allotype. — Same data as holotype. In CAS. Paratype.— Female, same data as types. In USNM. This species is dedicated to the Cuban Entomologist Luis R. Hernandez. Phyllophaga independentista, New Species Male.— Medium. Elytra, pronotum, legs light yellowish-castaneous; head pi- ceous; underparts yellowish-brown; close to Ph. alayoi Garcia. Frons densely, VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 323 coarsely punctured; punctures fine, irregular, more scarce on base. Clypeus densely punctured also, but punctures more regular; margins abruptly reflexed, not very elevated, lateral almost flat; median indentation deep, angulate; long, thick, re¬ flexed hairs on margins. Pronotum densely punctured, but less than head; punc¬ tures large, umbilicate; anterior, posterior margins entire; lateral crenulate, with long, thick, reflexed hairs; sides broadly, medially, posteriorly dilated; anterior angles slightly acute; basal obtuse. Scutellum moderately punctured; punctures as on pronotum, almost in rows; disc impunctate. Elytra more densely, coarsely punctured than pronotum; punctures finer, shallower; sutural margins tumid, wider posteriorly. Pygidium densely punctured with fine, shallow punctures; thick, straight hairs of different lengths, longer posteriorly; apex truncate. Antennal club 3-segmented, about as long as four preceding segments together. Protibia triden- tate; upper tooth small, median stouter than distal. Stemites densely pubescent, with fine, long, straight hairs arising from small, shallow punctures. Coxal plates with thick, long, straight hairs. Urostemite densely pubescent, but less so than stemites; hairs shorter, thicker; last segment completely grooved, with some hairs. Longer calcar of metatibia elongate, slender, acuminate, longer than first tarsal segment with its spines. Claws slightly curved; median tooth stouter than distal. Length: 18-19 mm. Figures 22, 29, 30. Holotype.— Male, col. M. R. from Santiago de las Vegas, 10 October 1971. In CAS No. 14289. Paratype. —Male, col. from Los Jazmines, 9 June 1971, col. unknown. In USNM. Phyllophaga maestrensis, New Species Male.— Medium, shining. Upper, underparts, legs yellowish-castaneous to cas- taneous-ferrugineous; sides almost parallel. Frons densely punctured; punctures fine, irregularly distributed; base impunctate; median line conspicuous. Clypeus densely punctured; punctures as on frons but more regularly distributed; margins broadly reflexed, elevated; median indentation moderately deep, subangulate. Pronotum less densely, coarsely punctured than frons, punctures bigger; margins entire; sides broadly, medially dilated; anterior angles almost straight, basal ob¬ tuse; lateral margins bearing long, reflexed hairs anteriorly. Scutellum punctured as pronotum; punctures regularly distributed. Elytra more densely, coarsely punc¬ tured than pronotum but less than frons; hairs short, straight; sutural margins tumid; lateral, posterior margins with fine hairs. Pygidium punctured as elytra; hairs fine, straight, mainly posterior; apex broadly curved. Antennal club with three very long segments, an incomplete fourth and a fifth shorter; longer than all preceding segments together. Protibia tridentate; upper tooth tiny, distant from others. Stemites densely punctured; punctures fine with fine, long hairs. Coxal plates sparsely punctured; punctures with short, thick hairs. Urostemites less densely punctured with shorter hairs; last segment transversely grooved. Longer calcar of metatibia blunt, slender, sides almost parallel, longer than first tarsal segment. Claws slightly curved, teeth rather slender. Length: 18-19 mm. Figures 24, 27, 28. Female.— Apex of pygidium more narrowly curved; antennal club shorter but 5-segmented also, about as long as three preceding segments together; last uro¬ stemite convex; longer calcar of metatibia compressed dorsoventrally, about one and a half as long as first tarsal segment. Length: 18-19 mm. Figure 42. 324 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Holotype.— Male, col. J. Ferra from “Capitolio,” Rio Yara, Cuba, 15-19 May 1948, at about 1150 feet altitude. In CAS, No. 14290. Allotype.—C ol. J. Acuna, F. Valdes and C. Fortum from Rio Yara, Oriente, 15-20 May 1948, at about 1000 feet altitude. In CAS. Paratypes .—One male, same data as holotype; one female, from Loma de Cala to P. Mocha, Sierra Maestra, Cuba, 16 May 1948, at 3600-3900 feet altitude, collector unknown. Both in USNM. Phyllophaga migratoria, New Species Male. — Submedium, pruinose. Elytra, underparts, legs rufocastaneous to cas- taneous; pronotum dark castaneous; clypeus dark brown. Clypeus densely punc¬ tured; punctures rather large, irregular; margins abruptly reflexed; median inden¬ tation deep, angulate. Frons less densely punctured; punctures as on clypeus but more irregularly distributed; depression on disc and on median line; base im- punctate. Pronotum less densely, coarsely punctured, punctures similar but shal¬ lower, regularly distributed; margins entire; borders rufocastaneous, disc dark castaneous; sides broadly, medially dilated; anterior angles slightly acute, posterior obtuse. Elytra more densely punctured than pronotum, but with finer punctures, more regularly distributed; sutural margin wider posteriorly, moderately elevated. Scutellum triangular, sparsely punctured; disc impunctate. Pygidium punctured as elytra, but more densely; short, straight hairs arising from punctures; apex subtruncate. Antennal club 3-segmented, longer than funicle. Protibia tridentate; upper tooth distant, median stouter than apical. Coxal plates sparsely pubescent; hairs thick, straight. Stemites finely densely punctured; hairs fine, long, straight. Urosternites less densely punctured than stemites with similar punctures; last segment transversely, posteriorly grooved. Longer calcar of metatibia elongate, slender. Claws slightly curved; median slightly stouter than distal. Length: 11.5- 12 mm. Figures 25, 26. Holotype.— Male, col. C. and P. Vaurie, from San Vicente, Pinar del Rio, 25- 28 July 1956. In CAS, No. 14291. Paratype.— Male, collected from Vinales, Pinar del Rio, June 1964, at light, collector unknown. The paratype has lost it pruinosity, probably during the extraction of the gen¬ italia. Phyllophaga spinicola, New Species Male.— Large, shining. Head, protibiae castaneous to piceous, body rufotes¬ taceous. Clypeus densely, coarsely punctured, especially toward median line; mar¬ gins broadly, slightly reflexed, almost flat; median indentation deep, angulate; clypeo-frontal suture conspicuous. Frons punctured as clypeus, punctures small, base almost impunctate. Pronotum slightly less densely, coarsely punctured than head, but with larger punctures; anterior, posterior margins entire, lateral cren- ulate; anterior angles acute, posterior obtuse; sides medially, broadly dilated, with long, thick, reflexed hairs. Scutellum punctured as pronotum, but punctures small¬ er; disc impunctate. Elytra sparsely punctured; punctures smaller than on head; sutural margins conspicuous, not tumid. Pygidium punctured as elytra but slightly more coarsely; apex narrowly rounded. Antennal club 3-segmented, about as long as the four preceding segments. Protibia tridentate, upper tooth apart but well VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 325 developed. Coxae very sparsely punctured, with thick, straight hairs. Stemites densely pubescent with long, straight hairs. Urostemites very sparsely punctured, punctures fine with few hairs; last segment shallowly, transversely grooved. Longer calcar of metatibia longer than first tarsal segment with its spines, blunt. Claws curved; distal tooth longer than median, which is fine. Length: 24-26 mm. Figures 31,40,41. Female .—Antennal club about as long as three preceding segments; apex of pygidium narrower; longer calcar of metatibia about twice as long as first tarsal segment, compressed, wider than in male, acuminate; last urostemite not grooved, convex. Length: 22-26 mm. Holotype. — Male, from Gran Piedra, Oriente, July 1953, col. Zayas and Alayo. Allotype.— Col. Zayas-Alayo, from Gran Piedra, Oriente, June 1954. Both in CAS, No. 14285. Paratypes .—Three males, col. Zayas-Alayo, from Gran Piedra, Oriente, July 1953; one in CAS, one in USNM, one in Illinois State Natural History Survey Division. Three females, col. Zayas-Alayo, from Gran Piedra, Oriente, June 1954; in CAS, USNM and ISNHSD. Two females from Gran Piedra, nr. Santiago, Prov. Oriente, 30-31 May 1959, Col. M. W. Sanderson; in ISNHSD. This species is very characteristic by the punctures on pronotum. Literature Cited Garcia-Vidal, M. 1975. Compilation sobre los principals aspectos relativos al genero Phyllophaga Harris. Revista Agrotec. Cuba, 7(1-2): 17-22. -. 1978. El genero Phyllophaga Harris, 1826 (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) en Cuba. I. Description de cinco nuevas especies. Poeyana, 182:1-14. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(4), 1984, pp. 326-331 Reproductive Ecology of Three Cactophilic Diptera 1 (Diptera: Drosophilidae, Neridae, Syrphidae) Robert L. Mangan Department of Entomology, The Pennsylvania State University, and U.S. Re¬ gional Pasture Research Laboratory, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802. If habitat is really the template for ecological strategies (Southwood, 1977), one should be able to predict reproductive and developmental characteristics of a given species from a knowledge of its habitat. Means for translating habitat char¬ acteristics into life history strategies have been proposed and are reviewed in Stearns (1976). Of numerous proposals, two general groups of theories are useful in explaining variations in life history characteristics. The first, derived from arguments of MacArthur and Wilson (1967), proposes that selection may favor either rapid population growth at the expense of competitive efficiency (r selection) or competitive ability and efficiency at the expense of population growth rate (K selection). A second proposal, the so-called “trade-off’ theory, was developed largely by Schaffer (1974) from more general treatments of Murphy (1968). This theory proposes that habitat factors, which determine survival predictability at different stages in life history, in turn select levels of parental effort expended in immediate versus future reproduction. A number of theoretical studies have at¬ tempted to show how predictability and magnitude of environmental fluctuations can result in varying degrees of r or K selection or levels of reproductive effort (Schaffer and Rosenzweig, 1977; Felsenstein, 1979; Boyce, 1979; Livdahl, 1979). Any attempt to correlate theory and observation requires habitat interpretation. Here I examine life history characteristics of dominant dipterans using the same tissues of a single plant species, the major purpose of this study being to examine habitat characteristics in order to explain certain life history strategies. Secondly, I examine levels of oviposition effort with respect to predictions of trade-off models relating immediate reproductive effort to adult self-maintenance for future re¬ productive effort. Ecology In this paper three nonrelated dipterans which feed largely or exclusively on decaying stem tissues of saguaro ( Carnegea gigantia ) cacti in the Sonoran desert of Arizona and Sonora, Mexico, are compared. The species studied are Drosophila nigrospiracula Patterson and Wheeler (Drosophilidae), Odontoloxozus longicornis Coquillett (Neriidae), and Volucella isabellina Williston (Syrphidae). Drosophila nigrospiracula is restricted to the Sonoran desert and Baja, California; larvae in the upper Sonoran desert use stem tissues of saguaro cactus with rare incursions into similar tissues of other columnar cactus species. Larvae of O. longicornis use several columnar catci in the Sonoran desert; the species is distributed from 1 Contribution No. 8109 of the U.S. Regional Pasture Research Laboratory, University Park, PA 16802; and authorized as a Paper in the Journal Series of the Pennsylvania Agricultural Experiment Station. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 327 Arizona and California south to Costa Rica. Larvae probably inhabit prickly pear (Opuntia ) cacti extensively at higher elevations. Volucella isabellina is apparently restricted to Sonoran desert areas where saguaro cacti are distributed. I have not reared this species from Opuntia, but it uses several other columnar cactus species in Mexico. Generally, the larval habitat of these species over most of their Arizona distribution is limited to saguaro cacti. In studies of cactophilic Drosophila at the University of Arizona, hundreds of individuals of these three species have been reared from naturally occurring saguaro necroses. Adults of these species appear to be attracted by similar olfactory and perhaps visual factors. Cacti with tissues just beginning to decay and having juice running down the surface of the stem are most likely to attract adults. This suggests that adult substrates are equally distributed for the three species. It should be noted that while these dipterans are all classified in the suborder Cyclorapha, V. isabellina is in the division Aschiza. Drosophila nigrospiracula and O. longicornis are placed in the same division, Schizophora, and section, Acalyptratae, but are placed in widely separated superfamilies. Similarities and differences also appear in the adaptive potentials of the genera of these species. The genus Odontoloxozus is restricted to cacti and at present only one species is described. The genus Volucella includes at least 39 species in North and Central America where larval habitats include decaying succulent plant material and nests of social hymenoptera (Spradbery, 1973). The genus Drosophila may be one of the most adaptable animal taxa. Worldwide, substrates include decaying tissues of nearly all angiosperm families (Throckmorton, 1975). Ecological and phylogenetic evidence suggests that genetic potential of the taxa and rigorous selection regime experienced by these species should have interacted to produce reproductive strategies relevant to larval and adult substrates and ambient communities. Methods In order to compare these species on an r-K continuum, two main factors are evaluated: egg production potential is measured by ovariole number; and mat¬ uration rate is measured by egg to adult development time. Estimation of im¬ mediate versus future reproductive efforts for comparisons among these species is mainly by examination of a subjective degree of oviposition effort. General levels of adult fitness are estimated by thorax size which is assumed to be related to body volume and migratory ability. While these comparisons do not lend themselves to rigorous quantification, they do allow comparisons which suggest the more suitable hypotheses to explain differences in reproductive behaviors among these species. Observations discussed here were made on naturally occurring saguaro necroses in Pima Co., Arizona and the region of Sonora, Mexico north and west of Her- mosillo. Field data were collected in 1977 and 1978 for O. longicornis and 1975— 1978 for D. nigrospiracula and V. isabellina. Data included here for D. nigrospiracula were collected for a study of compet¬ itive interactions and host plant specificity (Mangan, 1978; Mangan and Heed, 1980). Dissection of reproductive systems employed methods described by Kam- bysellis and Heed (1971). Observations and dissections of O. longicornis were collected for study of mating behavior (Mangan, 1979). Observations of V. isa¬ bellina were taken from notes and dissections performed to gain comparative 328 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Table 1. Characteristics of three cactophilic Diptera. Characteristic D. nigrospiracula O. longicornis V. isabellina Ovariole number 30-60 100-190 ? Egg number/adult 200 33-156 200-500 Egg number/ovariole 1-4 1 ? Oviposition sites single inserted grouped inserted grouped on and pattern fresh tissue old tissue protrusions outside cactus Mating behavior crepuscular on substrate diurnal on sub¬ strate mainly crepus¬ cular in air Adult number/cactus 10 2 -10 4 10-20 1-3 Larval medium freshly rotted tissue old, dark firm tissue old, anaerobic liquid tissue Pupation grouped on sub¬ strate surface single, burrow in old substrate migratory, bur¬ row in sand Development time (22°C; egg to adult) 16 days 30-50 days >50 days Adult thorax length (mm ± SD) 1.24 ± 0.32 3.68 ± 0.49 6.35 ± 0.38 ecological insight into species utilizing saguaro cacti in possible competition with D. nigrospiracula. Observations of larval feeding and development were made under both labo¬ ratory and field conditions during 1976, 1977, and 1978. Laboratory rearings were conducted at room temperatures (19-22°C) at the University of Arizona in 1 gallon widemouth jars, Vi pint milk bottles, or 5 gallon aquaria. Development times were determined from naturally occurring eggs in saguaro necroses; both eggs and substrate were placed in the containers, with sand or newspaper to absorb excess exudate. Results Observations and data are summarized in Table 1. The species show about as much interspecific variation in all aspects of life history strategies as can be found among any saprophagous diptera. Female D. nigrospiracula are quite exacting in their oviposition requirements. While a typical saguaro rot pocket contains thousands of larvae, laboratory stocks can seldom be maintained without cactus tissue as an oviposition medium. Larvae develop well on laboratory media once eggs are elicited. Females may accumulate up to four eggs per ovariole in the laboratory if suitable media are not provided. Eggs are always inserted singly into the medium with space between consecutive eggs. In crowded population cages, however, thousands of eggs may be deposited on a single gram of cactus. Larvae are only weakly motile and pupation occurs in groups on open surfaces, usually inside the cactus or on the sides of rearing bottles. Oviposition characteristics of O. longicornis differ from D. nigrospiracula in that while eggs are inserted into the medium, masses of eggs from one female are usually inserted through a single opening in the cactus epidermis or a single spot of laboratory medium. As described in Mangan (1979), males of this species hold VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 329 territories at oviposition sites and restrict the movements of females until eggs are deposited. This behavior may increase the tendency of females to group eggs. Females, however, will oviposit on nearly any medium of soft, wet texture, though larval dietary requirements are quite restrictive and adult emergence from pupae reared in Drosophila medium is only about 20%. Larvae are quite motile, bur¬ rowing rapidly into the tissue when disturbed. Pupation occurs in the tissue mass; pupae have not been found exposed on the medium surface. Female V. isabellina spend little time around rotting cacti except for oviposition. Eggs are commonly found attached to cactus spines or suspended in spider webs on the outside of decaying cacti. Female V. isabellina were difficult to capture or rear to reproductive maturity so fecundity estimates were made from numbers of eggs per egg mass. These masses are made up of groups of eggs which adhere to each other and surfaces to which they are attached. Eclosing larvae apparently drop to the ground then crawl up the cactus and burrow into the decaying tissues. Larvae feed in pockets of decaying, mucoid necrotic tissue which emit strong odor of anaerobic sulfur decay products. Larvae leave the cactus at the end of the third stadium and pupate in the soil. Discussion These data and observations indicate that habitat characteristics described in terms of host plant tissue, decaying saguaro stem cortex, and host plant com¬ munity, upper Sonoran desert, provide little predictive information relative to reproductive ecology and behavior. Mating behavior, oviposition behavior, larval development time, and pupation behavior are all shown to vary considerably among these species. In attempting to explain such differences in traits among these species, two general classes of adaptations may be distinguished. Adaptations may be plesio- morphic traits which were retained during desert adaptation or they may be in situ apomorphic responses. Migratory ability, generation time, and perhaps pre¬ ferred larval medium are probably ancestral traits. Other characteristics such as oviposition site preference, pupation site, and mating behavior are more likely adaptations to the saguaro substrate and evolved in the desert. The greatest differences in habitats which would affect reproductive behavior are larval microhabitats. The short developmental period for D. nigrospiracula coincides with the microflora-rich larval medium (Starmer et al., 1976) and rel¬ atively small adult size. The larger species, V. isabellina and O. longicornis, use nutrient depleted, older tissue which, along with their larger adult size, incurs a two to three times longer developmental period. The adults, however, are probably more resistant to environmental fluctuations than D. nigrospiracula owing to their large size. The use of sparsely distributed columnar cactus tissues over the large area of the upper Sonoran desert, by all three species, suggests that if substrate distribution is a selective factor in reproductive adaptation, differing migratory abilities of these species result in different predictabilities of adult migratory success. In terms of future versus immediate reproduction, the smaller D. nigrospiracula adults are more susceptible to environmental fluctuations in such factors as necrosis density than the larger species; this may affect future reproductive success. The daily probability of larval substrate degeneration, mainly through des¬ iccation, is identical for each species. Probability of habitat degeneration during 330 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST the larval development period increases with larval development time. Since larvae cannot migrate to new cacti, the slower developing species face greater uncertainty in maturation than D. nigrospiracula. Assuming that female flies are unable to predict substrate degeneration, large investments in finding suitable larval substrates are not as likely to increase fitness for the larger species as for D. nigrospiracula. Interaction of migratory success and larval development success probabilities are hypothesized to explain differing oviposition efforts among these species. Quick developing Drosophila with environmentally susceptible adults invest greater effort in oviposition site choice than the slower developing, but environmentally buffered and larger O. longicornis and V. isabellina. This situation approximates theoretical conditions suggested by Schaffer (1974) and Stearns (1976) for estab¬ lishment of differing optimal reproductive strategies through immediate versus future reproduction trade-offs. Acknowledgments I thank Chris M. van Dyck, William C. Templeton, Jr., Charles W. Pitts, and Jeremy R. Montague for reviewing earlier versions of this manuscript. Theoretical treatments presented are my interpretations of ideas offered by William B. Heed, William Schaffer, and others in informal seminars and discussions. Literature Cited Boyce, M. S. 1979. Seasonality and patterns of neutral selection for life histories. Am. Nat., 114: 569-583. Felsenstein, J. 1979. r- and K-selection in a completely chaotic population model. Am. Nat., 113: 499-510. Kambysellis, M. P., and W. B. Heed. 1971. Studies of oogenesis in natural populations of Droso- philidae. I. Relation of ovarian development and ecological habitats of the Hawaiian species. Am. Nat., 185:265-278. Livdahl, T. P. 1979. Environmental uncertainty and selection for life cycle delays in opportunistic species. Am. Nat., 113:835-842. MacArthur, R. H., and E. O. Wilson. 1967. The theory of island biogeography. Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, N.J. Mangan, R. L. 1978. Competitive interactions among host plant specific Drosophila species. Ph.D. thesis, Univ. of Arizona, 204 pp. -. 1979. Reproductive behavior of the cactus fly, Odontoloxozus longicornis, male territoriality and female guarding as adaptive strategies. Behav. Ecol. Sociobiol., 4:265-278. -, and W. B. Heed. 1980. Community ecology of Sonoran Desert Drosophila. In M. Ashbumer, H. L. Carson, and J. N. Thompson (eds.), Genetics and biology of Drosophila. Vol. 3. Academic Press, London (in press). Murphy, G. I. 1968. Pattern in life history and environment. Am. Nat., 102:390-404. Schaffer, W. 1974. Optimal reproductive effort in fluctuating environments. Am. Nat., 108:783— 790. -, and M. L. Rosenzweig. 1977. Selection for optimal life histories. II. Multiple equilibria and the evolution of alternate reproductive strategies. Ecology, 58:60-72. Southwood, T. R. E. 1977. Habitat, the templet for ecological strategies. J. Anim. Ecol., 40:337- 365. Spradbery, J. P. 1973. Wasps. Univ. of Wash. Press, Seattle, 408 pp. Starmer, W. T., W. B. Heed, M. Miranda, M. W. Miller, and H. J. Phaff. 1976. The ecology of yeast flora associated with cactophilic Drosophila and their host plants in the Sonoran desert. Microb. Ecol., 3:11-30. Steams, S. 1976. Life history strategies: A review of ideas. Q. Rev. Biol., 51:3-47. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 331 Throckmorton, L. H. 1975. The phytogeny, ecology, and geography of Drosophila. In R. C. King (ed.), Handbook of genetics. 3:421-469. Plenum, New York, 874 pp. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(4), 1984, pp. 332-336 Descriptions of the Life Stages of Pyrausta orphisalis (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) 1 C. L. Campbell and K. S. Pike Department of Entomology, Washington State University, Irrigated Agriculture Research and Extension Center, Prosser, Washington 99350. Abstract. — The life stages of Pyrausta orphisalis Walker (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) are described, and the immature stages illustrated. Pyrausta orphisalis Walker (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) is a small, orange and brown, diurnal moth, which according to Munroe (1976), occurs across Canada’s southern tier and along both coasts of the United States. In Washington, this species feeds on all commercial types of mint {Mentha spp.). The adult is compared briefly to two closely related species by Munroe (1976), but aside from this and the very short original description (Walker, 1859), no descriptions exist for any of the life stages. This paper describes all life stages of P. orphisalis, utilizing specimens collected (and also deposited) at the Washington State University, Irrig. Agric. Res. and Ext. Center, Prosser, Washington. Egg (Fig. la).—The egg is creamy white, ca. 0.4 mm wide and 0.65 mm long, oval-shaped with a flattened venter, appearing as an elongated dome when viewed laterally. A distinct irregular sculpting is visible under scanning electron micros¬ copy, which gives the egg an appearance of being encased by a net. Larvae. — Chaetotaxy utilizes the terminology of Fracker (1915). First instar (Fig. lb). —Body length 1.2 to 2.5 mm. Head capsule width 0.21 to 0.23 mm. Head colored uniformly brown. Six stemmata arranged in a near semi¬ circle, lenses usually appearing to surround a central collection of pigment cells. Antennae pale. Clypeus pale, labrum slightly reddish brown. Apices of mandibles reddish brown. Maxillae pale to lightly pigmented. Labium pale except for dark¬ ened anterior margin of mentum. Anterior corner of hypostomal lobe black. Head capsule with a small notch located at posterior-lateral margin and marked by a black patch; posterior margin of head capsule trimmed in black from black patch to sub-vertex. Prothoracic shield somewhat rectangular, lighter brown than head capsule, and bearing setae. Remaining thorax and abdomen pale, except for spot pigmentation at base of setae. Setae simple, primary, and prominent. Spiracles circular, pale, and brown rimmed, present on prothorax and abdominal segments 1 to 8. Suranal plate concolorous with prothoracic shield and bearing setae. Tho¬ racic legs normally developed, bearing one pretarsal claw. Prolegs of abdominal segments 3 to 6 subequal and normally developed; pygopods appearing slightly larger. Crochets uniserial, triordinal, and arranged in a mesal penellipse, remaining this way throughout all instars. 1 Scientific Paper No. SP 6298, Washington State University, College of Agriculture Research Center, Pullman. Project 4412. This research was made possible in part by funds provided by the Washington Mint Commission and the Mint Industry Research Council. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 333 Figure 1. Immature stages of Pyrausta orphisalis Walker, a. egg; b. first instar; c. second instar; d. third instar; e. fourth instar; f. fifth instar; g. pupa. (Scale line with reference to egg = 0.2 mm; larvae and pupa = 1.0 mm.) Second instar (Fig. lc). —Body length 2.0 to 3.5 mm. Head capsule width 0.32. to 0.38 mm. Head beige to light brown and mottled. Six stemmata arranged in a near semi-circle, lenses of stemmata 1 to 5 overlaying obvious pigment cells. Antennae pale. Clypeus and labrum beige to light brown. Apices of mandibles reddish brown. Maxillae pale to light beige. Labium pale, except for darkened anterior margin of mentum. Anterior corner of hypostomal lobe black. Head capsule with a small, inconspicuous notch located at posterior-lateral margin and usually marked by a black patch, posterior margin of head capsule trimmed in black for a varying distance between black patch and vertex; these markings remaining unchanged through remaining instars. Prothoracic shield slightly lighter than head capsule, mottled and bearing setae. Remaining thorax and abdomen pale, except for spot pigmentation at base of setae. Setae simple, primary and subprimary, and prominent; setae remaining this way through subsequent instars. Spiracles same as first instar. Suranal plate pale to lightly pigmented and bearing setae. Thoracic legs and prolegs normally developed. Third instar (Fig. Id).—Body length 4.4 to 6.8 mm. Head capsule width 0.48 334 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST to 0.57 mm. Head beige to light brown and mottled. Stemmata unchanged. An¬ tennae beige to light brown. Clypeus and labrum concolorous with head capsule. Apices of mandibles reddish brown. Maxillae pale to beige. Labium pale to beige except for darkened anterior margin of mentum. Anterior corner of hypostomal lobe black. Head capsule, appendages, and markings remaining fairly constant through remaining instars. Thorax and abdomen beige to light yellow-green. Pro- thoracic shield pale to beige and bearing setae. A dorsal stripe present, appearing beige to light green if ingesta present. An irregular faint subdorsal stripe, reaching nearly to alpha seta, may be present but is never prominent. Pinnacula bearing setal group rho of meso- and metathorax large, black and prominent. Remaining setae usually with dark ringed papillae. A small black spot located anterior to alpha setae of abdominal segments 2 to 8. Spiracles circular, pale, and brown or darker ringed; location same as earlier instars. Suranal plate pale to lightly pig¬ mented and bearing setae. Fourth instar (Fig. le). —Body length 5.6 to 10.7 mm. Head capsule width 0.75 to 0.83 mm. Head beige to light brown and mottled. Stemmata, pigmentation of appendages, spiracles, and various cephalic markings remaining the same as in third instar. Thorax and abdomen beige to green. Prothoracic shield pale to beige and bearing setae. A green dorsal stripe present, flanked on each side by a faint whitish subdorsal stripe nearly reaching thoracic beta and abdominal alpha setae. A second subdorsal stripe, whitish but fainter, located ventrolaterally to alpha and beta setae; extending from the mesothorax to abdominal segment 9. A faint whitish subspiracular stripe extends from the prothoracic kappa group to abdom¬ inal segment 9, encompassing the kappa group of the meso- and metathorax, and reaching to the abdominal kappa groups. Setal group rho of meso- and metathorax borne on a large, black pinnaculum. Alpha and beta setae from mesothorax to abdominal segment 8 borne on slightly smaller black pinnacula. Remaining setae with papillae dark ringed. A small black spot located anterior to each alpha seta of abdominal segments 2 to 8. Suranal plate pale to beige, may be slightly mottled, bearing setae. Fifth instar (Fig. If).—Body length 8.8 to 15 mm. Head capsule width 0.98 to 1.2 mm. Head beige to light brown and mottled. Stemmata, pigmentation of appendages, and various cephalic markings as in previous instar. Thorax and abdomen beige to green. Prothoracic shield pale to beige and bearing setae. A prominent green dorsal stripe visible in the living specimen; an irregular dark dorsal stripe, inconspicuous during life, visible in preserved specimens. Dorsal stripe flanked on each side by two separate whitish subdorsal stripes as in previous instar. A distinct greenish black supraspiracular stripe extends from the meso¬ thorax to abdominal segment 9, encompassing the pinnacula bearing rho setae. A faint whitish subspiracular stripe, as seen in previous instar, is also present. Intersegmental grooves often yellow. Setae and setal groups borne upon promi¬ nent, black pinnacula as in previous instar. Remaining setae with darkly ringed papillae. Alpha setae with a dark spot located anteriorally. Spiracles circular, largely pale, and black rimmed. Suranal plate pale to beige, may be slightly mot¬ tled; bearing setae. Near the end of the ambulatory stage of this instar, after feeding has ceased, the trunk loses its green color and becomes dark beige to light orangish brown except for striped areas. Dorsal stripe becomes light to medium brown, subdorsal stripes become more beige, supraspiracular stripe appears pinkish to VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 335 orangish brown with areas of darker brown interspersed, and subspiracular stripe appears light beige. Venter remains a beige color as does prothorax. Pigmentation tends to lighten to a cream color prior to pupation with only the dorsal and supraspiracular stripes being prominently visible. Overwintering, full grown larvae show similar pigmentation. Larvae which pass through six larval instars instead of the typical five have their first three instars no different than the “typical.” The fourth and fifth instars appear essentially the same as a typical fourth instar, except that their head capsules and body lengths range differently from the typical. Head capsule width for the fourth instar ranges from 0.65 to 0.71 mm; body length, 4.4 to 7.6 mm. Head capsule width for the fifth instar range from 0.85 to 1.0 mm; body length, 7.2 to 10 mm. The sixth instar has a head capsule, body length, and distinctive supraspiracular stripe comparable to the typical fifth instar. Pupa (Fig. lg).—Obtect, length ca. 7.0 to 8.5 mm. Impunctate, shiny, golden brown color, darkening prior to eclosion. Vertex has assumed a dorsal position, causing frons to be mostly cephalic; this arrangement contributes to the “shoul¬ dered” appearance reported for Pyraustinae pupae (Mosher, 1916). Epistomal suture and anterior tentorial pits well defined. Labrum broadly triangular, bor¬ dered caudo-laterally by large pilifers which are separated medially by narrow, chisel-shaped labial palpi. Eye-pieces large, covering easily the visible compound eye. Galea of maxillae large and prominent, extending slightly past apex of fore¬ wing. Galea bordered laterally and subproximally by spindle-shaped sclerite rep¬ resenting prothoracic femur; this in turn is bordered laterally by prothoracic tibia and tarsi. Tibia and tarsi extend slightly past midpoint of galea. Prothoracic leg bordered laterally by mesothoracic leg which extends nearly to distal end of galea. Antenna borders mesothoracic leg and extends nearly to apex of forewing. At the junction of antenna, eye-piece, and bases of tibiae is a small subrectangular sclerite which represents the maxillary palpus. Pronotum distinct, subrectangular, bounded laterally by antennae. Mesonotum large; sclerite continuous, covers forewings. Metanotum smaller, hindwings largely covered by forewings. Abdomen with 8 demarcated segments. Functional spiracles present on segments 2 to 7, segment 8 with a non-functional spiracle. Male with visible phallomeres on venter of ninth segment, female with visible vulva on venter of eighth segment. Cremaster dark brown, distinct, possessing 8 hooked setae. Adult.— Adult male and female are quite similar in appearance. [See Munroe (1976) for colored photographs of male and females.] Wing expanse of male approximately 14 to 15 mm, female approximately 15 to 16 mm. The following descriptions give liknesses and differences between sexes, except for genitalia, which are outlined by Munroe (1976). Male. — Labial palpi porrect and prominent, cream colored scaling basally, a mixture of rust-orange and fuscous scaling distally. Proboscis well developed with cream colored scaling basally. Maxillary palpi filiform, a mixture of rust-orange and fuscous scaling. Frons rounded, anterior and lateral margins rust-orange, center fuscous; scaling in front of and between antennae primarily long, thin, rust- orange scales and some fuscous. Antennae long and filiform, scape and pedicel moderately scaled rust-orange and fuscous, flagellum with small brownish scales dorsally. Compound eye amber, sometimes appearing speckled. Ocelli dark amber 336 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST and fairly prominent. Vertex with a mixture of long, thin rust-orange and fuscous scaling; rim of occiput mostly with erect, rust-orange scales. Pronotum with a mixture of rust-orange and fuscous scales. Mesonotum and metanotum primarily fuscous with some rust-orange scaling laterally. Partagia covered with a combination of long, thin, rust-orange scales, long paddle-shaped rust-orange scales, and long, paddle-shaped fuscous scales. Forewings subtrian- gular, dorsal surface primarily a combination of rust and fuscous scales, and usually with at least two distinct patches of orange—one antemedially and the other postmedially, from the costal margin extending posteriorally about one third the wing’s width. Termen heavily fringed, inner margin less so. Basal two thirds of ventral surface mostly orange with two fuscous patches, except for anal region which is cream colored. Distal third mostly fuscous. Hindwings subtriangular, but more rounded. Dorsal surface primarily fuscous, but with a median orange patch in the basal third and a wide, orange postmedial band which extends across wing, parallel to termen. Few rust colored scales present. Termen and inner margin fringed with fuscous scales. Basal two thirds of ventral surface orange, but with a poorly defined, fuscous antemedial band present. Distal third of wing fuscous. Frenulum present as a strong, orange colored spine. Venter of thorax and all legs covered by cream to light buff colored scales. Legs normally developed. Dorsum of abdomen primarily fuscous, but mixed with rust and orange scales. Venter mostly cream to light buff, with increasing fuscous scaling posteriorally. First abdominal sternum with a pair of tympana. Terminal visible segment com¬ pressed and appearing somewhat oblique in profile. Female .—Female is nearly identical to the male except dorsal surface of fore¬ wing is slightly more variegated with more orange patches which may nearly form a postmedial band; ventral aspect may have more rust-colored scales along the termen. Dorsal surface of hindwing appears to have slightly more rust scales. Ventral aspect as in male, but may have fuscous antemedial band more defined and may also have more rusty scales along termen and inner margins. Frenulum, a single spine in male, is a bifurcate spine in female. Visible terminal segment of abdomen somewhat truncated and slightly compressed. Tip of antovipositor, with its fine setae, often visible. Literature Cited Fracker, S. B. 1915 (revised in 1930). The classification of Lepidopterous larvae. Univ. of Ill., Biol. Mono., Vol. 2, No. 1. Mosher, E. 1916. A classification of Lepidoptera based on characters of the pupa. Illinois Natur. Hist. Survey Bull., 12:17-85. Munroe E. 1976. The moths of America north of Mexico. Pp. 119-120, pi. 5 in R. B. Dominick et al., Fasc. 13-2B, Pyraloidea (in part). The Curwen Press, London. Walker, F. 1859. List of specimens of Lepidopterous insects in the collection of the British Museum. Part 17:310, London. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(4), 1984, pp. 337-340 Fabiola quinqueferella : An Obscure California Moth Formerly in Glyphipterigidae (Lepidoptera: Oecophoridae) John B. Heppner Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—Fabiola quinqueferella (Walsingham) is illustrated to demonstrate its affinity to other Oecophoridae and to Fabiola species. Walsingham (1881) described a small colorful moth from northern California that he collected during his expedition of 1871. Superficially it resembles other moths of the genus Glyphipterix from California, now properly in Glyphipteri¬ gidae, so he described the new species as Glyphipteryx [sic] quinqueferella Wal¬ singham. While studying the North American fauna of Glyphipterigidae this species was quickly noted to belong to the Oecophoridae (Heppner, 1978), most noticeably by the scaled haustellum (Glyphipterigidae all have a naked haustellum) and by male genitalia resembling other small oecophorids. The moth appears best placed in the genus Fabiola (Hodges, pers. comm.) and has been transferred there in the new North American checklist (Hodges et ah, 1983). This paper has been prepared to illustrate the species, especially the gen¬ italia, and describe characters not noted by Walsingham. Fabiola quinqueferella (Walsingham) Glyphipteryx [sic] quinqueferella Walsingham, 1881:322. Size. — 6.0—7.5 mm base to apex forewing length. Head.— Frons and vertex buff; labial palpus buff, 2nd segment nearly twice length of apical segment; antenna without pecten, x h forewing length, buff, with ventral sensory setae in males twice length of antennal segments. Thorax. — Buff; patagia buff; venter shining light buff; legs buff with some white on apices of each tarsal segment. Fore wing. — Elongated with rounded apex; R2 from end of cell; buff-gray ground color, with white crosswing fascia angled at basal l h, another to midwing at Vi wing length, angled toward basal fascia; wing base with yellow line along cubital vein, reaching first white fascia, with orange along radius and anal veins; orange between each white fascia and between midwing fascia and apical wing patch; apical x h of wing with pale gray to whitish area with black and intense white scales mixed in, with white prominent between 4 black spots along tornal margin; each black spot having a small distal silvery spot; fringe around apical x h of wing very long, dark gray. Hindwing. —Uniformly gray, with darker gray fringe. Abdomen. —Buff Male genitalia.— Uncus pointed, narrow; gnathos unspined, subtending tuba analis, hooklike, pointed; tegumen as wide as valva at base, narrowing to width 338 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figure 1. Fabiola quinqueferella (Walsingham), male, California. of uncus; valva with rounded apex; sacculus coming to an upcurved free point, with broadened base; vinculum rounded, no saccus; juxta with a pair of dorsal elongated appendages and a pair of small pointed basal lobes; aedeagus curved, with small phallobase; vesica without cornuti but with small spines. Female genitalia.— Unknown. Types. — Lectotype S (designated by Heppner, 1978). California: Hatchet Creek, Shasta Co., 14-17 Jul 1871, Walsingham (92020), (BMNH). Paralectotypes (7 <$). California: Hatchet Creek, Shasta Co., 14-17 Jul 1871 (3 8), Walsingham (92021- 92023), (BMNH); Burney Falls, Shasta Co., 18-20 Jul 1871 (2 8), Walsingham (92024, 92025), (BMNH); Bear Creek, Shasta Co., 27-28 Jul 1871 (1 8), Wal¬ singham (92026), (BMNH); “Cal,” (1 8), Walsingham, [no date], (USNM). Another putative syntype is without locality data but apparently collected by Walsingham (MCZ, ex Chambers Coll. [Labelled paralectotype in 1978]). Walsingham (1881) noted only 8 syntypes in his original description. Additional specimens.— California: Colusa Co.: “24” [Cache Cr., 24-25 Jun 1871] (1 8), Stainton Coll. 401445 (BMNH). Mariposa Co.: Yosemite Natl. Park, 30 Jun 1941 (1 8), R. M. Bohart (LACM), and 28 Jul 1915 (2 8), (ANSP). Tulare Co.: Monache Meadows, 8-14 Jul (1 8), (USNM). Oregon: Klamath Co.: “62” [near Summit Lk., 26 Sep 1871] (1 <$), Walsingham (BMNH). [Walsingham field numbered specimens dated with Essig (1941) paper.] Distribution.— Western Oregon to the southern Sierra Nevada of California. Host. —Unknown. Remarks.—Fabiola quinqueferella appears to be a primitive member of the Fabiola group of species on the basis of characters such as the relatively simple VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 339 Figures 2-4. Fabiola quinqueferella (Walsingham). 2. Male genitalia (lectotype, California; BMNH slide 20230). 3. Aedeagus (lectotype). 4. Male genitalia (paralectotype, California; USNM slide 77105) [reduced]. 340 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST genitalia and the length of setae on the antennae (similar to Fabiola shaleriella Chambers). The species may require a new genus but it is preferable at this time to defer any such change until the female is discovered. The key to species of Fabiola in Hodges (1974) may be amended as follows to include F. quinqueferella : 1. Apical l h of forewing white with various markings . quinqueferella Apical x h of forewing mostly black and orange, plus various markings, with some white, but not with most of area white . 2 2. [remainder of key as in Hodges (1974) but with couplet numbers advanced by one]. Acknowledgments Specimens were made available from the following collections: Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania (ANSP); British Museum (Natural History), London, England (BMNH); Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History, Los Angeles, California (LACM); Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts (MCZ); and Smithsonian Insti¬ tution, Washington, D.C. (USNM). Literature Cited Essig, E. O. 1941. Itinerary of Lord Walsingham in California and Oregon, 1871-1872. Pan-Pac. Ent., 17:97-113; 1 pi. Heppner, J. B. 1978. Transfers of some Nearctic genera and species of Glyphipterigidae (auctorum) to Oecophoridae, Copromorphidae, Plutellidae, and Tortricidae. Pan-Pac. Ent., 54:48-55. Hodges, R. W. 1974. Gelechioidea Oecophoridae. In R. B. Dominick et al., The moths of America north of Mexico. Fasc. 6.2. Classey, London. 142 pp.; 7 col. pi., 1 monoch. pi. -, et al. 1983. Checklist of the Lepidoptera of America north of Mexico. Classey, London. 284 pp. Walsingham, T. de Grey. 1881. On some North American Tineidae. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1881: 301-325; pi. 35-36. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(4), 1984, pp. 341-344 Two New Species of Idiocerine Leafhoppers from Malagasy Republic (Homoptera: Cicadellidae ) 1 Paul H. Freytag and Paul S. Cwikla Department of Entomology, University of Kentucky, Lexington, 40546-0091. Present address: (PSC) Department of Entomology, Ohio State University, Co¬ lumbus, Ohio 43210. Abstract. — Two new species of idiocerine leafhoppers are described from Mal¬ agasy Republic (Madagascar). These are Idiocerus rossi and Nesocerus trimacu- latus. Two additional species can now be added to the idiocerine leafhoppers known from Malagasy Republic (Madagascar). Freytag and Knight (1966) reviewed the subfamily Idiocerinae and included 17 species. All 19 species, including the two described at this time, appear to be endemic to this island. We thank Curtis Dunn, Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia for the loan of these specimens. Idiocerus rossi, New Species (Figs. 1-4) Length. — Male 3.5 mm (approximately); female unknown. Color.— Head yellow; ocelli dark brown. Pronotum yellow; lateral margins be¬ hind eyes with brown patches; scutellum yellow. Forewings hyline; veins brown except costal veins yellow. Male genitalia. — Pygofer short, posterior margin broadly concave, with a thin pair of internal bifurcate processes inserted on anterior margin in lateral view. Aedeagus simple, similar to sakarahensis but with shaft longer and a sharp lip¬ like projection under gonopore (best seen in lateral view). Connective as in sak¬ arahensis. Style simple, apical third, in dorsal view, curved lateral. Holotype. — Male—Madagascar, Ankarafantsika (Forest Reserve), near Maro- voay, XII-1-1959, E. S. Ross, Collector. Deposited in the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Etymology. — This species is named in honor of the collector, E. S. Ross, curator at the California Academy of Science. Diagnostic features.— This species is related to sakarahensis, but can be sepa¬ rated from it by the aedeagus having a linear shaft without projections on the dorsal margin and the lip-like projection under the gonopore. Notes.— This species is known only from the holotype. The thorax of the hol¬ otype has been damaged making it necessary to give an approximate measurement of the length of this species. 1 The investigation reported in this paper (No. 82-7-199) is in connection with a project of the Kentucky Agricultural Experiment Station and is published with approval of the Director. 342 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figures 1-4. Idiocerus rossi, n. sp. 1. Lateral view of pygofer. 2. Ventral view of aedeagus. 3. Lateral view of aedeagus. 4. Latero-ventral view of style. Figures 2 and 3, to the same scale. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 343 Figures 5-9. Nesocerus trimaculatus, n. sp. 5. Dorsal view of head, pronotum and scutellum. 6. Ventral view of aedeagus. 7. Lateral view of aedeagus. 8. Lateral view of pygofer. 9. Latero-ventral view of style. Figures 6, 7 and 9 drawn to same scale. 344 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Nesocerus trimaculatus, New Species (Figs. 5-9) Structural features. — Head wider than pronotum. Forewing normal except me¬ dian vein evanescent near base. Color. — Head light yellow with 3 brown patches along anterior margin in dorsal view; face light yellow with 2 brown patches near anterior margin of postclypeus in ventral view; postclypeus with a median longitudinal brown band; brown patches circling ocelli; second antennal segment brown; postclypeus with 2 small brown spots on disc, longitudinal medial brown stripe and 2 small brown spots on lateral posterior margin. Scutellum light yellow with 4 longitudinal bands starting at anterior margin and ending near disc. Lateral edges of thorax light yellow, legs light yellow, except hindleg with brown spot on anterior-distal margin. Forewing transparent, veins brown. Male genitalia. — Pygofer produced posterior margin along with a few setae scattered on apical half. Plates spatulate; apex bluntly rounded, macrosetae only on lateral margin. Aedeagus stout, curved dorsad in lateral view with 2 pairs of processes at apex in caudal view, processes directed dorsad. Connective broadly Y-shaped. Style linear, apex curved dorsad in lateral view. Holotype.— Male—Madagascar, Ankarafantsika (Forest Reserve), near Maro- voay, XII-1-1959, E. S. Ross, Collector. Deposited in the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Etymology.— Latin, tri (three) and maculat (spotted) refers to the 3 dark brown patches on the head in dorsal view. Diagnostic features.— This species will key to N. duospinus in Freytag and Knight’s key to the Madagascar Nesocerus (1966:82). It can be separated from it by the aedeagus having 2 pairs of apical processes and the head with 3 brown patches in dorsal view. Literature Cited Freytag, Paul H., and W. J. Knight. 1966. The Idiocerinae of Madagascar (Horn. Cicadellidae) Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (N.S.), 2(1):75-103, 120 figs. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(4), 1984, pp. 345-349 Nosopsyllus fasciatus Parasitizing House Mice on Southeast Farallon Island, California (Siphonaptera: Ceratophyllidae) Tom G. Schwan Division of Entomology and Parasitology, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720. (Present address: Yale Arbovirus Research Unit, 60 College St., New Haven, CT 06510) Southeast Farallon Island is a small granitic island located near the edge of the continental shelf approximately 48 km WSW from the Golden Gate Bridge, San Francisco, California. Presently the island is under the jurisdiction of the San Francisco Bay National Wildlife Refuge and the 12th U.S. Coast Guard District. The Point Reyes Bird Observatory (PRBO) maintains a research station at the island with logistic support provided by the Coast Guard and the Oceanic Society. The island serves as an important sanctuary and breeding ground for 12 species of marine birds and 5 species of pinnipeds (Ainley and Lewis, 1974). Besides humans the only other land mammals presently residing on the island are house mice, Mus musculus Linnaeus (DeSante and Ainley, 1980). European rabbits, Oryctolagus cuniculus Lilljebord, exterminated from the island in 1974, had been resident beginning sometime between 1855-1876 (Pinney, 1965). Various do¬ mestic mammals including dogs, cats and mules have resided there during the past but are no longer present (DeSante and Ainley, 1980) and hoary bats, Lasiurus cinereus (Palisot de Beauvois), and red bats, L. borealis (Muller), occur in small numbers for brief periods during their fall migration (Tenaza, 1966; PRBO, un- publ.). The absence of rats, Rattus norvegicus (Berkenhout) and R. rattus (Lin¬ naeus), (DeSante and Ainley, 1980) is an interesting aspect of the island’s ecology considering the rather intense and continuous human activity since 1849 (Dough¬ ty, 1971; Shanks and Shanks, 1978). During 23 August to 6 September 1980 I visited the island to continue studies on the marine bird flea, Ceratophyllus pelecani Auguston, parasitizing western gulls, Larus occidentalis Audubon. During this period the house mouse population was at its annual peak (R. Boekelheide, pers. comm.) and the PRBO staff biologists were snap-trapping mice inside their house in an attempt to control the rather high indoor mouse infestation. House mice were present on both the main island and West End, a smaller island to the west separated by the narrow Jordan Channel, and mice were quite active on the southern marine terrace where large numbers of western gulls had recently nested. Because of the high mouse popu¬ lation, the dispersed gull population (gulls were no longer territorial about their nests and most hatching year gulls were capable of flight), and mouse activity in the gull nesting area, it appeared possible that the mice were serving as fall alternative hosts for the bird fleas. There is one record of C. pelecani collected from Peromyscus maniculatus elusus Nelson and Goldman, Santa Barbara Island, Channel Islands, California (Hubbard, 1947) and this flea will readily engorge on white mice in the laboratory (Schwan, unpubl.). Therefore, during my stay on the 346 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST island I examined house mice snap-trapped in the PRBO house and the nearby Coast Guard (CG) house, as well as a few I captured by hand outdoors. The results of these examinations are presented herein. Results During 26 August-6 September 1980 I examined 48 house mice for fleas; 20 mice from the PRBO house, 18 from the CG house, and 10 from outdoors. While adult C. pelecani were still active in abandoned gull nests located near these houses, I found none on these mice. However, C. pelecani is a nest flea, spending little time on its avian host and one might not find many on mice either even though these fleas might be feeding on them. However, 26 of the 48 mice (54.2%) were infested with the northern rat flea, Nosopsyllus fasciatus (Bose), a flea not pre¬ viously known to occur on the island. I collected 39 N. fasciatus (27 males, 12 females) from the mice: flea index for all mice = 0.81, flea index for only infested mice = 1.50. One male and one female were also found in a mouse nest located under a board on the marine terrace. The percentages of mice infested from the CG house, PRBO house and outdoors were 72.2%, 60.0% and 10.0%, respectively, while the N. fasciatus indices were, in the same order, 1.33, 0.70 and 0.10 fleas per mouse. These data suggest that N. fasciatus is more abundant on indoor mice compared to outdoor mice, although Eskey (1938) found the opposite for N. fasciatus infesting rats in San Francisco. The CG house, which has only occasional and short term human occupancy and no mouse control, contained mice which were more frequently infested and had a N. fasciatus index nearly double that found on the mice from the PRBO house. The PRBO house has continued human occupancy and mouse control and I suggest that the lower infestation rate and flea indices for PRBO house mice are probably due to a continual influx of relatively clean mice from outside. Male mice outnumbered females 33 to 15. Forty-three of the 48 mice, weighed to the nearest 0.1 g, had a mean weight of 15.1 g (range 8.1-21.1 g) and 33 of these 43 mice (76.7%) weighed over 14 g and were therefore adult (DeFong, 1967). The mice were in good condition: they had clean pelage and no scars, most were molting and many had large fat deposits associated with their reproductive tracts, and none were infested with any mites, lice or ticks. Discussion Prior to this study N. fasciatus was unknown on SE Farallon Island and the presence of an established N. fasciatus population on house mice in the absence of Rattus is interesting. For example, during November 1970 to December 1972 I trapped 253 house mice from a feral population in an annual grassland com¬ munity near Hayward, Alameda Co., California (Schwan, unpubl.). No Rattus were present and from the house mice I collected 85 Leptopsylla segnis (Schonherr) (32 males and 53 females), 9 Malaraeus telchinus (Rothschild), (1 male and 8 females) and 1 male Hystrichopsylla occidentalis Holland. No A. fasciatus were found. The M. telchinus and H. occidentalis were primarily associated with sym- patric voles, Microtus californicus (Peale) (Schwan, 1975). Finsdale and Davis (1956) examined 77 house mice in an area free of rats in Monterey Co., California and found no N. fasciatus. Other studies in the San Francisco Bay area have shown occasional light infestations of N. fasciatus on house mice in areas where mice VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 347 and rats occur together. Miles et al. (1957) reported 9 N. fasciatus from 227 house mice and Stark and Miles (1962) found an unreported low number on 27 mice. In Hawaii, Haas et al. (1972) commonly found N. fasciatus on house mice living with R. rattus and R. exulans (Peale) in a Eucalyptus plantation. N. fasciatus is a rat flea endemic to Europe and the British Isles and has a world-wide distribution due to its association with commensal rodents (Buxton, 1941; Jordan, 1948; Lewis, 1975) and it is an important plague vector among rats (Pollitzer, 1954). The species is well established throughout the United States (Benton, 1980; Prince, 1943) and was first reported from San Francisco by Fox (1908) where it occurs on R. norvegicus during all months of the year (Eads and Barnes, 1976). It is found throughout much of California (Prince, 1943) and has recently been collected on San Miguel Island, Channel Islands, off the southern California coast (2 females ex: Peromyscus maniculatus streatori Nelson and Gold¬ man, collected 25 May 1978; B. C. Nelson, pers. comm.), an island also inhabited by roof rats. N. fasciatus occurs on the Hawaiian Islands (Haas et al., 1972) and has been recorded from Macquarie Island in the Subantarctic (Dunnet, 1961). Yet the species is not known to occur on R. rattus or M. musculus on the Galapagos Islands (Smit, 1970). The time of introduction of both house mice and N. fasciatus to SE Farallon Island is not known. Pinney (1965) and Marshall and Nelson (1967) were the first to report house mice even occurring on the island, but mice probably reached the island many years before the 1960s. An early report of burrowing owls, Athene cunicularia (Bonaparte) nesting on the island (Dawson, 1911) and reported sight¬ ings of this owl back to 1887 (Bryant, 1888) may suggest the presence of mice before 1900. Burrowing owl pellets collected on the island during March 1980 contained skeletal remains of house mice (PRBO, unpubl. journal, 17 March 1980) but burrowing owls are known to include many prey items, including insects, in their diet (Bent, 1938). Therefore, past nesting of these owls does not necessarily prove the presence of mice at those times. Regarding the introduction of N. fasciatus, this flea may have arrived on house mice, most likely from San Francisco, where Fox (1908) reported this flea pri¬ marily from rats but also small numbers from mice. Lewis (1967) stated that “TV. fasciatus appears to be an unspecialized species of flea capable of colonizing new, unpopulated areas with relative ease” and “being an adaptable species, an ex¬ pansion of the population in one locality may involve the transfer to a different, though related, host.” However, house mice generally carry few fleas and Worth (1950), although experimenting with Xenopsylla cheopis (Rothschild), concluded that house mice would unlikely participate significantly to the dispersal of rat fleas. Another possible route of introduction, although remote, could have in¬ volved an infested avian predator, flying from the mainland, as discussed by Jellison (1939) regarding the role of predatory birds in the dispersal of fleas and plague. However, I believe the presence of N. fasciatus on the island indicates past unsuccessful introductions of R. norvegicus or R. rattus. As mentioned earlier, the absence of rats is interesting in spite of much human disturbance to the island, such disturbance even being reflected by the high percentage of exotic plant species (Coulter, 1971). One possible explanation is that rats were exterminated many years ago during the unsuccessful poisoning campaigns to control rabbits. In conclusion, the flea Nosopsyllus fasciatus is established as a house mouse 348 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST flea on SE Farallon Island and its presence suggests previous unsuccessful intro¬ ductions of rats to the island. N. fasciatus is the fourth species of flea now known to occur on the island, the others being C. pelecani, a nest flea primarily of gulls and cormorants, Actenopsylla suavis Jordan & Rothschild, a nest flea of Cassin’s auklets, and Dasypsyllus gallinulae perpinnatus (Baker), a nest flea of passerine birds. Acknowledgments I thank the San Francisco Bay National Wildlife Refuge and the Pt. Reyes Bird Observatory for permission to work on SE Farallon Island and the Oceanic Society for providing transportation. R. Boekelheide, T. Harvey and P. Henderson assisted me in various aspects while working on the fleas of SE Farallon Island. This manuscript was reviewed and improved by the following: R. Boekelheide, PRBO; Dr. D. P. Furman, Division of Entomology and Parasitology, University of Cal¬ ifornia, Berkeley; Dr. R. E. Lewis, Department of Entomology, Iowa State Uni¬ versity, Ames; Dr. B. C. Nelson, Vector Biology and Control Branch, California Department of Health Services, Berkeley. To all of these individuals and orga¬ nizations, I express my gratitude. This paper is Contribution No. 234 of Pt. Reyes Bird Observatory for the Farallon Islands. Literature Cited Ainley, D. G., and T. J. Lewis. 1974. The history of the Farallon Island bird populations, 1854— 1974. Condor, 76:432-446. Bent, A. C. 1938. Life histories of North American birds of prey. U.S. Natl. Bull. 170, 482 pp. Benton, A. H. 1980. An atlas of the fleas of the eastern United States. Marginal Media, Freonia, N.Y., 177 pp. Bryant, W. E. 1888. Birds and eggs from the Farallon Islands. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 2nd Series, 1: 25-50. Buxton, P. A. 1941. The recorded distribution of certain fleas. Bull. Entomol. Res., 32:119-122. Coulter, M. 1971. A flora of the Farallon Islands, California. Madrono, 21:131-137. Dawson, W. L. 1911. Another fortnight on the Farallones. Condor, 13:171-183. DeLong, K. T. 1967. Population ecology of feral house mice. Ecology, 48:611-634. DeSante, D. F., and D. G. Ainley. 1980. The avifauna of the South Farallon Islands, California. Studies in Avian Biology No. 4, 104 pp. Doughty, R. W. 1971. San Francisco’s nineteenth century egg basket: The Farallones. Geog. Review, 61:554-572. Dunnet, G. M. 1961. Fleas from Macquarie Island, with a description of a new species of Parapsyllus Enderlein. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (B), 30:43-49. Eads, R. B., and A. M. Barnes. 1976. Status of Nosopsyllus londiniensis (Rothschild, 1903) in the United States (Siphonaptera: Ceratophyllidae). Calif. Vector Views, 23:1-3. Eskey, C. R. 1938. Flea infestation of domestic rats in San Francisco, Calif. Pub. Health Reports, 53:948-951. Fox, C. 1908. Identification of fleas at San Francisco, Calif. Pub. Health Reports, 23:1371. Haas, G. E., N. Wilson, and P. Q. Tomich. 1972. Ectoparasites of the Hawaiian Islands. I. Siphon¬ aptera. Contr. Amer. Entomol. Inst., 8:1-76. Hubbard, C. A. 1947. Fleas of Western North America. Ames, Iowa, Iowa State Coll. Press, 533 pp. Jellison, W. L. 1939. Sylvatic plague: Studies of predatory and scavenger birds in relation to its epidemiology. Pub. Health Reports, 54:792-798. Jordan, K. 1948. Suctoria. Pp. 211-245 in J. Smart, A handbook for the identification of insects of medical importance. British Museum (Natural History), London, 303 pp. Lewis, R. E. 1967. Contributions to a taxonomic revision of the genus Nosopsyllus Jordan, 1933 (Siphonaptera: Ceratophyllidae). I. African species. J. Med. Entomol., 4:123-142. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 349 -. 1975. Notes on the geographic distribution and host preferences in the Order Siphonaptera. Part 6. Ceratophyllidae. J. Med. Entomol., 11:658-676. Linsdale, J. M., and B. S. Davis. 1956. Taxonomic appraisal and occurrence of fleas at the Hastings Reservation in central California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 54:293-370. Marshall, A. G., and B. C. Nelson. 1967. Bird ectoparasites from South Farallon Island, California. J. Med. Entomol., 4:335-338. Miles, V. I., A. R. Kinney, and H. E. Stark. 1957. Flea-host relationships of associated Rattus and native wild rodents in the San Francisco Bay area of California, with special reference to plague. Amer. J. Trop. Med. Hyg., 6:752-760. Pinney, T. C. 1965. The biology of the Farallon rabbit. Unpubl. Ph.D., Stanford University, 107 pp. Pollitzer, R. 1954. Plague. WHO Monogr. Ser. No. 22, 698 pp. Prince, F. M. 1943. Species of fleas on rats collected in states west of the 102d meridian and their relation to the dissemination of plague. Pub. Health Reports, 58:700-708. Schwan, T. G. 1975. Flea reinfestation on the California meadow vole (Microtus calif or nicus). J. Med. Entomol., 11:760. Shanks, R. C., Jr., and J. T. Shanks. 1978. Lighthouses and lightboats on the redwood coast. Costana Books, San Anselmo, Calif., 255 pp. Stark, H. E., and V. I. Miles. 1962. Ecological studies of wild rodent plague in the San Francisco Bay area of California. VI. The relative abundance of certain flea species and their host rela¬ tionships on co-existing wild and domestic rodents. Amer. J. Trop. Med. Hyg., 11:525-534. Smit, F. G. A. M. 1970. A new species of flea from the Galapagos Islands. Entomol. Berichten, Deel, 30:244-247. Tenaza, R. R. 1966. Migration of hoary bats on South Farallon Island, California. J. Mamm., 47: 533-535. Worth, C. B. 1950. House mice and commensal rats in relation to the dissemination of rat fleas. Amer. J. Trop. Med., 30:917-920. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(4), 1984, pp. 350-354 Rainfall, Resources, and Dispersal in Southern Populations of Euphydryas edit ha (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) Dennis D. Murphy and Raymond R. White Department of Biological Sciences, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305. While the dispersal capacity of an insect species probably changes little from one generation to another, its actual dispersal or vagility may vary considerably. This is well documented for insects which have migratory generations, such as locusts, aphids, and butterflies, but remains virtually undocumented in non-mi- gratory species. One exception is the butterfly, Euphydryas editha. Individuals of this species were originally shown to be extremely sedentary (Ehrlich, 1965), but in some populations the mean dispersal distance of individuals was recently observed to change dramatically from one generation to the next. These changes in vagility appeared to be influenced by the availability of oviposition plants and adult nectar resources; significantly greater vagility occurred in drier years when those resources were sparse (White and Levin, 1981). However, subsequent field observations of four E. editha populations in South¬ ern California indicate that the determinants of vagility are more complicated. In 1977 these populations exploded in size and mass dispersal was observed. Here we discuss how weather and butterfly population size interact to determine host plant availability and butterfly population dynamics. Additionally, we consider the biogeographic and genetic consequences of dramatic population fluctuations in E. editha, and the mechanisms by which both the butterflies and their host plants respond to environmental stress. Life History Euphydryas editha populations in San Diego County usually fly in a four to eight week period, starting as early as mid-January and ending as late as the end of April, depending on the timing of winter rainfall. Eggs hatch about ten days after oviposition and about two weeks later larvae enter an obligatory fourth instar diapause. Diapause terminates after winter rainfall when larval host plants are again available. Postdiapause larvae then feed through another four instars, pu¬ pate, and emerge as adults to complete the life cycle. The temporal proximity of the postdiapause larval feeding period to the oviposition and prediapause larval feeding periods is key to understanding year-to-year changes in host plant densities and in butterfly dispersal. Observations During the spring of 1977 rainfall preceding the flight of E. editha in the mesa grasslands of San Diego County and northern Baja California was just above the long-term average (11.48 cm versus average 11.15 cm, November-January; NOAA VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 351 Climatological Data). Based on the hypothesis that normal rainfall would provide adequate plant resources, we predicted limited adult butterfly movements. Instead, in an early and extended flight period, February through April, colonies exhibited local population explosions and very high rates of dispersal. Several San Diego area populations studied by our group for almost a decade (Ehrlich et al., 1975; Singer and Ehrlich, 1979) increased nearly two orders of magnitude, to hundreds of thousands of individuals at each of four population centers: Lower Otay (LO), Upper Otay (UO), Brown’s Field (BF) on Otay Mesa, and La Pressa Rodriquez (LPR) near Tijuana. Although butterflies were extremely abundant, there was no apparent scarcity of nectar. Flowers most commonly visited ( Eriogonum fasciculatum Bentham, Vigueria laciniata Gray, Linanthus dianthiflorus (Bentham) Greene, and Diche- lostemma pulchellum Heller) were available in large numbers. Thus, adult move¬ ments induced by a lack of proximate nectar sources, such as those observed by Gilbert and Singer (1973), seemed unlikely. However, the larval host plants, Plantago insularis Eastwood and P. hookeriana F. and M., were scarce or absent. Nearly eight hours spent searching for these normally abundant plants resulted in only a few dozen being found at UO and BF, and none at either LPR or LO. On the basis of this search we estimate that the portion of the plant crop consumed by postdiapause larvae was more than 99%, considerably higher than the maxi¬ mum of 80% previously reported (White, 1974). Defoliation of this degree results in significant larval starvation and competition for host plant resources. None¬ theless, enough food was apparently available to allow emergence of very large numbers of adults. The very nearly total defoliation of larval host plants produced a scarcity of oviposition sites, and this elicited movements far in excess of any previously recorded for either sex (White and Levin, 1981). Egg-laden females were captured several kilometers north of LO and UO in unsuitable chaparral habitat and similar distances west, over barley fields and other inappropriate habitats lacking host plants. At LO the flight observed of both sexes was direc¬ tional, away from the population centers described by White and Levin (1981). Determinants of Vagility Given these latest observations, we can now attempt a more comprehensive model to explain generation-to-generation changes in vagility in this species. Figure 1 illustrates how factors acting on butterfly host plants determine adult population dynamics. Dry winters result in adult Euphydryas editha that exhibit increased vagility, because: 1) nectar plant quantity and quality are locally reduced, 2) fewer suitable oviposition plants are available and these senesce earlier, so females must fly farther to oviposit, and 3) postdiapause larvae defoliate many of these plants before adult females emerge to oviposit. When a wet year is followed by a dry year dispersal is intensified; and, the greater the difference in rainfall from one year to the next, the greater the change in dispersal. This is because the larger the difference in rainfall, the greater will be the imbalance in the densities of the emerging adult population and the available oviposition plants. When defoliation by postdiapause larvae is particularly extreme, competition for limited oviposition plants may become intense for those individuals who become adults. In the more usual course of events, however, postdiapause larval starvation is 352 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figure 1. Row chart of the influence of rainfall on host plant availability, larval survival, fecundity of adults, and gene flow. Discussion in text. minimal, adult resources and oviposition plants are abundant, and adults are sedentary (this is what White and Levin observed in 1973). Even without a decline in rainfall, consecutive years of average or better rainfall apparently result in such large population build-ups that postdiapause larvae almost totally defoliate the Plantago crop regardless of its abundance. This is what seems to have occurred in 1977. Whether larval food-stress predisposes adults to migrate is not known, but the presence of nectar appears not to inhibit emigration under these circumstances. These populations of butterflies are thus regulated by rainfall (which determines plant crop density) in a largely density- independent manner most years. But, intermittent generations are subject to severe competition, hence are regulated in a density-dependent manner. Adaptations to Stress in Plants and Butterflies The long-term status of larger local populations of Plantago and Euphydryas in Southern California appears to be little affected by host plant defoliation, larval starvation, and adult dispersal. Though we observed essentially total defoliation of Plantago in 1977, so that no seed was set, the autumn rains that year produced large standing crops from the seed bank remaining in the soil from previous years. In February of 1978, an average of 19 plants per square decimeter were counted in 15 randomly selected plots (range: 0-67) at LO. We have observed similar phenomena in Northern California where Euphydryas use annual larval host plants, which nearly disappeared due to drought rather than to defoliation, forcing small E. editha populations to extinction (Ehrlich et al., 1980). Three characteristics of Euphydryas editha, particularly well developed in the wrighti subspecies, seem to be key to its survival in this relatively unpredictable environment. First, adult size shows a positive correlation with rainfall and is VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 353 greatest when rainfall-dependent host plant density and quality are high (White and Levin, 1981; Murphy et al., in prep.). In seasons of poor host plant conditions, larvae pupate small, rather than feeding to some “optimum” size. Though smaller adult females produce fewer eggs in such years, offspring are provided sufficient time to reach diapause before host plants senesce. Second, postdiapause larvae experiencing food-stress have been observed to re-enter diapause (Singer and Ehrlich, 1979). This may explain why in 1978 the adult population was of mod¬ erate size: larvae from 1976 re-entered diapause in 1977 to emerge successfully in 1978. Third, emergence from diapause may be controlled more by rainfall and host plant availability than by time of year, and appears to be less obligatory than in other subspecies such as Northern California’s E. editha bayensis. Abundant host plant crops are used whenever available, even when they occur out of season due to unusual rainfall. The sizes of fall-flying generations, such as the one reported for November 1936, may resemble those of normal February-March generations (Fred Thorne, pers. comm.). The pool of diapausing larvae is thus replenished whenever rainfall is substantial, rather than only in years with good winter rainfall. Biogeographic and Genetic Consequences of Mass Dispersal Clearly important in the immigration-extinction dynamics of Southern Cali¬ fornia Euphydryas editha is the role of migrants moving into unoccupied sites during these infrequent population explosions. Populations of E. e. wrighti have long been known to vanish for years, then to suddenly reappear (Orsak, 1977; J. W. Johnson, pers. comm.). We suspect that in many years rainfall, and therefore host plants, are insufficient to support populations in many small, topographically homogeneous or otherwise marginal habitats and that local population extinction is likely common there. Between population outbreaks, populations may survive only in the largest, most diverse habitats. During consecutive years of adequate rainfall these populations increase in size and exhaust host plant availability which leads to mass dispersal. Larger populations then act as sources of migrants to uninhabited areas, which due to adequate rainfall in these years support suf¬ ficient plant resources to make establishment or re-establishment of populations possible. The largest, most persistent populations thus support the long-term existence of many other populations. This extinction/recolonization dynamic has implications for conservation ef¬ forts aimed at this species (Murphy and Ehrlich, 1980). (The wrighti subspecies has been placed on several review lists for potential endangered status.) The extirpation of a single, large reservoir population of wrighti may effectively deny other habitats necessary migrants, creating a ripple effect of irreversible long¬ term extinctions. We suspect that just such a circumstance has eliminated Eu¬ phydryas editha wrighti from Orange County and much of coastal San Diego County, and now threatens populations in Riverside and inland San Diego Coun¬ ties in California. The role of infrequent episodes of mass dispersal in affecting gene flow between Euphydryas editha populations is not so clear. There is a lack of any significant genetic difference among populations at UO, LO, and BF (McKechnie et al., 1975; C. E. Floldren, pers. comm.). In most years the migration rates among these populations seem to be very low, probably less than that necessary to keep the frequencies of selectively neutral alleles the same (Lewontin, 1974). It is tempting, 354 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST therefore, to ascribe the observed genetic similarities to population explosions of the sort seen in 1977. However, the environmental conditions that result in increased dispersal make reproduction nearly impossible for migrants arriving at occupied population sites. Hence, while adult movements are necessary for gene flow to occur, they are not equivalent to gene flow in the case of established populations. Conclusions After extensive study of several populations of Euphydryas, movement patterns appeared to be characteristic of local populations and determined by local resource distribution (Gilbert and Singer, 1973). Further research showed that for one population, year-to-year changes in rainfall produce changes in resource avail¬ ability, which in turn result in changes in vagility (White and Levin, 1981). Our current understanding contains an additional element: prior build-up of insect population numbers may cause resource depletion resulting in host plant scarcity even in years of favorable weather. Thus the dynamic history of a population can have a significant effect on dispersal patterns of its individuals, and on the overall distribution of the organism. Acknowledgments We gratefully acknowledge support by a series of grants from the National Science Foundation to Paul R. Ehrlich, including DEB78-22413. D. D. Murphy is presently supported by a grant from the Koret Foundation of San Francisco. Bruce A. Wilcox, Paul R. Ehrlich, M. Deane Bowers, and two reviewers com¬ mented on drafts of this manuscript. Secretarial support was provided by Old Dominion University, Norfolk, Virginia. Literature Cited Ehrlich, P. R. 1965. The population biology of the butterfly, Euphydryas editha. II. The structure of the Jasper Ridge colony. Evolution, 19:327-336. -, D. D. Murphy, M. C. Singer, C. B. Sherwood, R. R. White, and I. L. Brown. 1980. Extinction, reduction, stability, and increase: The responses of checkerspot butterfly populations to the California drought. Oecologia, 46:101-105. -, R. R. White, M. C. Singer, S. W. McKechnie, andL. E. Gilbert. 1975. Checkerspot butterflies: An historical perspective. Science, 188:221-228. Gilbert, L. E., and M. C. Singer. 1973. Dispersal and gene flow in a butterfly species. American Naturalist, 10:58-73. Lewontin, R. C. 1974. The genetic basis of evolutionary change. Columbia University Press, New York. McKechnie, S. W., P. R. Ehrlich, and R. R. White. 1975. Population genetics of Euphydryas but¬ terflies. I. Genetic variation and the neutrality hypothesis. Genetics, 81:571-594. Murphy, D. D., I. L. Brown, and M. D. Bowers. In prep. Annual variation in butterfly size in populations of Euphydryas editha. -, and P. R. Ehrlich. 1980. Two California checkerspot butterfly subspecies: One new, one on the verge of extinction. J. Lepid. Soc., 34:316-320. NOAA Climatological Data. 1976-1977. California. Orsak, L. J. 1977. The butterflies of Orange County, California. University of California, Irvine. Singer, M. C., and P. R. Ehrlich. 1979. Population dynamics of the checkerspot butterfly, Euphydryas editha. Fortschr. Zool., 25:53-60. White, R. R. 1974. Food plant defoliation and larval starvation of Euphydryas editha. Oecologia, 14:307-315. -, and M. P. Levin. 1981. Temporal variation in insect vagility: Implications for evolutionary studies. Am. Midi. Nat., 105:348-357. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(4), 1984, pp. 355-356 A New Grasshopper of the Genus Eumorsea from Baja California, Mexico (Orthoptera: Eumastacidae) Marius Descamps Museum national d’Histoire naturelle, 45 rue Buffon, 75005, Paris. The genus Eumorsea Hebard is currently known only from the state of Arizona from which two species have been described: E. balli Hebard, 1935 (Huachuca Mts., Glen Oaks) and E. pinaleno Rehn and Grant, 1959 (Pinaleno Mts.). Among the Eumastacoidea sent to me for study from Baja California, Mexico, was a third species described below. At present, the three known species are easily differentiated by the form of the sub-genital plate of the female. 1. Fastigium of vertex with latero-apical angles very broadly rounded, anterior margin curved outward (Fig. 6) . 2 Fastigium of vertex with latero-apical angles less broadly rounded, an¬ terior margin incurved or sub-rectangular (Fig. 4); female sub-genital plate apically broadly rounded (Fig. 3) . E. truncaticeps, n. sp. 2(1). Apex of female sub-genital plate triangular with two strong shoulders laterally (Fig. 1) . E. balli Hebard Apex of female sub-genital plate with tongue-shaped process (Fig. 2). . E. pinaleno Rehn and Grant Eumorsea truncaticeps, New Species Holotype.— Female: Mexico, Baja California Norte, Sierra San Pedro Martir National Park, 4.8 km E of park entrance on road from Hwy. 1 (2316 m), 28- VII-1978, D. B. Weissman and D. C. Lightfoot. Holotype (in alcohol) in California Academy of Sciences, No. 14190. Size relatively small. Fastigium of vertex (Fig. 4) short, slightly convex, anterior edge sinuate, gently incurved, and forming a narrowly rounded 90° angle with lateral edges which are parallel and straight, with a fine median carinule. Length of the head from end of fastigium to occipital suture distinctly shorter than length of pronotum on median line. Pronotal disc bounded by distinct fine carinules, sinuate, broken, divergent caudad in anterior two-thirds, then convergent to caudal margin; metanotum with lateral carinae strong and sharp, convergent caudad. Median carina narrow and distinct. Posterior femur with dorsal carina ending in a rather strong spine. Subgenital plate well developed posteriorly, edges evenly convex, apex broadly rounded. Ventral valves of ovipositor small, external margin with two well-marked teeth, internal margin with one postbasal tooth. Color in preserved specimens generally dark brown mottled with black, in life somewhat lighter and greyer, matching granite substrate. Lateral lobes of prono¬ tum with irregular black band extending across meso- and metanotum, ventro- 356 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figures 1-6. 1-3. Female subgenital plate of Eumorsea. 1. E. balli. 2. E. pinaleno. 3. E. trunca- ticeps. 4-5. E. truncaticeps. 4. Fastigium of vertex, female, dorsal view. 5. Male cercus in profile. 6. E. balli, fastigium of vertex, female, dorsal view. posterior angle marked by a light triangle; first and second abdominal tergites without black marks; other tergites with lateral black marks forming a broken band; femora, tibiae and tarsi with dark and light rings, more or less distinct in individual specimens. Allotype. — Male: Mexico, Baja California Norte, Sierra San Pedro Martir Na¬ tional Park, 4.8 km E of park entrance on road from Hwy. 1 (2316 m), 28-VII- 1978, D. B. Weissman and D. C. Lightfoot. Holotype (in alcohol) in California Academy of Sciences, No. 14190. Cercus thick, slightly incurved, length about 2.5 times basal width (Fig. 5). Pronotum Posterior femur 1 <3 1.8 mm 7.5 mm 2 2 2.0-2.4 mm 10.0-10.2 mm Records.— MEXICO: Baja California Norte, Sierra San Pedro Martir National Park, 4.8 km E of park entrance on road from Hwy. 1 (2316 m), 28-VII-1978, D. B. Weissman and D. C. Lightfoot, 1 $ allotype, 1 2 holotype (both in alcohol), 5 2 paratypes (pinned); 0.8 km W (outside) of entrance to Sierra San Pedro Martir National Park, 20-VII-1977, D. Weissman, 1 2 paratype (pinned). Types deposited in California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; University of Michigan Mu¬ seum of Zoology, Ann Arbor; and Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Literature Cited Descamps, M. 1973. Revision des Eumastacoidea (Orthoptera) aux echelons des families et des sous-familles (genitalia, repartition, phylogenie). Acrida, 2:161-298. Hebard, M. 1935. Studies in the Orthoptera of Arizona. I. New genera, species and geographic races. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 61:111-154. Rehn, J. A. G. and H. J. Grant. 1959. A review of the genera Psychomastax and Eumorsea (Or¬ thoptera, Acridoidea, Eumastacidae). Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 84:273-302. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(4), 1984, p. 357 Scientific Note Association of Mydas xanthopterus (Loew) (Diptera: Mydidae) and Pepsis formosa Say (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae) in the Chiricahua Mountains of Southeastern Arizona During mid-July of 1980, the adults of Mydas xanthopterus (Loew) were col¬ lected in association with Pepsis formosa Say in Pinery Canyon 25 km E of Portal, Cochise County, Arizona, USA. Geographically, M. xanthopterus is sympatric with Pepsis species distributed from southeastern Arizona to the trans-Pecos region of western Texas (Cole, 1969, The flies of western North America, p. 181). Males and females of M. xanthopterus, which resemble red-winged Pepsis species and are considered possible Batesian mimics by Cole (Ibid.), were collected sym- patrically with P. formosa from the yellowish-white blossoms of squaw bush ( Rhus sp.) (plants 0.5-2.0 m high) along Pinery Creek in the Chiricahua Mountains. In flight, M. xanthopterus was mistaken for P. formosa. Both species fly along a direct flight path with the fore legs extended forward beyond the head, the middle and hind legs directed rearward beside the abdomen, and with all tarsi curved upward. Prior to alighting, P. formosa would characteristically fly from side to side in a horizontal plane as individuals approached within ca. 0.5 m of the blossoms. Adults of M. xanthopterus did not exhibit any of these lateral move¬ ments before landing. Either males or females would normally approach a group of blossoms at the top of bushes, descend slowly, alight and begin nectar feeding. The largest of the M. xanthopterus collected was equivalent in size to a medium sized female or large male Pepsis. Males of M. xanthopterus were typically smaller than females. Though we did not quantify our collections, both M. xanthopterus and P. formosa (including perhaps other Pepsis species not collected) appeared to be equally abundant. In three hours of intensive collecting along Pinery Creek, the authors took 9 specimens (5 6, 4 2) of the mydaid, including one female of M. abdominalis Adams, and several P. formosa. Specimens were identified by com¬ paring our material to that deposited in the insect repository at the University of California, Davis (courtesy of R. O. Schuster). A small series of M. xanthopterus has been placed in the museum at U. C. Davis. The authors wish to thank Dr. D. Clark of Arizona State University for iden¬ tifying the Rhus collected from Pinery Canyon and Mr. R. O. Schuster of the Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis, who gave us per¬ mission to use the identified specimens deposited in the U. C. Davis museum as an aid towards the identification of M. xanthopterus and P. formosa. R. P. Meyer, 1 T. L. McKenzie and F. G. Zalom, Department of Entomology, University of California-Davis, Davis, California 95616. 1 Present address: Arbovirus Field Station, University of California, Berkeley, P.O. Box 1564, Bakersfield, California 93302. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(4), 1984, pp. 358-359 Scientific Note Tibicen Cicada (Homoptera: Cicadidae) Associated With A Potted Ornamental Palm Tree The purpose of this note is to call attention to what appears to be a feeding association between a nymph of the cicada Tibicen canicularis (Harris) (Homop¬ tera: Cicadidae) and the roots of a potted ornamental palm tree, Chamaedorea elegans Martius (Dwarf Date Palm), in a Milwaukee, Wisconsin household. Al¬ though actual feeding by the nymph was not observed, other observations suggest a feeding relationship with the potted plant. This tentative conclusion is of par¬ ticular interest since there are not many records of nymphal feeding associations for North American cicadas such as the widespread T. canicularis (Beamer, 1928, Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull., 18:155-263; Moore, 1966, Pap. Mich. Acad. Sci. Arts and Lett., 51:75-96). On 6 April 1981 a male Tibicen emerged from a hole in the soil of a potted C. elegans kept throughout the winter in the living room of a Milwaukee residence. This palm tree was about 0.75 m tall and kept in a large plastic pot outfitted with a series of 3 /4-inch diameter holes in the bottom. The previous summer the palm was kept out-of-doors for about 2 months, on a stone patio, and the remaining time on a gravel bed along one side of the house and adjacent to several small rosebushes. While out of doors, the basic pot was enclosed inside a large redwood decorator pot, outfitted with a single 3 A-inch hole in the center of the bottom. This arrangement blocked all but one of the several holes in the basic pot during this period. The plant was purchased in the spring of 1979 from a local ornamental plant dealer who related that the palms were grown from seeds in Del Ray Beach, near Miami, Florida. The soil of the potted plant was never completely replaced, and for the small amounts that were replaced from time to time, “sterile” potting soil purchased from a local vendor was always used. At the farm site in Florida, it takes about a year for the palm to grow to a meter, and the plants are then trucked north in paper containers with the soil. The nymphal cast and adult cicada were sent to Dr. Thomas E. Moore who determined them tentatively as T. canicularis. As the cicada was still teneral when it was preserved, conclusive species identification could not be confirmed. The emergence hole in the pot was very close to the base of the palm (Fig. 1) but because the soil had been disturbed, it was not possible to make a plaster-of-paris cast of the nymph’s burrow to confirm feeding on the plant’s roots. The palm was left undisturbed for several weeks to see if other cicadas emerged, and none did; then the plant was dug up and a thorough check made of the soil and roots. No other nymphs were found. Suspecting that the nymph might have accidentally or deliberately crawled up into the pot through the single unobstructed bottom hole while the plant was out- of-doors in the previous summer, I reasoned that the warmth of the house in the winter accelerated the development of the nymph, thereby causing the adult to emerge much earlier than it normally would outside. In this region, T. canicularis usually begins emerging in early July (T. E. Moore, pers. comm.). One piece of valuable data, therefore, would be the discovery of other nymphal casts of this VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 359 cicada species in the yard during the summer months of 1981. If found, they would add credence to the association between the cicada and potted palm being from a nymph present in the yard the previous summer. But none were found when checks were made in late August. The yard contains one Seedless Mountain Ash tree about 10 years old, a few lilac bushes and rosebushes. Since T. canicularis females commonly lay eggs in the dead, pithy stems of shrubs such as rosebushes and lilacs within three feet of the soil (T. E. Moore, pers. comm.), and the potted plant was placed near these bushes the previous summer, I suspected that if any nymphs were present, they would turn up near these bushes, some of which are between 7 and 13 years old. T. E. Moore (pers. comm.) suspects a 10-year life cycle for this cicada in this region. Beamer (op. cit.) reared T. canicularis auriferei in Kansas to the beginning of the fourth instar in three years, and determined that fifth instar nymphs require an undetermined period lasting more than one year to complete development. Based upon the above observations, I conclude that this cicada was probably introduced into the potted palm in Florida where these ornamentals are grown out-of-doors. The nymph, in moving through the soil, either entered the pot or else became associated with the palm if it was grown in free soil (both methods are used). During the approximately two-year period in the Milwaukee household, the nymph probably fed upon the roots of the palm, only to then have an accel¬ erated emergence prompted by the warmth of the house and “long-day” cues from artificial lights. In my experience in the Milwaukee area, T. canicularis tends to emerge in clusters in that several nymphal casts are usually found together under a tree or bush in the course of a summer. Scattered, single individuals are encountered far less frequently. But T. E. Moore has noted at two sites in Michigan (Ann Arbor area) that the same study sites produce no nymphal casts in some years while many in others, even though adults are heard singing in the area every year. Tentatively, the complete absence of nymphal casts from the yard in the summer following the one in which the plant was kept out-of-doors is circum¬ stantial evidence against the numph being from a local population there. Tibicen canicularis occurs in Florida (T. E. Moore, pers. comm.). Acknowledgments I thank Dr. Thomas E. Moore, Museum of Zoology, The University of Mich¬ igan, for determining the cicada, discussion of the observations, and reviewing the manuscript. Dr. Natalie W. Uhl of the L. H. Bailey Hortorium, Cornell University, acting in the stead of the late Dr. Harold C. Moore, determined the palm tree. Mr. Mark Schafer of Flower City in Milwaukee provided information on the source of the palm. Finally, very special thanks to the Pousha family for alerting me of the cicada emergence in their living room, and for allowing nu¬ merous trips to their home for observations. The cicada and its nymphal cast are deposited in the collections of the Milwaukee Public Museum. Allen M. Young, Department of Invertebrate Zoology, Milwaukee Public Mu¬ seum, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53233. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(4), 1984, p. 360 Scientific Note Pachodynerus californicus (Saussure) New to the U.S. (Hymenoptera: Eumenidae) On April 1, 1978 at Deep Canyon, Boyd Desert Research Institute, Palm Desert, Riverside Co., California, I collected Pachodynerus californicus (Saussure) visiting Encelia farinosa Gray. This species has previously been collected from Baja Cal¬ ifornia Norte but this is the first United States record. Deep Canyon is more than 80 miles north of the nearest Baja site. It is unlikely that it would migrate that distance and a small population probably exists in Deep Canyon. Pachodynerus californicus is a robust wasp approximately 13 mm long, and 4 mm wide, mostly black with 2 pale yellow stripes on the gaster and pale yellow markings on the clypeus, propodeum and upper mesopleuron. It probably nests in pre-existing cavities in stems and twigs and in abandoned mud-dauber nests. Caterpillars are probably used as prey (Krombein, K. et al., 1979., Cat. Hymen. Amer. North of Mexico, 2:1499). Pachodynerus, a member of the Vespoid family Eumenidae, is a small genus with only 3 species known previously from America North of Mexico. P. erynnis (Lepeletier) occurs in the southeast; P. astraeus (Cameron) is found from south¬ western Texas to southern California and P. nasidens (Latreille) is found in south¬ ern Arizona, Texas, Florida and Hawaii. Norman J. Smith, Staff Entomologist, Fresno Co. Department of Agriculture, 1730 S. Maple, Fresno, California 93702. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 361 Proceedings FOUR HUNDRED AND TWENTIETH MEETING The 420th meeting was held Friday, 21 January 1983, at 8:15 p.m., in the Morrison Auditorium, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with President Dr. Edward L. Smith presiding. The minutes of the meeting held 17 December 1982 were read and accepted. Three persons were elected as members of the Society: Mr. Randall J. Mitchell as student member, and Dr. Peter R. Atsatt and Mr. Charles D. Hunter as regular members. Dr. Smith reported on the meeting of the executive board which decided that the 1983 editorial board would consist of an executive editor, several assistant editors, and a secretary. Dr. Smith also pointed out that the sixtieth volume of The Pan-Pacific Entomologist is due in 1984 and suggested that a special commemorative volume be published. Mr. Gary A. Freed, a graphic artist and member of the Society, offered for sale t-shirts which bear the Society’s logo. Dr. Vincent D. Roth announced the recent publication of his Handbook for Spider Identification and offered it for sale. Dr. David H. Kavanaugh introduced Dr. Roth, resident director of the Southwestern Research Station, Portal, Arizona. Mr. John A. Skinner introduced four persons from the University of Cali¬ fornia, Davis. Dr. Smith reported that researchers, in a recent article in Science, demonstrated that the stabili- mentum of spiders acts as a signal for birds and insects to avoid the web. He also reported on two groups of fossil myriapods, the Euthycarcinida which were aquatic and the Arthropleurida. The featured speaker Dr. Richard Karban, University of California, Davis, presented “Ecology of the Periodical Cicadas (Homoptera).” His slide-illustrated lecture reported on the natural history and the effect of density on reproductive success of some periodical cicadas of eastern North America. The social hour was held in the entomology conference room following adjournment of the meeting. A total of 39 persons was present, of which 28 signed as members and 11 as guests.—Vincent F. Lee, Secretary. FOUR HUNDRED AND TWENTY-FIRST MEETING The 421st meeting was held Friday, 18 February 1983, at 8:05 p.m., in the Morrison Auditorium, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with President Dr. Edward L. Smith presiding. The minutes of the meeting held 21 January 1983 were read and accepted. Two persons were elected as members of the Society: Mr. Larry D. Corpus as student member, and Dr. Jacqueline L. Robertson as regular member. Dr. Smith reported that the Society will have to face some serious decisions regarding financing a paid secretary to the editor since the present officers of the Society who are employed by the California Academy of Sciences cannot afford to carry more responsibilities for the Society. Several guests from faraway places such as Germany and New York were introduced or introduced themselves. Mr. Vincent F. Lee gave a note on the Biological Institute of Tropical America (or BIOTA) and solicited donations for this organization. He also announced that Dr. David B. Weissman will be conducting a research cruise this summer to several islands in the Gulf of California and along the Pacific Coast of Baja California. Dr. Smith noted the great proliferation of an eriophyid mite, introduced from South America, on fuchsias in San Francisco and offered the formula of a mixture to control the infestation. The featured speaker Dr. Edward S. Ross, Department of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, presented “Insect Diversity in an Amazonian Forest.” His well-illustrated slide lecture reported primarily on a recent trip to Explorer’s Inn along the Tambopata River of Peru, with additional slides from his previous trips to other Amazonian areas. The social hour was held in the Goethe Room following adjournment of the meeting. A total of 98 persons was present, of which 30 signed as members and 44 as guests.—Vincent F. Lee, Secretary. 362 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST FOUR HUNDRED AND TWENTY-SECOND MEETING The 422nd meeting was held Friday, 18 March 1983, at 8:10 p.m., in the Goethe Room, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with President Dr. Edward L. Smith presiding. The minutes of the meeting held 18 February 1983 were read, corrected, and accepted. Dr. Philippe de Wailly was elected as a regular member of the Society. Dr. Smith announced that Dr. Paul H. Amaud Jr. had volunteered to be the interim editor of The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Mr. Steve Engle introduced himself as a new guest of the Society. Mr. Vincent F. Lee announced that the Department of Entomology of the California Academy of Sciences has used hard-bottomed insect trays for sale. Dr. David H. Kavanaugh showed slides of his trip to the Steens Mountain, Oregon last year. The featured speaker Dr. Rollin E. Coville, Division of Entomology and Parasitology, University of California, Berkeley, presented “Nesting Biology and Behavior of Trypoxylon Spider Wasps (Hy- menoptera: Sphecidae).” His slide-illustrated lecture reported primarily on his research in Costa Rica. Special mention was made of the nesting biology and enemies of the wasps. The social hour was held in the entomology conference room following adjournment of the meeting. A total of 40 persons was present, of which 25 signed as members and 13 as guests.—Vincent F. Lee, Secretary. FOUR HUNDRED AND TWENTY-THIRD MEETING The 423rd meeting was held Friday, 15 April 1983, at 8:05 p.m., in the Morrison Auditorium, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with President Dr. Edward L. Smith presiding. The minutes of the meeting held 18 March 1983 were read and accepted. Mr. David A. Rider was elected as a student member of the Society. Dr. David H. Kavanaugh introduced Dr. Larry E. Watrous and Dr. Craig Dietrick. Dr. Smith gave an update on the status of The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Mr. Vincent F. Lee announced again that the Department of Entomology of the California Academy of Sciences has used hard-bottomed insect trays for sale. Dr. William E. Ferguson noted the migration of painted lady butterflies in the Borrego Desert of Southern California. Dr. Smith summarized recent fossil finds of Dr. Jarmilla Kukalova- Peck. The featured speaker Mr. Charles P. Hansen, San Mateo County Mosquito Abatement District, presented “Canine Heartworm in the San Francisco Bay Area.” His slide presentation reported on the occurrence, detection, and spread of canine heartworm by mosquitoes in dogs and coyotes. The social hour was held in the entomology conference room following adjournment of the meeting. A total of 20 persons was present, of which 13 signed as members and 7 as guests.—Vincent F. Lee, Secretary. FOUR HUNDRED AND TWENTY-FOURTH MEETING The 424th meeting was held Friday, 20 May 1983, at 8:05 p.m., in the Goethe Room, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with President Dr. Edward L. Smith presiding. The minutes of the meeting held 15 April 1983 were read and accepted. Mr. Roy R. Snelling and Dr. David B. Weissman were elected as regular members of the Society. Dr. Smith announced that Dr. Robert S. Lane had kindly volunteered to replace Dr. Paul H. Amaud Jr., now interim editor of The Pan-Pacific Entomologist, on the Publications Committee. He will complete Dr. Amaud’s term through 1985. Dr. Smith commented on some changes in editorial policy, and Dr. Amaud summarized the current status of the journal. Dr. David H. Kavanaugh introduced Dr. Rob E. Roughley, and Mr. Gary W. Ulrich introduced Mr. Michael Pitcairn. Dr. Kavanaugh announced the existence of the National Science Foundation’s Long Term Ecological Network (LTEN) sites which systematists might be interested in sampling. Dr. Smith mentioned that the American Association for the Advancement of Science will be meeting in San Francisco in 1984. He suggested that the Society participate in a joint meeting with the Academy at these meetings. He also gave further details on Monura, a fossil machilid of phylogenetic significance. The featured speaker Dr. Hugh Dingle, University of California, Davis, presented “Ecology and Evolution of Insect Migration.” He demonstrated how migration and diapause are interrelated in some insects of the temperate regions. Examples of migration in the monarch, Oncopeltus, Spodoptera, and others were discussed. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 363 The social hour was held in the entomology conference room following adjournment of the meeting. A total of 37 persons was present, of which 26 signed as members and 11 as guests.—Vincent F. Lee, Secretary. FOUR HUNDRED AND TWENTY-FIFTH MEETING The 425th meeting was held Friday, 21 October 1983, at 8:10 p.m., in the Morrison Auditorium, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with President Dr. Edward L. Smith presiding. The minutes of the meeting held 20 May 1983 were read and accepted. Twenty-four persons were proposed and elected as new members: Mr. Mark A. Bamby, Mr. Ryan Church, Mr. Anthony J. Galluccio, and Ms. Leslie B. Weeks as student members; and Dr. Richard L. Brown, Mr. Jim Cope, Mr. David K. Faulkner, Dr. George R. Ferguson, Dr. Paul H. Freytag, Dr. Dan Gerling, Mr. Robert R. Hansen, Mr. Lawrence R. Hummer, Dr. Urless N. Lanham, Dr. William B. Muchmore, Dr. John L. Neff, Dr. Mark F. O’Brien, Mr. Carl A. Olson, Dr. George R. Roemhild, Ms. Adrienne E. Roth, Dr. Tom G. Schwan, Dr. Todd E. Shelly, Dr. Alexander Sokoloff, Dr. Gary M. Stonedahl, and Dr. Donald B. Thomas Jr. as regular members. Dr. Smith announced that a new membership category, sponsoring member, was recently created by the Publications Committee, and Mr. Vincent F. Lee read the names of the members who kindly elected this category for 1984: Dr. Phillip A. Adams, Mr. Robert P. Allen, Dr. Richard M. Bohart, Mr. and Mrs. Robert Buickerood, Dr. George R. Ferguson, Mr. Wayne C. Fields Jr., Dr. John G. Franclemont, Dr. Cornelius B. Philip, Mr. David B. Scott, and Dr. David B. Weissman. He also mentioned a donation from Dr. David M. Gordon. Dr. Smith announced that the estate of Dr. Charles P. Alexander bequeathed a large sum of money for the publication of The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. He also gave an account of a dinner honoring Dr. Richard M. Bohart held on 28 September at Hs. Lordship’s Restaurant in Berkeley where two leather-bound copies of the special volume of our journal (volume 59) in his honor were presented to Dr. Bohart and his wife Margaret on the occasion of his seventieth birthday. Dr. Amaud summarized the current status of the journal. Dr. Smith also an¬ nounced that the XVII International Congress of Entomology will be held 20-26 August 1984 in Hamburg, Federal Republic of Germany. Dr. Paul H. Amaud Jr. announced a special price of Memoir 4 of the Society publications by the late Dr. Robert L. Usinger, Autobiography of an Entomologist. Dr. Ronald E. Stecker showed two excellent slides of Dr. Bohart taken several years apart. Dr. Kirby W. Brown showed slides of lepidopteran eggs taken with a microscope and camera. Dr. Thomas S. Briggs passed around a live ricinuleid, a rare arachnid, collected when he attended the IX International Congress of Arachnology in Panama this past August. Dr. Smith exhibited recent publications on Carboniferous arthropods from the Burgess Shale of Canada and summarized the unique and unusual features about them. The featured speaker Mr. Martin Galindo-Ramirez, University of California, Santa Cruz, presented “Population Genetics and Spider Biogeography.” He showed results of his research using gel electro¬ phoresis on Bothriocyrtum tarantulas and how these tie in with field studies of their natural distri¬ butions. He also reported on his on-going research with this technique on Lutica spiders of sand- dunes of southern California and Baja California and speculated on the biogeographical distributions of them in California. The social hour was held in the entomology conference following adjournment of the meeting. A total of 42 persons was present, of which 27 signed as members and 15 as guests.—Vincent F. Lee, Secretary. FOUR HUNDRED AND TWENTY-SIXTH MEETING The 426th meeting was held Friday, 18 November 1983, at 8:05 p.m., in the Morrison Auditorium, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with President Dr. Edward L. Smith presiding. The minutes of the meeting held 21 October 1983 were read and accepted. Six persons were proposed and elected as new members: Mr. Michael F. Day, Mr. Lawrence E. Serpa, and Ms. Sally M. Swales as student members; and Mr. Peter Ghormley, Dr. Glenn E. Haas, and Dr. Frank W. Merickel as regular members. Dr. Smith called on the audience for volunteers to serve on the program, membership, and pub¬ lication committees of the Society for 1984. He also announced that the Society should chair a section of the meetings of the Pacific Branch of the American Association for the Advancement of Science in June 1984 in San Francisco and asked for volunteers. Mr. Vincent F. Lee read these additional 364 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST names of members who elected the sponsoring member category for 1984: Dr. Richard K. Allen, Dr. William F. Barr, Dr. Donald J. Burdick, Dr. Leopoldo E. Caltagirone, Dr. Kenneth W. Cooper, Dr. J. Gordon and Alice Edwards, Dr. Theodore W. Fisher, Dr. E. Eric Grissell, Dr. Kenneth S. Hagen, Dr. Alice S. Hunter, Mr. Johannes L. Joos, Mr. Robert L. Langston, Dr. Robert J. Lyon, Mr. Gordon A. Marsh, Mr. David G. Marqua, Dr. Woodrow W. Middlekauff, Mr. Robert B. Miller, Mr. Calvert E. Norland, Mr. Harry W. Oswald, Dr. Robert W. L. Potts, Dr. Jacqueline L. Robertson, Ms. Leslie S. Saul, Dr. Harvey I. Scudder, Dr. Terry N. Seeno, Mr. Frank E. Skinner, and Mr. Baldomero Villegas. He also mentioned the following persons who gave generous donations to the Society: Mr. John C. Downey, Dr. Norville M. Downie, Dr. Edward S. Ross, and Mr. Stephen R. Scott. Mr. Alan I. Kaplan announced that the Northern California Spider Society has for sale t-shirts bearing his society’s name and a beautifully executed silk screen of a spider. Dr. Smith commented on the recent findings of gigantic fossil arthropods, notably eurypterids, scorpions, trilobites, millipedes, and spiders and posed questions for speculation on how these organisms are able to function, given their sizes. The featured speaker Dr. Edward S. Ross, California Academy of Sciences, presented “Entomological Encounters in China, Malaya, and Sumatra.” He showed slides and lectured on his trip to these areas in the summer this year with a tour group in China and on his own in the other countries. He talked about the structure and insect associates of Rafflesia, Earth’s largest flower. The social hour was held in the entomology conference room following adjournment of the meeting. A total of 92 persons was present, of which 44 signed as members and 35 as guests.—Vincent F. Lee, Secretary. FOUR HUNDRED AND TWENTY-SEVENTH MEETING The 427th meeting was held Friday, 16 December 1983, at 8:15 p.m., in the Morrison Auditorium, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with President Dr. Edward L. Smith presiding. The minutes of the meeting held 18 November 1983 were read and accepted. Ms. Carol Evkhanian was proposed and elected as a regular member. Dr. Smith called for reports from the standing committees. Dr. Wojciech J. Pulawski, Treasurer, announced that the Society’s finances are in excellent condition, especially after receiving the Charles P. Alexander bequest. Mr. Vincent F. Lee, a member of the membership committee, gave a breakdown of the 1983 membership. Dr. John E. Hafemik Jr., chairperson of the nominating committee, read the slate of officers proposed for 1984: Dr. Harvey I. Scudder as president, Dr. J. Gordon Edwards as president-elect, Dr. Wojciech J. Pulawski as treasurer, and Mr. Vincent F. Lee as secretary. Dr. Smith called for and received no additional nominees from the audience. The nominees were unan¬ imously elected to office. Dr. Paul H. Amaud Jr. summarized the report of the auditing committee and reported that the accountant Mr. H. Vannoy Davis found the accounts in good order. Dr. Smith gave further details on the Society’s participation in the meetings of the Pacific Branch of the American Association for the Advancement of Science in June 1984. He issued a call for papers and suggested that abstracts be published in the October 1984 issue. He also suggested that articles in The Pan-Pacific Entomologist should have an author’s abstract and keywords before each article. He then handed the gavel over to Dr. Scudder, the new president for 1984. Mr. Lee announced that this meeting has approval for the State of California Agricultural Pest Control Adviser continuing education accreditation and asked those persons who wish to receive credit to sign the sign-up sheet. He then read additional names of members who elected to be sponsoring members for 1984: Mr. Eric M. Fisher, Dr. John E. Hafemik Jr., Mr. Charles E. Kennett, Mr. Dennis M. Kubly, Dr. Robert L. Mangan, Dr. Richard L. Penrose, Dr. Evert I. Schlinger, and Drs. Marius S. Wasbauer and Joanne Slansky. On behalf of the Society, he thanked Dr. James W. Tilden and William M. Upholt, both Life Members, who gave generous donations to the Society. Dr. Woodrow W. Middlekauff introduced Dr. David C. F. Rentz, a member of the Society, who was visiting from the CSIRO, Canberra City, Australia. Dr. Scudder announced titles of the talks for the January and Febuary meetings. The featured speaker Dr. Edward L. Smith, California Academy of Sciences, gave the presidential address, “Sawfly Galls: How Hymenoptera-Symphyta Provision Their Larvae with Plant Tumors.” He showed slides and lectured on gall formation by these insects, with excellent photographs of microtomic sections under different lighting techniques. The social hour was held in the entomology conference room following adjournment of the meeting. A total of 24 persons was present, of which 20 signed as members and 4 as guests.—Vincent F. Lee, Secretary. VOLUME 60, NUMBER 4 365 PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY STATEMENT OF INCOME, EXPENDITURES AND CHANGES IN FUND BALANCES Years Ended September 30, 1983 and 1982 1983 1982 Income Dues and subscriptions. $10,037 $10,078 Reprints and miscellaneous. 6,504 6,046 Sales of Memoirs. 226 256 Interest. 2,509 5,727 Dividends, American Telephone & Telegraph Company. 468 432 Increase (Decrease) in value of capital stock of American Telephone & Telegraph Company. 590 (150 ) $20,334 $22,389 C. P. Alexander bequest. 29,732 _ $50,066 $22,389 Expenditures Publication costs—Pan-Pacific Entomologist. $10,262 $ 6,418 Reprints, postage and miscellaneous. 694 5,039 $10,956 $11,457 Increase in fund balances. $39,110 $10,932 Fund balances October 1, 1982 and 1981 . 45,885 34,953 Fund balances September 30, 1983 and 1982 . $84,995 $45,885 STATEMENT OF ASSETS, September 30, 1983 and 1982 1983 1982 Cash in bank Commercial account. $ 3,385 $12,023 Savings accounts & certificates of deposit General fund. 54,995 9,909 Memoir fund . 21,415 19,229 Total cash in bank. $79,795 $41,161 Undeposited receipts. 0 114 Investment in 80 shares of American Telephone & Telegraph Co. common stock (Life Member¬ ship and Fall Funds), at market value. 5,200 4,610 $84,995 $45,885 See accompanying notes to the financial statements. PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Year Ended September 30, 1983 Summary of significant accounting policies. Accounting Method: Income and expenses are recorded by using the cash basis of accounting. Mar¬ ketable Securities: American Telephone & Telegraph Co. common stock is carried at market value. Increases and decreases in value are reflected in income. Income Tax: The Society is exempt from Federal income and California franchise tax. Accounts Receivable: As of September 30, 1983, accounts receivable aggregated $3,617. Accounts Payable: As of September 30, 1983, there was no material amount of unpaid bills. 366 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST As Chairman of the Auditing Committee, and in accordance with its bylaws, I have reviewed the financial records of the Society. During the course of this review nothing was noted which indicated any material inaccuracy in the foregoing statements. H. Vannoy Davis Chairman of the Auditing Committee PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 60(4), 1984, pp. 367-368 The Pan-Pacific Entomologist Index to Volume 60 (New taxa in boldface) Acanthodoryctes tomentosus, 99 Aclypea opaca, 249; bituberosa, 250 Ambracyptus, 163; minutissimus, 163 Andricus reticulatus, 290; bakkeri, 292 Anthicidae, 69 Anthophoridae, 119, 155, 188, 300 Aradidae, 76 Asilidae, 53 Bembidion, 165 Braconidae, 97 Callirhytis lentiformis, 295 Camelopsocus, 193;bactrianus, 197;hiemalis, 199; monticolus, 201; similis, 202; tucsonensis, 204 Campyloneura virgula, 4 Capnia hornigi, 30 Capniidae, 30 Carabidae, 165 Caurinella, 245; idahoensis, 245 Cerambycidae, 63, 67, 73, 94, 114, 279 Ceratophyllidae, 345 Chemetidae, 20 Chinessa arnaudi, 76 Chironomidae, 88 Cicadellidae, 341 Cicadidae, 358 Coleoptera, 23, 63, 65, 69, 73, 94, 114, 122, 163, 165, 248, 279, 304, 313 Collembola, 258 Corydalidae, 1 Cynipidae, 289 Dasymutilla, 219 Dendrocoris maculosus, 8 Diaspididae, 267 Dichaetocoris anasazi, 33 Diptera, 37, 53, 88, 213, 238, 265, 326 Drosophila pseudoobscura, 16 Elateridae, 65 Elmidae, 23 Epeolus minimus, 119 Ephemerellae, 246 Ephemerellinae, 245 Ephydridae, 37 Eremapis parvula, 155 Eumastacidae, 355 Eumenidae, 12, 360 Eumorsea truncaticeps, 355 Euphydryas editha, 350 Euvelia advena, 56; lata, 59; concava, 60; discala, 61 Exomalopsis crenulata, 188 Fabiola quinqueferella, 337 Filacus, 102; doanei, 106; pluricinctus, 108; plu- ricinctellus, 110; provancheri. 111 Formica haemorrhoidalis, 79 Formicidae, 79, 151 Gabrius, 122; unzenensis, 125; subdepressus, 125; kobayashii, 128; egens, 130; yamanei, 130; io, 133; damon, 135; abas, 135; demades, 138; philo, 140; kuanshanensis, 142; sharpianus, 142; ophion, 146; nepos, 146 Gastrodynerus, 12; searsi, 13; stangei, 15; van- duzeei, 15 Giesbertia, 284; rugosa, 286 Heleniella nr. ornaticollis, 90 Hemiptera, 4, 8, 33, 47, 55, 76 Heteroecus crescentus, 293; devorus, 294 Homoptera, 65, 267, 341, 358 Hymenoptera, 12, 79, 97, 101, 119, 151, 155, 188, 219, 289, 300 Idiocerus rossi, 341 Lacon profusa, 65 Lanellus, 265 Lepidoptera, 332, 337, 350 Leptelmis, 23; philomina, 24 Linsleyella, 114; ricei, 115; virens, 115; michel- bacheri, 117 Lycoplasma, 279; formosa, 280 Megaloptera, 1 Mesocricotopus thienemanni, 90 Miridae, 4, 33, 47 Mucrochernes hirsutus, 20 Mutillidae, 219 My das xanthopterus, 357 Mydidae, 357 Neosminthurus bellingeri, 262 Nesocerus trimaculatus, 344 Neuroterus chrysolepis, 289 Noctileptura, 281; squamosa, 282; seriata, 283 Nosopsyllus fasciatus, 345 Nymphalidae, 350 367 368 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Obrium californicum, 67 Oecophoridae, 337 Oedipodinae, 269 Oraphanes, 283; binotatum, 284 Orohermes, 1 Orthoptera, 227, 269, 355 Pachodynerus californicus, 360 Paracantha cultaris, 213 Parapanimerus, 240; arnaudi, 242 Pentatomidae, 8 Pepsis formosa, 357 Pheidole hyatti, 152; pilifera pacifica, 153 Phobetus desertus, 305 Phyllophaga bimaculata, 313; caneyensis, 315; complexipennis, 317; chalumeaui, 317; fran- ciscana, 319; hardyi, 319; hernandezi, 321; independentista, 322; maestrensis, 323; mi- gratoria, 324; spinicola, 324 Phy mat odes shareeae, 63; oregonensis, 67; tysoni, 73 Phytocoris nobilis, 47; occidentalis, 50 Plagithmysus bilineatus, 94 Plecoptera, 30 Pompilidae, 357 Protochauliodes cascadius, 1 Pseudoscorpionida, 20 Pseudosmittia gracilis, 88 Psocidae, 193 Psocoptera, 193 Psychodidae, 238 Pyralidae, 332 Pyrausta orphisalis, 332 Scarabaeidae, 304, 313 Silphidae, 248 Siphonaptera, 345 Sminthuridae, 258 Solenopsis maniosa, 151 Sphecidae, 256, 297 Staphylinidae, 122, 163 Stenopogon setosus, 53 Stupkaiella, 239; masterelli, 239 Tabanidae, 265 Tanarthrus andrewsi, 69; salinus, 71; alutaceus, 71; brevipennis, 71; coruscus, 71; inhabilis, 71; inyo, 71; iselini, 71; tartarus, 71 Tenthredinidae, 101 Tephritidae, 213 Threticus bicolor, 238 Tibicen canicularis, 358 Timpanogae, 246 Triepeolus heterurus, 120 Triepeolus nr. eldredi, 300 Trimerotropis, 269 Trimerotropis bernardi, 227; infantilis, 231; inyo, 233; leucophaea, 234; whitei, 236 Trypoxylon clavicerum, 256 Veliidae, 55 Vietnamellae, 247 Published by the Pacific Coast Entomological Society in cooperation with The California Academy of Sciences VOLUME SIXTY 1984 EDITORIAL BOARD J. A. CHEMSAK, Editor R. S. LANE, Associate Editor R. M. BOHART J. T. DOYEN J. A. POWELL J. E. HAFERNICK, JR. W. J. PULAWSKI, Treasurer PUBLICATION COMMITTEE 1984 1985 R. M. Bohart P. H. Amaud, Jr. J. G. Edwards M. S. Wasbauer San Francisco, California 1984 The Pan-Pacific Entomologist Contents for Volume 60 Allen, R. K.—A new classification of the subfamily Ephemerellinae and the description of a new genus. 245 Alstad, D. N.—See Edmunds, G. F., Jr. Anderson, R. S., and S. B. Peck—B ionomics of Nearctic species of Aclypea Reitter: Phytoph¬ agous “Carrion” beetles (Coleoptera: Silphidae) . 248 Barnby, M. A., and V. H. Resh—D istribution and seasonal abundance of brine flies (Diptera: Ephydridae) in a San Francisco Bay salt marsh. 37 Baumann, R. W., and A. L. Sheldon —Capnia hornigi, a new winter stonefly from the western Great Basin (Plecoptera: Capniidae). 30 Bezark, L. G. — Description of the first Central American species of Stenopogon Loew (Diptera: Asilidae) . 53 Blom, P. E., and W. H. Clark —Phobetus desertus, a new Melolonthine Scarabaeidae (Co¬ leoptera) from the central desert of Baja California, Mexico. 304 Bohart, R. M . — Gastrodynerus, a new genus of Eumenidae from western North America (Hy- menoptera: Eumenidae). 12 Boussy, I. A. —See Coyne, J. A. Brown, H. P., and M. P. Thobias—W orld synopsis of the riffle beetle genus Leptelmis Sharp, 1888, with a key to Asiatic species and description of a new species from India (Coleoptera, Dryopoidea, Elmidae) . 23 Bryant, — See Coyne, J. A. Campbell, C. L., and K. S. Pike—D escriptions of the life stages of Pyrausta orphisalis (Lepi- doptera: Pyralidae) . 332 Cavender, G. L., and R. D. Goeden—T he life history of Paracantha cultaris (Coquillett) on wild sunflower, Helianthus annuus L. ssp. lenticularis (Douglas) Cockerell, in Southern California (Diptera: Tephritidae). 213 Chandler, D. S.—A new species and records of Tanarthrus (Coleoptera: Anthicidae) . 69 Chemsak, J. A.—Description of a new purpuricenine genus, Linsleyella (Coleoptera: Ceram- bycidae). 114 Chemsak, J. A., and E. G. Linsley—A new California species of Phymatodes Mulsant (Co¬ leoptera: Cerambycidae) . 73 Chemsak, J. A., and E. G. Linsley—N ew genera and species of neotropical Cerambycidae (Coleoptera) . 279 Clark, W. H.—See Blom, P. E. Clement, S. L.—Observations on the behavior of Triepeolus nr. eldredi Cockerell (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae). 300 Cope, J. S.—A new species of Phymatodes from New Mexico (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ... 63 Coville, R. E.—The occurrence of Trypoxylon clavicerum in North America (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) . 256 Coyne, J. A., I. A. Boussy, and S. Bryant—I s Drosophila pseudoobscura a garbage species? . 16 Cwikla, P. S. —See Freytag, P. H. Descamps, M.—A new grasshopper of the genus Eumorsea from Baja California, Mexico (Or- thoptera: Eumastacidae) . 355 Dodson, G. N., and D. T. Gwynne—A digger wasp preying on a Jerusalem cricket. 297 Edmunds, G. F., Jr., and D. N. Alstad—H igh summer mortality of black pineleaf scale (Homoptera: Diaspididae). 267 Erwin, T. L.—Studies of the Tribe Bembidiini (Coleoptera: Carabidae): Lectotype designations and species group assignments for Bembidion species described by Thomas L. Casey and others. 165 Evans, E. D.—A new genus and a new species of Dobsonfly from the far Western United States (Megaloptera: Corydalidae). 1 Freytag, P. H., and P. S. Cwikla—Two new species of Idiocerine leafhoppers from Malagasy Republic (Homoptera: Cicadellidae). 341 ii Garcia-Vidal, M.—The genus Phyllophaga Harris, 1826 (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) in Cuba. II. Descriptions of eleven new species and illustrations of female genitalia of twelve other Phyllophaga . 313 Gibson, G. A. P.—See Smith, D. R. Goeden, R. D.—See Cavander, G. L. Gwynne, D. T. —See Dodson, G. N. Haraguchi, J. E. —See Stein, J. D. Heppner, J. B .—Fabiola quinqueferella : An obscure California moth formerly in Glyphipte- rigidae (Lepidoptera: Oecophoridae). 337 Kormilev, N. A.—A new species of the genus Chinessa Usinger and Matsuda, 1959, from Papua New Guinea (Hemiptera: Aradidae). 76 Lattin, J. D., and G. M. Stonedahl— Campyloneura virgula, a predacious Miridae not pre¬ viously recorded from the United States (Hemiptera) . 4 Linsley, E. G.—See Chemsak, J. A. Lundgren, R. W .—Ambracyptus, a new name for Paracyptus Seevers (Coleoptera: Staphylin- idae). 163 Lyon, R. J.—New cynipid wasps from California (Hymenoptera: Cynipidae) . 289 MacKay, E. E., and W. P. MacKay—B iology of the thatching ant Formica haemorrhoidalis Emery (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) . 79 MacKay, W. P. —See MacKay, E. E. Mangan, R. L.—Reproductive ecology of three cactophilic Diptera (Diptera: Drosophilidae, Neridae, Syrphidae) . 326 Manley, D. G.—Predation upon Velvet Ants of the genus Dasymutilla in California (Hyme¬ noptera: Mutillidae) . 219 McCluskey, D. K. —See McCluskey, E. S. McCluskey, E. S., and D. K. McCluskey—H our of mating flight in three species of ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) . 151 McKenzie, T. L.—See Meyer, R. P. Meyer, R. P., T. L. McKenzie, and F. G. Zalom—A ssociation of Mydas xanthopterus (Loew) (Diptera: Mydidae) and Pepsis formosa Say (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae) in the Chiricahua Mountains of Southeastern Arizona . 357 Mockford, E. L.—A systematic study of the genus Camelopsocus with descriptions of three new species (Psocoptera: Psocidae) . 193 Muchmore, W. B.—Further data on Mucrochernes hirsutus (Banks) Pseudoscorpionda, Cher- netidae) . 20 Murphy, D. D., and R. F. White—R ainfall, resources, and dispersal in southern populations of Euphydryas editha (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). 350 Muzzio, S. F .—Neosminthurus bellingeri, a new species from California (Collembola: Smin- thuridae) . 258 Neff, J. L.—Observations on the biology of Eremapis parvula Ogloblin an anthophorid bee with a metasomal scopa (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae) . 155 Parker, F. D.—Biological notes on the bee Exomalopsis crenulata Timberlake (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae). 188 Peck, S. B. —See Anderson, R. S. Philip, C. B .—Lanellus, a new subgenus of primitive, California “horse flies” (Diptera, Taban- idae). 265 Pike, K. S. —See Campbell, C. L. Polhemus, D. A.—See Polhemus, J. T. Polhemus, D. A.—A new species of Dichaetocoris Knight from the western United States, with notes on other species (Hemiptera: Miridae) . 33 Polhemus, J. T., and D. A. Polhemus—N otes on Neotropical Veliidae (Hemiptera) VI. Re¬ vision of the genus Euvelia Drake. 55 Quicke, D. L. J.—The genus Acanthodoryctes Turner (Hymenoptera: Braconidae): Redescription and new generic synonymy. 97 Rentz, D. C. F., and D. B. Weissman—F ive new species of the band-winged grasshopper genus Trimerotropis StM (Orthoptera: Oedipodinae) . 227 Resh, V. H.—See Barnby, M. A. iii Rust, R. W.—Synonymy in California Channel Island Epeolini bees (Hymenoptera: Antho- phoridae) . 119 Schwan, T. G.—Nosopsyllus fasciatus parasitizing house mice on southeast Farallon Island, California (Siphonaptera: Ceratophyllidae) . 345 Sheldon, A. L. —See Baumann, R. W. Smetana, A. — Review of the Japanese species of the genus Gabrius Stephens (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae) . 122 Smith, N. J .—Pachodynerus californicus (Saussure) new to the U.S. (Hymenoptera: Eumeni- dae). 360 Smith, D. R., and G. A. P. Gibson— Filacus, a new genus for four species of sawflies previously placed in Macrophya or Zaschizonyx (Hymenoptera: Tenthredinidae) . 101 Stein, J. D., and J. E. Haraguchi— Meridic diet for rearing of the host specific tropical wood- borer Plagithmysus bilineatus (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) . 94 Steiner, J. W.—Descriptions of the Nearctic larvae of Pseudosmittia gracilis, Mesocricotopus thienemanni and Heleniella nr. ornaticollis (Diptera: Chironomidae). 88 Stonedahl, G. M.— Two new conifer-inhabiting Phytocoris from western North America (He- miptera: Miridae) . 47 Stonedahl, G. M. —See Lattin, J. D. Thobias, M. P.—See Brown, H. P. Thomas, D. B., Jr.— A new species of Dendrocoris Bergroth from Mexico (Hemiptera: Penta- tomidae) . 8 Tilles, D. A. —Feeding behavior of Lacon profusa (Candeze) (Coleoptera: Elateridae) in Car¬ penter Ant attended colonies of Cinara spp. (Homoptera: Aphididae). 65 Turnbow, R. H., Jr.— New records for two cerambycids from the Pacific Northwest . 67 Wagner, R.—Contributions to Nearctic Psychodidae (Diptera, Nematocera) . 238 Weissman, D. B.—Notes on the autecology, cytology, morphology, and crepitation of Trimero- tropis grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Oedipodinae). 269 Weissman, D. B. —See Rentz, D. C. F. White, R. F.—See Murphy, D. D. Young, A. M.—Wasps on Agave flowers in Mexico . 244 Young, A. M . — Tibicen Cicada (Homoptera: Cicadidae) associated with a potted ornamental palm tree . 358 Zalom, F. G. —See Meyer, R. P. iv THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Information for Contributors Members are invited to submit manuscripts on the systematic and biological phases of entomology, including short notes or articles on insect taxonomy, morphology, ecology, behavior, life history, and distribution. Non-members may submit manuscripts for publi¬ cation, but they should read the information below regarding editing and administrative charges. Manuscripts of less than a printed page will be published as space is available, in Scientific Notes. All manuscripts will be reviewed before acceptance. Manuscripts for publication, proofs, and all editorial matters should be addressed to the editor. General. — The metric system is to be used exclusively in manuscripts, except when citing label data on type material, or in direct quotations when cited as such. Equivalents in other systems may be placed in parentheses following the metric, i.e. “1370 m (4500 ft) elevation”. Typing. — Two copies of each manuscript must be submitted (original and one xerox copy or two xerox copies are suitable). All manuscripts must be typewritten, double-spaced throughout, with ample margins, and be on bond paper or an equivalent weight. Carbon copies or copies on paper larger than 8 V 2 X 11 inches are not acceptable. Underscore only where italics are intended in the body of the text. Number all pages consecutively and put authors name on each sheet. References to footnotes in text should be numbered consecutively. Footnotes must be typed on a separate sheet. Manuscripts with extensive corrections or revisions will be returned to the author for retyping. First Page. — The page preceding the text of the manuscript must include (1) the complete title, (2) the order and family in parentheses, (3) the author’s name or names, (4) the institution with city and state or the author’s home city and state if not affiliated (5) the complete name and address to which proof is to be sent. Names and descriptions of organisms. — The first mention of a plant or animal should include the full scientific name with the author of a zoological name not abbreviated. Do not abbreviate generic names. Descriptions of taxa should be in telegraphic style. The International Code of Zoological Nomenclature must be followed. Tables. — Tables are expensive and should be kept to a minimum. Each table should be prepared as a line drawing or typed on a separate page with heading at top and footnotes below. Number tables with Arabic numerals. Number footnotes consecutively for each table. Use only horizontal rules. Extensive use of tabular material requiring typesetting may result in increased charges to the author. Illustrations. — No extra charge is made for line drawings or halftones. Submit only photographs on glossy paper and original drawings. Authors must plan their illustrations for reduction to the dimension of the printed page (117 X 181 mm; 4 5 /s X 7 Vi inches). If possible, allowance should be made for the legend to be placed beneath the illustration. Photographs should not be less than the width of the printed page. Photographs should be mounted on stiff card stock, and bear the illustration number on the face. Loose photographs or drawings which need mounting and/or numbering are not acceptable. Photographs to be placed together should be trimmed and abut when mounted. Drawings should be in India Ink, or equivalent, and at least twice as large as the printed illustration. Excessively large illustrations are awkward to handle and may be damaged in transit. It is recommended that a metric scale be placed on the drawing or the magnification of the printed illustration be stated in the legend where applicable. Arrange figures to use space efficiently. Lettering should reduce to no less than l mm. On the back of each illustration should be stated (1) the title of the paper, (2) the author’s complete name and address, and (3) whether he wishes the illustration returned to him. Illustrations not specifically requested will be destroyed. Improperly prepared illustrations will be returned to the author for correction prior to acceptance of the manuscript. Figure legends. — Legends should be typewritten double-spaced on separate pages headed EXPLANATION OF FIGURES and placed following LITERATURE CITED. Do not attach legends to illustrations. References. — All citations in text, e.g., Essig (1926) or (Essig 1958), must be listed alphabetically under LITERATURE CITED in the following format; Essig, E. O. 1926. A butterfly migration. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212. Essig, E. O. 1958. Insects and mites of western North America. Rev. ed. The Macmillan Co., New York, 1050 pp. Abbreviations for titles of journals should follow a recent volume of Serial Sources for the Biosis Data Base. BioSciences Information Service. For Scientific Notes the citations to articles will appear within the text, i.e. . . . “Essig (1926, Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212) noted . ..”. Proofs, reprints, and abstracts. — Proofs and forms for the abstract and reprint order will be sent to authors. Changes in proof will be charged to the author. Editing and administrative charges. — Papers by members of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society are charged at the rate of $30.00 per page. Members without institutional or grant funds may apply for a society grant to cover a maximum of one-half of these charges. Non-members will be charged at the rate of $60.00 per page. Editing and administrative charges are in addition to the charge for reprints and do not include the possible charges for author’s changes after the manuscript has been sent to the printer. PUBLICATIONS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Vol. 1(16 numbers, 179 pages) and Vol. 2 (9 numbers, 131 pages). 1901- 1930. Price $5.00 per volume. THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST. Vol. 1 (1924) to Vol. 51 (1975), price $10.00 per volume of 4 numbers, or $2.50 per single issue. Vol. 52 (1976) to Vol. 57 (1981), price $15.00 per volume, or $3.75 per single issue, except for Vol. 57, no. 1, $10.00. Vol. 58 (1982) and subsequent issues, $20.00 per volume or $5.00 per single issue. MEMOIRS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Volume 1. The Slicking Lice by G. F. Ferris. 320 pages. Published October 1951. Price $10.00 (plus $1.00 postage and handling).* Volume 2. The Spicier Mite Family Tetranychidae by A. Earl Pritchard and Edward W. Baker. 472 pages. Published July 1955. Price $10.00 (plus $1.25 postage and handling).* Volume 3. Revisionary Studies in the Nearctic Decticinae by David C. Rentz and James D. Birchim. 173 pages. Published July 1968. Price $4.00 (plus $0.75 postage and handling).* Volume 4. Autobiography of an Entomologist by Robert L. Usinger. 343 pages. Published August 1972. SPECIAL PRICE $5.00 (plus $1.00 tax, post¬ age, and handling for California orders, $0.70 postage and handling for non- California U.S. orders, or $1.70 for foreign orders). No members discount at this special price. Volume 5. Revision of the Millipede Family Anclrognathidae in the Nearctic Region by Michael R. Gardner. 61 pages. Published January 21, 1975. Price $3.00 (plus $0.75 postage and handling).* *(Add 6 % sales tax on all California orders (residents of Alameda, Contra Costa, San Francisco, Santa Clara and Santa Cruz counties add 6 '/ 2 %). Members of the Society will receive a 20% discount on the price of the memoirs.) Send orders to: Pacific Coast Entomological Society % California Academy of Sciences Golden Gate Park San Francisco, California 94118-9961 U.S.A.